i

Rochester Institute of Technology

About This Bulletin— This Graduate Bulletin does not consti- Contents tute a contract between the Institute and its students on either a collective or indi- RIT Philosophy and Mission 1 vidual basis. It represents RIT's best aca- Accreditation 1 demic, social and financial planning at the time the Graduate Bulletin was pub- Programs of Study 2 lished. Course and curriculum changes, Philosophy of Graduate Education at RIT 3 modifications of tuition, fee, dormitory, Admission 3 meal and other charges, plus unforeseen changes in other aspects of RIT life Financial Aid 5 sometimes occur after the Graduate Costs 6 Bulletin has been printed but before the Steps Toward Degree 8 changes can be incorporated in a later edition of the same publication. Because Student Services 12 of this, Rochester Institute of Technology College of Applied Science and Technology 18 does not assume a contractual obligation College of Business 47 with its students for the contents of this College of Engineering 62 Graduate Bulletin. RIT will admit and hire men and College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 88 women; veterans; persons with disabili- College of Liberal Arts Ill ties; and individuals of any race, creed, College of Science and Center for Imaging Science 119 religion, color, national or ethnic origin, sexual orientation, age or marital status National Technical Institute for the Deaf 142 in compliance with all appropriate legis- Officers and Deans 147 lation, including the Age Discrimination Board of Trustees 147 Act and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (P.L. 88-352). Terminology 148 Index 149 Course Number Index 151 Please note that this edition of our Campus map (inside back cover) Graduate Bulletin covers a two-year period (academic years 1997-98 and 1998-99). Readers are encouraged to contact RIT's Office of Part-time and Graduate Enrollment Services Calendar 1997-98 to ensure that they have the most current information available. Classes Final Exams— Last Day Please write, phone or e-mail: Begin No Classes Day Classes of Quarter

Rochester Institute of Technology Fall Quarter Sept. 3 Nov. 19-30 Nov. 14,15,17,18 Nov. 18 Office of Part-time and Graduate Enrollment Services Winter Quarter Dec. 1 Dec. 22-Jan. 4 Feb. 23, 24, 26, 27 Feb. 27 58 Lomb Memorial Drive Feb. 28-Mar. 8 Rochester, NY 14623-5604 716-475-2229 [email protected] Spring Quarter March 9 May 24-31 May 18-21 May 22

Summer Quarter June 1 July 4 Aug. 10-12 Aug. 15

Vol. 12 No. 3 June 30,1997 RIT (USPS-676-870) is published thirteen times annually by Rochester Institute of Technology, One Lomb Memorial Drive, Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5603, twice in July, twice in August, three times in September, twice in October and once in November. Periodicals postage paid at Rochester, Graduate Study 1997-99 N.Y. Postmaster: Send address changes to RIT, Produced by the Office of University Publications Rochester Institute of Technology, One Lomb Memorial Drive, Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5603. © 1997, Rochester Institute of Technology

The RIT Philosophy and Mission

"Education is for making a living and living a life to one's fullest capacity, the two as interconnected processes."

RIT's mission is the education of men and women for work and life in a demo- cratic, technological and global society. It is integral to the Institute's mission to be a dynamic center of higher education— one in which technology, the arts and sciences and other dimensions of human knowledge and civilization are valued, cultivated and applied. Throughout its history, the Institute has been at the forefront of career educa- tion in preparing students for technolog- ical and professional careers. RIT struc- tures itself as an educational resource for all who seek to be competent and enthu- siastic lifelong learners, whether they are Access to practical technology draws graduate students to RIT. young adults or professionals seeking to upgrade their skills by studying for an research and in working more closely advanced degree. Our goal is that all History of Graduate with faculty. Often, thesis topics emanate graduates will understand the ethical, Education from research projects. technological, humanitarian and aes- External funding for research—such thetic challenges of a diverse workplace Starting in 1955 with the master of fine as for CIMS, the Center for Integrated and an international community. arts degree, RIT has continually created Manufacturing Studies—comes from The Institute's educational philosophy new graduate programs to meet federal and state agencies, private foun- emphasizes not only theory—the natural employers' and students' requests for dations and corporate sponsors. Our most foundation of knowledge—but also the education in particular functional areas. active sponsors include The National practical workplace applications of theo- When surveys in the 1960s indicated the Science Foundation, The National Insti- ries. This dual emphasis is prized by need for sophisticated statistical knowl- tutes of Health, The Department of Edu- employers and offers graduates upward edge, a master of science degree in cation, The Central Intelligence Agency, career mobility and the flexibility for applied and mathematical statistics was The Department of Defense, National changes in career direction. created. More recently, RIT's Center for Aeronautics and Space Administration, Microelectronic and Computer Engineer- Another asset of an RIT education is IBM, Eastman Kodak Company and the ing began a master's degree in micro- cooperative education, which offers Society of Manufacturing Engineers. undergraduate and graduate students in electronics manufacturing engineering. selected programs the opportunity for Other graduate programs have taken paid, professional work experience similar routes, and all seven RIT colleges Accreditation while they are completing their degrees. exhibit continuous concern for the emerging needs of the business, indus- RIT is chartered by the legislature of the trial and scholarly communities. State of New York and accredited by: The Commission of Higher Education A recent example of RIT's continuing Middle States Association of Colleges RIT, founded in 1829, is a privately endeavor to provide education in and Schools endowed university in suburban emerging career fields is the Ph.D. in 3624 Market Street imaging science, which was also the first Rochester, N.Y. Its seven colleges Philadelphia, PA 19104-2680 degree of its kind in the United States. include: Applied Science and 215-662-5606 The Ph.D. is one of more than 50 and Technology, Business, Engineering, The New York State Education Imaging Arts and Sciences, Liberal graduate degrees now offered by the Institute. Department Arts, Science and the National Office of Higher Education and the Technical Institute for the Deaf. Professions Sponsored Research Cultural Education Center, Room 5B28 For additional information, write, Albany, N.Y 12230 phone or e-mail: Sponsored research is a vital, integral 518-474-5851 component of several RIT programs. Rochester Institute of Technology In addition to institutional accredita- Office of Part-time and Graduate Faculty undertake research for a variety of important reasons—the advancement tion, curricula in the colleges are accred- Enrollment Services of knowledge, professional development, ited by appropriate professional accredi- 58 Lomb Memorial Drive the strengthening of academic programs tation bodies. Where applicable, specific Rochester, NY 14623-5604 and growing partnerships with industry. mention of these is included in the college 716-475-2229 descriptions. Students wishing to review Under regulations established by the [email protected] documents describing accreditation Institute, sponsored research, programs should contact the Office of the Associate and projects are encouraged. These pro- Provost for Academic Programs. jects increase student participation in 2 Graduate Programs of Study

Graduate Degrees Programs HEGIS* For More Offered Available in Code Information See Page College of Applied Science Master of Science Career and Human Resource Development 0826 and Technology Computer Science 0701 Computer Integrated Manufacturing 0913 Cross-Disciplinary Professional Studies 4999 Health Systems Administration 1202 Hospitality-Tourism Management 0510.1 Information Technology 0699 18 Instructional Technology 0699 Packaging Science 4999 Service Management 0599 Software Development and Management 0799 Telecommunications Software Technology 0799 Advanced Certificate Interactive Media Design 0699

College of Business Master of Business MBA Program Options Administration listed on pages 50-52 0506 Accounting 0502 Master of Science Finance 0504 47 International Business 0513 Manufacturing Management and Leadership** 0599

College of Engineering Master of Science Applied and Mathematical Statistics 1702 Computer Engineering 0999 Electrical Engineering 0909 Manufacturing Management and Leadership** 0599 Mechanical Engineering 0910 Materials Science and Engineeringt 0915 Microelectronics Manufacturing Engineering 0999 62 Master of Engineering Mechanical Engineering 0910 Manufacturing Engineering 0913 Industrial Engineering 0913 Systems Engineering 0913 Engineering Management 0913 Microelectronics Manufacturing Engineering 0999 Advanced Certificate Statistical Quality 1702

College of Imaging Arts Master of Fine Arts Ceramics and Ceramic Sculpture 1009 and Sciences or Graphic Design 1009 Master of Science Industrial & Interior Design 1009 for Teachers Glass 1009 Metalcrafts and Jewelry 1009 Painting 1002 Printmaking 1002 Weaving and Textile Design 1009 88 Woodworking and Furniture Design 1009 Master of Fine Arts Medical Illustration 1299 Computer Graphics Design 1009 Master of Science for Teachers Art Education 0831 Master of Science Printing Technology 0699 Graphic Arts Publishing 0699 Graphic Arts Systems 0699 Master of Fine Arts Imaging Arts 1011

College of Liberal Arts Master of Science School Psychology 0826.02 111

College of Science Master of Science Chemistry 1905 Clinical Chemistry 1223 Color Science 1099 Imaging Science 1011 119 Industrial and Applied Mathematics 1799 Materials Science and Engineeringt 0195 Doctor of Philosophy Imaging Science 1011

National Technical Institute Master of Science Secondary Education of Students 0803 142 for the Deaf Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing

Enrollment in other than registered or otherwise approved programs may jeopardize a student's eligibility for certain student financial aid awards. All the above programs are registered with the State of New York according to the indicated HEGIS* code. 'Higher Education General Information Survey "Joint program of colleges of Business and Engineering tJoint program of colleges of Engineering and Science 3 Philosophy of Graduate Education at RIT

technology and laboratories found both Business draws prominent figures from on and off campus. Students in micro- the business world—including U.S. Steel electronics manufacturing have access to CEO Thomas Usher and Robert Bartley, clean-room facilities that meet industry editor and vice president of The Wall standards. Computer graphics design Street Journal—through the William students access digital media using a D. Gasser Distinguished Lectureship variety of systems and software, includ- in Business. ing Macintosh, IBM, Silicon Graphics The Institute continues to receive and Media 100 digital video editing. In international recognition for the quality the Center for Integrated Manufacturing of its programs from such media outlets Studies, graduate students are incorpo- as U.S. News & World Report, The Wall rating robotic laser systems into a model Street Journal and the NBC "Today" assembly line. Our telecommunications show, which has profiled RIT's School technology workstations were donated for American Crafts. Recognition also by an industry eager to hire students ex- has been awarded by industry: RIT's col- perienced with equipment used in their leges of Business and Engineering were own laboratories. Students in travel man- winners in the Motorola University agement test software on the industry- Challenge—an award presented to just Joan Stone, associate provost standard SABRE computer systems. nine universities nationwide. These two for academic programs Technology also has brought together colleges also won the IBM Total Quality students in design, photography and Management Competition and received printing. In RIT's Electronic Still Photog- more than $1.2 million to integrate The graduate learning experience at RIT raphy Laboratory, the three disciplines quality themes into their courses and is focused. RIT graduate programs focus have merged through electronics. laboratories. on the conceptual structure and organi- Regardless of the program, RIT RIT's diversity also extends to the zation of knowledge in the chosen sub- encourages and promotes technological manner in which courses and programs ject—an understanding that is essential innovation in all areas. are scheduled. Half of our graduate to both accept and lead technological programs are available on a part-time, change in the professions. They also build an educational base for additional Graduate Programs: evening basis and are designed for learning and offer access to, and mobility working professionals. Examples of pro- within, one or more professional areas. Specialized and Diverse grams offered through distance delivery technology include software development The programs themselves are centered While technology is integral to all grad- and management, information tech- in fields that combine both theoretical uate programs, the essence of RIT grad- nology, and health systems administra- knowledge and practical applications, uate education is found in the diversity tion offered by the College of Applied especially those with a proven need in of programs, course offerings and Science and Technology. These programs the marketplace. Thesis topics often learning options. allow students access to an RIT education relate directly to situational concerns, Our reputation as a technologically without attending classes on campus. rather than theoretical discourse. Pro- advanced university is matched by our grams that do not require a thesis or In addition, RIT's executive MBA commitment to offer programs designed offers professionals an opportunity to project encourage other avenues for pro- to meet specialized needs of employers. earn a master's degree by studying on fessional experience, such as optional or A dozen international corporations— campus Friday and Saturday, every required cooperative education or an including Eastman Kodak Company, other week, and professionals from internship. Konica, Agfa Gevaert, Xerox and Fuji— California to England visit RIT every Students often use employers as have sponsored the building of laborato- ries in the Chester F. Carlson Center summer for executive leader master's primary sources for research and special degree programs, which combine four- projects. This application approach for Imaging Science, which houses the week on-campus residencies with classes attracts faculty who value problem- nation's most comprehensive imaging using distance-learning technology. solving skills in students. Whether a science programs. Enriched by the thesis, project or professional portfolio perspective provided by the National is required, our students are encouraged Technical Institute for the Deaf, one of Admission to incorporate both independent study RIT's colleges, we offer full access to and experimental learning into their deaf and hard-of-hearing students seek- Decisions on graduate selection rest programs. Graduate students also may ing graduate-level academic programs. within the college offering the program. Correspondence between the student assist in undergraduate education, such Across campus, graduate students mix as in laboratories. and the Institute will be conducted exciting research and stimulating dia- through the Admissions Office, Another option RIT offers is combined logues with faculty and such distin- according to the following policies and bachelor's/master's degree programs, guished visitors as George Bush, Spike procedures: such as those in the colleges of Business, Lee, John Hockenberry and Maya 1. Inquiries about, and applications for, Engineering and Science. Angelou. The William A. Reedy Memorial graduate study are directed to the Lecture in Photography, sponsored by A philosophy supported by campus Director of Admissions, Rochester Eastman Kodak Company and presented resources. RIT's international reputation Institute of Technology, Bausch & by RIT's School of Photographic Arts and as an applied technological university Lomb Center, 60 Lomb Memorial Sciences, has brought such photographers gives graduate students the advantage Drive, Rochester, New York, 14623- as Annie Leibovitz, Jerry Uelsmann and of working with the sophisticated 5604. Greg Heisler to RIT. The College of 4

9. The basic entry requirements for 11. RIT will admit and hire men and master's degree candidates include women; veterans; persons with dis- the completion of a baccalaureate abilities; and individuals of any race, degree and whatever other evidence creed, religion, color, national or of the applicant's potential to suc- ethnic origin, sexual orientation, age cessfully complete graduate studies or marital status in compliance with may be required by the particular all appropriate legislation. college. Rare exceptions to the bac- calaureate requirement can be made New York State immunization in the case of candidates who have requirement demonstrated unusual competence New York State Public Law 2165 in their field of specialization. For requires that all matriculated students these exceptions the recommenda- enrolled for more than nine quarter tion of the department chairperson credit hours in a term and born after or director and the approval of the January 1,1957, must provide RIT appropriate dean and the Graduate Student Health Center with proof that Council are required. they have received the appropriate International applicants must immunizations against measles, rubella demonstrate English language profi- and mumps. Immunization require- ciency as part of the admission ments include: two measles vaccinations process. This is normally accom- at least one month apart with a live plished through submission of test virus after January 1,1969, and after the scores from the Test of English first birthday and one vaccination each as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). against mumps and rubella after January Minimum TOEFL scores vary by 1, 1969, and after the first birthday. Ad- RIT's flexible course scheduling recognizes the ditional information concerning the nec- needs of students who combine both work and program. Most programs require a school. TOEFL score of 550 or higher. Upon essary documentation and where it must arrival at RIT, students with English be sent is included with the Admissions as a second language may be Office acceptance packet or available 2. The Admissions Office will acknowl- required to take the Michigan Test. from the Student Health Center. edge the inquiry or application, Depending on the results, a student instructing the student as to the may have to enroll in English Readmission information required for admission instruction, which will result in by the school or department to additional tuition cost. If a student has become inactive (has not which he or she is applying. In certain cases graduate students completed a course in four quarters) or 3. Once a student has made formal may be admitted prior to, but condi- has withdrawn from RIT, Institute policy application, the Admissions Office tional on, completion of the bac- requires that the student reapply for will prepare an applicant file for calaureate degree. Applicants will admission as follows: him or her. All correspondence and not be considered for admission 1. Students who left a graduate program admission data will be collected by prior to the start of the final year of with a GPA of 3.0 or better (in good the Admissions Office and placed undergraduate study. The student standing) and will return to the pro- in the applicant's file. The file will must present a final transcript cov- gram within two years of the time include an RIT application, previous ering all undergraduate study within their last course was completed, will college records, applicable test scores, one quarter after first registering for be readmitted to the program upon two letters of recommendation and a graduate program. reapplication. other documents that may support Graduate applicants who do not 2. Students who left the program with a admission of the candidate. fully satisfy all admission criteria as GPA of 3.0 or better and return to the 4. When all relevant admission data to grades, test scores or their creden- program more than two years after has been received, the applicant's file tials, but do show sufficient promise the last course was completed must will be sent to the appropriate school to qualify for a trial period of grad- meet current admission standards or department for action. uate study, may be admitted on pro- upon reapplication. The program of 5. When the school or department has bation to the Institute. Such students study shall be subject to review and made a decision on the application, must achieve a 3.0 ("B") program will be rewritten. Previous waiver this decision and the applicant's file cumulative grade point average by and/or transfer credit may be lost will be returned to the Admissions the end of their first 12 quarter credit and program deficiencies may need Office. hours of graduate study. Those stu- to be made up. 6. The Admissions Office will notify the dents who do not meet this criterion 3. Students who leave a program with student of the admission decision. will be suspended. Responsibility for a GPA below 3.0 must meet current 7. Academic departments may infor- specific requirements and mainte- admission standards upon reapplica- mally advise nonmatriculated stu- nance of the students' appropriate tion. Readmission will be based on dents, but no formal program of status rests with the student's aca- all information, including previous study can be approved prior to demic department in consultation graduate level work. Program matriculation. with the Admissions Office and the requirements in effect at the time of 8. The formal program of study will be Registrar. reapplication will apply. Previous approved by the dean's designee 10. Evaluation of transfer credit (see p. 9) waiver and/or transfer credit may (department head, coordinator or is made by the academic school or be lost and program deficiencies program director, etc.). This pro- department in question and the may need to be made up. gram must be followed by all stu- College of Liberal Arts. dents applying for admission or readmission. 5

While students can apply for the above It should be noted that international Financial Aid awards before matriculation, they can be graduate students can accept pay for Scholarships and assistantships are awarded only to matriculated students. work related to their program of instruc- available in most graduate departments. These awards are generally given to full- tion (co-op, internships, etc.). They In addition, some departments offer time students, but exceptions are made cannot accept remuneration for jobs not externally funded stipends from corpo- for qualified part-time students. related to their course work. rate or governmental sources. Please Additional sources of financial assis- All federal assistance programs require contact the appropriate department tance include the New York State Tuition submission of the Free Application for chairperson or the Office of Part-time Assistance Program and various work- Federal Student Assistance (FAFSA). and Graduate Enrollment Services at study and student loan programs. Please The FAFSA is available from the 716-475-2229 for additional information. refer to the accompanying chart for Financial Aid Office, 716-475-2186. details. Satisfactory academic progress for

Graduate Student Financial Assistance Summary, 1997-98*

PROGRAM ELIGIBILITY AMOUNT WHERE TO APPLY

Grants! Scholarships Graduate Assistantships Varies based on academic Varies up to full tuition Contact your academic excellence department at RIT for additional information.

Graduate Scholarships Varies based on academic Varies up to full tuition Office of Part-time and Graduate excellence Enrollment Services 58 Lomb Memorial Drive Rochester, NY 14623-5604 (Scholarship appliation form is included in Admissions Application Packet)

New York State Matriculated graduate students "Based on net taxable income. Financial Aid Office at RIT Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) attending full time who meet Awards range from $75 to $550. New York State residency and income requirements

Bureau of Indian Affairs Full-time students recognized Varies Contact American Indian Higher Education Program by Secretary of the Interior as Graduate Center, Fellowships members of an Indian tribe and 4520 Montgomery Blvd. NE, demonstrating financial need Albuquerque, NM 87109, for application information.

Loans Federal Direct Loan Students attending at least half time Maximum loan is $8,500 Applicants must file the Free (formerly Stafford (6 credit hours) and who meet the per year. Aggregate total cannot Application for Federal Student Loan) financial eligibility requirements exceed $65,500 for under- Aid (FAFSA). established by the federal graduate and graduate work. government

Federal Direct Unsubsidized All graduate students attending Maximum loan is $10,000 per year. Applicants must file the FAFSA. Loan at least half time. Loans cannot Aggregate limit is $73,000, exceed cost of education minus including undergraduate loans. other financial aid.

Federal Perkins Loan Full-time students who meet Typically $1,000-$2,200 File FAFSA by March 15. financial need requirements Limited funding is available established by the federal for this program. government Aggregate limit is $30,000, including undergraduate loans.

Private Lender Loans Students or parents; subject to Up to the cost of education less Information and applications are normal credit review guidelines. other financial aid; subject to available from the Financial Aid Variable interest rates lender review Office upon request.

Work Federal College Students who meet financial need Varies depending on hours and File FAFSA by March 15. Work-Study Program requirements as established by the wage rate federal government

Institutional Employment Full-time students Varies depending on hours and Student Employment Office wage rate at RIT

* Information is accurate as of June 1997. Additional information covering federal financial aid programs is provided in U.S. Department of Education Student Guide. Contact RIT Financial Aid Office to request a copy. ** TAP award amounts are dependent upon action in the New York State budget. 6

federal aid recipients is evaluated at the end of Spring Quarter each year. Students Standard of Satisfactory Progress for the Purpose of must maintain a 3.0 grade point average and complete two-thirds of credit hours Determining Eligibility for State Student Aid attempted each year. Federal aid eligi- Graduate Degree - Quarter System bility is exhausted after attempting 150 percent of the number of credit hours Before being required for the degree or certificate. certified for this Students receiving New York Tuition payment 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Assistance Program benefits must meet credit hour and grade point average A student must have requirements based on the number of accrued at least this TAP payments received at the graduate many credits 0 12 24 36 48 60 level at RIT. Course completion is defined as meeting course requirements With at least this and receiving a letter grade of A, B, C, D cumulative grade or F. Complete state student aid acad- point average 0 2.00 2.50 2.70 2.80 2.90 emic requirements are listed here. Costs Charges for tuition, fees, and room registration. Students may pay the quar- On the date of publication, the 1997-98 and board are computed on a quarterly terly charges in a single payment or by tuition for students pursuing a graduate basis; bills are mailed approximately the partial payment plan. Partial pay- degree is: four weeks prior to the beginning of ments are due twice a quarter: 50 per- Full-time (12-18 credit hours)— each quarter. Payments sent by mail cent (plus a $25 partial payment pro- $6,018/quarter should be made by check, payable to cessing fee) at the time of registration Part-time (11 credit hours or less)— Rochester Institute of Technology. Due and the remaining 50 percent by the end $507/credit hour dates for the 1997-98 school year are as of the fourth week of classes. A late pay- Internship*—$290/credit hour follows: ment fee will be assessed if the balance * Applied only to the internships portion of the is not paid by the due date. master of engineering degree in the College of Fall Quarter—Aug. 20,1997 Engineering, the industrial research option of the Winter Quarter—Nov. 19,1997 If you have questions concerning pay- MS degree in the department of chemistry and the Spring Quarter—Feb. 27,1998 ment options, please contact Ms. Kathy external research option in the MS in clinical chem- Summer Quarter—May 27,1998 Cole, RIT Bursar's Office, 716-475-2756. istry in the department of clinical sciences. It also The Institute reserves the right to applies to the MS degree in career and human Students who have not participated in change its tuition and fees without resource development in the College of Applied the early registration process for the Science and Technology and to the MS degree in prior notice. Nonmatriculated students school psychology in the College of Liberal Arts. quarter will be expected to make pay- are charged graduate rates for graduate ment of the quarterly charges (tuition, courses. In addition, any graduate student car- fees, room and board) at the time of rying over 18 credit hours of study will be charged the full-time tuition rate plus $507/credit hour for each hour of study exceeding 18. Room and board for full-time students for 1997-98 will be $2,139 per quarter for a standard meal plan and double occu- pancy room in a campus residence hall. A variety of residence hall and apart- ment housing options and meal plans are available, and costs may vary according to options selected. An estimated cost for books and sup- plies ranges from approximately $500 to $2,500 per year per student. For part- time students, books and supplies will depend on the number of courses taken and may cost approximately $300 to $450 per year. All full-time graduate students are required to pay a Student Activities fee of $42 per quarter.

Team projects are emphasized in many graduate business courses. 7

RIT Payment Options

OPTION WHO IS ELIGIBLE TERMS Quarterly payment All students Payment in full by billing due date. Payments received after each billing due date are subject to a late payment fee.

Deferred payment plan All students $25 participation fee. Bill must be paid in full from prior quarter. 50% of net "out of pocket" quarterly balance due with registration. A deferred payment agreement form must be completed and submitted to the Bursar's Office on or before open registration day. Remaining 50% due at the end of the fourth week of classes. Payments received after the billing due date will be assessed a late payment fee.

Monthly Matriculated day students Interest free. Account must be paid in full from prior school year. Student payment plan (full and part time) must submit enrollment and housing plans for upcoming academic year by May 15. Projected net annual amount due is divided into 10 monthly install- ments. First monthly payment due July 1 prior to school year. The minimum annual amount must be $1,000 ($100 per month). Students must be registered for a minimum of two quarters during the academic year.

Company deferred All students who have official Account must be paid in full from prior quarter. Official verification form payment plan verification of employer's tuition must be submitted quarterly in lieu of payment. Full payment for the quarter reimbursement practice is due at the end of the fourth week of the quarter (regardless of whether the employer has reimbursed the student). Payment received after the billing due date will be assessed a late payment fee.

Veteran payment option All veterans who are certified for Account must be paid in full from prior quarter. An authorized veteran defer- VA educational benefits by the ment form must be submitted in lieu of payment. The student pays monthly RIT Veteran Enrollment Services in accordance with his or her scheduled VA benefit checks. Office

MasterCard/Visa All students payment option

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Payment should be made by check payable to Rochester Institute of Technology. Late payment fees will be assessed as follows on accounts that are past due as of each billing due date. Since there are two billings per quarter, there is a potential that two late fees (total maximum of $150) may be assessed as well.

Past Due Amount Late Payment Fee $100 through $500 $25 $500 through $1,000 $50 Over $1,000 $75

failed prerequisites, the student will A partial refund will be made during Refund Policies be given a full refund upon with- a quarter if withdrawal/leave of absence Advance deposits are nonrefundable. drawal. It remains the student's is necessitated for one of the following The acceptable reasons for a withdrawal responsibility to contact his or her reasons: with refund during the quarter are: department to assure that the with- 1. Illness, certified by the attending drawal form and refund are properly physician, causing excessive absence For a full refund processed. from classes. 1. Active military service: A student 3. If students drop a course(s) during 2. Withdrawal for academic reasons at called to active military service the Official Drop Period (first six days the request of the Institute during a during the first eight weeks of the of classes during that specific quarter), quarter. term may receive a full tuition refund. they may contact the Bursar's Office 3. Transfer by employer, making class If called after the eighth week, he or for a 100% refund for the courses attendance impossible. she may elect to complete the course dropped. Courses dropped after the 4. Withdrawal for academic or personal by making special arrangements with Official Drop Period will not result in reasons at the request of the student, both the instructor and department or any tuition refund. approved by the student's adviser to withdraw and receive a full tuition or department representative, the refund. If the student withdraws, he For a partial tuition refund Institute Coordinator for Academic or she will have to repeat the course A student must officially withdraw from Advising and the Bursar. at a later date. all courses or take a leave of absence 2. Academic reasons: Students some- from the Institute in order to be eligible times register before grades for the for a partial tuition refund. Students previous quarter are available. If such must complete a leave of absence or a student later finds that he or she is withdrawal form, which can be initiated subject to academic suspension or has with their academic department. 8

process should be made to Richard B. Schonblom, Director of Bursar and Payroll Services. Note: The federal government requires that students who are in their first quarter at RIT and receiving Title IV Federal Funding be eligible for prorated refunds for fees and room and board through the end of the sixth week of classes if they officially withdraw from RIT or take a leave of absence. If institutional charges are reduced due to with- drawals, financial aid programs are reimbursed before a cash refund is issued to the student. The student is also responsible for any unpaid balance at the time of withdrawal. Aid programs are reim- bursed in the following sequence: Federal Direct Loans, Perkins Loans, Federal Pell Grants, Federal SEOG, other federal financial aid, state aid, institu- tional aid. If a credit balance still remains, the stu- dent is then issued a refund. For further information or comments regarding refund policies and specific withdrawal dates, con- tact the Bursar's Office. Registration Procedures 1. The student should complete the reg- istration and payment process in accordance with Institute registration/ billing procedures as indicated in the quarterly schedule of courses. Credit "page" for two MFA students' multimedia video thesis that recently won the Adobe Flash Point 2. It is the responsibility of the student Student Design Contest in both the Desktop Video and overall Grand Prize categories. The faces are the to advise the Registrar of any change self-portraits of the winners, Su Yonca Akyuz and Aysegul Ozmen. of address. 3. RIT identification cards are required Students withdrawing from the payments and the total per-credit-charge for students to use many campus Institute must complete a withdrawal for the part-time load. facilities—e.g., the library, Student form to initiate the refund process. No refund will be made for classes Life Center—and services, such as the Refunds will be made according to the dropped after the Official Drop Period meal plan and check payments at the following schedule. unless the student is officially with- bookstore. The ID office is located in During the first week of classes— drawing from the Institute. the Registrar's Office. 100% tuition reduction 4. If the student fails to register, it is Room and board During the second week of classes— assumed that the student has left the 70% tuition reduction To complete a withdrawal from RIT, a program and that readmission poli- During the third week of classes— resident student or a nonresident student cies will apply if the student wishes 60% tuition reduction on a meal plan must check out with to be readmitted to the program. During the fourth week of classes— Residence Life and/or Food Service. (In the case of nonregistration, the 50% tuition reduction Refunds, when granted, are from the department should inform the During the fifth week of classes— date of official check-out. Registrar as to whether the student 25% tuition reduction 1. Residence hall room should be put on nonmatriculated Sixth and subsequent weeks— a. During the first week of classes— status or withdrawn from the No tuition reduction 90% of unused room charge program.) All students in their first quarter of b. During the second week of attendance who are receiving any Title classes—75% of unused room The Steps Toward IV federal financial aid funds are eligible charge for tuition proration (see note next page) c. During the third week of classes— Earning Your Degree through the end of the sixth week of 60% of unused room charge A graduate degree at RIT may be classes. For further specifics, please con- d. During the fourth week of classes— obtained in more than 50 programs tact the Bursar's Office. 50% of unused room charge ranging from business administration to e. Fifth and subsequent weeks— Note: Nonattendance does not consti- imaging science. (Please refer to page 2 no refund tute an official withdrawal. for a complete listing of graduate pro- 2. Board A student is not "officially with- grams of study.) drawn" until he or she receives the stu- a. During the first four weeks— 75% of unused board charge Upon completion of the stipulated dent's copy of the withdrawal form. The requirements, a student's academic b. After the first four weeks— date on which a withdrawal form is department certifies him or her for a 50% of the unused board charge properly completed shall be the date of degree. After commencement, a state- c. During the last two weeks of "official withdrawal" used to determine ment verifying that a degree has been classes—no refund the refundable amount. If a student awarded will be posted to the transcript. drops his or her course load from full- Appeals process Degrees for fall graduates are mailed time (12 or more credits) to part-time early in Winter Quarter; for winter grad- An official appeals process exists for (less than 12 credits) status during the uates, in spring; for spring graduates, in those who feel that individual circum- Official Drop Period, he or she may con- the summer; and for summer graduates, stances warrant exceptions from pub- tact the Bursar for a refund based on the in the fall. lished policy. The initial inquiry in this difference between the full-time tuition 9

Graduate registration Transfer credits are not calculated in Continuation of thesis/project/ Matriculated graduate students are the student's grade point average but dissertation* those who have applied and been for- will count toward overall credit require- Once work has begun on a thesis, project mally accepted into a graduate program ments for the degree. Transfer credits do or dissertation, it is seen as a continuous through the Office of Admissions. Such not count in the satisfaction of residency process until all requirements are com- students may register for graduate-level requirements. pleted. If a thesis, project or dissertation courses (700-800) that fit their home A graduate student who wishes to is required, or such an option is elected, department-approved programs. When take courses at another institution and and if the student has completed all registering for graduate courses outside transfer them to his or her degree work other requirements for the degree, the the home department, the approval of at the Institute must obtain prior permis- student must register for the Continuation the department offering the course may sion from the appropriate departmental of Thesis/Project/Dissertation course also be necessary. officer or dean. each quarter (including Summer Nonmatriculated students will be Thesis requirements Quarter). This course costs the equiva- allowed to take graduate courses on a lent of one quarter credit hour, although space-available basis with the depart- Included as part of the total credit-hour it earns no credit. ment's approval and with the knowl- requirement may be a research, disserta- 1. Registration for the Continuation of edge that the course work completed tion, thesis or project requirement as Thesis / Proj ect / Dissertation course while a nonmatriculated student will not specified by each department. Some preserves student access to the usual necessarily apply to any given academic departments have other requirements in RIT services; e.g., Wallace Library, program. place of a thesis. The amount of credit academic computing and faculty and the student is to receive must be deter- Matriculated and nonmatriculated administrative support. With payment mined by the time of registration for that graduate students may register for of appropriate user fees, access to the quarter. undergraduate-level courses with the Student Life Center and Student For the purpose of verifying credit, an understanding that these courses may Health Center is also preserved. end-of-quarter grade of R should be sub- not always apply to RIT graduate 2. If circumstances beyond students' mitted for each registration of research programs. In certain cases, where educa- control preclude them from making and thesis/project/dissertation guidance tionally sound programs will result, satisfactory progress on their by the student's faculty adviser. Before appropriate undergraduate courses as thesis/project/dissertation, they the degree can be awarded, the accep- approved by the faculty adviser and by should consider taking a leave of tance of the thesis/project/dissertation/ the department may be included in a absence and should discuss such a project must be recorded on the student's master's program. However, not more leave in advance with their adviser permanent record. than nine undergraduate quarter credit and/or department head. The dean's hours (600-level or below) may be Students should also note the fol- signature of approval is required on applied toward the 45-quarter-credit lowing continuation of thesis/project/ the Leave of Absence or Institute minimum (12 undergraduate hours for dissertation policy. Withdrawal form, a copy of which those programs requiring 48 or more also must be sent to the associate quarter credit hours). Where undergrad- provost for academic programs. uate work is allowed, it must be well *The dissertation is required only of Ph.D. students. planned and closely controlled. In the vast majority of cases, most, if not all, course work will be at the graduate (700 to 800) level. Credit requirements The minimum credit requirement for a master's degree is 45 quarter (or 30 semester) credit hours. At least 36 of these quarter credit hours must be earned at the graduate level and in resi- dence at the Institute. Transfer credit A maximum of nine quarter credit hours in a 45-credit-hour program or 12 quarter credit hours in a 48- or more credit-hour program may be awarded as transfer credit from other institutions. A request for transfer credit must be made at the time of application for graduate student status. Only a course with a grade of B (3.0) or better may be transferred.

Photographer Annie Leibovitz (seated) visited RIT as part of the Reedy Lecture series, which has brought to campus such illustrious photographers as Jerry Uelsmann, Joyce Tenneson, Yousuf Karsh, Greg Heisler and Gordon Parks. 10

If students do not register for the Summary experience below the 36-hour limit in the second Continuation of Thesis/Project/ The Graduate Council regards some degree program, he or she would be ex- Dissertation course, or take an form of integrative experience as neces- empted from these courses but required approved leave of absence, their sary for graduate students. Such require- to replace the credit hours with depart- departments may elect to remove ments as the comprehensive examina- mentally approved courses. An RIT stu- them from the program. tion, a project, the oral examination of dent will not be admitted through the 3. The length of time to complete a the thesis and a summary conference are Admissions Office to the second degree thesis/project/dissertation is at the appropriate examples, provided they are program until the first program has been discretion of the department. Be sure designed to help the student integrate completed. to read, however, point 1 under the separate parts of his or her total edu- Financial standing "Summary of requirements for cational experience. The nature of the master's degree" on this page. experience will be determined by the Tuition and fees paid to the Institute individual college or department. cover approximately 60 to 70 percent of Candidacy for an advanced degree the actual expense of a student's educa- A graduate student must be a candidate Overlapping credit for second degree tion. The rest of the cost is borne by the for an advanced degree for at least one At the discretion of the Graduate Institute through income on its endow- quarter prior to receipt of the degree. Committee in the specific degree area, ment, gifts from alumni and friends and The position of the Graduate Council nine to 12 previous master's quarter grants from business and industry. is that a student is a candidate for the credit hours can normally be applied Students, former students and gradu- master's degree when he or she has been toward satisfying requirements for a ates are in good financial standing formally admitted to the Institute as a second master's degree. The use of a when their account is paid in full in graduate student. given course in two different programs the Bursar's Office. Any student whose A student not formally admitted as a can be allowed only if the course that account is not paid in full will not graduate student of the Institute (regard- was used for credit toward the first degree receive transcripts, degrees or recom- less of the number of graduate credits is a required course for the second degree. mendations from the Institute. earned) is a nonmatriculated student The course must be used in both programs The Institute reserves the right to and not a candidate for an advanced within five years; i.e., no more than five change its tuition and fees without degree. Such a student cannot be a can- years between time used for the first prior notice. didate until formally admitted to the degree and applied again toward the Institute as a graduate student. There is Summary of requirements for master's second degree. degree no guarantee that any credits in graduate In no case shall less than the minimum courses earned as a nonmatriculated stu- 36 quarter credit hours of residency be 1. Successfully complete all required dent will apply toward an advanced accepted for the second degree. If dupli- courses of the Institute and the col- degree. cation of courses causes a student to go lege. These requirements should be met within seven years of the date of the oldest course counted toward the student's program. Extension of this rule may be granted through petition to the Graduate Council. 2. Complete a minimum of 45 quarter credit hours for the master's degree. At least 36 quarter credit hours of graduate-level course work and research (courses numbered 700 to 800) must be earned in residence at the Institute. 3. Achieve a program cumulative grade point average of 3.0 (B) or better. 4. Complete a thesis/project/dissertation or other appropriate research or com- parable professional achievement at the discretion of the degree granting program. 5. Pay in full, or satisfactorily adjust, all financial obligations to the Institute. Note: The dean and departmental fac- ulty can be petitioned, in extraor- dinary circumstances, to review and judge the cases of individual students who believe the spirit of the above requirements have been met yet fall short of the par- ticular requirement. If the peti- tion is accepted and approved by the faculty, dean, and provost and vice president for academic affairs, a signed copy will be sent to the registrar for inclusion in the student's permanent record. Jose de Rivera's sculpture (background) is a campus landmark. 11

Definition of grades The grade is given in graduate thesis/ Exceptions to the maximum transfer Grades representing the students' project/dissertation work. credit or credit-by-exam for graduate progress in each of the courses for which Completion of this work will be noted programs can be granted by the asso- they are registered are given on a grade by having the approved/accepted thesis/ ciate provost for academic programs report form at the end of each quarter project/dissertation title, as received by in unusual circumstances upon appeal of attendance. The letter grades are as the registrar from the department, posted from the dean of the college involved. follows: to the student's academic record. Full Waived—Waived courses are those A Excellent tuition is charged for these courses. "R" courses eliminated from the list of B Good graded courses are allowed in the calcu- requirements that a student must take C Satisfactory lation of the residency requirement for to graduate. For graduate students, D and F grades do not count toward graduate programs. required courses may be waived because the fulfillment of program require- Incomplete (I)—this grade is given of previously completed academic work, ments for a master's degree. when the professor observes conditions but in no case shall the resulting grad- The grades of all courses attempted beyond the control of the student such uate program requirements be reduced by graduate students will count in the that the student is not able to complete below 45 quarter credit hours. calculation of the cumulative grade course requirements in the given quarter. In addition, waiver credit for graduate point average. This program cumulative This is a temporary grade that reverts to courses can be applied only toward grade point average shall average 3.0 (B) an F if the registrar has not received a required, not elective, courses. The as a graduation requirement. The dean change of grade directive from the pro- process of waiving courses and thereby of the college or his designee must fessor by the end of the second succeed- reducing graduate program require- approve all applications for graduate ing quarter (including summer terms). ments is not to be confused with the courses a student wishes to repeat. Full tuition is charged. process of exempting certain require- Withdrawn (W)—will be assigned in ments that are then replaced by an equal Quality points courses from which a student withdraws number of credit hours in the specified Each course has a credit-hour value through the end of the eighth week of program. based on the number of hours per week classes or if a student withdraws from Changing grades—once a grade has in class, laboratory or studio and the all courses in a given quarter. been reported by a faculty member, it is amount of outside work expected of Audit (Z)—indicates a student has not within the right of any person to each student. Each letter grade yields audited the course. The student need change this unless an actual error has quality points per credit hour as follows: not take exams, and full tuition will be been made in computing or recording it. A 4 quality points charged. A student can change from If an error has been made, the faculty B 3 quality points credit to audit or from audit to credit member must complete the appropriate C 2 quality points status for a course only during the first form. The completed form must be D 1 quality point six days of classes. Audited courses do approved by the head of the department F grades count as 0 in computing the not count toward the residency require- in which the faculty member teaches. grade point average (GPA). The GPA ment, do not get included in GPA calcu- When approved, the form is then sent to is computed by the following formula: lations and do not count toward degree the registrar. There is, however, an appeal GPA = total quality points earned requirements. procedure for disputed grades through Credit by examination (X)—assigned the Academic Conduct Committee of the total quality hours college in which the course is offered. A There are other evaluations of course for the successful completion of various work that do not affect GPA calculations. external or Institute examinations pro- final appeal can be sent to the Institute Only I and R (as described below) can be vided such examinations cover or par- Hearing and Appeals Board. allel the objectives and content of the assigned by individual faculty members Academic probation and suspension at the end of a quarter. indicated course. Credit must be assigned in advance for any credit received through Any matriculated graduate student Registered (R)—a permanent grade whose program cumulative GPA falls indicating that a student has registered registration for the indicated courses. below a 3.0 after 12 quarter credit hours for a given course but has yet to meet "X" graded courses do not count toward will be placed on probation and coun- the total requirements of the course or the residency requirement. A maximum seled by the departmental adviser con- has continuing requirements to be met. of 12 quarter credit hours is allowed for graduate courses. cerning continuation in the graduate program. Those students placed on probation must raise their program cumulative Any student who intentionally defrauds or attempts to defraud the Institute GPA to the 3.0 level within 12 quarter of tuition, fees or other charges or who gives false information in order to credit hours or be suspended from the obtain financial aid is subject to legal liability, prosecution and Institute graduate program. disciplinary action. Should it be necessary to suspend a graduate student for academic reasons, the student may apply for readmission to the dean of the college or his designee upon demonstration of adequate reason for readmission. 12 Student Services

RIT offers a number of services for grad- uate students. The services described in the following pages are among the most frequently used. Educational Technology Center The Educational Technology Center pro- vides proactive service and leadership to enhance and support the educational environment at RIT. Services include media production, classroom equipment support, distance learning and the Media Resource Center. The last includes mate- rials such as videotapes, films and audio tapes placed on reserve by faculty mem- bers for student use. There are 7,000 media items in collection and 20 viewing/ listening carrels. The MRC also houses an extensive art slide library. ETC staff members assist faculty and students in finding and preparing media for classroom presentations, club meet- ings or personal use. Our color laser copier is a popular tool used by many Wallace Library offers extensive print and multimedia resources. photographers and artists at RIT. Others find the photo and graphic design ser- vices of ETC helpful in preparing for 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Friday and 11 a.m. to obtain an account at the ISC HelpDesk presentations and lectures. A broad array 5 p.m. on Sunday. Hours are subject to or at the reference desk in the library by of media technology, from projectors and change during break weeks and Summer showing their RIT ID card. Forms may videoplayers to multimedia-capable per- Quarter. be available in campus departments or sonal computers and teleconferencing can be obtained by contacting the ISC equipment, is available for instructional Computing Services HelpDesk, part of ISC's Client Support support and other campus events. Services group. CSS provides consulting Computing services at RIT are provided services, seminars, problem solving and RIT instruction extends beyond the by Information Systems and Computing. general information to users of enter- classroom with assistance from the Office ISC manages a large VMSCluster (net- prise server systems, minicomputers and of Distance Learning at ETC. Students worked Digital VAX and Alpha com- microcomputers. Contact Client Support are able to complete courses in a flexible puters), several UNIX systems (Digital Services through the ISC HelpDesk. time schedule during the quarter without Alpha computers), an IBM mainframe having to attend on-campus classes. More ISC's Facilities Management group for administrative computing, a campus- that 15 RIT programs, including certifi- operates 17 user computing centers, wide network, dial-in access and 17 user cates, BS and MS degrees, are available microcomputer labs, and smart class- computing facilities. Detailed informa- through various distance learning for- rooms (in cooperation with the tion on the systems that ISC manages mats. Students interact with professors Educational Technology Center) con- and supports may be obtained from the and other students through e-mail and taining microcomputers, terminals, ISC HelpDesk. Some of the more pop- conferencing using the World Wide Web workstations, printers and plotters. ular features of the RIT computer facili- as well as through audio, video and tele- These facilities are available to students ties and network include electronic mail phone conferencing. In addition, courses for general computing use and to faculty (used extensively by students, faculty include videotapes, audio tapes and for reserved class work. Assistants are and staff), the Notes conference system print materials. ETC supports these available to help people use the hard- and access to the Internet/World Wide efforts with course development, equip- ware and software available in the labs. Web. Many faculty have incorporated ment and production services. Computer equipment repair is offered these features into their curricula, by ISC in its Equipment Service Center, ETC offices and the Media Resource resulting in innovative and interesting which routinely repairs and upgrades Center are located on the lower level of courses not available elsewhere. Wallace Library. More than 60 students Digital and Apple computer equipment work in ETC, assisting with video pro- The use of computing systems man- and is an authorized Apple repair center. duction, photography, graphic design aged by ISC is guided by the RIT Code Call 475-2591 for more information. and office support. Individuals are of Conduct for Computer Use. Computer Students are urged to contact ISC staff invited to drop in and explore these accounts are issued to students, staff and for advice on hardware, software and resources. The offices are open Fall faculty so that they may perform activi- networking in order to help ensure an through Spring quarters from 8 a.m. to ties supporting educational goals and efficient and effective campus-wide com- 10 p.m., Monday through Thursday; internal RIT functions. Students can puting environment. 13

ISC HelpDesk Student artwork and photographs are Counseling Center exhibited in gallery areas. Outstanding The ISC HelpDesk is located in room student work is purchased and displayed The RIT Counseling Center, located in A291 in the Ross building. Hours for Fall, permanently. the Hale-Andrews Student Life Center, Winter and Spring quarters: A smaller library within Wallace offers a variety of services to hearing, • Mon. through Thurs.—8 a.m. to 8 p.m.; Library, the Cary Library, contains more deaf, and hard of hearing RIT graduate • Fri.— 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; and than 14,000 volumes of rare books illus- students. These include: • Sim.—noon to 8 p.m. trating fine printing and other materials • Personal/Psychological Counseling • Saturdays—closed detailing the history of printing, book • Alcohol/Drug Counseling & Referral Hours for Summer Quarter, holidays design and illustration, papermaking Services and quarter breaks: and other aspects of the graphic arts. • Career Counseling • Mon. through Thurs.—8 a.m. to 6 p.m. The Rochester Regional Library • Discover (Computer-Assisted Career • Fri.—8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Council's Access program allows grad- Guidance) • Weekends—closed uate students to obtain a library card • Testing Telephone: 475-6929 (voice) or 475-2810 that offers access to other area libraries, • Consultation (TTY) including those of the University of • Referral Services Electronic media: Rochester and the State University of Counseling Center hours are 8:30 a.m. • E-mail: [email protected] New York colleges at Geneseo and to 4:30 p.m., Mon. through Fri. For more • RITMenu: ASK system Brockport. information about counseling services, • World Wide Web: The library is open more than 100 call 475-2261. http: //www.rit.edu/ hours per week, with extended hours before and during finals. For library Learning Development Modem access to the campus hours, call 475-2046 (voice); for the refer- computer network ence desk, call 475-2563 (voice/TTY) or Center • 2,400 to 14,400 bits per second: 475-2564 (voice). You can e-mail the library at [email protected] (RITVAX). The Learning Development Center pro- 475-1356 vides individual and group instruction • 28.8 kilobits per second: 292-8960 The circulation desk can be reached at 475-2562 (voice) and 475-2962 (TTY). in efficient reading, study procedures, • DiallP remote Internet connection ser- mathematics and writing skills. These vice (14.4 to 33.6 Kbps): 427-2000 services are available at no additional Office of Cooperative charge during regular LDC scheduled Wallace Library Education and Career hours to all graduate students at the Institute and may be scheduled at the Wallace Library is a high-technology, Services center, located on the second floor, north multimedia resource center. It is a partic- end, of the administration building. ular boon to busy graduate students, The Office of Cooperative Education and For more information about Learning who find that its vast information Career Services supports the Institute's Development Center services, call resources are as close as their computers. commitment to preparing students for 475-6682. The library's on-line menu provides "the making of a living and the living of access to a wide selection of up-to-date a life." electronic resources in Web-based and Since 1912, RIT has developed one Student Health Center text formats. of the country's strongest co-op pro- The Student Health Center provides pri- Users can access Wallace's catalog, grams. RIT's cooperative program is mary medical care on an outpatient search many electronic commercial the fourth oldest in the world and one basis. The staff includes physicians, databases and surf the Internet using of the largest. For those who desire nurse practitioners, registered nurses, Netscape's browser. The staff offers more experience in their field, co-op is an health educators and an interpreter for hands-on instructional sessions for using option in several graduate programs. A the deaf. Allergy, psychiatric and gyne- various electronic and Internet resources. co-op opportunity often leads directly to cological services are available by Specialized class instruction can be a permanent position upon graduation. appointment. Health education pro- scheduled upon request. Reference Students also may find permanent posi- grams are provided also. The center is librarians are available during the week tions through RIT's on-campus recruit- located on the walkway linking the aca- and on weekends to provide individual ment program or job listing service. demic and residential areas of campus. assistance at the reference desk. In-depth RIT students and alumni find the Students are seen on a walk-in basis, research assistance is available by services of the Office of Cooperative Mon. through Thurs., 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 appointment. Education and Career Services helpful in p.m., with limited services only from The VAX Internet Area provides the job search. Individual career coun- 4:30 to 7 p.m., and Fri., 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 access to graphic interface workstations, seling, job search skills sessions, job list- p.m. Only emergencies are seen during image scanning and a host of interactive ings, a resource library and on-campus the last half hour of each shift. Hours are CD-ROM titles. Interlibrary loan services interviewing provide a steady linkage subject to change and are posted. between campus and the workplace. and in-house book requests are accessed The Institute requires students to Students entering the graduate program through the on-line catalog. The Center maintain health insurance coverage, are encouraged to meet with their pro- for the Visually Impaired houses an which they may purchase on their own gram coordinators early to begin devel- Arkenstone Reader and contains period- or through RIT while enrolled. icals in Braille. Individual carrels and oping their career plans. The Co-op and The quarterly student health fee is small-group rooms provide more than Career Services Office hosts frequent ori- mandatory for all full-time undergrad- 1,000 study spaces. entation sessions to inform students of the many services offered. uate students. Other students may pay either the quarterly fee or a fee for ser- vice. Some laboratory work ordered through the center is not covered by this fee; there is a nominal charge for this 14

Immunization requirements include two Life Off Campus: Rochester and Its Environs measles vaccinations—at least one month apart—with a live virus after Jan. 1,1968, and after the first birthday and one vaccination each against mumps and rubella (after Jan. 1,1969, and after the first birthday). Additional informa- tion concerning the necessary documen- tation and where to send it is included with the Admissions Office acceptance packet and is also available at the Student Health Center office. Apartment Housing Four apartment complexes and nearly 1,000 apartment and townhouse units distinguish RIT's apartment community as one of the largest university-operated apartment programs in the country. All four unfurnished apartment facilities— Colony Manor, Perkins Green, Racquet Club and Riverknoll—differ in layout and design. Apartments range in size from one- and two-bedroom apartments to two- and three-bedroom townhouse units. All are serviced by the Institute's shuttle bus system. Although the majority of apartment The Main Street bridge over the Genesee River was designed by Albert Paley, artist-in-residence residents are undergraduate students, a in the College of Imaging Arts and Scimces. mixture of graduate and undergraduate and single and married students can eed a break? Suffering a "creative block" on that project you're working be found in each apartment complex. Non? Maybe what you need to do is just get away. Apartment contracts run from September Rochester offers a pleasant change from academics. The city is well repre- through August, although, with proper sented in the arts, from the world-famous International Museum of Photography notification, students may terminate to the Memorial Art Gallery and the Strong Museum. The Rochester their contracts with a 30-day notice Philharmonic Orchestra and GeVa Theatre offer performing arts. without penalty. Security deposits are not RIT is situated close to recreational activities afforded by Lake Ontario and required, and summer storage is avail- the Finger Lakes region, including the Bristol Mountain ski area. In addition, able to returning residents. A modified Niagara Falls is less than two hours away and on the way to Toronto. The meal plan is also available to apartment Adirondack Mountain region is just six hours away. residents through RIT's Food Service Department. University apartment housing is available to graduate students on a space-available basis. For further service. Prescription medicines may be For emergency assistance and /or trans- information on RIT Apartment Housing, purchased from local pharmacies or, for port, the RIT ambulance can be dispatched contact the Center for Residence Life, some prescriptions, from the center. The through Campus Safety at 475-3333 Rochester Institute of Technology, 63 health fee does not include prescription (voice) or 475-6654 (TTY). Lomb Memorial Drive, Rochester, NY medications. 14623-5603 or call 475-2572. Questions about the Student Health Health Records Center or health insurance should be Medical records are confidential. Informa- The Housing Connection directed to the office, at 475-2255. tion will not be released without the stu- A service of the Center for Residence Life, dent's written consent. Exceptions to this The Housing Connection is designed to RIT Ambulance rule are made only when required by the meet the general housing needs of the RIT Ambulance is a New York State- public health laws of New York State. RIT community. The center provides free certified volunteer ambulance service referrals for students looking for Institute that serves the campus community, New York State Immunization or off-campus accommodations in the including its adjoining apartment com- Requirements Rochester area. In addition, the center plexes. The organization, an auxiliary of offers the only on-campus clearinghouse New York State Public Law 2165 the Student Health Center, is governed for apartment residents in need of addi- requires that all matriculated students by RIT students and staff and is staffed tional roommates, providing a continu- enrolled for more than six quarter credit by emergency medical technicians. ally updated listing of available room- hours in a term and born after Jan. 1, Twenty-four-hour ambulance service is mates and their specific interests. 1957, must provide proof that they have available seven days a week. If, for some Located on the first floor of Kate received the appropriate immunizations reason, the RIT ambulance is not avail- Gleason Hall (room 1060), The Housing against measles, rubella and mumps. able, there may be a charge for services Connection provides free maps, infor- provided by another corps. mation pamphlets and telephones for 15 users of the service. A trained staff member will assist you in your search The Student Life Center: For the Body and the Mind for housing or roommates. For more information, stop in or call 475-2575. Identification Cards, Vehicle Registration You will need an RIT identification card to use any campus facility. You should apply for your identification card at the time of your first registration. For further information, call the ID office, 475-2821 (voice) or 475-6953 (TTY). All vehicles operated on campus must be registered with Campus Safety, and stickers must be properly displayed on the inside glass on the driver's side of the vehicle as far to the rear as possible. Institute fines are imposed for operators violating parking and traffic regulations. Fines are payable at the Bursar's Office in the George Eastman Building. Emergencies, Escort Service In case of emergency (fire, injury) call the Institute's 24-hour emergency number, 475-3333/6654 (TTY). For rou- A recent addition to campus, the Hale-Andrews Student Life Center offers extensive workout tine security services, call 475-2853/6654 equipment and court space. (TTY), which is staffed 24 hours a day. Campus Safety strongly encourages alfway between the academic buildings and the RIT apartments and resi- students to use the escort service, avail- Hdence halls is one of the most popular sites on campus: the Hale-Andrews able seven days a week. The Mobile Student Life Center. Escort Service is available seven days a With athletic facilities rivaling a health spa, the Student Life Center offers a week, 11:30 p.m. to 3:45 a.m., on a timed "no excuses" place for the RTT community to become and remain physically fit. basis. Call the Campus Safety Graduate students and their families have full access to the facilities, which Department at 475-2853/6654 (TTY), or include racquetball courts, an indoor running track, and shower and locker use the blue-light courtesy call boxes rooms. Students, as well as faculty and staff, can take a dance or martial arts located throughout the campus. class, play intramural basketball, participate in aerobics classes, network at the weight machines and relax in the saunas. International Student Student health services and counseling offices are also housed in the facility. For more information call 475-2261. Services With several of our programs receiving worldwide recognition, we welcome a growing international student popula- year. Campus housing options include English Language Testing tion. RIT enrolls approximately 800 full- International House, a special-interest residence hall floor offering a commu- The minimum TOEFL requirement for time graduate students representing 85 most graduate programs at RIT is 550. countries. nity experience for both international and U.S. students, like those in the inter- Upon arrival at RIT, students with The International Student Program is national business program. House mem- English as a second language may be located in the Center for Student Transi- bers have taken trips to such cities as required to take a battery of English tion and Support and serves as a resource Toronto (just three hours away by car), tests, including the Michigan Test of for all deaf and hearing international Niagara Falls and Washington, D.C. English Language Proficiency. Depending students on visas as well as for members on the results, the student may have to of the campus community seeking cross- The International Student Program enroll in English instruction at an addi- cultural help. The staff advises students offers orientation each quarter. In the tional cost. fall, the PAL (Peer Adviser Leader) pro- on immigration issues, helps them adjust A score of 80 or higher on the Michigan gram matches up returning students to academic and cultural expectations in Test is required to indicate the profi- with new students on a one-to-one basis the United States, and provides cross- ciency needed to handle university-level to help with their adjustment to RIT and cultural programs. In addition, the office work. Students with scores below 80 or the United States. coordinates off-campus hospitality who do not demonstrate proficiency in through the Rochester International Students are invited to stop by the writing, listening and speaking may be Friendship Council. office, located on the mezzanine of the advised to take English at RIT's English Student Alumni Union. For more infor- Want to celebrate Chinese New Year Language Center. mation, call 475-6943 (voice/TTY); 475- or any other international holiday? 6876 (voice); 475-5540 (TTY), coordinator The tests are given in the George International student clubs on campus for deaf international students. Eastman Building at the beginning of offer social activities throughout the each quarter prior to registration. The 16

to learning. For more information about summer programs, please contact Susan Kurtz at 475-5987. Commission for Promoting Pluralism The Commission for Promoting Pluralism was established to formulate a plan of action that would address seriously and deliberately the subject of pluralism and community building in every part of the university. Its evolution is the result of an identified need for RIT constituents to deepen their respect and appreciation for all people in the RIT community and beyond. This institutional focus attempts: • to proactively identify and eliminate barriers that restrict equality throughout the RIT community, • to develop and implement programs that promote commitment to equality and justice in campus-wide activities and • to develop and nurture a support system that increases participation by all members of the RIT community. Standards for Student

Margaret's House offers year-round, part- and full-time child care to children ages eight weeks through Conduct eight years. The RIT community intends that campus life will provide opportunities test may be taken at a different time by The office is located on the first floor for students to exercise individual appointment. Students who have paid (north end) of the George Eastman responsibility and places high priority enrollment deposits will receive infor- Building, room 1301. For more informa- on self-regulation by its members. All mation on testing dates from the Center tion, call 475-6684. members of the community are respon- for Student Transition and Support. sible for encouraging positive behavior There is no cost for the test to RIT stu- Margaret's House— by others, as well as preventing or cor- dents who have already been accepted. recting conduct by others that is detri- Their spouses also may take the test free Early Childhood mental to RIT's educational mission and of charge. Others pay a $36 fee. For more values. information, call 475-6684. Programs As an educational community, RIT Named in memory of Margaret Davis, strives for a campus environment that The English Language Center wife of RIT vice president emeritus A1 is free from coercive or exploitative Students whose native language is not Davis, this spacious new facility was behavior by its members. Moreover, it English can find assistance at the English designed specifically for young children. sets high standards that challenge stu- Language Center. Writing, grammar, Located on the residential side of dents to develop values that enhance vocabulary, conversation and reading campus, Margaret's House offers infant their lives professionally and that will courses are offered at several levels each and toddler care, preschool education, enable them to contribute constructively quarter. Courses are also available in full-day kindergarten and after-school to society. Presentation Skills, Computer Word care for children eight weeks through RIT enjoys a diversity of backgrounds, Processing, Pronunciation, Business eight years old. The programs are open lifestyles and personal value systems Communication and TOEFL Prepara- to children of students, faculty, staff and among those who compose the academic tion, among others. members of the Rochester community. community. Students, however, are Students also may enroll in a full-time Students may receive decreased rates. expected to observe and respect the poli- intensive English to Speakers of Other For complete information, call 475-5948 cies and standards of the Institute and Languages (ESOL) program. In addition, (voice) or 475-5176 (TTY). the right of individuals to hold values students may receive individualized During Summer Quarter, Margaret's that differ from their own and those instruction tailored to meet their needs. House offers a variety of expanded expressed by RIT. Tuition is charged for the services of the activities for students in grades K English Language Center. through 12. Academic day camps pro- International students may find vide an opportunity for youngsters to employment at the English Language explore new concepts, media and tech- Center, where they can teach their native nology. All programs are characterized language and culture or do translations. by a dynamic project-oriented approach 17

Institutional and Civil Authority Campus Stores Campus Connections accepts cash, checks, MasterCard, VISA and RIT flex- Students must recognize that they are RIT operates two campus stores. The ible debit cards for payment. Certain members of the local, state and federal main store, Campus Connections, is students may have arrangements with a communities and that they are obliged located on the west side of the Student government agency to pay for some of to live in accord with the law without Alumni Union. It consists of two selling their books and supplies; this is handled special privilege because of their status floors and is divided into 11 depart- at our service counter on the first floor. as students or temporary residents. ments selling everything from clothing The Candy Counter in the lobby of to textbooks to computers. Store hours the Student Alumni Union sells candy, Veteran Services are Monday through Thursday, 8:30 a.m. tobacco products, notions, sundries, to 8 p.m.; Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.; magazines, daily newspapers and snack Courses and programs at the Institute and on Saturday, 11 a.m. to 4 p.m. Store items. Film can be dropped off here for are approved for the education of vet- hours may change on holidays, during processing. erans under the Veterans Readjustment quarter breaks, and during Summer Benefits Act, the Rehabilitation Acts and Quarter. For current information about the War Orphans Act. hours and special sales, call 716-475-6033. To receive benefits, an eligible veteran or dependent must submit an application for the VA "Certificate of Eligibility." This application must be sent to the VA Regional Office in Buffalo, N.Y., well in advance of the beginning of the starting quarter. These applications are available at local VA offices or on campus from the Office of Part-time and Graduate Enrollment Services. Complete the necessary forms to ensure your benefits will arrive on time for the beginning of school. Students who have been receiving benefit payments at other institutions or while participating in a different pro- gram and wish to transfer into one of RIT's many programs will be required to complete and submit a "Request for Change of Program or School" form. To ensure a smooth transition and suc- cessful academic program completion, start your benefits paperwork early. For benefits assistance or information, call 475-6641.

Campus jogging and walking trails are appreciated by faculty, staff and students. College of Applied Science and Technology

Graduate education in any discipline Manufacturing Studies gives graduate requires commitment of both the student students the opportunity to test new and the institution involved. The technologies for actual companies diverse, graduate-level academic areas seeking problem solutions. Continual Wiley R. McKinzie, Dean within the College of Applied Science computer laboratory upgrades mean and Technology represent RIT's commit- that we have technology that is consid- ment to curricular innovation, program ered the industry standard. flexibility and academic rigor. In fact, Most importantly, all the programs are PROGRAMS several degrees, including software recognized as being academic leaders in development and management and the state, national and international edu- MASTER OF SCIENCE information technology, are not only cation communities. In addition, our DEGREES IN: unique in their content but in the way close ties to business and industry mean many classes are offered through dis- that our course content is relevant and Computer Science tance learning—a benefit for working practical for tomorrow's managers, Information Technology professionals who want to continue their whether they oversee computer inte- Software Development and education while employed. grated manufacturing or a resort hotel. Management We are also committed to advancing Graduates are eagerly sought out by Computer Integrated the state of our education through the employers, with a high placement rate Manufacturing latest technology, management theories that assures graduates can pick the best and educational philosophies. RIT's positions for their personal and profes- Hospitality-Tourism new $22 million Center for Integrated sional development. Management Service Management Career and Human Resource Development Instructional Technology Environmental, Health and Safety Management Packaging Science Health Systems Administration Cross-disciplinary Professional Studies

ADVANCED CERTIFICATES AVAILABLE IN: Applied Computer Studies Interactive Multimedia Development Integrated Health Systems Health Systems Finance

EXECUTIVE LEADER: A nontraditional delivery of graduate education encom- passing two summers for degrees in hospitality-tourism management, service manage- ment, career and human resource development, instruc- tional technology and pack- aging science Our commitment to the latest technology means students work in a computing environment that meets the industry standard. College of Applied Science and Technology 19

Computer Science Master of Science in The prerequisites are: Computer Science Mathematics Walter A. Wolf, Chairperson Differential and Integral Calculus Admission requirements Probability and Statistics Computer science offers an MS degree Discrete Mathematics that prepares students for a wide variety Applicants should have a baccalaureate of computer-related careers in business, or an equivalent degree from an accred- Computing industry and academia. Graduates are ited institution and a minimum grade Experience with a modern high-level prepared to work in computer system point average of 3.0 (B). RIT undergrad- language (e.g., Pascal, Ada, software development, applications uate students in computer science or Modula, Algol) development, research and education. computational math may study for both Data Structures The program is particularly suited to their BS and MS degrees through accel- Assembly Language Programming individuals who have a strong under- erated programs. Software Design Methodology graduate background in a quantitative Applicants from foreign universities Introductory Computer Architecture and field in which computers are applied, should submit Graduate Record Exam Digital Logic such as engineering, science and busi- (GRE) scores. (GRE scores can also be Introductory Systems Programming ness, as well as those with a computer considered for applicants whose under- Operating Systems science degree. graduate grade point average is lower Programming Language Survey than 3.0.) Applicants whose native lan- Computer facilities guage is other than English should take The bridge program Computer science provides extensive the TOEFL examination; a score of at Students whose undergraduate prepara- facilities for students and faculty. The least 535 is required. Applicants with a tion or industrial experience does not hardware associated with these facilities lower TOEFL score may be admitted satisfy the above content or grade point represents current technology, including: conditionally and will take a prescribed requirements may make up these defi- • a graduate lab with 18 SGI Indy color program in English along with a ciencies through up to a year of study, workstations reduced program course load. taking one or more of the following RIT • 75 SUN ULTRA1 color workstations Applicants must satisfy prerequisite courses, as prescribed by a graduate • 12 SGI Indy, Indy Modeler and Indigo requirements in mathematics and com- department adviser. 2 color workstations puter science (listed below). If an appli- • 4 SPARC 10 and 20 file servers with cant lacks some of these prerequisites, Mathematics more than 20 Gig of disk available bridge program courses are available to 1016-251, Calculus • a 64-processor Transputer-based par- allow students to meet these prerequi- 252, 253 allel processing platform sites and to achieve the required knowl- 1016-351 Probability & Statistics • A networking/distributed systems lab edge and skills. Generally, formal accep- or with 12 SGI Indys and its own tance into the master's program is 0303-715 (Calculus based) internal network deferred until the applicant has made 0603-705 Discrete Mathematics These computers operate under the significant progress through these neces- or UNIX (a trademark of Bell Labs) oper- sary courses. 1016-265 ating system. A digital logic laboratory is equipped with single-board microcomputers sup- porting courses, individual student pro- jects and theses. Computer science students also have STUDENT PROFILE access to the computers in the informa- tion technology labs (more than 100 PCs and Macs) and RIT's main Information "One reason I went to work Systems and Computing facilities, as at Xerox Corporation was listed in the Student Services section of this catalog. because of [the benefit of] its Ethernet is used to integrate the above graduate studies program. In systems and to connect the Graduate addition to paying for your Computer Science Laboratory with other classes, GSP allows you to RIT computing facilities. These graduate networks are also available to support take time off from work to departmental research, theses, projects complete your studies. and course work. All students have full SQUAW access to the Internet and the World "RIT's graduate computer Wide Web. Graduate students have dial-up access science program was ideal for to all systems and are encouraged to use me because most classes were home terminals and personal computers. held in the evenings. This (The RIT bookstore carries computer allowed me the flexibility to equipment and software and provides discounts for RIT students.) mix both work and school."

Richard Bryant MS, Computer Science 20 College of Applied Science and Technology

Computing The thesis track consists of: 0605-772 Database System Implementation 0602-700 Computer Programming & • Five required ("Core") courses 0605-773 Information Storage & Problem Solving (20 credits), Retrieval 0602-703 Algorithms & Data Structures • Electives (8 credits), 0605-791 Simulation & Modeling 0603-704 Computer Organization • Advanced Electives (8 credits), 0605-799 Topics in Simulation & 0603-707 Programming Practices • Master's Thesis (9 credits). Modeling † 0603-708 Computer Organization & The project track consists of: • Five required ("Core") courses Programming Philosophy 0603-709 Programming Language (20 credits), Survey • Electives (12 credits), 0509-706 Philosophy of Mind 0603-713 Operating Systems • Advanced Electives (8 credits), • Master's Project (5 credits). Computer Engineering If a student matriculates before finishing 0306-683 Electronic Document the bridge program, all remaining bridge The computer science core consists of Processing program courses must be completed five courses: 0306-722 Advanced Computer with a grade of at least B; courses with 0605-700 Foundations of Computing Architecture † lower grades must be repeated. Bridge Theory 0306-730 VLSI Design † program courses are not part of the 45 0605-710 Programming Language 0306-756 Multiple Processor Systems † credits required for the master's degree, Theory 0306-779 Digital Image Processing † however, their grades are included in a 0605-720 Computer Architecture Electrical Engineering student's graduate grade-point average 0605-730 Distributed Operating unless taken before matriculation. Systems I 0301-761 Modern Control Theory A bridge program can be designed in 0605-800 Algorithms 0301-715 Machine Vision + ways different from that described Students with a strong background in 0301-779 Digital Image Processing † above. Often, other courses can be sub- a core area may receive permission from Industrial Engineering stituted, and courses at other colleges the program coordinator to replace a can be applied. (See the Computer core course with some other course, 0303-702 Mathematical Programming Science Graduate Studies Handbook for generally in the same area. Software Development & Management more details.) Electives and advanced electives are 0602-725 Reusable Software Design The curriculum shown below; advanced electives are 0602-820 Systems & Software The graduate program of study is com- indicated by "†" Engineering 0602-821 Analysis & Design Techniques posed of the computer science graduate Computer Science core, electives, advanced electives and a 0602-823 Formal Methods in Software thesis paper or project for a total of 45 0605-701 Computability † Engineering † credits. 0605-702 Computational Complexity † 0602-825 Analysis & Design of There are two tracks to the degree, the 0605-703 Coding Theory † Embedded Systems 0605-709 Topics in Computer Science thesis track and the project track. 0602-830 Software Project Management Theory † 0602-835 Software Testing & 0605-711 Compiler Construction † Inspection † 0605-712 Theory of Parsing † 0605-719 Topics in Programming Imaging Science Languages † 2051-775 Syntactic Pattern Recognition † 0605-729 Topics in Computer 2051-776 Intro, to Digital Image Architecture † Processing † 0605-731 Distributed Operating 2051-777 D.I.P. & Spatial Pattern Systems II † Recognition † 0605-735 Introduction to Parallel Computing Other departments' courses are primarily 0605-736 Parallel Algorithms & for their own majors and may have pre- Program Design † requisites that may not be approved for 0605-739 Topics in Operating Systems † degree credit. 0605-740 Data Communications & Electives provide breadth of experi- Networks I ence in computer science and applica- 0605-741 Data Communication & tions areas. Students who wish to Networks II include courses from departments out- 0605-749 Topics in Data side of computer science need prior Communications † approval of their graduate adviser. Refer 0605-750 Introduction to Artificial to the course descriptions in the depart- Intelligence ments of computer science, engineering 0605-751 Knowledge-Based Systems † and business for possible elective 0605-755 Neural Networks and courses. Machine Learning † A program of study must be designed 0605-756 Genetic Algorithms † in cooperation with a graduate adviser. 0605-759 Topics in Artificial The master's thesis or project Computer science and information technology Intelligence † offers four master's degree programs and two 0605-761 Fundamentals of Computer A thesis paper or project forms the cap- advanced certificates. Graphics stone of the MS program. In order to 0605-769 Topics in Computer Graphics † register for either, a student must submit 0605-771 Database Systems an acceptable proposal to the computer science faculty. College of Applied Science and Technology 21

Financial aid projects change, but the theme of our Computing Scholarships and graduate assistantships work is the enhancement of human com- Programming in a high-level language, are available in the department of com- munication in electronic environments. preferably C puter science. Information may be Students explore related issues through Data structures obtained from: a series of six core courses in interactive Elementary computer architecture and Graduate Program Coordinator, multimedia development. digital logic Department of Computer Science Computer facilities The bridge program Rochester Institute of Technology Supplementing the computing resources 102 Lomb Memorial Drive Students whose undergraduate prepara- provided by RIT's main Information Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5608 tion or industrial experience does not Systems and Computing facilities, as E-mail: [email protected] satisfy the above content or grade point listed in the Student Services section of requirements may make up these defi- this catalog, information technology pro- ciencies through study, taking one or vides extensive facilities for students more of the following RIT courses, as Information and faculty; all computers are connected prescribed by a graduate department Technology via Ethernet. adviser. • 70 Power PC Macintosh systems 0307-711 Fundamentals of Statistics I • 135 Pentium PCs Edith A. Lawson, Chairperson 0602-700 Computer Programming & Ethernet is used to integrate the above Problem Solving systems within the lab and to connect Information technology offers an MS 0602-703 Algorithms & Data Structures with other RIT computing facilities. degree in information technology, an MS 0602-709 Fundamentals of Computer degree in software development and These systems are also available to sup- Hardware management, as well as a program of port departmental research, theses, pro- The bridge program courses are not study leading to an advanced certificate jects and course work. part of the 48 credits required for the in interactive multimedia development. master's degree, and their grades are Graduate courses are given at times of Master of Science in not included in a student's graduate the day convenient to both part-time grade point average if taken before and full-time graduate students—usually Software Development and matriculation. late afternoon and evening. Both MS Management A bridge program can be designed in degree programs will take at least five or ways different from that described six quarters to complete. The advanced Admission requirements above. Often, other courses can be sub- certificate may be accomplished in one stituted, and courses at other colleges Applicants should have a baccalaureate calendar year. can be applied. or equivalent degree from an accredited The master of science in information institution and a minimum cumulative The curriculum technology enables graduates to con- grade point average of 3.0 (B). Appli- The graduate program of study consists tribute to the emerging interdisciplinary cants should submit two professional of 48 credits of software engineering field of information technology in a recommendations. core foundation, software engineering variety of capacities. Students will learn Applicants from foreign universities a systematic approach to the design of project and three electives. An optional must submit Graduate Record Examina- cooperative work experience is possible. information technology solutions to con- tion (GRE) scores. These scores may also The core foundation consists of nine temporary problems, including business be required from those whose under- courses: and education. They will also develop graduate grade point average is less skills in needs analysis for information than 3.0. 0602-710 Software Design & technology. They will be able to design Implementation Applicants whose native language is and develop interactive, multimedia- 0602-720 Data Modeling & Design other than English must take the TOEFL based information applications. Students 0602-725 Reusable Software Design examination; a score of at least 550 is will develop a strategic and technical 0602-820 Systems & Software required. Applicants with a lower TOEFL understanding of networks and commu- Engineering score may be admitted conditionally and nication systems. Finally, students will 0602-821 Specifications & Design of will take a prescribed program in be able to apply cognitive and organiza- Information Systems English along with a reduced program tional theories to the design of informa- course load. or tion technology applications and systems. 0602-825 Specifications & Design of In addition, there is a certain minimal Embedded Systems The master of science in software background required of all students 0602-830 Software Project Management development and management provides wishing to enter the master's program. 0602-831 Software Project Planning students with state-of-the-art prepara- Bridge program courses are provided to 0602-835 Software Testing & tion for a broad spectrum of software allow students to meet these prerequisites Inspections engineering-related careers. Graduates and to achieve the required knowledge The software engineering project con- acquire a solid base of technical and and skills. Generally, formal acceptance sists of one course: design skills along with insights into the into the master's program is possible importance of project management for even though the applicant must accom- 0602-895 Software Engineering Project software development. This program is plish some additional bridge program The three professional electives may also offered in a distance delivery format. courses. be chosen from information technology, The advanced certificate in interactive computer science, computer engi- The prerequisites that constitute the neering, electrical engineering or busi- multimedia development provides an required minimal background are: opportunity for students to gain first- ness. Graduate courses from other hand knowledge and expertise in the art Mathematics departments also may be appropriate. Department approval is required; stu- and science of interactive multimedia Statistics design. As interactive technologies dents should see their advisers. Some advance, the content and form of approved courses are: 22 College of Applied Science and Technology

0602-716 C++ Programming Workshop Prerequisites 0102-740 Organizational Behavior 0602-208 Introduction to Programming 0102-742 Technology Management or An optional cooperative educational 0602-700 Computer Programming & experience is available for those students Problem Solving who wish to gain industrial experience: AND 0602-999 Graduate Cooperative 0602-410 Computer Concepts & Education Software Systems Financial aid or 0602-709 Fundamentals of Computer Scholarships and graduate assistantships Hardware are available. Information may be obtained from: Curriculum Graduate Program Coordinator The master of science in information Department of Information technology consists of 48 credit hours of Technology graduate study. The curriculum consists Rochester Institute of Technology of a set of core courses with a choice of 102 Lomb Memorial Drive concentrations and electives. Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5608 E-mail: [email protected] Core courses Credits 0604-745 Theories of Interactive Master of Science in Computing 4 0602-733 Fundamentals of Information Technology Telecommunications The MS in information technology is a Technology 4 RIT telecommunications labs include this Meridian I unique and flexible program that allows 0602-717 Information Integration 4 equipment donated by Northern Telecom. the student to craft his or her own pro- Concentrations (24 credits) gram of study within the broad range of Telecommunications Technology computing disciplines. Students build Students select two concentration areas upon core requirements in the area of from among the seven below. Each 0602-740 Switching Systems 4 information integration, telecommunica- three-course (12-credit) concentration is 0602-745 Transmission Systems 4 tions and theories of interactive com- designed to explore a unique aspect of 0602-750 Distributed Systems 4 information technology. puting. The specialty areas include inter- Software Development and active multimedia development, training Interactive Multimedia Management and human performance, telecommuni- Development Credits (prerequisites must be met) cations technology and management, software development and management, 0604-741 Fundamentals of Interactive 0602-820 Systems & Software and information technology strategy. In Multimedia 4 Engineering 4 addition, students have the option of 0604-742 Interactive Multimedia 0602-830 Software Project choosing courses from among the wide Development 4 Management 4 variety of imaging and technical fields 0604-746 Programming for Interactive 0602-831 Software Project Planning 4 Multimedia 4 offered within RIT, such as computer Computer Integrated Manufacturing animation and computer graphics design. Training and Human Performance 0602-730 Data Management & The degree, with the core courses as well 0602-722 Fundamentals of Communications 4 as several of the concentrations, is also Instructional Technology 4 0617-842 Data Management in CIM 4 available in the distance delivery format. 0602-723 Interactive Courseware 4 0602-750 Distributed Systems 4 Admission requirements 0602-724 Performance Support Special topics Students with a baccalaureate degree Systems Design 4 Students can use the Special Topics from an accredited institution and a Information Technology Strategy option to design a concentration with minimum undergraduate grade point their adviser's consent. average of 3.0 out of 4.0 are eligible 0602-871 Technology in the for admission. Entering students are Organization 4 Note: Courses in this option are not expected to have programming skills at 0602-872 Inter-Enterprise Computing 4 limited to those in information an introductory level in an appropriate 0602-873 Technology & Strategic technology but may be chosen language (such as C++, C, Pascal) and Opportunity 4 from other disciplines as well. also to understand the fundamentals of Telecommunications Management computer hardware. These competencies Electives (4 or 8 credits) may be demonstrated by previous course 0602-850 Network Planning & Students may choose one or two elec- work or by comparable experience. The Control 4 tives (four or eight credits) from courses following prerequisite courses at RIT 0602-855 Telecommunications Policy that are related to their areas of interest. are also available to students, although & Standards 4 Electives are offered on an on-going they do not count toward graduation 0602-860 Enabling Technologies & basis from graduate programs in soft- requirements. Trends in ware development and management, Telecommunications 4 computer integrated manufacturing and interactive multimedia development. College of Applied Science and Technology 23

Some suggested electives design. In this program, students explore for future and current professionals in 0602-714 Web Programming the theories of interactive computing, manufacturing and provides skills and 0602-710 Software Design & fundamentals of interactive multimedia, study in the topics of business, engi- Implementation programming in an authoring language, neering and computing. Graduates of 0602-720 Data Modeling & Design multimedia design, and the impact of this program will have a broad outlook 0604-747 Topics in Interactive Media networked technologies in such areas as on manufacturing activities and be able 0602-570 Windows Programming the Internet. Projects include the devel- to work effectively across traditional opment of Web sites and interactive functional lines. Students take a common Capstone experience (4 or 8 credits) multimedia titles. core of courses and then elect a concen- A master's project or thesis will be The program of study is as follows: tration in software and technology, man- ufacturing engineering, manufacturing required to meet graduation require- FALL/WINTER Credits ments. This capstone experience should quality or management of CIM. demonstrate a student's advanced 0604-741 Fundamentals of Interactive knowledge in one of the IT concentra- Multimedia 4 Master of Science in tion areas. Each student will assemble a 0604-745 Theories of Interactive capstone experience committee con- Computing 4 Computer Integrated sisting of three faculty members who WINTER/SPRING Manufacturing will evaluate the project or thesis. 0604-742 Interactive Multimedia Students will register for four credits Entrance requirements Development 4 for their capstone experience if they 0604-746 Programming for Interactive Applicants should have completed a complete a master's project or eight Multimedia 4 baccalaureate or equivalent degree from credits if they choose to complete the an accredited academic institution in the master's thesis. SPRING/FALL field of computing, business or engi- Students who choose to complete a 0604-743 Interactive Multimedia neering with a minimum grade point thesis will take one less elective. Project 4 average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. Students Financial aid 0604-744 Topics in Interactive with degrees in other disciplines will Multimedia 4 be considered on an individual basis. Scholarships and graduate assistantships Students will have at their disposal a Calculus, computer programming and are available in the department of infor- variety of computer, video and digi- statistics are required backgrounds. mation technology. Information may be tizing equipment. Laboratory facilities Applicants should submit two profes- obtained from: are provided and frequently updated, sional recommendations along with the Graduate Program Coordinator often through collaborative efforts with graduate application form and tran- Department of Information other RIT departments. scripts from previous college attendance. Technology GRE exams are required for interna- Rochester Institute of Technology Financial aid tional students. Students may submit 102 Lomb Memorial Drive In general, scholarships and graduate these scores as additional information if Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5608 assistantships are not available for the they desire, or they may be required to E-mail: [email protected] advanced certificate programs. do so in individual cases. A TOEFL score Information may be obtained from: of 550 or better is required for those appli- Advanced Certificate in Graduate Program Coordinator cants with a non-English background. Interactive Multimedia Department of Information Applicants with a lower TOEFL score Technology may be admitted conditionally and will Development Rochester Institute of Technology take a prescribed program in English 102 Lomb Memorial Drive along with a reduced program course Admission requirements Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5608 load. E-mail: [email protected] § Undergraduate degree applicants Curriculum should have a baccalaureate or equiva- Note: Unlike the other programs, The graduate program of study consists lent degree from an accredited institution admission to this certificate is of 52 credits composed of the core, con- and a minimum cumulative grade point allowed only in the Fall or Winter centration, elective and capstone groups. average of 3.0 (B). Two professional rec- quarters. ommendations must be submitted. Prerequisite courses required for each Applicants whose native language concentration may be waived depending is other than English must take the on a student's academic and employment background. These prerequisites may TOEFL examination; a score of at least Department of also qualify for elective credit. 550 is required. Applicants with a lower Manufacturing and TOEFL score may be admitted condi- Core courses (20 credits) tionally and will take a prescribed pro- Mechanical gram in English along with a reduced 0303-625 Concepts of Computer- program course load. Integrated Manufacturing Engineering 0617-730 Data Management & The curriculum Technology Communication As interactive technologies advance, the 0101-794 Cost Accounting content and form of projects change— Guy Johnson, Chair 0303-748 Quality & Reliability the theme becomes one of enhancing 0106-749 Manufacturing Strategy & human communication within electronic The department offers the master of Tactics environments. This certificate provides science in computer integrated manu- an opportunity for students to gain first- facturing, a multidisciplinary degree hand knowledge and expertise in the art offered with the colleges of Business and and science of interactive multimedia Engineering. The program is intended 24 College of Applied Science and Technology

Manufacturing Quality Concentration the graduate level. Part-time students (18 Credits) generally will require seven or eight Statistics prerequisite equivalent to quarters of study at the graduate level. 0307-711, 712 The curriculum 0307-721 Statistical Quality Control I 0307-731 Statistical Quality Control II The curriculum is a combination of a 0307-781 Quality Management required core in service-quality manage- 0307-732 Quality Engineering ment plus required concentration 0307-801 Design of Experiments I courses. It also contains elective courses 0307-802 Statistical Quality Control II appropriate for the candidate's back- Two electives (8-10 credits) ground and interests and either a research thesis or a graduate project. Course Capstone course (4 credits) offerings are generally scheduled late in 0617-896 Project Management in CIM the day as well as during the summer or months to facilitate part-time students. 0617-897 Thesis An optional cooperative educational Program requirements experience is available for those students The MS in hospitality-tourism manage- who wish to participate in order to gain ment program shares several of the same industrial work experience. core courses used in the MS in service management. This is so because the core Financial aid courses introduce the major concepts Scholarships and graduate assistantships associated with all aspects of service are available in the department of manu- management, whether they are applied facturing technology. Information may specifically to the hospitality-tourism be obtained from: industries or to the wider service Graduate Program Chair amalgam. This commonality becomes Department of Manufacturing and even more evident when the nature of Mechanical Engineering the concepts is depicted. Among the An automated assembly lab is available to students Technology general concepts investigated are service of computer integrated manufacturing. Rochester Institute of Technology strategy formulation and delivery (building 78 Lomb Memorial Drive customer loyalty, customer complaints Concentration options Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5604 and recovery, managing for productivity gains, managing variable supply and Software and Technology Concentration demand), customer-focused research (20 Credits) (determining customer requirements, Programming prerequisite equivalent to Food, Hotel and developing reliable customer satisfaction 0602-703 instruments) and human resource issues 0617-842 Data Management in CIM Travel Management (selection, training, recognition and 0617-845 Distributed Systems rewards, teamwork and assessing corpo- 0617-870 Flexible Manufacturing Francis M. Domoy, Chair rate culture). Systems Richard Marecki, Graduate Program The core courses facilitate the para- 0617-850 Assembly Automation Chair 0602-820 Systems & Software digm shift from manufacturing to ser- Engineering vice and move the focus from traditional Master of Science in organizational structures to an organiza- Manufacturing Engineering Concentration Hospitality-Tourism tion where employees must provide sev- (20 Credits) eral functions, sometimes simultane- ously. This multifunctional approach Machine Processing and Materials Management provides a new avenue by which to prerequisite equivalent to 0304-343, 344 The MS in hospitality-tourism manage- examine service organizations and to 0302-801 Design for Manufacture ment graduates professionals who can explore such issues as empowerment, 0303-710 Systems Simulation step into numerous mid-level service teamwork, horizontal management and 0304-618 Computer-Aided Engineering management and training director posi- corporate cultures. 0304-615 Robotics tions. The program is focused on service- 0625-750 Elements of Service 0303-630 Computer-Aided quality training and supervision func- Manufacturing II tions within the corporate setting and at Management: A Systems postsecondary academic institutions. Approach 0625-760 Research Methods & Management of CIM Concentration The hospitality-tourism management Applications in Service (20 Credits) major may be taken as a full- or part-time Management: Measuring Statistics prerequisite equivalent to master's degree program. The length of Customer Satisfaction 0307-711, 712 time required to earn a degree varies 0624-770 Employee Relations & 0102-740 Organizational Behavior according to the student's undergraduate 0106-743 Operations Management preparation and the number of graduate Training in Service Industries 0102-742 Technology Management courses taken per quarter. All students 0624-780 Financial Management of 0104-721 Financial Management must earn a minimum of 48 quarter Hospitality-Tourism Firms 0106-796 Information Systems hours of graduate credit (36 of which 0625-790 Introduction to Graduate Management must be registered through RIT) to earn Research: Thesis/Project the master of science degree. For full- Option time students, the program will require 0624-825 Strategic Process of Service a minimum of four quarters of study at Firms College of Applied Science and Technology 25

Each course not only introduces the the candidate's professional preparation. service philosophy but also examines the The graduate faculty, in addition to the Accelerated Program real differences in hospitality-tourism director of the program, can aid the can- outcomes necessitated by the adoption didate in selecting a relevant thesis topic. Executive Leader MS of the new paradigm. In so doing, these Projects are by nature of an applied Program courses set the stage for the professional research genre, reflecting the student's "cluster" courses. ability to utilize professional modeling This is an intensive program consisting The Introduction to Graduate Research and forecasting techniques to explain of four two-week summer sessions and core course provides a logical path for decision making within the hospitality- an independent research project, con- the student who is developing a research tourism industry. When the project ducted over the span of two summers. It proposal. Among the elements discussed option is selected, the candidate must emphasizes the strategic dimensions of are problem statement, purpose and sig- complete a minimum of six additional service quality, policy analysis and exec- nificance, hypothesis and assumptions, hours of electives. utive performance within the context of scope and limitations, methodology and the service economy. It is designed to the nature of research, procedures (sam- Admission requirements enhance the continued lifelong learning pling, developing research instruments, Prior to admission to the master of sci- and career development of executives analysis) and literature review. These ence degree program, applicants must and mid-level hospitality professionals concepts are applicable to both hospitality- satisfy the chairman of the program that without disruption of employment. tourism and service management. their previous training, ability, practical Graduate credit is granted for life and Each of the 10 professional "cluster" experience and education indicate a rea- management experiences. courses focuses on specific hospitality- sonable chance of success. Applicants The executive leader MS program is tourism issues and applications: may be admitted who hold a baccalau- offered to service management practi- 0624-823 Strategic Environment of the reate degree from an accredited institu- tioners who have a minimum of five Hospitality-Tourism Industry tion. They must have undergraduate years' experience beyond the baccalau- 0624-826 Tourism Policy Analysis GPAs of 3.0 or higher. The complete reate. Certification through various pro- 0624-827 Technology Transfer in admission requirements are: fessional associations (such as CFE, CFP, Hospitality-Tourism Industries • graduate application CCM, CCTE, CHA, CTC, CTP, CMP) is 0624-828 Meeting Planning • earned baccalaureate degree accepted as documentation of profes- Management • official undergraduate transcript(s) sional commitment. Endorsements from 0624-833 Policy Analysis: Food & • two professional recommendations senior management and administrators Nutrition Issues • an on-campus interview (when are preferred. 0624-835 Planning & Marketing of possible) Health Care Related Services • undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher Master of Science in 0624-844 Hospitality Resource Analysis (a GPA of 2.75 will be considered if 0624-848 Convention & Exhibition applicant has superior recommenda- Service Management Management tions; length of time since the candi- This program fills an emerging need in 0624-867 Tourism Planning & date's college graduation also will be the many service businesses and indus- Development considered) tries that focus on customer satisfaction. 0624-868 Legal Issues & Evaluation of • foundation course work that is 3.0 or Such businesses will find this program Events higher (if required) in tune with their educational and Elective courses provide students with • Test of English as a Foreign Language training investments. Attention is an opportunity to individualize their (TOEFL) of 550 (international students) focused on the management interface graduate programs in line with their Students who already are qualified for between the customer and the service career and professional interests. Students one or more required courses may sub- provider. Problems in such areas as mea- are allowed a wide selection of courses stitute other course work with the per- suring customer satisfaction, empow- from food, hotel and travel management; mission of the chair of the program. ering front-line employees, developing a the College of Business; and the depart- Students whose prior undergraduate teamwork environment, benchmarking, ment of information technology. However, work was in areas other than hospitality- etc., require the employee to be skilled in students are cautioned to observe course tourism may be required to complete different analytical techniques. This pro- prerequisites in their selections. additional courses, after a review of their gram gives individual students access to Of the eight to 12 hours of electives, work by the chair of the program. The the interdisciplinary expertise of a tech- students are relatively free to select student may choose elective courses with nological university. courses that they feel best meet their the approval of the chair of the program. The program is flexible: five core needs. The only limitations are that: Financial aid courses (18 credit hours) are required. • all courses must be graduate-level The choice of professional electives from • a maximum of 12 graduate quarter Scholarships and graduate assistantships a wide array of disciplines (computer hours may be transferred from are available in food, hotel and travel science-information technology, quality another university management. Information may be and applied statistics, business and others) • a maximum of eight graduate quarter obtained from: responds to individual student needs. hours may be taken in independent Graduate Studies Program Chair Both full- and part-time study are study or practicum courses Food, Hotel and Travel allowed. Courses are offered in the late Management afternoon. Full-time students may com- Master's thesis/project Rochester Institute of Technology plete the MS program within one cal- A thesis or project is required of all can- 14 Lomb Memorial Drive endar year (four academic quarters). The didates. Thesis topics should comple- Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5604 program is also offered in the executive ment the candidate's undergraduate leader format (four two-week sessions training, career experiences and grad- delivered over two summers). uate interests. The thesis is by nature a This is a broad-based and cross- formal research document that reflects disciplinary program. Careful selection 26 College of Applied Science and Technology

prior undergraduate work was not in College of Business Credits the service industries field may be 0102-763 Behavioral Skills in Total required to complete additional courses Quality 4 and /or a cooperative educational expe- 0106-745 Quality Control & rience. This will be determined after a Improvement 4 review of their work by the program (Prerequisites or approval of the director chair. A thesis or final project is also of Graduate Studies, College of Business, required for all students. may be required.) The student may choose elective College of Engineering—Center for courses with the approval of the program Quality and Applied Statistics chair. Electives may be selected from within food, hotel and travel manage- Graduate Certificate in Statistical ment or from RIT's College of Business Quality Credits and the department of instructional technology. Of the possible six to 12 0307-721 Statistical Quality Control I 3 hours of electives, students are relatively 0307-731 Statistical Quality Control II 3 free to select courses they feel best meet 0307-781 Quality Management 3 their needs. The only limitations are: 0307-782 Quality Engineering 3 • all courses must be graduate level 0307-801 Design of Experiments I 3 • all course prerequisites must be met 0307-802 Design of Experiments II 3 • a maximum of 12 graduate quarter Facilities and equipment credit hours may be transferred from outside RIT • Computers: dedicated access to 17 • a maximum of eight graduate quarter advanced American Airlines SABRE credit hours may be taken in indepen- reservation terminals (IBM/486- dent study or practicum courses Windows environment); AT&T Resource Center with 20 dedicated Note: Students matriculated in RIT's AT&T 6310s tied to both LAN and MBA program may use service RIT's VAX system. Graduate students in service management learn management courses offered • Applied software packages: business management, customer satisfaction and quality through hospitality/tourism man- application software such as MS skills as they pertain the rapidly growing service agement and service management Office, WordPerfect, database pro- industry. programs as a concentration grams such as MSAcces and FoxPro, within their degree program. spreadsheet programs such as of courses can provide unique educational Required core courses Lotus 1-2-3 and Excel, graphics pro- preparation for individuals in varying (18 credits) Credits grams including Harvard Graphics, service industries. An individualized FreeLance, WordPerfect Presentation 0625-750 Elements of Service professional concentration might include and PowerPoint, as well as service Management: A Systems courses from computer science and research application packages such as Approach 4 information technology and the College SurveyPro, Survey Tracker (including 0625- 760 Research Methods & of Business's MBA program, or the stu- the Customer Service, Strategic Applications in Service dent may choose to earn a graduate cer- Planning, Market Strength, Malcolm Management: Measuring tificate in statistical quality through the Baldrige, Food Services, and Lodging Customer Satisfaction 4 Center for Quality and Applied Statistics Resort modules) and AllClear and 0624-770 Employee Relations & in the College of Engineering. ABC Flow-Chart programs. RIT also Training in Service The "research capstone" of the program maintains X-SPSS, Minitab and SAS Industries: Developing may be guided under the mentorship of on its VAX cluster. Leadership through faculty in the various disciplines repre- Teamwork 4 sented in the professional concentration. Admission requirements 0624-825 Organizational Strategies Most individuals working in service- Prior to being admitted to the master of of Service Firms 4 based industries will find no need to science degree program, applicants must 0625-790 Introduction to Graduate take "bridge" courses, regardless of their satisfy the program chairperson that Research: Thesis/Project undergraduate preparation. their previous training, ability, practical Options 2 experience and education indicate a rea- Curriculum requirements Professional concentration sonable chance of success. The complete The service management program (16-18 credits) list of admission requirements includes: includes a minimum of 48 quarter credit • graduate application Food, Hotel and Travel hours of graduate credit (36 of which • baccalaureate degree or equivalent Management Credits must be registered through RIT) and can from an accredited institution 0625-841 Benchmarking & the Process be completed in four full-time quarters • Graduate Record Examination or of Continuous Improvement 4 or in seven to eight part-time quarters. Miller Analogies Test 0625-843 Empowered Teams: Self- The basic curriculum is a combination of • official undergraduate transcript(s) Directed Work Groups 4 required core, professional concentration • three professional recommendations 0625-845 Relationship Management and elective courses that will satisfy the • an on-campus interview (when in Service Firms 4 student's individual needs. Students possible) who already are qualified for one or 0625-847 Reengineering Service more required courses may substitute Environments 4 other course work with the permission 0625-849 Service Quality Self- of the program chair. Students whose Assessment Processes 4 College of Applied Science and Technology 27

• undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher Classes are offered in the evenings, on maintain a B average and complete the (a GPA of 2.75 will be considered, given weekends and through distance learning. degree within seven years of the first superior recommendations, GRE or course counted toward the degree. Executive leader option MAT scores and length of time since Students are free to choose the elec- the candidate's college graduation) This option, designed for HRD profes- tives they feel best meet their needs. • foundation course work with grades sionals with at least five years' experi- The only restrictions are that all courses of 3.0 or higher (if required) ence, differs from the regular program in must be graduate level or approved for • Test of English as a Foreign Language the following ways: graduate credit, and a maximum of 12 (TOEFL) score of at least 550 for inter- • a portfolio is required and evaluated quarter credit hours (not counted toward national students. for up to 12 hours of credit another degree) may be transferred from • classes are offered in an accelerated another college or university. Faculty format using two-week blocks each Upon matriculation each student is All faculty in the master's degree pro- summer assigned an adviser, and the student and gram are experienced at preparing indi- • two required courses are waived adviser develop a plan of study. For spe- viduals for current career opportunities. cific questions about courses and a plan They are accessible to students for indi- Admission requirements of study, the adviser or program chair vidual guidance, and their ongoing par- Admission requirements for the master should be consulted. ticipation as professional consultants of science degree include: Curriculum and researchers allows them to inte- • successful completion of the bac- grate the latest technical innovations calaureate degree at an accredited col- Introduction to CHRD* into their classes. lege or university Empirical Methods in CHRD* • a cumulative grade point average of Applied Data Analysis in CHRDt Master of Science in Career 3.0 or above or evidence of relevant and Human Resource professional performance Theories of Organizational Developments • two letters of reference Planning & Evaluation in Development • a recent writing sample* Organizational Dev. • an oral presentation* Practice of Consultation in Stanley Bissell, Program Chair • an interview with program faculty Organizational Dev. *Not required for executive leader OD Interventions Human resource development today Required for executive leader option: Theories of Career Development The mission of this program is to • a portfolio Career Counseling Techniques I provide education, training, research • five years of professional experience Career Counseling Techniques II and consultation for human resource in HRD or related field Information Use in Career Planning development. All credentials must be submitted Career Development in Business Primary activities center on the MS- and reviewed by the faculty prior to the CHRD program, which is characterized completion of 12 quarter credit hours of Theories of Human Resource Developments by a philosophy of pragmatism, theoret- graduate work in the program. Techniques of Human Resource Dev. Design & Delivery of Training ical foundations in the social sciences Application forms are available from Needs Assessment & Proposal Dev. and mastery of relevant technologies the Office of Part-time and Graduate Futures Research & Simulation and human productivity methodologies. Studies, or call 716-475-5062 for further Human resource development is the information. Theories of Human Resource Management integrated use of training and develop- Financial Concepts in HR ment, organization development and Financial aid Human Resource Information Systems career development to improve indi- In addition to the assistance available Compensation Concepts vidual, group and organizational through the RIT Financial Aid Office Employee Workplace Programs productivity and effectiveness. (716-475-2186), the department awards * Required by regular program, not executive leader The program scholarships, and assistantship opportu- option nities are available. For more informa- t Required by all programs The career and human resource develop- tion, contact the CHRD secretary ‡ May be waived by executive leaders with approval of their advisers ment program is a 52-quarter-credit-hour (716-475-5062). Only matriculated stu- program with four major curriculum dents are eligible for scholarships and Additional Courses components: career development, orga- assistantships. Group Leadership nization development, human resource Computer Applications in CHRD development and human resource man- Degree requirements Evaluation of Training agement. Students have the option of The degree requires completion of a Performance Technology concentrating in a specific area or devel- minimum of 52 quarter credit hours at Applied Communications—NLP oping a program that best meets their the graduate level. Of the 52 hours, 24 Workforce Diversity interests or needs. are in seven required courses. Two Psychology Tests & Measurements The CHRD internship is designed to courses are waived for executive leaders, Total Quality Management in Human assist students in accomplishing three but all students are required to complete Resources objectives: to gain on-the-job profes- 28 credits in techniques courses and/or sional experience in the personnel/HR electives. The degree can usually be Note: 52 credit hours for MS degree; all field; to become acquainted with the completed in four consecutive quarters. courses three credit hours except daily personnel/HR work challenges However, the majority of students six-credit internship. Courses may and strategies used to resolve these; and attend part time and take from two to be taken in other graduate-level to develop professional contacts and four years to complete the degree work. programs at RIT and other institu- build experience-based credentials, which Executive leaders who have 12 credits tions with permission of adviser. will enable the student to find profes- for their portfolios can complete the sional employment upon graduation. degree in five quarters. Students must 28 College of Applied Science and Technology

Master of Science in At RIT, instructional technology Prerequisite skills includes elements of performance tech- Two sets of skills are required of every Instructional Technology nology. The emphasis is always on per- graduate—basic computer skills and formance improvement—sometimes C. Wallington, Program Coordinator basic statistical skills. Basic computer through training, sometimes through job skills include using basic software tools aids and on-line help, sometimes through At RIT, instructional technology is syn- (word processors, spreadsheets, data- onymous with the design and develop- work restructuring. The core value is bases). Students may show proof of ment of training and performance that a better employee makes a better these skills through previous courses or improvement. The majority of instruc- contribution to organizational success. through work experience. RIT offers a tional technology graduates hold jobs In short, the program prepares its graduate course (0626-750) to meet this in medium or large organizations, usu- graduates to develop ways for working requirement that can be counted toward ally in business and industry. There they adults to improve their job performance— the instructional technology degree. work in teams on ways to improve especially through training in technical, Skill requirements in basic (descrip- employee performance. Some examples professional and managerial work. tive) statistics can be met through pre- of the linkage between the instructional The instructional design option is for vious courses or through experience. RIT technology program and business and graduates planning to enter the training offers several graduate courses that will industry are: field either in the private sector (business meet the requirement and can be counted • an advisory committee composed of and industry) or larger public sector toward the degree. training and performance technology organizations (social or governmental Financial aid professionals agencies). An option is not required, • on-site offerings at major corporations however, and students may choose other Financial assistance is available through • Mager Associates' courses in Criterion approved electives that best meet their the following sources: Referenced Instruction, Instructional career needs. • RIT Financial Aid Office: 716-475-2186 Module Development and Training Admission requirements • Instructional technology program: the Training Manager 716-475-2893 Admission decisions for the instruc- • participation in the RIT executive Each has a different form of assistance tional technology program are based on: leader program (for experienced and source of funding. For more infor- • a review of the baccalaureate degree professionals) mation, contact each source above. For a and any other degrees or course work • continuing communication with pro- general overview of financial assistance, • letters of reference from academic gram graduates to keep abreast of write to: advisers or major professors and from best practices in training and perfor- Instructional Technology Program supervisors or managers mance technology Rochester Institute of Technology • a description of previous work At RIT, instructional technology 14 Lomb Memorial Drive experience (usually a resume) means an orientation toward training Rochester, NY 14623-5604. • a personal statement of work or career and performance improvement through highly structured, carefully designed goals and how the degree can con- Degree requirements and tested materials and performance tribute to those goals The degree requires a minimum of 48 support tools. As a field, instructional For advising purposes, a writing quarter credit hours at the graduate technology differs from information sample and the Miller Analogies Test level. Thirty of the 48 hours are eight technology in that instructional tech- are also required. core courses required for all students. In nology focuses on the person, not the Nonmatriculated students who have a addition, every student must complete delivery system. Instructional technology baccalaureate degree may, with prior an instructional development project (and performance technology) begins permission, take two courses from a that can serve as part of a portfolio for with the premise of improving selected list. Successful completion of any prospective employers. The degree can an individual's performance, rather than course work does not change the require- be completed in three or four consecu- using computers for their own sake. ments for admission nor are those courses tive quarters if the student starts in the The instructional technology program necessarily counted toward the degree. Fall Quarter. The majority of students does offer courses in computer-assisted If a prospective student has questions attend part time and take from two to instruction, computer-based perfor- about the program, job prospects or rela- four years to complete the degree work. mance improvement systems and pre- tion of the degree to any personal goals, The degree must be completed within sentation design, but the emphasis is he or she should contact the instructional seven years of the first course counted still on the individual rather than on technology program chair for additional toward the degree. Almost all courses media—an approach that contributes to information and possibly an interview— are offered in the late afternoon or our graduates' employability. To either in person or by telephone. evening—and occasionally on broaden their experience with delivery Graduate application forms are available Saturdays—so that students may work systems, instructional technology stu- from the RIT Admissions Office or the in the daytime as they take courses. dents experience a range of courses from instructional technology program in the Of the 18 elective hours, students are completely modular and individual to department of food, hotel and travel relatively free to choose those they feel working in highly interactive groups. management, College of Applied Science best meet their needs. Restrictions are: and Technology. At RIT, instructional technology also • all courses must be graduate level means people skills. Instructional • a maximum of nine quarter credit designers must have good interpersonal hours (not counted toward another communications skills. The instructional degree) may be transferred from technology program requires courses in another college or university interpersonal communications and group dynamics—not theory-only courses, but process courses that prepare students for work teams. College of Applied Science and Technology 29

• a maximum of 12 hours may be taken their final two years of undergraduate outside the instructional technology Department of degree work, submit transcripts of program (career and human resource undergraduate work to the RIT Office of development courses are counted as Packaging Science Admissions and submit two letters of recommendation to the department of instructional technology courses) Daniel L. Goodwin, Department Chair • a maximum of six hours may be taken packaging science. Normally, completion in special projects, independent study David L. Olsson, Graduate Programs of the last two years of the undergrad- or internship courses Coordinator uate degree program with a B average • a student may take a maximum of 14 will serve to satisfy entrance require- The master of science degree program in ments. In those cases where there may be hours in any combination of the above packaging science is designed to accom- Each student is assigned an adviser some question of the capability of the modate a wide range of needs of people applicant to complete this program of with whom a course plan should be in differing circumstances. It is flexible developed to best suit the student's graduate study, he or she may be enough to meet the needs of profes- required to submit his or her scores on career and graduation requirements. sionals who have been working in the While the student has some liberty to the Graduate Record Examination to field for a number of years, and it is suit- support the candidacy. choose course sequence, careful atten- able for those students who wish to tion should be given to course prerequi- pursue a graduate program immediately Executive leader MS program sites. A good rule-of-thumb is to take upon receiving the BS degree. This intensive program consists of four 0627-704, 735, 755 and 756 within the In addition, although an undergradu- first 20 hours of course work in order to two-week summer sessions and a research ate curriculum in packaging science is project. It is conducted over two consec- prepare for 0627-771, 772 and 773 (the preferred as preparation for the MS instructional development sequence). utive summers. Candidates should be program, graduates from certain other practicing packaging professionals with For answers to specific questions, the disciplines can successfully pursue this student should contact his or her adviser. a minimum of five years' work experi- program if certain basic packaging science ence beyond the baccalaureate degree. Required core courses courses are coupled with appropriate Admission to the executive leader MS (28 credits) Credits work experience. program also requires endorsements 0627-704 Interpersonal & Group Admission requirements from senior management or administra- tive personnel. Communications 4 Students entering the program will have 0627-721 Evaluation of Training 4 The structure of the program provides a graduate academic adviser appointed individuals an opportunity to obtain their 0627-735 Theories of Learning 4 and will develop their programs of advanced degree without disrupting their 0627-755 Criterion-Referenced study in consultation with their adviser. employment. Graduate credit is granted Instruction & Technical They may utilize the model curriculum for life and professional experiences. Training 1 3 to complete their degree requirements, The program concentrates on the 0627-756 Criterion-Referenced or may propose alternative course work. application of packaging technology to Instruction & Technical All programs must be consistent with the integrated task of making and selling Training 2 3 the general outline of the model cur- 0627-771 Instructional riculum, and have advisory approval. In the company's product. Candidates are Development 1 4 instances where the student has insuffi- encouraged to align research project 0627-772 Instructional cient academic or practical preparation goals with current job responsibilities. Development 2 4 to study packaging at the graduate level, The curriculum 0627-773 Instructional he or she will work out an appropriate Development 3 4 program to correct such deficiency, gen- erally by completing the following under- Degree options graduate courses: Packaging Principles, Instructional design option (four of the five Materials I, Materials II, Rigid Containers, electives below) Flexible Containers, Production Systems, 0627-711 Computer-Based Performance Packaging for Distribution, Packaging Improvement 4 for Marketing, and/or Shock and 0627-712 Computer-Assisted Vibration. These courses may not be Instruction I 4 used for credit toward the MS degree. 0627-721 Evaluation of Training & Further, a basic competence in statis- Instruction 4 tics and basic computer literacy will be 0627-757 Techniques of Work assumed. Applicants for graduate study Analysis 3 may satisfy these requirements by having 0627-762 Developing Instructional completed the equivalent of 0307-711 Modules 3 and having completed a course in com- 0626-733 Needs Assessment & puter applications. Lacking this back- Proposal Development 3 ground, applicants will be required to Note: 0626-733 is a career and human take 0307-711 and/or 0607-341, or equiv- resource development course. alent course work to remedy a back- Option total: 13 to 15 credits, depending ground deficiency. on courses chosen (five to seven addi- Application for admission for graduate tional elective credits needed to total the study in packaging will be made through 48 credits required for graduation) the RIT Office of Admissions. Final accep- No option is currently required. The tance of the candidate for graduate study option allows a student to develop a will be determined by the department of special area of emphasis or to have a set packaging science. All applicants must Environmental concerns present new challenges and have increased job opportunities for packaging of special skills to show an employer. have earned a B (3.0) average grade in science graduates. 30 College of Applied Science and Technology

The curriculum is composed of three Master of Science in Program electives components: packaging core courses, Courses that can be used as either E,H&S research, and elective credit. The MS Environmental, Health and electives or professional electives: degree program requires completion of Safety Management 0630-610, Survey of Health & Safety 48 credits of graduate-level course work, -611 Management Practice & as follows: John Morelli, Chair Regulatory Law (3 credits ea.) PACKAGING CORE COURSE WORK 0630-620, Survey of Environmental Completion of a minimum of 20 credits This program has been submitted to the New York State Education -621, Management Practice & in graduate-level packaging courses, -622 Regulatory Law (2 credits ea.) including 0607-701, Research Methods, Department for approval and will be offered subsequent to approval. 0630-730 E,H&S Systems Control and any four of the following: Technology (4 credits) 0607-721 Packaging Administration 0360-770 E,H&S Risk Assessment, 0607-731 Advanced Packaging Organizational downsizing and the need Management & Economics for increasing efficiency and competitive- Communication (4 credits) 0607-742 Distribution Systems ness have driven many organizations to 0630-780 E,H&S Law & Regulation 0607-750 Graduate Seminar consolidate their environmental, health Interpretation & Negotiation 0607-752 The Legal Environment and safety functions. As a result, many 0630-799 Advanced-Level Independent 0607-763 Packaging for End-Use individuals who work in an E,H&S Study (1-4 credits) 0607-770 Advanced Computer capacity have a background in only 0630-810 Special Topics (4 credits) Applications environmental or health and safety. In 0630-888 Graduate E,H&S Co-op 0607-783 Packaging Dynamics addition, as environmental quality stan- 0607-799 Advanced Packaging Design Courses that can be used as professional dards become stricter, the efforts needed electives only (4 credits each): RESEARCH to continuously improve environmental, 0630-750 E,H&S Project Management Students in the master's program will be health and safety performance will move 0101-703 Financial Accounting Systems required to prepare and defend a 12-credit upstream from the "end-of-the-pipe" to 0101-706 Cost Accounting Graduate Thesis (0607-890) completed the production process of the organiza- 0102-741 Leading a Quality under the supervision of their adviser. tion itself. To effectively work within the Organization The type of research done and the area organization rather than with only the 0102-742 Intro, to Tech. Management of study will be agreed upon by the stu- waste it produces, E,H&S managers 0102-760 International Management dent and the adviser before the student need to integrate their activities 0102-762 Managing the High-Tech Firm enrolls for graduate thesis credits. throughout the business organization. 0102-763 Behavioral Skills for Students may also elect to take up to The MS degree program in E,H&S eight credits of Independent Study management combines experiential and Managers (0607-798), but this may NOT be used as academic learning to prepare students 0102-770 Research Methods credit toward the 20 credits of packaging with suitable backgrounds for leader- 0104-721 Financial Analysis for core course work. ship roles in their careers. The program Managers is built on current and emerging strate- 0105-761 Marketing ELECTIVE CREDIT gies for managing E,H&S aspects of an With graduate committee approval, In addition to packaging core (20 credits, organization. students may select other appropriate including Research Methods) and thesis elective courses from graduate programs (12 credits), each student will complete a Curriculum across the Institute. Students must have minimum of 16 elective credits selected The master of science in environmental, satisfied all prerequisites specified prior in consultation with the adviser to com- health and safety management consists to enrolling in any course. Students plete the degree requirement. of 48 credit hours of graduate study. must obtain approval from the College In general, graduate-level course work The curriculum consists of a set of core of Business for programs of study that will be selected to meet degree require- courses with E,H&S electives, profes- include elective courses offered by that ments, but, in limited circumstances, sional electives, graduate thesis and college. where individual need indicates that it graduate project. would be appropriate, a limited number Admission requirements of 500-level undergraduate courses (not Core courses Credits Students with a baccalaureate degree to exceed 12 credits, in total) may be 0630-720 E,H&S Management 4 from an accredited institution with a used to fulfill elective credit. 0102-740 Organizational Behavior minimum grade-point average of 3.0 & Leadership 4 over the junior- and senior-level years of Financial aid 0630-740 E,H&S Management Systems the undergraduate program are eligible Scholarships and graduate assistantships Design & Perf. Meas. 4 for admission. Entering students are are available in the department of pack- 0630-760 Integrating E,H&S into expected to have successfully completed aging science. Information may be Business Management 4 at least one college-level course each in obtained from: 0630-790 E,H&S Internal Auditing 4 statistics and computer science and to David L. Olsson, Graduate 0630-XXX E,H&S Electives 8 have successfully completed 20 quarter Programs Coordinator credit hours (15 semester hours) of Graduate Packaging Science Professional electives college-level science and math course Program XXXX-XXX Professional Electives 12 work, with at least four quarter credit Rochester Institute of Technology uf5 (three semester hours) in each of Graduate thesis/project 29 Lomb Memorial Drive the following three areas: 1) general Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5603 0630-891 Graduate Project (1-6 credits) chemistry, organic chemistry; 2) biology, 0630-899 Graduate Thesis (1-6 credits) microbiology, ecology, biochemistry; 3) physics, geology, hydrology, geochem- istry, fluid mechanics, calculus. College of Applied Science and Technology 31

Applicants will be required to submit three writing samples to demonstrate their written communication skills. International students are required to have achieved a score of 550 or higher on the Test of English as a Foreign Language and will be evaluated by RIT's English Language Center (ELC) by use of the Michigan Test of English Language Proficiency, a short written essay and the Ilyain Speaking-Listening Test. In those cases where an applicant's undergraduate program lacks an ade- quate number of credit hours in math and science or where there may be some question of the capability of applicant to complete this program of study, he or she may be required to submit his or her GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores to support the candidacy. Generally, applicants are expected to have formal academic education or doc- umented professional experience in management of solid waste, wastewater, air emissions and health and safety and practical knowledge of accounting and financial practices common to E,H&S management. Documented experience of appropriate type and duration may be accepted by the Admissions Committee in lieu of other requirements.

The Center for As a focal point in the debate over seminars, audio-taped lectures and dis- Multidisciplinary health care costs and provision, Rochester cussions, and teleconferences. Students has gained a national reputation for attend one campus summer session each Studies affordable, high-quality health care August. Each session lasts three to five services. The Rochester community days, depending on the courses taken. Lynda Rummel, Director possesses an enviable array of talented health care administrators and care Admission requirements givers—many of whom are also faculty Admission requirements for the master Master of Science in in the program and whose expertise is of science degree include: Health Systems invaluable. • successful completion of the baccalau- Administration The program meets students' needs reate degree at a regionally accredited by taking a value-added, continuous college or university William Walence, Program Chair improvement approach to program • A cumulative grade point average of development and maintenance. Its 3.0 or above on a 4.0 scale or superior The health systems administration pro- guiding principles operate in the context endorsement and more than three gram is designed to meet the needs and of a socially conscious world view: year's management work experience demands of professionals desiring a • it is responsive to evolving trends in • letters of reference from two individ- degree specific to the health care field. health care and management uals who have recently functioned as It is designed for working health care • it provides an integrated systems the applicant's supervisors administrators, clinicians and support approach to health care • official undergraduate and, if applic- personnel in health care organizations, • it possesses a balance of quantitative able, graduate transcripts and anyone desiring a career move into and qualitative content • three or more years experience in a the health care environment. • it teaches useful skills health care or health-related organiza- One of the program's advantages is • it employs and imparts innovative tion or business environment as either that it can be pursued while working technology a clinician or manager. (An internship full time. In addition, thesis and intern- • it fosters lifelong learning in a health care organization is required ship options allow a wide range of per- for those who lack such experience.) sonal choice in designing a program to The program • telephone interview with health sys- fit specific academic and career needs. Health systems administration is a tems administration faculty member Employing a leading-edge, systems 57-quarter-credit-hour distance learning All credentials must be submitted approach to health care administration, program. It requires 18 months of study, and reviewed by the faculty prior to the the program capitalizes on RIT's experi- but only one to two weeks each year completion of 12 quarter credit hours of ence and skill in delivering creative aca- on campus. graduate work in the program. Call 716- demic offerings through advanced tech- Teaching methodologies include com- 475-7359 for further information. nological means to distance learners. puter networking, video lectures and 32 College of Applied Science and Technology

Financial assistance Advanced Certificate in in an individualized plan of study con- Assistance may be available through the sisting of two or three professional con- RIT Financial Aid Office (716-475-2186). Integrated Health Systems centrations. Each concentration consists Credits of three to four courses drawn from an Degree requirements Integrated Health Systems 4 existing RIT graduate program. Graduate The degree requires completion of a Information Systems for Health credits earned in other programs can minimum of 57 quarter credit hours at Administrators 4 be used in completing a concentration. the graduate level. The program can Quality Management for Certain concentrations can be completed usually be completed in 21 months, and Health Systems 4 with distance delivered courses, including program requirements must be met Elective \ applied statistics, information technology within seven years of the date of the Advanced Certificate Total 16 and telecommunications. Besides course oldest course counted toward the stu- work in two or three concentrations, dent's program. Students must maintain Advanced Certificate in there are two required courses. Credit a 3.0 (B) average and must complete a hours not required in a student's con- thesis or other appropriate research or Health Systems Finance centrations and required courses can be comparable professional achievement. used for electives. Credits Upon matriculation each student is Financial Accounting Systems 4 Required courses assigned an adviser, and together they Health Systems Economics & develop a plan of study. For specific Interdisciplinary Research Techniques Finance 4 questions about courses and a plan of (4 credits) Managed Care 4 study, the adviser or department Elective _4 This course introduces students to inter- director should be consulted. Advanced Certificate Total 16 disciplinary thinking, problem solving and research techniques and also print Curriculum Admission requirements and electronic information resources The following themes link courses and Admission requirements for an advanced appropriate to their plan of study. pervade the curriculum: ethics and certificate program are similar to those for The Capstone Project (4-8 credits) social responsibility, systems perspec- the MS in health systems administration: tive, communication skills, managing • BS or BA degree from an accredited This course is a supervised, hands-on change, quality and computer literacy. college or university in health care or experience in which students apply the skills and knowledge developed through business REQUIRED COURSES their individualized plans of study • a 3.0 grade point average (GPA) on a Statistical Concepts or Introduction to and conclude with oral and written 4.0 scale Statistics presentations. Integrated Health Care Systems • three years of work experience. If you do not have health care work experi- The following examples are illustra- Preventive Epidemiology tions of the cross-disciplinary professional Information Systems for Health ence, you may be required to take an additional course, Survey of studies format. Many other combinations Administrators are possible. Quality Management for Health Systems Health Systems, to gain foundation knowledge. Health Systems Policy & Law Examples: Cross-Disciplinary Health Systems Seminar Professional Studies Accounting Concepts for Managers Health Systems Economics & Finance Cross-Disciplinary Plan of Study Example 1: Cross- Health Systems Planning Disciplinary Professional Studies with Two Health Systems Administration Professional Studies Professional Concentrations Health Systems Issues Credits Lawrence Belle, Program Chair 0699 Interdisciplinary Research ADDITIONAL CREDIT OPTIONS Techniques 4 (8 credit hours required from elective The cross-disciplinary professional courses, thesis or internship) studies program is specifically designed CONCENTRATION A: to enable the mature learner to fashion a MANAGEMENT customized plan of graduate study tai- 0102 Organizational Behavior & Advanced lored to his or her personal and profes- Leadership 4 sional goals. This degree offers an 0102 Leading a Quality Organization 4 Certificates in Health opportunity to draw on more than 50 0102 Business & Society 4 RIT graduate programs—for example, 0102 International Management 4 interactive media design, human Administration CONCENTRATION B: resource development, graphic design, ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT RIT now offers two new advanced cer- information technology and health sys- 0626 Needs Assessment 3 tificates in health systems administra- tems administration—in order to gain 0626 Theory of Organizational tion. Each consists of four graduate the advanced knowledge and skills nec- Development 3 courses and can be taken via distance essary to respond successfully to new 0626 Planning & Evaluation in learning (computer networking, videos, and emerging career opportunities. The audios). Students do not need to come to degree is completed with a practical, Organizational Development 3 campus to take these courses. hands-on project directly related to the 0626 Organization Restructuring 3 The courses for these certificates are student's individualized plan of study. ELECTIVES the same as those in the master of science 0307 Quality Management 3 degree in health systems administration. The program 0625 Elements of Service Management 4 The faculty and resources for these The master of science in cross-disciplinary 0625 Organizational Strategies of courses are the same as those for the MS professional studies requires completion Service Firms 4 degree. The courses can be applied to of 48 quarter credit hours as specified 0699 Capstone Project 5 the MS degree at a later date if desired. Total 48 College of Applied Science and Technology 33

Example 2: Cross Disciplinary Professional All applicants are urged to discuss Department of Information Studies with Three Professional their plans with the cross-disciplinary Technology Concentrations professional studies program chair Credits before making formal application. Edith Lawson, BS, University of Wisconsin at 0699 Interdisciplinary Research Stevens Point, MS, Rochester Institute of Financial assistance Technology—Department Chair; Associate Techniques 4 Professor Assistance may be available through the A'isha Ajayi, BA, University of Vermont; MS, CONCENTRATION A: INTERACTIVE RIT Financial Aid Office (716-475-2186) MULTIMEDIA DEVELOPMENT Syracuse University—Assistant Professor and the Office of Part-time and Graduate Kumiko Aoki, BA, Nanzan University; MA, 0604 Fundamentals of Interactive Studies. Financial Aid reviews eligibility University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Multimedia Development 4 for loans, and the Office of Part-time and Hawaii at Manoa—Assistant Professor 0604 Interactive Multimedia Graduate Studies offers scholarships. John A. Biles, BA, MS, University of Kansas— Development 4 Undergraduate Program Coordinator; 0604 Programming for Interactive Professor Multimedia 4 Graduate Faculty Kevin Donaghy, BA, Holy Cross; MS, 0604 Interactive Multimedia Project 4 College of Applied Science Rochester Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Toronto—Associate Professor CONCENTRATION B: GRAPHIC ARTS and Technology Gordon Goodman, BS, SUNY Binghamton; TECHNOLOGY MS, Rochester Institute of Technology— Wiley R. McKinzie, MS, SUNY at Buffalo- Associate Professor 2081 Trends in Printing Technology 4 Dean, Professor Stephen Jacobs, BA, MA, New School for 2081 Computer-Aided Printing Design John A. Stratton, MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Social Research—Assistant Professor & Copy 4 Institute—Associate Dean, Engineering Daryl Johnson, BS, St. John Fisher College; 2081 Markets for Electronic Technology; Professor MS, Rochester Institute of Technology— Publishing 4 Department of Computer Assistant Professor CONCENTRATION C: MANAGEMENT Stephen Kurtz, BA, University of Miami; MS, Science Rochester Institute of Technology—Associate OF TECHNOLOGY Professor Walter A. Wolf, BA, Wesleyan University; 0102 Introduction to Technology Jeffrey Lasky, BBA, University of New York; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; MA, Management 4 MBS, City University of New York; MS, Ph.D., Brandeis University—Department 0102 Strategic & Global Factors in the University of Minnesota—Professor Chair, Associate Professor Peter Lutz, Ph.D., SUNY at Buffalo- Management of Technology 4 Peter G. Anderson, BS, Ph.D., Massachusetts Professor 0102 Managing a High-Tech Institute of Technology—Graduate Program Organization 4 Coordinator; Professor Rayno Niemi, BS, MS, Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute—Graduate Program Electives 0 Warren Carithers, BS, MS, University of Coordinator; Professor 0699 Capstone Project _4 Kansas—Associate Professor Ronald Perry, B. Tech; MS, Rochester Institute Lawrence Coon, AB, University of Rochester; Total 48 of Technology—Graduate Program MA, Oakland University; MS, University of Coordinator; Associate Professor Admission requirements Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Ohio State University— Evelyn P. Rozanski, BS, SUNY College at Associate Professor The program is especially suitable for Brockport; MS, Syracuse University; Ph.D., Henry Etlinger, BS, University of Rochester; individuals with career experience who SUNY at Buffalo—Professor MS, Syracuse University—Undergraduate William Stratton, BA, Ohio State; MA, can define the skills and knowledge they Program Coordinator, Associate Professor Hunter College; MS, Ph.D., SUNY at wish to obtain through graduate study. James Heliotis, BS, Cornell University; Ph.D., Buffalo—Associate Professor Admission requirements include: University of Rochester—Associate Professor Timothy Wells, BS, Eastern Washington State • successful completion of a baccalau- Fereydoun Kazemian, BS, Queen Mary University; MBA, California State, College; MS, Pittsburgh State University; reate degree at a regionally accredited Bakersfield—Assistant Professor Ph.D., Kansas State University—Associate college or university Michael A. Yacci, BS, Ithaca College; MS, Professor • an undergraduate cumulative grade Rochester Institute of Technology; Ph.D., point average of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 Andrew Kitchen, MA, University of Syracuse University—Associate Professor scale or superior endorsements and Edinburgh; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Rochester— Adjunct Faculty—Computer Science more than three years of management Professor and Information Technology experience Michael J. Lutz, BS, St. John Fisher College; • letters of reference from two individ- MS, SUNY at Buffalo—Professor Narayan Kulkarni, MS, Rochester Institute of uals who have served recently as Fernando Naveda, BS, Monterrey Institute of Technology either the applicant's supervisors or Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota— Ralph Longobardi, Ph.D., Syracuse instructors Associate Professor University • a statement of career objectives and Stanislaw Radziszowski, MS, Ph.D., Lois Rixner, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology description of the skills and knowl- University of Warsaw—Professor Kenneth Reek, AAS, BT, MS, Rochester Daniel Sorrentino, MS, Rochester Institute of edge sought through graduate study Institute of Technology—Professor Technology • an approved plan of study developed Margaret Reek, BT, MS, Rochester Institute of Donald Wilder, MS, Rochester Institute of with the program chair. Technology—Professor Technology International students must submit Nan Schaller, BS, University of North the results of the Test of English as a Carolina; MS, Union College—Professor Foreign Language (minimum score of Paul Tymann, BS, MS, Syracuse University— 550) as part of the application process. Assistant Professor The TOEFL requirement is waived for James R. Vallino, MS, University of Rochester—Assistant Professor native speakers of English or those sub- mitting educational transcripts and diplomas from American colleges and universities. 34 College of Applied Science and Technology

Department of Manufacturing Carol Whitlock, RD, BS, MS, Pennsylvania Department of Packaging State University; Ph.D., University of and Mechanical Engineering Massachusetts—Professor Science Technology Gladys W. Winkworth, BS, SUNY Albany; A. Ray Chapman, BS, Michigan State MS, SUNY College at Brockport—Visiting University; MBA, Rochester Institute of Ronald F. Amberger, BME, Rensselaer Instructor Technology—Professor Polytechnic Institute; ME, Pennsylvania State Daniel L. Goodwin, BS, MS, Ph.D., Michigan University; PE—Professor Adjunct Faculty—Food, Hotel and State University—Chairman, Professor Clyde M. Creveling, B.Tech., Rochester Travel Management Deanna M. Jacobs, BS, SUNY College at Institute of Technology—Instructor Plattsburgh; MA, SUNY College at Geneseo; Charles L. DeRoller, BS, ME, Rochester Liesl Berger, BA, SUNY at Buffalo; MS, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology— Institute of Technology—Associate Professor Rochester Institute of Technology Associate Professor Louis B. Gennaro, BS, U.S. Military Albert C. Cabral, BA, Stetson University; Academy; MS, Northeastern University— MBA, Syracuse University; MS, Rochester David L. Olsson, BS, MS, Ph.D., Michigan Professor Institute of Technology State University—Professor Gregory J. Connor, BS, Syracuse University; Karen L. Proctor, BS, Michigan State Martin Gordon, BSME, MSME, MBA, SUNY University; MBA, Rochester Institute of Buffalo—Assistant Professor MS, Rochester Institute of Technology— Technology—Associate Professor Guy Johnson, BS, Pennsylvania State; MS, Assistant Professor Fritz J. Yambrach, BS, Michigan State Syracuse University—Chair, Manufacturing Donna A. Dickson, BA, State University University, BS, MBA, Utah State University— and Mechanical Engineering Technology; College at Buffalo; MS, Rochester Institute of Associate Professor Professor Technology Rebecca Ferraro, BS, SUNY College at Ti-Lin Liu, MS, Tsinghua University— Brockport; MS, Rochester Institute of Associate Professor Technology Center for Multidisciplinary Carl A. Lundgren, BS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; MBA, University of Rochester— Nicholas Horney, MS, University of Chicago; Studies Professor Ph.D., University of South Florida James Jacobs, MS, Troy State University; Lawrence Belle, BA, MA, Case-Western Robert A. Merrill, BS, Clarkson College; MS, Reserve, Ph.D., University of Rochester— Northeastern University; PE—Professor Ph.D., SUNY at Buffalo Paul Kazmierski, BA, B.Ed., M.Ed., Professor; Program Chair, Cross-Disciplinary S. Manian Ramkumar, BE, PSG, College of Professional Studies Duquesne University; Ph.D., Syracuse Technology-Bharathiar; ME, Rochester Thomas McCaffery, BS, University of University Institute of Technology—Associate Professor Scranton; MHA, University of Michigan; JD, Edward M. Kelly, AB, Harvard University; Elizabeth A. Scholle, BSE, University of Boston College Law School—Associate MAT, University of Maine; Ed.D., Boston Pittsburgh; MS, Ph.D., University of Illinois; Professor EIT Professional Certification—Assistant University; William W. Walence, BA, MA, Kent State Professor Joseph M. LaCopa, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Michigan State University University; Ph.D., Ohio State University— James E Scudder, BME, Cornell University; Gail D. Love, BS, Southern Illinois Program Chair, Health Systems PE—Assistant Professor University; MS, Rochester Institute of Administration, Deaf Studies, Associate Professor Food, Hotel and Travel Technology Edward Marecki, BS, SUNY at Buffalo; MS, Adjunct Faculty Management Canisius College Gary Austin, MBS—Manager, Financial Stanley Bissell, BA, Ohio Wesleyan Marcia A. Marriott, BS, MS, SUNY College at Systems Analysis, Blue Cross and Blue Shield University; MA, University of Auckland, Brockport; Ph.D., Southwest University of Rochester New Zealand; MLS, SUNY College at Richard Morano, BS, Rochester Institute of Christopher Davis, M.D.—Physician, Geneseo—Program Chair, Career & Human Technology; MS, University of Rochester; Rochester, New York Resource Development, Associate Professor Ed.D., University of Rochester; Barbara Cerio, RD, BS, M.Ed., SUNY at Joseph W. Ostrowski, BS, MS, Rochester Reese Davis, MS—Director, Education and Buffalo—Assistant Professor Institute of Technology Health Promotion, Blue Cross and Blue Shield David Crumb, BS, Florida State University; James M. Papero, BS, Ed.M., University of of Rochester MBA, Michigan State University—Assistant Rochester James Fatula, Ph.D.—Consultant, Health Professor Kevin W. Paul, BS, SUNY Buffalo Care Management, Rochester, New York Arnold S. Gissin, MPH—Administrator, Francis M. Domoy, BS, MA, SUNY at Buffalo; Luis A. Rivera, BA, University of Puerto Jewish Home of Rochester Ph.D., Michigan State University—Chair, Rico; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology Sara E. Hartman, MBA, MPH—Vice Professor Dan L. Sirmans, BBA, Georgia State President, St. Mary's Hospital Elizabeth Kmiecinski, RD, BS, Ohio State University; MS, Rochester Institute of Katherine Hiltunen, MBA, BSN—Director, University; MS, University of Kentucky— Technology QM/UM Analysis, Blue Cross and Blue Assistant Professor J. Wixson Smith, BS, SUNY College at Shield of Rochester Richard Marecki, BA, MA, Ph.D., SUNY at Geneseo; MS, Rochester Institute of Patricia Houghton, RN, MHA, CPHQ— Buffalo—Professor Technology Administrative Director of Quality, Rochester Dianne C. Mau, BS, Rochester Institute of Ellen J. Solomon, BA, University of North General Hospital Technology; MS, SUNY College at Carolina; MS, The American University/NTL Michael O'Connor, MS—Executive Director, Brockport—Visiting Assistant Professor Institute Rochester Community Individual Practice Warren Sackler, BA, Michigan State Kathleen O'Brien Voelkel, BS, University of Association University; MA, New York University— Wisconsin; MSW, Southern Connecticut State; Associate Professor MS, University of Wisconsin; Larry A. Rice, MPH—RMS Associates, Edward Steffens, BS, MBA, Rochester Clyde Vollmers, BS, Iowa State University; Rochester, New York Institute of Technology—Assistant Professor MBA, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Michael Tarcinale, Ph.D., RN—Vice Edward B. Stockham, AB, Ph.D., University Michigan State University; President, Randamax, Inc., Rochester, New of Pennsylvania—Associate Professor Katherine A. Welch, BS, Nazareth College; York C. J. Wallington, BS, University of Missouri MS, Rochester Institute of Technology Arthur G. Tweet, Ph.D.—Consultant, CQI at Kansas City; Ph.D., University of Southern Albro C. Wilson, MS, Rochester Institute of Associates, Rochester, New York California—Graduate Program Chair, Technology Beverly Voos, MS, President and Chief Professor Carl Winkelbauer, Ed.D., University of Executive Officer, Rochester Healthcare Rochester Information Group, Rochester, New York College of Applied Science and Technology 35

Information Technology 0602-722 Fundamentals of Instructional Technology Information technologists will need to design small to moderately sized instruc- 0602-700 Computer Programming & Problem Solving tional programs that can teach skills to users. This course emphasizes an An introductory course in the use of computers, interactive environments, file Instructional Systems Design (ISD) model of developing instruction. Students systems, editor. Programming in a modern software development environment will apply the model to a selected topic and will develop and validate a unit of with a structured programming language such as C, covering control structures, instruction for end users. Additionally, students will learn terminology that is procedures and functions, recursion, arrays, pointers, file I/O, records. common in instructional design situations. Credit 4 Application areas cover numerical methods, sorting and searching, graphics, text processing. Programming projects will be required. (Pre-calculus) Credit 4 0602-723 Interactive Courseware A specialized educational change strategy involves the design of microcom- 0602-703 Algorithms & Data Structures puter courseware (educational software for personal computers). This is an Topics include data abstraction, data representation, data structures, such as important area of expertise for information technologists who will likely work linked lists, trees, stacks, queues, hash tables, sparse matrix techniques, as part of a design team with instructional designers. This course teaches the searching and sorting techniques, file structure and maintenance. Programming student to develop branching computer tutorials, incorporate simple instruc- projects will be required. (Programming proficiency in some high-level struc- tional interactive video applications, and develop simulations for instructional tured programming language, discrete mathematics) Credit 4 purposes. The process of systematic instructional design is emphasized. The student is also encouraged to consider adaptive systems and the design benefits 0602-709 Fundamentals of Computer Hardware and constraints of non-human delivery systems. (0602-722) Credit 4 A study of the concepts of computer hardware design and organization needed for effective computer software design and system implementation. Topics 0602-724 Performance Support Systems Design include computer peripherals and interfacing techniques; Boolean algebra; dig- The modern workplace requires workers to be the center of a large mass of ital logic design; integrated circuit logic families; central processing unit design; information. Although the information is available, the worker needs to be able microprogramming; buses and addressing; interrupts and direct memory to access information quickly in a form that is most useful to them. Performance access; hierarchical memories; system performance evaluation; and survey of support systems involve on-line job aids, expert systems, databases, and tuto- commercially available computers. (0602-700,703) Credit 4 rials integrated into a system that enables a worker to access specific informa- tion effectively and under the worker's control. This course enables the learner 0602-710 Software Design & Implementation to create, implement, and evaluate an integrated performance support system A course in the principles and techniques of designing and implementing large that meets specific needs within an organization. (0602-722) Credit 4 software systems for students who are well versed in computer programming and data structures in a structured programming language (Pascal, C, Modula- 0602-725 Reusable Software Design 2). The Ada and C++ programming languages are used for illustrating princi- Further study of the principles and techniques of designing and implementing ples and techniques. Topics include basic Ada syntax; C++ syntax; software large software systems, focusing on software reuse. The Ada and C++ pro- design concepts—modularity, abstraction, information hiding and abstract data gramming languages are used to illustrate the principles and techniques. Topics types; and software design methods—top-down functional decomposition and include software reuse paradigms: reuse by inheritance and reuse by composi- object-oriented design. Software design and programming projects are required. tion of reusable software components; inheritance-based and composition- (0602-703) Credit 4 based software design methods; wide-spectrum reusable software component libraries; and implementation of reusable software components. Software design 0602-714 Web Programming and programming projects are required. (0602-710) Credit 4 An introduction to an object-oriented programming language, such as Java, for the World Wide Web. This course will cover the creation of applet and applica- 0602-733 Fundamentals of Telecommunications Technology tion programs. Topics include Internet concepts, basic language concepts The interaction of technology, procedures, and human resources are explored (declaring and evaluation data, statements, expressions, control flow and input), against the backdrop of modern business and society. Fundamentals operating the development environment, essentials of applet programming (URL, audio, principles, applications, and strategic issues related to data communications image, text, animation), classes and objects, error handling, debugging, threads, transmissions, telecommunications facilities, common carrier offerings, and net- and the client/server environment. Programming projects will be required. working are explored. Credit 4 (0602-208 or equivalent) Credit 4 0602-740 Switching Systems 0602-716 C++ Programming Workshop A course in telephony and switching. Topics include an introduction to the A workshop in the C++ programming language intended for students to gain public switched network in North America; international networking; programming experience. This course will focus on modern programming con- switching of voice, data and video; call and feature processing; space and time cepts such as reusability, data abstraction, information hiding, exception han- division switches; signaling (in band, out of band, CCS7); queuing theory and dling and object-oriented design. Programming projects will be required. (0602- modeling of switching systems; the intelligent network; error control; 710 or permission of instructor) Credit 4 throughput; delay; congestion; routing and addressing; switching of cellular networks. Existing switches will be studied. Downstream processing (billing, 0602-717 Information Integration administration, etc.) and its relevance to the switching function will also be dis- How information is defined, stored and distributed determines the organiza- cussed. Programming project in C will be required. (0602-733) Credit 4 tion's effectiveness. This course investigates the modern concepts of information as a strategic asset, addressing such questions as: what information currently 0602-745 Transmission Systems exists? how is it defined? who uses the information and for what purpose? how This course focuses on details of transmission in telephone networks. Included can this information be managed to the organization's and the individual's are discussions on analog and digital modulation (PCM, ASK, FSK, PSK), benefit? Credit 4 signal-to-noise ratios, sampling theory, transmission via copper (including dif- ferent types of copper systems, such as T carriers), microwave, satellite, RF 0602-720 Data Modeling & Design broadcast and fibre optics. SONET will be discussed when studying fibre sys- Introduction to topics in analysis and design of data representations. This tems. Different types of transmission media will be compared with respect to includes semantic models for database applications, relational and object- band width, error rates and cost effectiveness. (0602-733) Credit 4 oriented databases and database implementation concepts. DB design projects will be required. (0602-703, 709) Credit 4 0602-750 Distributed Systems The course in distributed systems centers around multitasking and the use of 0602-721 Advanced Graphics Programming in C tasks as an implementation mechanism for objects. OSI protocols above the net- This course is designed for the professional animator, who is often required to work layer are studied and different means of sharing information in a distrib- know C language. It will extend the object-oriented approach developed in the uted environment are explored (electronic mail, network file systems, distrib- prerequisite courses. Students will write C code to interface with high-level uted database systems, remote access to facilities, etc.). Also included in this packages for rendering graphic objects. (0602-713 or permission of instructor) course is a discussion of the unique needs and standards of the telecommunica- Credit 4 tions industry, as regards reliability, maintainability, and integration of software. (0602-733) Credit 4 36 College of Applied Science and Technology

0602-820 Systems & Software Engineering 0602-871 Information Technology & Organization Processes A high-level examination of the system development process. Topics include If organizations are to remain competitive they will need to reevaluate their historical perspectives, software development worldwide, the nature of com- basic business processes. The topic of process reengineering has become an plex systems, life cycle models, software reuse, project estimation models, risk intriguing issue as it places information technology solely as a key enabling assessment, software quality, software safety and emerging trends. Credit 4 technology within organizations. Information technology offers new opportu- nities to integrate and improve the effectiveness of an organization's internal 0602-821 Specifications & Design of Information Systems work process. This course discusses a variety of types of organizations and the An examination of current methods and techniques used in the specification ways that technology can be used for strategic advantage. (MSIT core or equiv- and design of information systems. The course examines the use of models to alent background/experience) define system context, domain analysis (entities and events), functional behavior, system timing, and database definition and design. Strategies for 0602-872 Interenterprise Computing building design models that realize the specification are presented along with Managers and technologists both need to be aware of the variety of new means evaluation criteria for assessing design quality. Emphasis is placed on decisions of doing business. Information technology has made it possible for multiple made during the development process, with discussion of how various method- businesses to work together as an extended enterprise, sharing full access to ologies represent those decisions. Students will be required to demonstrate a vital information that enables them to do business more effectively. This course practical mastery of the techniques presented. (0602-710, 720) Credit 4 presents an in-depth study of alternative ways for organizations to conduct business electronically. Additionally, business can take advantage of current 0602-825 Analysis & Design of Embedded Systems means of sharing information, via Internet and functioning as extended enter- Study of large real-time embedded systems: computer systems that have critical prises, and ways in which they are using Internet for commercial advantage. response time requirements and that sense and control external hardware. The (MSIT core or equivalent background/experience) Ada and C++ programming languages are used for illustrating the principles and techniques. Topics include embedded system design issues; concurrent 0602-873 Information Technology & Strategic Opportunities software concepts; methods for specifying large embedded system functional Using a variety of futuring techniques and exercises, this course prepares stu- and performance requirements; methods for designing large embedded systems dents to identify new strategic opportunities created by advances in informa- as a group of cooperating, communicating, concurrent processes, or, alterna- tion technology. The course looks at service organizations, manufacturing orga- tively, as a group of nonconcurrent subprograms. Program design projects will nizations, and also information organizations as described by Drucker. The be required. (0602-725) Credit 4 course attempts to predict trends in technology within these types of environ- ments, by looking for parallels in history, by mapping trends, and by examining 0602-830 Software Project Management the characteristics of new technologies according to their innovative character- An examination of approaches and methods used for software project manage- istics. (MSIT core or equivalent background/experience) ment. Topics include software quality engineering, project scheduling, cost and staffing models, process and product measurement and emerging trends. (0106- 781,0602-820) Credit 4

0602-831 Software Project Planning A study of the strategic issues involved in the management of software projects. The course examines the use of models and management techniques in the areas of project goals, development environment, configuration management, team organization and development's role in corporate structure. (0602-820) Credit 4

0602-835 Software Testing & Inspections Topics covered include testing schemes (black-box, white-box), integration schemes, validation testing, graphic analysis. Reliability models (seeding, hazard) are covered. Software maintenance techniques and tools are covered. (0602-820) Credit 4

0602-850 Network Planning & Control An overview of analyzing a network from the global level, this course examines network traffic analysis, growth predictions, growth options and issues in the control of an operating network. Included will be a discussion of corporate net- works, including virtual private networks, Centrex vs. PBX considerations, the business case for ISDN and other issues from the client's perspective. Also to be discussed are the importance of international telecommunications issues and problems of interfacing to the international switched network. (0602-745) Credit 4

0602-855 Telecommunications Policy & Standards This course studies forces on the telecommunications industry from outside. These come from two principal directions: public policy and standards organi- zations. Public policy refers to the regulatory agencies that govern the industry. Both North American and European systems will be covered. Standards bodies and their role in the international standards arena will be discussed. Included will be CCITr, ANSI, ISO and NIST. (0602-733) Credit 4

0602-860 Enabling Technologies & Trends in Telecommunications This course endeavors to predict the effects of future technological innovations. To facilitate this, a number of new and promising technologies in transmission, switching, mass storage, processing and other areas are studied. Included will be study of new software technologies such as systems integration strategies, software reusability and object-oriented design methodologies. (0602-733) Credit 4 Bike patrols are one way that Campus Safety provides security to the RIT community. College of Applied Science and Technology 37

0602-891 Seminar: Telecommunications Software Technology 0604-743 Interactive Multimedia Project The faculty of the MS in telecommunications software technology program will The project course is a capstone experience. Having achieved some proficiency offer regular seminars on topics of interest to themselves and students. These with the tools and concepts of interactive multimedia, students are expected to will be guided self-study courses, requiring a degree of self-direction on the part produce a significant work that can be used as a portfolio piece. Examples of of the student. The credit load and prerequisites for each seminar will vary with interactive multimedia are examined and discussed. As CD-ROM is increas- the topic and will be specified by the instructor at time of course offering. Each ingly the medium of choice for distribution of interactive multimedia, design seminar will require of the student a written report and/or an oral presentation constraints for using read-only media are discussed. Techniques and principles as a major part of the grade. Seminars from the computer science master's for managing larger and more complex projects involving teams are examined. degree program will be allowed with consent of the program chair. Credit 1-4 (This course is a capstone course that generally requires completion of all courses except 0604-747.) Class 4, Credit 4 0602-895 Software Engineering Project Under faculty supervision, student teams participate in an industry-sponsored 0604-745 Theories in Interactive Computing software development project. The project will apply the knowledge and tech- This course is a selected survey of a variety of theories from several disciplines nology mastered in all previous software engineering course work and labora- such as cognitive psychology, human factors, computer-human interaction and tories. (0602-821 or 825,0602-835) Credit 4 instructional design that are relevant to the design of interactive multimedia. By examining the process of communication between people and between people 0602-897 MS Thesis and machines, we can learn to design interactions that optimize the communi- Interdisciplinary thesis on CIM research area to be monitored and advised by cation process and lower the demands on the communicators. These interac- committee of three faculty. This thesis work may serve as the capstone course of tions are therefore more effective, less prone to error and more efficient. Class 4, the CIM degree. (Defense of thesis requires completion of all required courses) Credit 4 Credit 0-4 0604-746 Programming Interactive Multimedia 0602-898 MS Project The goal of this course is to advance the student's programming skills for imple- This capstone course will be a software development project in telecommunica- menting multimedia. This course will include programming the computer to tions. The project will address a major design or implementation issue and will control graphics, text, audio and video images as well as implement naviga- be carried out by the student in consultation with a committee. The committee tional strategies, indexing of information, import and export of data. The course will consist of a member of the faculty and another member who may be a prac- will look at both event-driven and time-driven models of interaction. Upon ticing professional in the telecommunications industry. The student may be part completion of the course, students will achieve an understanding of basic pro- of a team working on a large project as part of his or her employment, for gramming concepts such as control structures, variables and procedures as well example. The committee is responsible for ascertaining how much of the project as design strategies such defining requirements, top-down and bottom-up was the student's responsibility and ensuring that the project meets the norms design using applicable software engineering principles and iterative design for both quantity and quality of work. (Completion of required courses in involving users. Learning will be project-based and, whenever possible, directly telecommunications software technology curriculum) Credit 4 related to ongoing projects. (0604-741) Class 4, Credit 4

0602-899 Independent Study 0604-747 Topics: Interactive Multimedia Faculty-directed study of appropriate topics on a tutorial basis. This course may Interactive multimedia is a rapidly evolving field that is significantly influenced be used by a graduate student to study particular applications of computers that by changes in theory, storage media, computing hardware, authoring/presen- are not covered in depth in other courses. (Permission of instructor) Credit vari- tation software and communication capabilities such as local and wide-area net- able 2-4 works. In this course, students will be exposed to recent trends by hands-on development of interactive media projects. These will include development of 0602-999 Graduate Co-op Education interactive multimedia for use on multiple platforms, developing multimedia An optional cooperative educational experience is available for those students that can be accessed via the Internet, real-time interaction between users using who wish to participate in order to gain industrial experience. Students must networked multimedia and development of interactive CD-ROM-based multi- have completed the Bridge Program in addition to five core software develop- media. (0604-746) Class 4, Credit 4 ment and management courses, including 0602-710 and 0602-725. Credit 0

0604-741 Fundamentals of Interactive Multimedia Computer Science Creating interactive multimedia requires familiarity with a wide variety of 0603-704 Computer Organization hardware and software tools as well as basic principles for the design and struc- A continuation of 0603-708. Topics include instruction fetching, decoding and ture of multimedia. This course introduces students to typical tools for creating execution, CPU specification through a descriptive language, bus structures, multimedia such as authoring systems, hardware for digitizing, tools for editing microprogramming, interrupts, architectural differences, the assembly process, sound, images and video. Through hands-on use of these tools and develop- addressing, storage allocation, subroutines, parameter passing, looping, address ment techniques such as needs analysis and storyboarding, students design and modification, floating point presentation, and simple I/O. Programming pro- develop several interactive elements such as navigational interface, introduc- jects will be required. (0602-700,0603-708) Credit 3 tion and index and help system with textual and mediated information. Class 4, Alternative RIT offering: 0603-352 Credit 4 MCC: CSC-102 St. John Fisher: CSC-241 0604-742 Interactive Multimedia Development Nazareth College: CIS-243 The development of interactive multimedia requires principles garnered from a variety of disciplines. Through readings, critiques, exercises and discussions, 0603-705 Discrete Computer Structure students will explore what makes an interactive multimedia application (or The fundamental concepts of discrete mathematics that are necessary for under- component of an application) successful and what types of applications are best standing the mathematical foundations of computer science. Topics include suited to interactive multimedia. This course provides an introduction to the structures defined on countable sets, elementary symbolic logic, patterns of design of interactive multimedia drawing upon user interface design, task mathematical proof, vectors and matrices, graphs and networks, combinatorics, analysis, analysis of audience characteristics, and usability testing as well as formal languages, abstract mathematical systems. The relevance of the chosen design and editing principles from animation and video production. Using the topics to computer science and the applications of computers to these topics are hardware and software tools learned in the Fundamentals course, students will stressed. (College algebra, computer literacy) Credit 4 implement and test designs as individual components and as integrated ele- ments of interactive multimedia for interactive and instructional applications. (0604-741,0604-745) 38 College of Applied Science and Technology

0603-707 Advanced Programming 0605-710 Programming Language Theory An introductory course in the life-cycle issues of large and single/multi pro- An introduction to the basic concepts of programming language design. It grammer programs. Structures and modular programming, data abstraction begins with a survey of the issues that are involved in the design and imple- and information hiding. Specific focus on modern programming practices mentation of languages. Specific tools for the description of syntactic and (specification, design and prototyping, coding and verification, integration and semantic structure are introduced. The balance of the course is an analysis of maintenance) and tools (software engineering environments such as Unix and programming language structure, using these descriptive tools to give precise software engineering with languages such as C++). Programming projects will form to the discussion. Programming assignments will be required. (0603-705, be required. (0602-703) Credit 4 0603-709) Credit 4

0603-708 Introduction to Digital Design 0605-711 Compiler Construction An introduction to computer architecture and implementation. Topics include The structure of language translators, lexical and syntactic analysis, storage allo- number systems, boolean algebra, combinatorial and sequential circuit design, cation and management, code generation, optimization, error recovery. flip-flops and adders, and storage mechanisms and their organization. Programming projects will be required. (0605-700,710) Credit 4 Laboratory experiments introduce elementary integrated circuit building blocks including gates, flip-flops, register, counters, and elementary sequential circuits. 0605-712 Theory of Parsing (0602-703) Credit 3 Application of theoretical concepts developed in formal language and automata MCC: CSC-106 theory to the design of programming languages and their processors, syntactic U of R: CSC-250 or-450 and semantic notation for specifying programming languages, theoretical prop- erties of some grammars, general parsing, non-backtrack parsing and limited 0603-709 Programming Language Concepts backtrack parsing algorithms. (0605-700) Credit 4 A study of a variety of programming languages; their descriptions in terms of syntax and semantics; language and compiler/interpreter design issues; selec- 0605-719 Topics in Programming Languages tion and evaluation for various applications. Programming projects will be Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and required. (0603-707) Credit 4 seminar. Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered Alternative RIT offering: 0603-450 in the past include: logic programming; data flow, functional or applicative, and object-oriented languages; programming language semantics; formal verifica- 0603-713 Operating Systems tion. Programming projects will be required. (Permission of the instructor) A general survey of operating system concepts. Topics include process synchro- Credit variable 1-4 nization, interprocess communication, deadlock, multiprogramming and multi- processing, processor scheduling and resource management, memory manage- 0605-720 Computer Architecture ment, overlays, static and dynamic relocation, virtual memory, file systems, Review of classical computer architectures, the design of operation codes and logical and physical I/O, device allocation, I/O processor scheduling, process addressing modes, data formats, and their implementation. Analysis of internal and resource protection. (0602-703,0603-704) Credit 4 and external bus structures. Architectural features to support virtual storage Alternative RIT offering: 0603-440 and page-replacement policies, high-level language features and operating sys- MCC: CSC-212 tems. Speed-up techniques. Future directions. Programming projects will be required. (0603-707,0603-708,0603-713) Credit 4 0605-700 Foundations of Computer Theory Review of discrete mathematics with emphasis on graph theory and proof tech- 0605-729 Topics in Computer Architecture niques. A study of computer programs in the abstract, including program flow Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and graphs, program transformations, the structuring theorem, abstract automata seminar. Students may register for this course more than once. Topic covered in and formal languages. An overview of computability and algorithmic com- the past: neural networks. Programming projects will be required. (Permission plexity. (0603-705,0603-709) Credit 4 of the instructor) Credit variable 1-4

0605-701 Computability 0605-730 Distributed Operating Systems I Computability is the heart of theoretical computer science for it is the theory An introduction to the study of the hardware and software issues affecting the that attempts to formalize the notion of computation. Topics include computa- design of a distributed operating system. This course begins with an overview tion by while-programs, Turing machines, recursive function theory, symbol of processor networks and network protocols. It continues with the discussion manipulation systems, program methodology, the limitation of the concept of of the issues that must be addressed in the design of a distributed operating effective computability. (0605-700) Credit 4 system. The remainder of the course focuses on protocols and algorithms for handling process communication and synchronization. (0603-709, 0603-713) 0605-702 Computational Complexity Credit 4 This course is concerned with the mathematical analysis of computer algo- rithms. Topics include matrix operations, combinatorial algorithms, integer and 0605-731 Distributed Operating Systems II polynomial arithmetic, NP-completeness, and lower bounds on algorithms This course addresses the practical issues involved in the design of a distributed involving arithmetic operations. (0605-700) Credit 4 operating system. The following topics are discussed: implementations of the process environment, processor scheduling, file systems, and the management 0605-703 Coding Theory of distributed memory. Examples of specific implementations will be discussed. The study of error-correcting codes and their application to reliable communi- Other topics (e.g., security) may be covered, at the discretion of the instructor. A cation of digitally encoded information. Topics include cyclic codes, Hamming group project, involving the design and implementation of one or more compo- codes, quadratic residue codes, B.C.H. codes, designs and codes, weight distri- nents of a distributed operating system, will be a major component of this bution. (0605-700) Credit 4 course. (0605-730) Credit 4

0605-709 Seminar: Science of Programming 0605-735 Introduction to Parallel Computing Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and A study of the hardware and software issues in parallel computing. Topics seminar. Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered include an introduction to the basic concepts, parallel architectures, parallel in the past include arithmetic algorithms, data encryption, the Fast Fourier algorithms, parallel languages, network topology, coarse- versus fine-grained Transform, combinatorial optimization, logic. Programming projects may be parallelism, applications, parallel programming design and debugging. required. (Permission of the instructor) Credit variable 1-4 Programming projects will be required. (0605-710,0605-730) Credit 4 You don't need to race across campus for your next class: at RIT, most of the academic buildings are in very close proximity.

0605-736 Parallel Algorithms & Program Design 0605-750 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence A study of the principal trends in parallel algorithm design, through the The theory and techniques underlying the development of "intelligent" com- analysis of algorithms used in various areas of application. Specific techniques puter software. Emphasis will be placed on programming techniques and lan- that have gained widespread acceptance will be highlighted. The course will guages used in artificial intelligence research. Students will be required to investigate the interplay between architecture and algorithmic structure and design and implement programs that use these techniques to build expert sys- will discuss the effect that these issues have on the complexity and efficiency of tems, theorem provers, natural language understanding systems and other arti- parallel algorithms. Each student will be required to research an area of parallel ficial intelligence projects. Programming projects will be required. (0603-707, program design and then implement a parallel computing project for an appli- 0603-709) Credit 4 cation within this area of study. A term paper and programming projects will be required. (0605-735, Introduction to Parallel Computing) Class 4, Credit 4 0605-751 Knowledge-Based Systems An introduction to the issues and techniques of building knowledge-based sys- 0605-739 Topics in Operating Systems tems. Topics will include a survey of existing expert system architectures and Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and implementations, knowledge representation techniques, expert system building seminar. Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered tools, and knowledge acquisition. In addition to examining existing expert sys- in the past include Unix internals, concurrency methods, Petri nets, parallel pro- tems, students will implement expert systems or expert system building tools in gramming and algorithms, security, operating systems performance, software a LISP or Prolog environment. Programming projects will be required. (0605- environments, communicating sequential processes ("CSP"). Programming pro- 750) Credit 4 jects will be required. (Permission of the instructor) Credit variable 1-4 0605-755 Neural Net & Mach Learning 0605-740 Data Communication & Networks I Neural networks, systems with massively connected parallel primitive com- Fundamentals of data communication, including terminal communication and puting elements, are, metaphorically, computers structured after natural brains. computer-to-computer communication. Emphasis in the first course will Such systems promise much better performance than classical computers at pat- include the theoretical basis for data communication, terminal handling, data tern recognition and related areas. In this seminar, we will present several transmission and multiplexing, error detection and correction, as well as an neural network models, introduce the current research activity, and develop introduction to the hierarchical model for computer networks; an introduction some underlying mathematics. Students will have the opportunity to develop to graph theory and the topological design of networks, queuing theory and and present models, both paper and software simulated, and to utilize canned delay analysis; the fundamental protocols for computer communication. simulators. Students will be exposed to the current research literature. (Statistics, 0603-708) Credit 4 Programming projects will be required. (0605-700,0605-710) Credit 4

0605-741 Data Communication & Networks II 0605-756 Genetic Algorithms A second course in communication and networks. Emphasis is on higher level Genetic algorithms provide a powerful approach for searching large, ill- protocols and local networks. Included are design and analysis of communica- behaved problem spaces. In this course, we will study the theoretical founda- tion protocols, routing algorithms, satellite and local networks; higher-level pro- tions of genetic algorithms as well as their application to a variety of search and tocols and the application of computer networks. (0605-730,0605-740) Credit 4 optimization problems. The course will cover topics from the current research literature, and students will be expected to do a library research review and per- 0605-749 X-Windows Seminar form an experimental project. Programming projects will be required. (0605-700, Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and 0605-710) Credit 4 seminar. Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered in the past include network reliability, special-purpose protocols, error-correcting codes. Programming projects will be required. (Permission of the instructor) Credit variable 1-4 40 College of Applied Science and Technology

0605-759 Topics in Artificial Intelligence Packaging Science Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and seminar. Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered 0607-701 Research Methods in Packaging in the past include speech processing, logic programming, natural language Discussion of procedures, methods and requirements for carrying out the processing, pattern recognition, genetic algorithms, AI programming para- research project. Students pursue advanced study and research in the following digms. Programming projects will be required. (Permission of the instructor) areas: distribution packaging, package systems development, product and/or Credit variable 1-4 package damage in the physical distribution environment, materials, quality preservation, production and mechanical properties of packaging materials and 0605-761 Fundamentals in Computer Graphics systems. Credit 4 An introduction to the hardware and software principles of interactive raster graphics. Topics will include the basic concepts, two-dimensional modeling and 0607-721 Packaging Administration transformations, viewing transformations, projections, rendering techniques, Study of the role of packaging operations in the corporate enterprise. graphical software packages and graphics systems. Programming projects will Positioning of the packaging function in the corporation, managerial practice, be required. (0602-703) Credit 4 interpersonal relationships and control techniques are considered. Individualized instruction, case analysis and/or research papers supplement 0605-769 Topics in Computer Graphics classroom instruction. Credit 4 Current topics in the field. The format of this course is a combination lecture and seminar. Students may register for this course more than once. Topics covered 0607-731 Advanced Packaging Economics in the past include animation techniques and packages; modeling of solids, An advanced study of the firm's economic behavior in relation to activities including shading, perspective, hidden line and surface removal; three- within the packaging function. Included are packaging costs, production theory dimensional graphics software packages; algorithms and heuristics; special pur- and case studies demonstrating general trends in the packaging industry. pose computer hardware for graphics. Programming projects will be required. Individual instruction, case study and/or research paper required, as appro- (0605-761) Credit variable 1-4 priate to the student's level or interest. Credit 4

0605-771 Database Systems 0607-742 Distribution Systems The storage and processing of formatted data using database management sys- Study of the shipping and handling environment encountered by goods in tems. Topics include objectives of database management, file and indexing struc- packages during distribution to the product user. Materials handling, ware- tures, database system architectures, normalization theory, database machines housing and the impact of the distribution environment on shipping container and distributed databases. Several existing and experimental systems will be design and development are considered. Case study or individual research studied. (0602-703) Credit 4 appropriate to student's interest. Credit 4

0605-772 Database Systems Implementation 0607-750 Graduate Seminar An examination of the technical issues related to the implementation of shared Course concentrates on topic of current interest, depending on instructor, access databases. Topics include concurrency control, transaction processing, quarter offered and mix of students. Content to be announced prior to registra- reliability and recovery. Extensions to the distributed processing environment tion dates. Credit 4 also are covered. Programming projects will be required. (0605-771) Credit 4 0607-752 The Legal Environment 0605-800 Theory of Computer Algorithms An intensive study of federal, state and local regulation that affects packaging. A study of algorithms from the point of view of time and space complexities Individualized study and research on an interest basis. Credit 4 (average and worst case, using various models of computation); techniques for analyzing algorithms; structural, probabilistic, and transformational; partial 0607-763 Packaging for End Use and total correctness, loop invariants, pre- and post-conditions. The concepts An intensive study of package design requirements specific to use of a product will be illustrated by in-depth analysis of a few chosen algorithms. An intro- at specified end points. Individual design and development of a package system duction of the concepts and theory of NP-completeness. The course will make and its specifications, appropriate to the needs of the product and the consumer/ students aware of a large number of classical algorithms and their complexities, user. Credit 4 introduce them to the literature. Programming projects will be required. (0603- 705,0603-709) 1-i Credits 0607-770 Advanced Computer Application Study of the application of computer techniques and data processing for pack- 0605-890 MS Thesis aging applications: specification development, test simulation, optimum sizing Capstone of the master's degree program. Student must submit an acceptable of package systems, process control and similar applications will be presented. thesis proposal in order to enroll. (Permission of the Graduate Program Computer program development and individual research on an interest basis. Committee) Credit variable 1-4 Credit 4

0605-891 MS Project 0607-783 Packaging Dynamics Alternative capstone of the master's degree program. Student must submit an The study of instrumentation systems for analysis, evaluation and application acceptable project proposal in order to enroll. (Permission of the graduate of shock and vibration test methods and data to package system design and studies committee) Credit 5 development for specific products. Individualized instruction appropriate to student's interests. Credit 4 0605-898 Independent Study Faculty-directed study of appropriate topics on a tutorial basis. This course will 0607-798 Independent Study generally be used to enable an individual to study computer science topics in Student-initiated study in an area of specialized interest, not leading to a thesis. greater depth and more detail. (Faculty approval) Credit variable 1-4 A comprehensive written report of the investigation is required. Cannot be used to fulfill core requirements. Credit variable (maximum of 8) 0605-899 Seminar Current advances in computer science. Previous topics have included data encryp- 0607-799 Advanced Packaging Design tion, arithmetic algorithms, natural language processing, robotics, computer Advanced package design projects selected in consultation with the instructor. animation, speech processing, syntactic pattern recognition. (Permission of the Individual study appropriate to area of interest and background of student. instructor) Credit variable 1-4 (Consent of department) Credit variable 1-4

0605-999 Co-op 0607-890 Graduate Thesis Six months of full-time, paid employment in the computing field. See the CS An independent research project to be completed by the student in consultation graduate program coordinator or RIT's Office of Cooperative Education for fur- with the major professor. A written thesis and an oral defense of the thesis are ther details. (Good standing; completion of Bridge and 16 graduate credits) required. (Consent of department) Credit variable (maximum of 12) 0 Credits College of Applied Science and Technology 41

Manufacturing and Mechanical 0617-845 Distributed Systems This is a course in writing distributed applications, as distinguished from dis- Engineering Technology tributed operating systems. As such, it focuses on two principal issues: types of implementation platforms and interprocess communication mechanisms. The 0617-730 Data Management & Communication first issue involves a discussion of different types of environments in which the The first part of this course will discuss elementary data management topics programmer may find himself or herself, including traditional timesharing sys- such as data storage and retrieval, the use of commercial DBMSs, and the rela- tems, event-driven systems and uniprogramming systems. The pros and cons of tional model. It will also discuss the data representation problem in CIM and the each are discussed as a basis for implementing distributed systems. The second melding of representation schemes used by CAD systems, robotics systems, issue is concerned with how processes, or tasks, communicate with one another, CNC/DNC machines and commercial DBMSs. The second part of the course whether this is different when the processes are on a single processor or dif- will focus on data communications. This will introduce the student to concepts ferent processors and how they can synchronize their accesses to shared such as synchronous and asynchronous communications, parallel and serial resources. (0602-710,0602-730) Credit 4 communications, modulation, point-to-point and broadcast networks, and baseband and broadband networks. Emphasis will be placed on standards 0617-850 Assembly Automation employed by CIM and other areas on which CIM depends. (0602-710) Credit 4 The course deals with the concepts in the design of products for assembly, state- of-the-art in the general purpose assembly systems and software for automated 0617-740 Advanced Manufacturing Processes assembly. Class 4, Credit 4 Presents a comprehensive treatment of the manufacturing processes and their role in the changing manufacturing environment. Special emphasis on mech- 0617-870 Flexible Manufacturing Systems anical, electrical, thermal and chemical processes. (Manufacturing Processes) This course deals with the design and operation of FMS. Topics covered include Class 4, Credit 4 components of FMS, distribution processing in FMS, integration of CAD and CNC, processing machines, tooling and tool management, part-holding devices, 0617-810 Machine Vision material handling systems, robots, AGVS, coordinate measuring machines, sen- The course will deal with the principles and application of machine vision sys- sors, system controls, design of FMS and management issues in FMS. tems in manufacturing processes. Topics will include the state-of-the-art in (Manufacturing Processes) Class 4, Credit 4 manufacturing automation, the need for machine vision in industry, principles of digital image processing, image acquisition, lighting and viewing techniques, 0617-896 Project Management in CIM camera systems, solid state image sensors, computer approaches to vision Interdisciplinary course covering project management in CIM. Students will image understanding, role of vision in robotics, model machine vision systems, study real-world problems that are related to manufacturing hardware or man- use of vision in such applications as assembly, welding, painting, material han- ufacturing processes and propose solutions to problems requiring an integrated dling, gaging, and inspection, economics of machine vision, issues in the imple- approach. Topics include the identification and definition of the goal; strategy mentation of machine vision in the industry, and case studies. Class 3, Lab 2, development; project planning; required resource estimation; project organiza- Credit 4 tion; proposal development; project approval; project staffing; team building; implementation of the project—managing scope, performance, schedule and 0617-820 Lasers in Manufacturing resources; and project termination. (Completion of required courses in CIM cur- The course will deal with the fundamentals of lasers; lasering materials; charac- riculum) Credit 4 teristics of lasers; categories of lasers; effects of lasers on materials; applicability of lasers in manufacturing; laser beam and metal interaction; reflectivity, heat 0617-897 MS Thesis flow; phase change; laser-based process systems; application of lasers on such Interdisciplinary thesis on CIM research area to be monitored and advised by processes as micromachining, drilling, marking, welding, cladding, heat treating, committee of three faculty. This thesis work may serve as the capstone course of and inspection; safety issues in laser-based manufacturing systems; role of the CIM degree. (Defense of thesis requires completion of all required courses.) lasers in flexible manufacturing systems; and case studies of flexible manufac- Credit 0-4 turing systems with lasers. (Manufacturing Processes) Class 4, Credit 4

0617-898 Graduate Seminar 0617-830 Computer Aided Process Planning Special offering of advanced graduate-level topics. These topics are developed The course deals with the practical aspects of developing and implementing and taught on a special offering basis and vary from year to year. Credit 1-4 automated process planning systems in computer-integrated manufacturing environments. Topics will include design representation in CIM, group tech- 0607-899 Independent Study nology coding and classification, traditional approaches to process planning, Faculty-directed study of appropriate topics on a tutorial basis. This course is automated approaches to process planning, developing automated process generally used to allow an individual to pursue topics in-depth under faculty planning using variant and generative approaches, survey of various process sponsorship. Credit 1-4 planning systems, and issues in the development and implementation of process planning systems. The lab projects will involve implementing a process 0607-999 Graduate Cooperative Education planning system in the real-world environment. (Manufacturing Processes) Work experience in manufacturing position appropriate to selected major in Class 3, Lab 2, Credit 4 graduate program. Position to be obtained through interviewing process with the assistance of Co-op Education and Career Services Office. Credit 0 0617-840 CIM Implementation The course deals with the technical and management aspects of implementing CIM systems. Major topics will include strategic thinking, conceptual planning, Food, Hotel and Travel Management system design, system implementation and case studies in CIM implementa- tion. (0617-475 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 Hospitality-Tourism Management

0624-770 Employee Relations & Training Service Personnel 0617-842 Data Management in CIM An overview and examination of various personnel leadership functions as Introduction to data management for manufacturing applications. Topics include applied to the delivery of service excellence. Current literature is used to explore conceptual, implementation and physical design of databases as well as data the interrelationships of various conceptual paradigms. The goal is to enhance representation used in manufacturing processes. Geometric modeling of 3D each individual's understanding and to augment his or her ability to interact in objects for analysis and display is included. Laboratory work required. (0602- the service environment and to critically understand strategies founded in con- 710,0602-730) Credit 4 tinuous learning. Concepts discussed include teamwork, empowerment, rela- tionship management, corporate culture and "moments of truth" management. Credit 4

0624-780 Financial Management for Hospitality-Tourism Firms Financial performance forecasting at both the individual and multiunit levels of operation is examined. Emphasis on financing, including operating leverage, short- and long-term financing alternatives and tax considerations within a ser- vice organizational context. Credit 4 42 College of Applied Science and Technology

0624-823 Strategic Environments of Food System The strategic environments of the hospitality-tourism system are examined as a whole and from the perspectives of major segments: consumers, producers, reg- ulatory agencies, distributors and retailers, including food service operators. Specific issues examined include the use distribution systems, international government policies, consumer expectations and the impact of these on the pro- ducer and end user. Credit 4

0624-825 Strategic Processes of Service Firms An analysis of the organizational structure, operational procedures, corporate policies, financial growth and related factors of service firms. The course traces the evolution of various companies to reveal individual growth strategies. Credit 4

0624-826 Tourism Policy Analysis An analysis of the goals and objectives for tourism development in geographic areas of different size. Topics include employment, income redistribution, cul- tural impact, labor supply and tourism resource base. Specific policies for touristic regions are compared for effectiveness and overall cost benefits. Local, state, national and international examples are included. Credit 4

0624-827 Technology Transfer in Hospitality-Tourism Industry Survey of computer information systems for planning and control in hospitality and tourism operations. Various software and hardware packages are examined in relation to planning and control functions. Credit 4

0624-828 Meeting Planning Development An examination of the role of professional meeting planners as they function in the corporate, association and educational environments. Both corporate and independent meeting planners will be assessed. Methods of planning and pro- gramming for meeting will be surveyed and evaluated. A review of the eco- nomic impact of conferencing and support service functions will be undertaken. Negotiation skills are examined. Credit 4

0624-840 Service Quality Management Total Quality Management (TQM) philosophy is applied to the hospitality- tourism industry. Underlying principles, TQM tools and techniques and case studies are used to bridge the gap between theory and practical application. Credit 4

0624-843 Resort Development: An Instructional Approach Market segmentation; methods in marketing research; creating a menu, an envi- ronment, a theme for a defined market; improving the market share through quality control, innovation, promotions, public relations, menu engineering and community involvement; premarketing, creating a new image; marketing to increase profitability. Case studies and project. Credit 4 The Student Alumni Union, a popular gathering spot, contains many student 0624-844 Hospitality Resource Management activities and services offices, the cafeteria and Ritskeller, Ingle Auditorium This course is designed to analyze the inputs associated with the development and the RITreat. of hospitality firms. Labor markets, financial instruments, tourism infrastruc- tures, real estate markets and educational support systems will be assessed in 0624-868 Legal Issues & Evaluation order to determine the development of hospitality firms. Credit 4 An examination of the instruments used to confirm meeting arrangements. Focus is on informal instruments (letter of agreement) and formal documenta- 0624-846 Travel Marketing Systems tion (contract). A survey of legal decisions impacting the liability of the planner Includes the identification of markets, product pricing strategies and mixes of and their impact on the meeting function is conducted. The performance of communication as they relate to the tourism distribution system. The efficien- meeting planners and their interrelationships and interdependencies with cies of various channel configurations and their resultant organizational pat- external support staffs are assessed. Credit 4 terns are evaluated. Credit 4 0624-880 Seminar: Current Issues 0624-848 Convention & Exhibition Management A small-group examination of contemporary issues and topics chosen by the The organization and operation of exhibit/convention space is examined from students and faculty member. Research, oral presentations and class discussions the meeting planner's perspective. Emphasis is given to use of exhibits to of all issues selected. Credit 4 enhance both program and attendance. A detailed review of the factors neces- sary for successful exhibits and exhibitor relations is conducted with emphasis 0624-890 Practicum in Hospitality-Tourism Training on the various methods employed to encourage participation. Budget controls An opportunity for the student to apply skills learned in previous courses in a and financial reporting systems are analyzed. The decision-making process on work or laboratory setting. A proposal must be approved by the director of the use of the exhibit as an income producing segment of conferencing is stressed. program, prior to enrolling in the course. Credit variable 1-6 Credit 4

0624-896 Graduate Project 0624-867 Tourism Planning & Development This course number is used to fulfill the graduate paper requirement under the Tourism planning defines the frames of reference used in making choices con- non-thesis option for the MS degree in hospitality/tourism management. The cerning the development of tourism facilities and use of space. Topics include candidate must obtain the approval of the director of the program and, if nec- tourism income and expenditure, pricing policy, taxing authorities, ownership essary, an appropriate faculty member to supervise the paper before registering patterns, financing and leakage potentials of the various tourism infrastruc- for this course. A formal written paper and an oral presentation of the project tures. This course focuses on the planning and development of tourism as it is results are required. Credit variable 1-3 "packaged" through its distribution channels. Credit 4 College of Applied Science and Technology 43

0624-898 Thesis 0625-849 Service Quality Self-Assessment Processes Thesis based on experimental evidence obtained by the candidate in an appro- This course examines the various self-assessment processes associated with priate topic demonstrating the reduction of theory into practice. A formal improving service quality. The seven Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award written thesis and oral defense are required. The candidate must obtain the categories, the eight President's Award for Quality and Productivity categories approval of the director of the program and, if necessary, an appropriate faculty (Federal Quality Institute), and the ISO 9000 categories are examined. These member to guide the thesis before registering for the thesis. Credit variable 2-9 guidelines are oriented towards systems and are used to probe relationships that reach across departments and disciplines, with the goal of achieving and 0624-899 Independent Study maintaining total quality service management. Credit 4 An opportunity for the advanced student to undertake independent investiga- tion in a special area under the guidance of a faculty member. A written pro- 0625-896 Graduate Project posal is to be forwarded to the sponsoring faculty member and approved by the The course number is used to fulfill the graduate paper requirement under the director of the program prior to registering for this course. The independent non-thesis option for the MS degree in service management. The candidate study must seek to answer questions outside the scope of regular course work. must obtain the approval of the graduate coordinator and, if necessary, an Credit variable 1-6 appropriate faculty member to supervise the paper before registering for this course. A formal written paper and an oral presentation of the project results are Service Management required. Credit variable 1-3

0625-750 Elementary Service Management: Systems Approval 0625-898 Research Thesis General Systems Theory is used to examine the major components of the service Thesis based on experimental evidence obtained by the candidate in an appro- industry. The interactions and interdependencies of these components are dis- priate topic demonstrating the reduction of theory into practice. The candidate cussed within the framework of developing a service management strategy to must obtain the approval of the graduate coordinator and, if necessary, an ensure service quality. Credit 4 appropriate faculty member to supervise the paper before registering for this course. A formal written paper and an oral presentation of the project results are 0625-760 Research Methods & Applications to Service Industry required. Credit variable 1-6 This course surveys the various assessment issues related to questionnaire development and evaluation, particularly as they relate to measuring customer 0625-899 Independent Study satisfaction. Two methods of determining important service quality characteris- An opportunity for the advanced student to undertake independent investiga- tics are examined: 1) the quality dimension development process and 2) the crit- tion in a special area under the guidance of a faculty member. A written pro- ical incident technique. Guidelines for developing questionnaires are discussed, posal is to be forwarded to the sponsoring faculty member and approved by the with emphasis on issues of reliability and validity. The role and mechanisms graduate coordinator prior to registering for this course. The independent study associated with focus groups are addressed. The use of customer satisfaction must seek to answer questions outside the scope of regular course work Credit data for service quality benchmarking is examined. Credit 4 variable 1-6

0625-790 Introduction to Graduate Research: Options Career and Human Resource Management This course is designed to introduce the general nature of applied research and 0626-700 Introduction to Career & Human Resource Development evaluation applicable to service industries and to contemporary trends in the field. The course focuses on the nature, types, procedures and applications of As a result of this course, students will better understand the CHRD program and its courses/options; as well as related RIT and community resources; better research—specifically those attributes needed to prepare a graduate research understand the general concepts of human resource development, career devel- proposal: problem definition, review of literature, methodology, analysis of opment and organizational development as they apply to individuals and findings and recommendations. A graduate research proposal is required at the groups in a wide variety of settings and structures; and better understand the completion of the course. Credit 2 past, present and future significance of social, economic, technological factors influencing organizations and occupational categories as well as the corre- 0625-841 Benchmark & Process Continuous Improvement sponding role and activities of the human resource professional. Credit 3 This course examines the benchmarking process as a means of achieving con- tinuous service improvement. Among the topics discussed are proactive man- agement, measuring performance, out-of-the-box thinking, internal, competi- 0626-707 Applied Data Analysis to tive, industry, and best-in-class benchmarking. The critical success factors at Career & Human Resource Development each stage of benchmarking in service industries are investigated. Credit 4 Explores statistical concepts and procedures as applied to typical human resource, training and career counseling situations. Participants apply a com- puter program to the analysis of data. This course is offered in the classroom 0625-843 Empowered Teams and in a distance learning format. Credit 3 This course focuses on the service organization's internal customers—the employee and middle management. It examines the prerequisites, transforma- tions, and assumptions needed to decentralize the service firm and implement 0626-710 Theory of Organizational Development self-directed, empowered teams. Among the issues examined are accepting Examines organization development theories and their applications in typical more responsibility for the service performance, assuming accountability for interventions performed in organizational settings as part of the change customer satisfaction, and planning with the "customer-in" decision-making process. Credit 3 framework. Credit 4 0626-711 Futures Research & Simulation 0625-845 Relations Management in Service Firms Participants analyze the relationship between a simulation model and the real This course examines the nature of managing the on-going relationships that world—understanding the underlying principles—and build a procedure and evaluation plan for a game; operate a game, and debrief. (0626-710) Credit 3 characterize the service process. Relationships both internal and external to the organization are considered. Organizational implications of developing service 0626-712 Planning & Evaluating Organizational Development recovery systems are also investigated. Credit 4 Introduces participants to a strategic planning model, which they then use to 0625-847 Reengineering Service Environment develop a strategic plan for an organization. (0626-710) Credit 3 This course focuses on the process orientation of concentrating on and rethinking end-to-end service activities that create value for customers. It chal- 0626-713 Practicum in Consulting & Organizational Development Explores the role and skills of the consultant. Participants engage in an assess- lenges traditional organizational viewpoints and reexamines the assumptions ment of an organization's needs, write a proposal, and, from the assessment underlying the appropriateness of rigid divisions of labor, elaborate control sys- data, make recommendations for interventions. They also explore their interests tems and managerial hierarchy within service firms. Credit 4 and aptitudes as consultants. (0626-710) Credit 3

0626-715 Empirical Methods Acquaints participants with the tools for doing assessments and other data gathering activities. Practice includes survey development, interviewing and conducting focus groups. Credit 4 44 College of Applied Science and Technology

0626-720 Theories of Career Development Instructional Technology Examines theories of career development as applied to the process an indi- vidual uses in making career decisions. Credit 3 0627-704 Interpersonal & Group Communication Activities and experiences in human communication, specifically within 0626-721 Career Counseling Techniques groups. The course discusses theory and research underlying the communica- Introduces participants to theories and techniques used in individual career tion process and the application of principles to practical situations. Required counseling situations. Participants plan, practice, and analyze non-clinical tech- for graduation. Credit 4 niques used in career counseling. (0626-720) Credit 3 0627-707 Presentation Design 0626-722 Career Counseling Techniques II An overview of the process of designing and giving training presentations. Focuses on the application of counseling theories and techniques to non-clinical Included are principles of presentation design, selection and production of pre- group counseling situations. (0626-721) Credit 3 sentation media, basic research on presentation design and presentation media. Required for graduation. Credit 2 0626-723 Information Use in Career Planning Focuses on career planning models, selection and use of standardized tests and 0627-709 Training the Training Manager personal assessment instruments, career information data resources, research, A service course explaining the management of the training process, instruc- and community resources. (0626-707,0626-720) Credit 3 tional design and development, and performance technology. Includes princi- ples of needs assessment and evaluating the worth of training as well as trends 0626-730 Theories in Human Resource Development in instructional design and training delivery systems. Not for instructional tech- Examines theoretical and empirical investigations of human learning and prac- nology majors except those in the training manager option. Credit 3 tical procedures for instructional design and human resource development. Credit 3 0627-711 Computer-Based Performance Improvement Students study characteristics of computer-based tools and systems designed to 0626-731 Techniques in Human Resource Development improve employee performance and productivity. These tools and systems Increases the student's knowledge of the role training plays in human resource include electronic performance support systems, just-in-time training, on-line development. The course re-emphasizes the delivery of training, focusing on job aids, audioconference and videoconferencing, and computer-based training. use of instructional aids, design modifications and platform skills. (0626-730) The course emphasizes principles of system design and effectiveness rather than Credit 3 authoring procedures. Credit 4

0626-732 Design & Development of Training 0627-712 Computer-Assisted Instruction I Emphasizes the techniques used for design and development of instruction. Students learn the use of the computer for instruction (computer-assisted During the course, participants design a training module, deliver a portion of it, instruction) and then produce their own computer-assisted instruction pro- and evaluate its success. (0626-730,0626-731) Credit 3 grams. Students review and research various hardware and software configura- tions, programming languages and sources of previously developed computer- 0626-733 Needs Assessment/Proposal Development assisted courses. Covers some methods of course and lessons development. Project required. (0627-755 or permission of department) Credit 4 Shows participants how to develop and conduct a needs assessment, design an evaluation and write a proposal to do a needs analysis or evaluation. Credit 3 0627-713 Computer-Assisted Instruction II 0626-740 Group Leadership Skills The student develops more complex and sophisticated instructional sequences Combines theory and practice to give participants the skills needed to use inter- that incorporate advanced CAI programming techniques; enters the sequence active techniques for training, to facilitate meetings and to take leadership on the computer, tests and debugs the sequences; and using the computer, responsibility as a participant. Credit 3 gathers the student response information necessary to validate the sequences. The student also explains and demonstrates CAI and writes proposals for CAI courses and lessons. Two projects required. (0627-712) Credit 4 0626-750 Computer Applications in Career & Human Resource Development Using a hands-on approach, the course acquaints participants with the use of 0627-721 Evaluation of Training & Instruction PC technology and software having HRD applications. Primary software A course to train students in the development and application of testing methods includes Microsoft Office and HR packages. Credit 3 and used to measure performance, principally cognitive and psychomotor skills, as well as methods to determine overall course effectiveness. Covers 0626-777 Internship methods for both formative and summarative evaluation and the means of val- The internship is required of all students. This course consists of four parts: at idating instructional materials and instructional systems. (Basic descriptive sta- least 200 hours of professional accomplishment in an appropriate setting, atten- tistics) Credit 4 dance at a seminar, an oral presentation, and formal summary report. Students will work with their advisers to complete all necessary arrangements. Students 0627-735 Theories of Learning should plan to meet with their advisers at least two months before planning to Relates various theories of learning to actual teaching and training. Students take the internship. Proposals for the internship must be approved and on file review learning principles and apply them to practical instructional situations. before registration. Credit 6 Emphasis is on both behavioral and cognitive approaches to developing instruction and training. Required for graduation. Credit 4 0626-850 Special Projects Provides for designing and carrying out a project for academic credit. Proposals 0627-736 Interview & Information Gathering approved by a supervising faculty member and the department director are The course distinguishes between counseling, coaching and training, stressing required prior to registration. This course may be taken more than once, but for task-related interpersonal and cognitive skills such as working with a subject- no more than a total of six credit hours. Credit variable 1-3 matter expert for job counseling. Includes methods of interaction to maintain communications and to shape behavior. Credit 3 0626-890 Independent Study Provides for independent study or research activity in subject matter areas not 0627-755 Criteria & Technical Training I included in any existing course in the degree program, but having specialized A two-course sequence (0627-755 and 756) that applies the principles of instruc- value to students. Proposals approved by a supervising faculty member and the tional development specifically to those areas of training in which performance department director are required prior to registration. This course may be taken criteria can be precisely stated and accurately measured. Such training usually more than once, but for no more than a total of six credit hours. Credit 1-3 tends to be in technical skill areas where procedures or product are predeter- mined or can be clearly specified. Credit 3 0626-891 Selected Topics Selected Topics are innovative courses not reflected in the curriculum. Titles will 0627-756 Criteria & Technical Training II appear in the course listing each quarter. The course may be taken more than See description for 0627-755. Required for graduation. Credit 3 once as topics change, but for no more than a total of six credit hours. Credit 3 College of Applied Science and Technology 45

0627-757 Techniques of Work Analysis 0627-890 Independent Study Students learn a variety of job analysis and task analysis techniques based on An opportunity for a student to explore, with a faculty adviser, an area of Functional Job Analysis. Data gathered from analyses are cast into various for- interest to the student. A proposal (guidelines available from the department) mats for job restructuring, writing job descriptions, estab'ishing task and job must be approved by the department prior to registering for this course. (0627- hierarchies, and developing training programs. Credit 3 755,756, 771 plus 20 hours of course work) Credit variable 1-3

0627-759 Technical Writing Instructional Development This course introduces instructional developers to the process of writing tech- The Center for Multidisciplinary Studies nical manuals and reports. Indicates an overview of the production process, Health Systems Administration content and audience analysis, information layout. Two major writing projects and other exercises required. (Writing skills and experience, 0627-755, 756, 758) 0635-710 Integrated Health Systems Credit 3 Examination of the history and evolution of the continuum of health care delivery in the United States and trends toward integrated health care systems. 0627-762 Development of Instructional Modules I Review of general systems approach and the various elements of the health care This course is designed to follow 0627-755 and 756 to give the student practice continuum, including a study of alternate delivery systems and managed care. in the development, evaluation and revision of self-instructional materials. The Analysis of emerging and evolving health care systems, their management and social issues impacting integration of health care deliver. Includes research course, largely self-instructional and project oriented, emphasizes structuring methodologies in health administration. Credit 4 the module, actual module writing, and tryout and revisions procedures. Students must have already selected a content area and developed objectives, a course plan, and criterion tests. (0627-755, 756) Credit 3 0635-715 Information Systems in Health Administration Theory and use of computers and information systems in health care delivery 0627-763 Development of Instructional Modules II and administration is covered in depth. The information needs of clinical and In this extension of Developing Instructional Modules I (0627-762), the student administrative personnel are examined with an emphasis on developing and completes an additional course module and develops course control documents evaluating comprehensive information systems for health care organizations. for both the course manager and the student. (0627-755,756,762) Credit 2 Credit 4

0627-765 Individual Learning Styles 0635-720 Preventive Epidemiology The course examines the ways different individuals learn. It relates instructional Examination and use of the statistical processes employed in the evaluation and strategies to learning styles. Covers cognitive style mapping and various test assessment of disease, morbidity and mortality of populations served by health and measures as each relates to individual learning style. (0627-735) Credit 4 systems in the United States. Compares and contrasts health systems status within the United States and with other industrialized countries. Appraisal of 0627-771 Instructional Development I health systems research from a managerial perspective with emphasis on pre- First of a required three-course sequence (0627-771, 772, 773). Covers the con- vention, access, distribution, cost, efficiency and effectiveness of health care. (Statistical Concepts or Introduction to Statistics) Credit 4 cepts and principles underlying the developing of instructional programs and materials. Instructional development is the systematic solution of instruction and learning problems involving needs assessment, task analysis, specification 0635-730 Quality Management for Health Systems of objectives, analysis and synthesis of instructional strategies and methods of Quality management and improvement in health systems. Course explores past evaluation. An instructional development project is part of the sequence. and current definitions of quality and competing concepts of quality; reviews Required for graduation and must be taken before 24 hours of program are com- total quality movement in health care environments, reviews existing quality pleted. (0627-735,755,756) Credit 4 requirements of accrediting organizations, federal and state agencies, and third party payers; describes and explains quality improvement systems developed 0627-772 Instructional Development II by health care accrediting agencies, health care regulators and researchers; application of quality tools. Credit 4 Second of a required three-course sequence (0627-771, 772, 773). The instruc- tional development principles are applied in an actual project selected by the student. Includes more sophisticated means of development as well as module 0635-740 Health Systems Seminar and test development. Required for graduation. (0627-735,755,56,771) Credit 4 Special interdisciplinary seminar course, team-taught by professionals and fac- ulty from health care and business. Focuses on evolving trends in the areas of 0627-773 Instructional Development III management decision-making tools, management science, human resource Last in a required three-course sequence (0627-771,772,773). Covers the differ- management, and technology assessment and acquisition. (Permission of pro- ences in human resource development, instructional program development, gram chair) Credit 4 and performance technology as well as the instructional developer's role in these processes. Covers development of evaluation plans and the development 0635-777 Health Systems Administration Internship and revision of course modules. Also covers trends in selected areas of instruc- This is a health systems administration internship. Consists of a professional tional design and development. Required for graduation. (0627-735, 755, 756, placement in an appropriate health care organization of at least 240 hours. 771, 772) Credit 4 Required for students without health care work experience. Can be taken in place of electives. Students will arrange with their program chair or assigned 0627-775 Seminar: Attracting Technology in adviser, negotiate any arrangement necessary for on-site supervision and Future of Human Resource Development develop a written proposal. Students will present an oral evaluation of their Training and development, especially in business and industry, and human experiences at the final course seminar. Variable Credit resource development exist within the larger context of national global eco- nomics. Trends in business directly affect the development of human resources 0635-810 Health Systems Administration into an effective work force. This closing seminar examines future directions as The development, structure and current forces transforming the health care they relate to—and may have an impact upon—training and human resource system will be considered. Topics will include the status of the national and development in various sectors of the economy. After reviewing past, current, regional populations; manpower issues; hospital services; ambulatory care and and projected economic and societal trends, seminar participants are required to alternative delivery systems; and mental health; long-term care. Administration analyze and project various possible developments in an area of their own in health care facilities including roles, functions, and responsibilities; organiza- interest. (Prerequisites or corequisites: all core courses and 40 hours of course tional design and structures; problem solving; motivation; communication; work) Credit 3 leadership; change; human resources; and health care practices focusing on patient care and education (0635-730) Credit 4 0627-777 Internship Special opportunities may occur for students to obtain work experience in a job or environment similar or coincident with their career objectives. A proposal (guidelines available from the department) must be approved by the depart- ment prior to registering for this course. (0627-755, 756, 771 plus 20 hours of course work) Credit variable 1-3 46 College of Applied Science and Technology

0635-820 Health Systems Economics & Finance 0635-881 Managed Care Investigation of the efficiency, effectiveness and equity of the economics of An in-depth look at characteristics of successful managed care plans. The course health care and a conceptual and practical knowledge of health care finance. will familiarize the student with all essential elements of managed care, using Reviews sources of funding, the accounting and reporting process, and the the tools needed to model and compare various managed care structures. Credit 4 influence of third-party payers on the provision of health care through applied exercises. Provides an integrated overview of managerial economics, financial 0635-882 Bioethics management, and product management for distinct health care organizations An overview of what ethics means, the principal ethical theories, and their composing the overall health care system. (Accounting Concepts for Managers) application to specific bioethical issues. The course will familiarize students Credit 4 with ethics and ethical principles, the role of ethics in professional life, what is bioethics and an appreciation of ethical issues and arguments surrounding con- 0635-830 Health Systems Planning temporary bioethical issues such as death, rationing health care and managed A review of the methodology of planning effectively for health care systems. care. Credit 4 The use of data systems, forecasting, and identifying and analyzing problems is explored, along with the process of strategic planning, setting priorities, devel- 0635-890 Health Systems Administration Independent Study oping projects, and allocating resources. Students will prepare actual business Provides for independent study or research activity in subject areas not plans and applications for new health care programs to regulatory agencies. included in any existing course in the degree program, but having special value (Permission of program chair) Credit 4 to students. Proposals approved by a supervising faculty member and the pro- gram chair are required prior to registration. This course may be taken more 0635-840 Health Systems Policy & Law than once. Credit 4 An examination of the roles and responsibilities of policy makers on the health care system. Compares and contrasts the regulatory functions of varying levels 0635-896 Health Systems Administration Thesis of government and the political process as it relates to health care systems. An independent research project on a specific health system administration Examination of control issues and regulatory dynamics, the legislative process, topic or problem, developed by the student with input from a faculty thesis and regulatory trends in the United States. Assessment of health systems' strate- adviser. The research must culminate in a formal written thesis and oral gies and responses to regulatory oversight. An overview of legislation as it defense. Approval by the program chair and a faculty thesis adviser is required applies to health facilities and administrative law using case studies. Credit 5 for this course. Credit 4

0635-876 Health Systems Issues 0699-705 Interdisciplinary Research Techniques This is the health systems administration research project capstone course, This course introduces students to interdisciplinary thinking, problem solving required for all graduate majors. Students will research and discuss contempo- and research techniques and also print and electronic information resources rary issues of health care delivery and management. Course work from the pro- appropriate to the student's plan-of-study. Credit 4 gram will be integrated by the instructor in order to reinforce a systems approach to health care administration. An original research project, which uti- 0699-775 Capstone Project lizes a systems approach to health care delivery or administration and culmi- This course is a supervised, hands-on experience in which the students apply nates in a written report, is required. (Permission of program chair) Credit 4 the skills and knowledge developed through their individualized plans-of- study and concludes with oral and written presentations. Credit 4

RIT was the first university to offer a graduate degree in software development and management. College of Business

students will enjoy the advantages of the latest technology available to business The Traditional students today. We also believe in continuous improve- Master of Business Lyn D. Pankoff, Dean ment and fulfilling the needs of today's Administration business environment, such as the need for managers with multi-disciplinary RIT is noted for its long history of com- The purpose of the traditional MBA skills. Our recently revised MBA pro- mitment to quality career education. program is to enhance the depth and gram, for example, emphasizes a rigor- It's curriculum prepares students to breadth of general management capabili ous foundation in the core areas of busi- enter the employment marketplace with ties of the student. This is accomplished ness and provides enough flexibility so expertise in their chosen area built upon by providing the student with a basic students can specialize in two areas of a solid foundation of mainstream busi- core of course work in the disciplines of concentration. ness knowledge. In addition, many of management, economics and statistics. our students elect to take advantage of Functionally oriented courses include internship and cooperative education opportunities to further enhance their education and value to employers. The College of Business has earned a reputation as a leader in the area of total quality education. It is home to the RIT/USA Today Quality Cup, which is awarded annually to teams whose con- tributions have significantly improved quality in their organization. The college and USA Today conduct the competition as a cooperative academic-industry effort. cotiTcTei One of the strengths of RIT's College of Business is its commitment to techno- logical leadership. Those graduates who can demonstrate technical proficiency increase their value to business organi- zations. The award of a $1.3 million TQM grant from IBM ensures that our

PROGRAMS

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

EXECUTIVE MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREES IN: Finance International Business Manufacturing Management and Leadership

The lobby of the Max Lowenthal Building, home of the College of Business 48 College of Business

accounting, finance, marketing and quarter to ensure adequate time for con- Procedures operations. These are followed by sideration by the Graduate Review To be considered for admission it is nec- advanced courses, some of which are Committee. essary to file an application with two let- directed toward an area of concentration. Admission to the MBA program will ters of recommendation, submit tran- Concentration areas include corporate be granted to graduates of accredited scripts of all previous undergraduate accounting, public accounting, finance, baccalaureate degree programs who, and graduate work, submit results of marketing, management, the manage- in the opinion of the Graduate Review the Graduate Management Admission ment of technology, manufacturing man- Committee of the College of Business, Test and provide an up-to-date resume. agement and international business. have demonstrated their potential to Information on the test may be obtained Elective areas are designed to provide successfully complete graduate business from the College of Business or by writing breadth to the student's program. studies through their achievements to the Graduate Management Admission Students can use some of the elective in their undergraduate program and Test, Educational Testing Service, Box courses to develop a secondary concen- professional career development and 966, Princeton, N.J., 08540. The test is tration of study within the College of through the results of the Graduate usually given four times a year in conve- Business or in another college at RIT. An Management Admission Test. nient locations, including RIT. optional cooperative education experi- All applicants who are admitted prior ence at the graduate level further devel- to the conclusion of their baccalaureate Orientation ops the interpersonal skills and career programs are required to submit their All new students are required to attend objectives of students. Cooperative edu- final transcripts by the end of the first an orientation session prior to enrolling cation is a tradition at RIT, and the MBA quarter of graduate work. Students who in courses. At orientation students receive program provides opportunities for stu- have been accepted into a program information from faculty regarding their dents to alternate quarters spent in class are allowed to defer their enrollment expectations of graduate students and and quarters spent at full-time work. (admission) for up to one year. If a stu- from college staff regarding course selec- The MBA program requires 72 quarter dent wishes to defer enrollment beyond tion, career planning, program planning credit hours (18 courses) and is designed one year, a new application must be sub- and academic advising. Student hand- so that a student will progress through mitted, and credentials will be reevalu- books and registration materials are also the program in a logical sequence while ated on the basis of current admission distributed at this time. A more extended having some program flexibility. Those standards. second orientation introduces students students with previous course work in to the library and the computer system. business may be eligible for the waiver Prerequisite skills of specified foundation courses, thereby It is not necessary for students to have Nonmatriculated students reducing the length of their program. completed any undergraduate course Students may apply to take a limited Students entering the MBA program have work in business to be admitted to, or number of courses on a nonmatriculated widely varied academic backgrounds. To succeed in, the graduate business pro- basis. If these courses are passed with an assure that students are adequately pre- gram. It is necessary, however, for stu- acceptable grade, and if the student later pared in the area of mathematics, a diag- dents to possess a working knowledge matriculates, these credits may be applied nostic test is administered to all new stu- of algebra and descriptive statistics, plus to the student's degree program. The dents. Those students who need to review spreadsheet competency, to undertake regular admissions process should be mathematics will be required to success- graduate business courses. The mathe- followed by nonmatriculated students fully complete preparatory course work matics skills of all entering students are who wish to be admitted to the MBA in algebra and statistics during the first assessed prior to the first day of classes program. quarter of study. by means of a diagnostic exam. Students Students may find it convenient to who need further preparation will be begin MBA courses on a nonmatricu- Facilities required to successfully complete formal lated basis while they are waiting for The College of Business is housed in the review courses in mathematics during their GMAT scores to be reported. Max Lowenthal Building on RIT's sub- their first quarter of study. urban Rochester campus. Facilities Financial aid International students include a fully staffed Learning Support Outstanding full-time candidates with Center, extensive time-sharing computer International applicants are encouraged the desire and ability to work sup- terminals on line with RIT's computer to apply for admission for the fall porting faculty and administrative staff system, microcomputer labs, state-of- quarter. Applicants from international are eligible to compete for research the-art software support and an up-to- countries, where a degree or diploma is assisfantships. Such awards typically date collection of business texts, periodi- granted by an institution not holding cover 50 to 75 percent of a student's cals and reference services in the Wallace accreditation, may be admitted provided tuition costs. Library. their study and performance approxi- In return for their tuition remission, mates the standards of an accredited all graduate assistants are required to Admission requirements bachelor's degree and an ability to meet work for the College of Business (8 to 12 RIT operates on a quarter system cal- graduate standards is indicated. Inter- hours per week) either supporting the endar, thus part-time students may apply national applicants must take and faculty on research projects or assisting for entry into the MBA program in the submit the results from the Graduate administrative units. Individuals inter- fall, winter, spring, or summer. However, Management Admission Test. In addi- ested in this merit-based financial aid it is recommended that applicants plan- tion, the TOEFL score (minimum 550) program should write to the Graduate ning full-time study or those entering an must be submitted by applicants with Business Programs office. Assistantships MS program begin their studies in the limited or no experience in an academic for full-time students are made for an fall quarter. Completed applications for program in the United States. entire academic year. Renewal is subject admission should be on file in the Office to academic competitiveness, job perfor- of Admissions five weeks prior to regis- mance and available funds. Applications tration day for the upcoming academic for assistantships are reviewed annually. College of Business 49

Program scheduling Classes for full-time students are sched- uled weekday mornings and afternoons and some weekday evenings. Classes for part-time students are offered in the evening. Classes meet once a week, 11 times during the quarter. Full-time stu- dents take 8 required classes in the daytime while choosing concentration courses and electives from the evening offerings. Generally, full-time students complete the program in six quarters. However, if students elect to go on a co-op, completion of the program may necessarily be extended. A feasible course load for the part-time student is one to two courses per quarter, permit- ting program completion in approxi- mately three to four years. Course requirements, faculty and admission procedures correspond to the full-time program. Program completion requirement An adviser will work closely with you to tailor your courses to your professional needs. Institute policy requires that a graduate program be completed within seven Promising full-time candidates are Waiver policy years of the student's initial registration eligible for partial tuition scholarships. For applicants who demonstrated a high for courses in the program. Scholarships are merit-based and are likelihood of success as indicated from awarded to full-time students for the their GMAT scores and undergraduate The co-op program entire academic year. Applications are records, up to six foundation courses Optional cooperative education affords available from the Office of Part-time may be waived. Such students must graduate students the opportunity to and Graduate Enrollment Services, have recently completed undergraduate gain work experience with an organiza- 716-475-2229. course work in the relevant discipline tion. Co-ops are paid positions lasting Quarterly scholarships are also avail- and obtained good to excellent grades. three to six months. No academic credit able to outstanding part-time graduate Applicants who do not satisfy the is granted, but formal recording of the students and are administered through above requirements may still be granted co-op experience is made on the stu- the same office. waiver credit for a foundation course, dent's transcript. Graduate faculty eval- Need-based forms of financial aid, such provided they successfully complete an uate the student's final, written report as loans and grants, should be investi- examination in the subject. There is a $50 analyzing the company and the experi- gated through the director of financial administrative fee charged per exam. ence. Graduate students must apply aid in the Office of Financial Aid. for the program early in their graduate Transfer credit studies. Students accepted into the co-op Placement service A maximum of 12 quarter credit hours program will be eligible to interview Students seeking employment after may be awarded as transfer credit from with organizations once they complete graduation should register with RIT's other graduate programs provided the the foundation courses and a substantial Center for Cooperative Education and courses in question carry a grade of "B" portion of their concentration courses in Career Services approximately one year or better. Any questions concerning the MBA program. RIT will attempt to prior to graduation. This lead time will waiver or transfer credit should be provide co-ops for qualified students, enable the student to take full advantage referred to the assistant director of but is unable to guarantee that all stu- of resume preparation aid and offers the graduate students. dents will be placed. opportunity to interview with a wide variety of local and national firms as Academic standards Course offerings they visit the campus. The average of the grades for all courses Information concerning courses to be taken in the College of Business and offered in a given quarter will be avail- Credit hour requirement credited toward the master's degree able through the Student Services Office. Credit hour requirements vary must be at least a "B" (3.0). Transfer The Institute reserves the right to make depending on the particular program credits from other colleges or institu- any necessary changes in course sched- and a student's prior academic achieve- tions, waiver credits, or undergraduate ules or instructors, including the right to ments. Normally, 72 quarter credit hours course credits are not counted in the cancel courses, without prior notice. Day are required in the master of business grade point computation. The policy on and evening courses meet once a week. administration program. Each course probation and suspension is explained The Institute makes no guarantee that carries four quarter credit hours. In cer- in the section "The Steps Toward every catalog course will be offered tain cases, total credit hour requirements Earning Your Degree" (page 8) in this in any given year or that courses will may be reduced by the use of waiver Bulletin. Students are urged to pay be offered in a particular quarter or credit and /or transfer credit. Students careful attention to that policy. sequence. have the responsibility of applying for transfer credit and waiver credit. 50 College of Business

The traditional master of business administration (MBA) curriculum Recommended First-Year Courses for Full-time MBA Students foundation courses: required courses that provide a depth and breadth of Fall Quarter Spring Quarter knowledge in business concepts, tools 0101-703 Financial Accounting 0105-761 Marketing for Customer and functions. Systems Satisfaction Credits 0102-740 Organizational Behavior 0106-743 Operations Management *0101-703 Financial Accounting 0103-705 Economics for Managers and Process Improvement Systems 4 Business Elective *0102-740 Organizational Behavior Winter Quarter & Leadership 4 0104-721 Financial Analysis for *0106-782 Statistical Analysis for Managers Decision Making 4 0106-782 Statistical Analysis for *0103-705 Economics for Managers 4 Decision Making *0104-721 Financial Analysis for Business Elective Managers 4 *0105-761 Marketing for Customer * Students completing the traditional master of business administration degree with a public accounting concentration Satisfaction 4 follow a modified form of the schedule above. Students should consult an adviser in the Graduate Business Office. *0106-743 Operations Management & Process Improvement 4 0102-759 Competitive Strategy 4 One additional non-accounting course Notes: New York CPA Licensure * Can be waived, reducing the number of courses from: Requirements required to graduate (no more than six courses may be 0101-730 Business Law I 4 waived) A second economics course 4 Note A: Students who have an under- A second finance course 4 graduate degree in accounting must take Concentration courses: Concentrations The accounting option qualifies stu- a graduate level course in each of the are offered in public and corporate dents to sit for the Certified Management following areas: advanced accounting accounting, finance, marketing and sales Accountant (CMA) examination offered theory (0101-707), tax (0101-709 or 710) management, marketing research, inter- by the Institute of Management and auditing (0101-708 or 725). national business, management and Accountants. Note B: Students who do not have an leadership, technology management, undergraduate degree in accounting Qualifying to sit for the Uniform CPA quality and organizational improve- must take a graduate-level course in Examination ment, human resource management, each of the following areas: advanced manufacturing management, quality and Students wishing to take the CPA exami- accounting theory (0101-707), tax (0101- applied statistics, quantitative decision nation in New York State upon gradua- 709 or 710), auditing (0101-708 or 725) making and information systems. tion from the MBA program must take and cost (0101-706 or 721). Concentration courses are listed on this 23 graduate courses rather than 18. and the following page. (Note: Up to 11 courses may be waived.) Note C: All students must have the The State of New York requires that a equivalent of two undergraduate finance Dual option course work: This MBA graduate degree for CPA candidates courses plus one finance course at the program has eight required core courses who do not have an undergraduate graduate level. Students who took no and 10 electives for option courses and degree in accounting must include at finance at the undergraduate level must electives. Most option areas are restricted least 60 semester hours (i.e., 90 quarter correct this deficiency by taking one to four courses. Students may not use hours) of course work. Furthermore, additional finance course. This extra their additional electives for courses in the curriculum must include a specified finance course can be counted as a their chosen option area. However, they number of hours in accounting, eco- business elective. may elect to take a second option area. nomics, finance, law and business elec- Note D: All students must have the Graduate-level courses from other RIT tives. The 15 courses the CPA candidates colleges also may be taken with prior equivalent of two undergraduate eco- should take beyond the eight MBA core nomics courses plus one economics approval of the assistant director of courses are: graduate students. course at the graduate level. Students Credits who took no economics at the under- The ability to develop a dual option 0101-704 Accounting Theory I 4 graduate level must correct this defi- area of study is consistent with the 0101 705 Accounting Theory II 4 ciency by taking one additional economics needs of industry for employees with 0101-706 Cost Accounting 4 course. This extra economics course can cross-functional expertise. If a student 0101-707 Advanced Accounting be counted as a business elective. elects to develop a dual option, in most Theory 4 cases, he or she will have two open elec- 0101-708 Auditing 4 Waiver of One-Year Experience tives, neither of which can be in the two Requirement chosen option areas. 0101-709 Basic Taxation 4 0101-710 Advanced Taxation 4 The State of New York requires two years Accounting Credits 0101-725 Advanced Auditing 4 of public accounting experience to be 0101-704 Accounting Theory I 4 0101-730 Business Law I 4 licensed as a CPA. One year of this expe- 0101-705 Accounting Theory II 4 0101-731 Business Law II 4 rience requirement will be waived if: 0101-706 Cost Accounting 4 Finance elective 4 1. The CPA candidate does not have an One additional accounting course from: Economics elective 4 undergraduate degree in accounting 0101-708 Auditing 4 Business electives 12 and takes the full 23-course sequence 0101-709 Basic Taxation 4 described above, or 0101-721 Advanced Cost Accounting 4 College of Business 51

International Business Credits 0102-780 Multinational Business Operations & Environment 4 0102-782 Seminar in International Business 4 Choose two from the following: 0102-758 Seminar: various topics 4 0102-760 International Management 0104-760 International Finance 0105-766 International Marketing 4 Suggested free elective: Issues & Trends in International Business. Management and Leadership Credits 0102-741 Leading a Quality Organization 4 0102-745 Social and Political Environment of Business 4 Choose any two management electives 8 Human Resource Management Credits 0102-750 Human Resources Management 4 Professor Walter Woerheide, right, exemplifies the college's commitment to applying technology in 0102-763 Behavior Skills for Managers business. He is conducting research on the Internet as a personal finance tool. & Professionals 4 Choose any two management electives 8 2. The CPA candidate has an undergrad- Marketing and Technology Management Credits uate degree in accounting (or the Sales Management Credits 0102-742 Introduction to equivalent) plus a master's degree 0105-764 Channel Management 4 Technology Management 4 that meets the requirements specified 0105-762 Advanced Marketing 0102-762 Managing the in Notes A (with a selection of 0101- Management 4 High-Tech Firm 4 725 Advanced Auditing), C and D Choose two from the following: Choose any two of the following above. 0105-767 Marketing electives 8 CPA candidates should meet with an Communications 4 0106-744 Project Management adviser in the College of Business no 0105-765 Sales Management 4 0102-741 Leading a Quality later than the start of their second quarter 0105-758 Seminar: Marketing: Organization in the MBA program to carefully plan various topics 4 0106-749 Manufacturing Strategy & their remaining course work. Some 0105-771 Customer Satisfaction Tactics courses in this program are offered only Research Methods 4 0102-761 Strategic & Global Factors once a year. 0105-770 Professional Selling 4 0105-766 International Marketing 4 in the Management of Finance Credits Suggested free electives from manage- Technology 0104-722 Financial Management II 4 ment, accounting or finance. 0102-745 Social & Political 0104-725 Securities & Investment Environment of Business Analysis 4 Marketing Research Credits Quality and Organizational Two courses from the following: 0105-771 Customer Satisfaction Improvement Credits 0104-724 Problems in Corporate Research Methods 4 0102-741 Leading a Quality Finance 4 0105-762 Advanced Marketing Organization 4 0104-730 Financial Institutions & Management 4 0106-745 Quality Control & Markets 4 Choose two from the following: Improvement 4 0104-732 Portfolio Theory 0105-764 Channel Management 4 Choose two from the following: 0104-729 Seminar in Finance 4 0105-765 Sales Management 4 0105-771 Customer Satisfaction 0104-731 Problems in Investments 4 0105-766 International Marketing 4 Research Methods 4 0104-760 International Finance 4 0105-770 Professional Selling 4 0307-782 Quality Engineering 3 0104-740 Futures & Options 4 0105-758 Seminar: Marketing: 0307-721 Statistical Quality One additional advanced various topics 4 Control I 3 economics course 4 Suggested free electives from informa- tion systems, statistics and/or CQAS 0307-731 Statistical Quality courses. Control II 3 0625-841 Benchmarking & the Process of Continuous Improvement 4 52 College of Business

Manufacturing Management Credits Executive MBA Admissions criteria 0106-744 Project Management 4 In order to be considered for admission 0106-745 Quality Control & Donald Zrebiec, Director to the executive MBA program, a candi- Improvement 4 date must: 0106-749 Manufacturing Strategy 4 Today's global manufacturing and ser- 1. have a minimum of eight years of Choose one from the following: vice environments require executives to professional experience and hold 0102-742 Introduction to Technology possess skills different from those needed advanced technical, managerial, or Management a few years ago. A stronger focus on executive responsibilities; 0102-760 International Management leadership, customer satisfaction, pro- 2. must have earned a bachelor's 0101-794 Cost Accounting in the ductivity and a world-class approach are degree; Manufacturing essential to success. 3. be interviewed by a representative of Environment 4 Our executive MBA was designed, by the executive MBA team; 0102-741 Leading the Quality a team of RIT faculty and executives 4. submit a completed admissions Organization 4 from all sectors, for professionals with package. 0307-781 Quality Management 3 substantial career experience. The pro- Sponsorship 0307-782 Quality Engineering 3 gram's strengths are strategic decision 0307-721 Statistical Quality Control I making, organizational leadership and Employer sponsorship includes a 0307-731 Statistical Quality Control II Total Quality. Completion of the execu- number of dimensions: 0303-690 Seminar in Computer tive MBA will enable candidates to • A sponsor must agree to permit the Integrated Manufacturing increase business results and their per- candidate to attend scheduled Friday/Saturday classes and the two Information Systems Credits sonal productivity. required summer weeks. One Programming course* 4 Executive MBA and traditional MBA: • The sponsor must agree to provide 0106-751 IS Theory & Practice 4 The differences information about expectations for the 0106-752 Analysis & Logical candidate and to help with his or her Design I 4 Executive MBA students must have a personal development plan. Choose one from the following: minimum of eight years of professional • A sponsor normally pays all or a 0106-754 Network Technologies 4 experience and are in most cases spon- major portion of the tuition, which 0106-796 Information Systems sored by their employers. Executive includes course books and a laptop Management 4 MBA courses are conducted on alternate computer. 0106-750 Information Technology weekends—Friday and Saturday each Some candidates, such as CEOs of Hardware & Software 4 weekend—during the academic year small organizations, may be able to 0106-753 Analysis & Logical and will be completed within two years. sponsor themselves. Design II 4 Executive MBA students work in teams, studying a curriculum that focuses on * Anyone entering with programming experience may Program structure replace this course with an IS elective from the above developing top management skills. list. The topics covered are those taught in The executive MBA program consists of our traditional MBA program—account- two summer weeks plus six weekends Quality and Applied Statistics Credits ing, marketing, statistics, finance and per quarter, for a total of 36 weekends 0106-745 Quality Control & operations. The Executive MBA cur- over the program's 21 months. Improvement 4 riculum is structured in a modular fashion The focus of each quarter is: 0307-782 Quality Engineering 3 and the emphasis is on cross-functional First year Choose three from the following: integration. 0307-721 Statistical Quality August Kick-off week Control I 3 Admissions requirements and Fall Organizational Purpose & 0307-731 Statistical Quality procedures Goals Control II 3 All correspondence for executive MBA Winter Understanding the External 0307-801 Design of Experiments I 3 admissions information and for the sub- Environment 0307-802 Design of Experiments II 3 mission of required documents should Spring Continuously Improving be sent to: Internal Operations Rochester Institute of Technology Summer No Classes Executive MBA Office Second year Max Lowenthal Building 107 Lomb Memorial Drive Fall Innovation & Organizational Rochester, NY 14623-5608 Contingencies 716-475-7435 (phone) Winter Building a Competitive 716-475-6441 (fax) Advantage February Quality-in-Action Project (one week) Spring Building a World-Class Organization May Graduation College of Business 53

Curriculum content Please keep in mind that the following courses are treated in modules of varying length. For a more complete description, contact the Executive MBA Office. FIRST YEAR, SUMMER Week-long Orientation QUARTER ONE, FALL Accounting & Organizational Goals Managerial Accounting Leadership Styles—Their Impact on the Organization Microeconomics QUARTER TWO, WINTER Data Analysis Statistics for Decision Making Macroeconomics Managing Change QUARTER THREE, SPRING The remodeled student services area in the College of Business offers a single station for graduate students Valuation & Capital Budgeting seeking academic information or advice. Financial Analysis & Planning Research Methods & Customer Master of Science in Select two of the following: Satisfaction 0102-760 International Management Modeling for Business Decisions International Business 0105-766 International Marketing 0104-760 International Finance SECOND YEAR, SUMMER Admission requirements Week-long Introduction to Cross- The four breadth-of-field courses for Applicants should have baccalaureate the MS are often concentrated in mar- Functional Thinking degrees from accredited programs. To be keting, finance, management, manage- QUARTER FOUR, FALL considered for admission it is necessary ment information systems, technology Strategic Thinking to file an application with two letters of management, accounting, and Issues & Organizational Design & Change recommendation, submit official tran- Trends in International Business. This scripts of all previous undergraduate Marketing Strategy breadth is necessary since most MSIB and graduate work and results of the graduates obtain professional employ- Business & Public Policy Graduate Management Admissions Test ment in a functional area with an inter- QUARTER FIVE, WINTER and provide an up-to-date resume. The national assignment. program is designed for both students Tools for Total Quality Two courses in research tools and whose undergraduate education is in Manufacturing Strategy thesis or practicum related to interna- Technology Management business administration as well as those tional business issues and concerns will Developing the Quality Project with other backgrounds. be required of each candidate. Curriculum QUARTER SIX, SPRING Master of Science in Current Business Topics/Issues The interdisciplinary master of science Managing Human Resources program in international business com- Finance bines related professional concentration International Business The master of science in finance pro- courses with breadth-of-field electives Strategic Uses of Information Systems gram is designed to prepare students for and a thesis or practicum, enabling can- managerial careers in corporate finance, didates to focus on unique international investment analysis and portfolio man- business issues and concerns. Candidates agement, financial consulting and finan- will be able to improve their skills and cial institutions. Courses that clearly par- understanding of global business allel the Chartered Financial Analyst operations. Program will prepare students who plan Full-time students may complete the to take this important exam. program in 12 months based on Fall Full-time students who begin studies Quarter start; part-time students in 18 to in the fall can complete the program in 24 months. as little as 12 months; part-time students The graduate program of study con- in 18 to 24 months. sists of 10 courses plus a thesis or practicum: 0102-780 Multinational Business Operations & Environment 0102-782 Seminar in International Business 54 College of Business

Admission requirements Applicants should have baccalaureate degrees from accredited programs. To be considered for admission it is necessary to file an application with two letters of recommendation, submit official tran- scripts of all previous undergraduate and graduate work and results of the Graduate Management Admissions Test and provide an up-to-date resume. Curriculum The graduate program of study consists of 12 courses. The courses are: 0104-721 Financial Analysis for Managers 0104-722 Financial Management II 0104-725 Securities & Investment Analysis 0104-730 Financial Institutions & Markets 0101-703 Financial Accounting Systems 0106-782 Statistical Analysis for Decision Making Two economics courses: 0103-711 Microeconomics 0103-712 Macroeconomics Two finance electives Two breadth electives A breadth elective course may be chosen from the graduate business courses in accounting, management, marketing, information systems, tech- nology management or international business. The candidate must successfully com- plete a comprehensive field exam from the finance curriculum.

Master of Science in Availability beyond the classroom is a characteristic of College of Business faculty. Manufacturing Management Admission requirements Prerequisite knowledge Applicants should have a baccalaureate Admitted students must possess or and Leadership or equivalent degree from an accredited acquire focused knowledge and skills at institution and a minimum cumulative the introductory course level in: Joint Program: College of Business and grade point average of 3.0 (B). Applicants • Probability and statistics College of Engineering must submit Graduate Management • Engineering economy or basic finance The MS in manufacturing management Admission Test (GMAT) scores. The • Differential calculus and leadership was developed jointly by Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is accept- • Computer literacy the College of Business and the College able as a substitute if completed during • Comprehension of engineering of Engineering to educate graduates to the previous five years. Applicants drawings lead manufacturing teams and organiza- should also submit two professional • Basic properties of materials tions for successful competition in a recommendations. • Manufacturing processes global economy. The program involves Applicants should have two or more The focused requirements are specified business and engineering courses with a years experience in a manufacturing- in a preassessment package that students strong emphasis on integration. Unifying related organization or related business may use to determine their individual themes are: leadership and teaming; total environment. A resume and an inter- needs. Areas that may need strengthen- quality; manufacturing engineering; view with program faculty and admis- ing can be addressed by guided reading, total cost; and manufacturing strategy. sion staff are also required. formal course work, independent study, A required seminar series is an integral Applicants whose native language is seminars or other suitable means. Stu- part of the program. This program is other than English must take the TOEFL dents should complete the preassess- designed to accommodate part-time stu- examination; a score of at least 550 is ment process at least one quarter before dents and may be completed in two aca- required. enrollment. demic years. A required capstone project will be individual or team based and ori- ented to the solution of manufacturing management problems. College of Business 55

The curriculum Graduate Faculty International Business Faculty The graduate program of study consists College of Business Marca M. Bear, BSBA, MS, Ph.D., Ohio State of 48 credits of engineering and business University—Assistant Professor courses and an integrative capstone pro- ject. The courses are: Accounting Faculty Management Faculty 0102-763 Behavioral Skills in Total Francis E. Kearns, BD, Harvard University; Robert J. Barbato, BA, LeMoyne College; Quality MBA, Ph.D., SUNY at Buffalo—Assistant Ph.D., Michigan State—Associate Dean; 0303-748 Quality & Reliability Professor Associate Professor 0101-794 Cost Accounting in the Bruce L Oliver, BBA, MBA, University of Janet C. Barnard, BS, Nazareth College, Manufacturing Environment Cincinnati; Ph.D., University of Washington— Ed.D., University of Rochester—Associate Professor Professor 0303-760 Product/Process Jose A. Rullan, MS, Rochester Institute of Andrew J. DuBrin, AB, Hunter College; MS, Development & Design Technology Purdue University; Ph.D., Michigan State 0102-747 Managing Manufacturing Daniel D. Tessoni, BSBA, St. John Fisher University—Professor Resources College; MS, Clarkson University; Ph.D., Walter E. McCanna, BS, Marquette 0303-625 Concepts in Manufacturing Syracuse University—Assistant Professor University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 0106-744 Project Management Robert J. Warth, BS, Rochester Institute of Madison—Professor 0303-720 Production Control Technology; MBA, University of Rochester— Donald O. Wilson, BS, Oklahoma State 0303-762 Manufacturing Systems Assistant Professor University; MS, MPA, University of Southern Modeling & Performance California; Ph.D., University of California at Analysis Decision Science Faculty Irvine—Assistant Professor 0303-766 Manufacturing Systems George A. Johnson, BS, University of Management Informations 0303-723 Facilities Planning Rochester; MBA, DBA, Indiana University— 0102-891 Capstone Integrative Project Professor Systems Faculty A. Erhan Mergen, BS, Middle East Technical Seminar topics are selected to meet Delvin Grant, BS, New York Institute of University, Turkey; MS, Ph.D., Union Technology; MBA, Ph.D., SUNY the interests of students and to discuss College—Professor Binghamton—Assistant Professor emerging issues. Topics might include Lyn D. Pankoff, BS, MS, Case Institute of Bernard J. Isselhardt Jr., BS, MS, Southern flowcharting with IDEF; ergonomics, Technology; MBA, Ph.D., University of Illinois University; Ph.D., University of safety, environment; demand forecasting Chicago—Dean Iowa-—Assistant Professor with neural nets; change process system Thomas F. Pray, BS, MS, Clarkson University; Daniel A. Joseph, BS, Niagara University; Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute— management; and design of experi- MA, SUNY Albany; MBA, Ph.D., SUNY Professor ments—Taguchi Robust Design. Buffalo—Associate Professor William J. Stevenson, BSIE, MBA, Ph.D., Victor J. Perotti, BS, MS, MA, Ph.D., Ohio Program of study Syracuse University—Associate Professor State University—Assistant Professor TTiomas A. Williams, BS, Clarkson College of The master of science program in manu- Technology; MS, Ph.D., Rensselaer facturing management and leadership is Polytechnic Institute—Professor Marketing Faculty formatted to be completed in two acad- Eugene H. Fram, BS, ML, University of emic years. Each class is admitted and Finance and Economics Faculty Pittsburgh; Ed.D., SUNY Buffalo—Professor scheduled as a cohort group in the Fall Patricia A. Sorce, BS, Kent State University; Steven C. Gold, BA, BS, Rutgers University; MS, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts— Quarter. Within a cohort, teams of four MA, Ph.D., SUNY Binghamton—Associate Associate Dean, Associate Professor to six students are created for various Professor purposes such as study groups and Philip R. Tyler, BS, Rochester Institute of Chun-Keung (Stan) Hoi, BS, MS, University Technology; MBA, DBA, Michigan State project teams. of North Texas; Ph.D., Arizona State University—Associate Professor University—Assistant Professor Stanley M Widrick, BS, Clarkson College of Jeffrey P. Lessard, BSBA, University of New Technology; MBA, SUNY Buffalo; Ph.D., Hampshire, MBA, Plymouth State College; Syracuse University—Professor MA, Ph.D., University of Arkansas— Julian E. Yudelson, BS, University of Associate Professor Pennsylvania; MBA, Emory University; Ph.D., Ashok J. Robin, MBA, Ph.D., SUNY Buffalo- Northwestern University—Associate Associate Professor Professor Richard N. Rosett, MA, Ph.D., Yale University—Professor; Director of Quality Special Appointments Cup Programs Walter J. Woerheide, BA, Brown University; Paul E. Petersen, Ph.D., Michigan State MBA, Ph.D., Washington University— University—Dean, College of Engineering; Professor Professor Albert J. Simone, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology—President, Rochester Institute of Technology; Professor Donald A. Zrebiec, MBA, Syracuse University—Distinguished Lecturer in Management 56 College of Business

Accounting Management 0101-703 Financial Accounting Systems 0102-740 Organizational Behavior & Leadership An introduction to financial and managerial accounting concepts, with partic- This is the basic management course that introduces students to seminal con- ular emphasis placed on their use for decision making. Topics covered will cepts in management and organizations. As such it covers the basic aspects of include financial statements, transaction analysis, measuring economic values, managing quality in today's organizations. Topics include the concepts of total responsibility accounting, budgeting, decentralized and divisional performance quality, the antecedents of quality in modern organizations, a systems approach measurement. Credit 4 to organizing for total quality, productivity and quality, organizational learning, developing a total quality culture, team management and organizational 0101-704 Accounting Theory I change. Credit 4 A comprehensive exposure at an intermediate level to accounting theory and practice. Emphasis is placed on applying underlying accounting theory to com- 0102-741 Leading a Quality Organization plex accounting measurement problems. The effects of alternative methods are Total quality has become a catalyst for change, and astute leadership recognizes considered throughout the entire course. (0101-703) Credit 4 the need to embrace the principles of this international movement to remain competitive. Managers are confronted with an overwhelming number of 0101-705 Accounting Theory II models for implementing total quality in their respective organizations. This Continuation of Accounting Theory I with emphasis on equity and special mea- can result in confusion, a disillusioned workforce and even ultimate derailment surement and reporting problems. Topics include the statement of cash flows, of a quality program. To meet this challenge, many successful organizations are pension, leases, revenue recognition and investments. (0101-704) Credit 4 introducing innovative approaches to building and sustaining a culture com- mitted to quality. Successful total quality initiatives are tailored to specific orga- 0101-706 Cost Accounting nizational needs. In addition to introducing the principles of total quality, the A thorough study of the principles and techniques used to accumulate costs for course will also focus on the characteristics of organizational change agents and inventory valuation and managerial decision making. Includes problems and their role in this movement. Credit 4 procedures relating to job order, process and standard costs systems, with par- ticular attention to the problems of overhead allocation, activity-based costing, 0102-742 Introduction to Technology Management measuring the costs of quality and control. (0101-703) Credit 4 This course is an introduction to the technological process in organizations and the factors, both internal and external, that influence the rate, timing and suc- 0101-707 Advanced Accounting and Theory cess of industrial innovations. The interrelationship between science and tech- Analysis and evaluation of current accounting thought relating to the nature, nology and the importance of these two disciplines on the process of techno- measurement and reporting of business income and financial position; concepts logical innovation is examined. Also discussed is the process of R&D of income in relation to the reporting entity; attention to special areas relating to management, the strategic management of technology, the dynamics of tech- consolidated statements, foreign currency statement translation, governmental nology life cycles and organizational influences on engineering and manufac- and not-for-profit accounting. (0101-705) Credit 4 turing processes. (0102-740 for business majors; permission of instructor for stu- dents in other colleges) Credit 4 0101-708 Auditing The theory and practice of auditing examined; critical study of auditing proce- 0102-745 Social & Political Environment of Business dures and standards in the light of current practice; measurement and reliance The course illuminates the role of ethics, social ideology and government policy of internal control, covered by case studies; modern auditing techniques by sta- and regulation in guiding business decisions and in providing the conditions tistical sampling and electronic data processing applications; audit reports and for successful competitive activity. Special attention is given to the role of busi- the legal liability exposure of auditors. (0101-705) Credit 4 ness in assessing technological opportunity and risk, managing product liability and victim compensation, directing the corporation in a manner consistent with 0101-709 Basic Taxation the public policy on the natural environment and developing policies that Study of federal income taxation, emphasizing tax planning for individuals and assure fair treatment of the diverse individuals in the workplace. Credit 4 unincorporated businesses. Topics covered include income measurement and the deductibility of personal and business expenses. (0101-703) Credit 4 0102-753 Entrepreneurial Field Studies Students enrolled in this course are provided the opportunity to serve as con- 0101-710 Advanced Taxation sultants to a specific small business firm within this geographic area. Under an A continuation of Basic Taxation. Emphasis is on the tax treatment of property arrangement with the Small Business Administration, and working under the transactions and the taxation of business entities. This course also covers the use supervision of a senior faculty member, teams of students provide management of technology to prepare complex returns and to research tax issues. (0101-709) consulting about a variety of problems to small businesses. As a practicum this Credit 4 course does not have regularly scheduled class hours. Instead, students confer with their faculty member on an as-needed basis. (0101-703,0104-721,0105-761) 0101-721 Advanced Cost Accounting Credit 4 This course will allow further study of issues facing accountants in industry. Cases, problems and research assignments will be used to cover topics that will 0102-756 Power & Influence include the design of cost systems, the theory of constraints, activity-based Power and influence processes are pervasive and an important part of organi- costing, transfer pricing issues, the use of cost data in making short-run oper- zational life. This course has as its objectives enhancing the understanding of ating decisions and other current areas of interest to students. (0101-706) Credit 4 these processes and increasing the student's skills in using them. Topics covered include the conditions under which power and politics are more likely to dom- 0101-725 Advanced Auditing inate decision processes, assessing the relative power of various actors, under- An expanded study of the theory and practice of modern auditing. Topic cov- standing the basis for their positions on issues, the sources of both individual ered will vary depending on the instructor. Specific content for a particular and departmental power, power and influence strategies and tactics, and some quarter will be announced prior to course offering. (0101-708) Credit 4 functional and dysfunctional aspects of organizational politics for both individ- uals and the organizations involved. (0102-740) Credit 4 0101-794 Cost Accounting in Manufacturing Environment A first course in accounting for students specializing in computer integrated 0102-757 Management & Leadership manufacturing systems (CIMS) or manufacturing management and leadership Interpersonal aspects of managerial work, managing key individual work rela- (MM&L). The course will introduce the routine internal accounting systems and tionships (bosses, peers and subordinates), use of communication and leader- accounting processes used by manufacturing firms, specialized techniques used ship skills as a key aspect of effective management. The course deals with indi- to evaluate efficiency and effectiveness of manufacturing operations, form and vidual, interpersonal, group and organizational aspects of leadership. content of manufacturing financial statements and additional topics relevant to (0102-740) Credit 4 manufacturing firms. The course should not be taken by those with a program concentration in accounting. Credit 4 College of Business 57

The MS in finance offers you opportunities in the financial headquarters of the world.

0102-758 Seminar in Management 0102-799 Independent Study A presentation of current specialty topics within the broad field of management. A supervised investigation and report within a business area of professional Seminar topics have included organizational power and politics, improving interest. The exact content should be contained in a proposal for review, accep- individual and managerial effectiveness, managerial control systems, employee tance, and assignment to an appropriate faculty member, who will provide and labor relations, organization development, macro and micro aspects of supervision and evaluation. Appropriateness to written career objectives and technology management, business ethics and Total Quality Management. The ability of faculty will be included in the review and considerations for accep- course topic for a specific quarter will be announced prior to the course offering. tance. (Permission of instructor and graduate department) Credit 4 (0102-740, varies with instructor) Credit 4

0102-759 Competitive Strategy International Business Strategic management decisions involve cross-functional integration of dif- 0102-760 International Management ferent management disciplines. This capstone course integrates and encourages An analysis of business behavior and organization in the European Community, use of what was learned in previous business courses. The objective is to gain Eastern Bloc countries, the Pacific Basin, and the U.S., with particular emphasis insights into developing strategies for sustained competitive advantage. Topics on values, authority, individual and group relations, labor-management ties, include analysis of mission and visioning, general environmental trends, industry risk tolerance, and motivational techniques. In all cases, the differential effect of attractiveness, value-chain analysis, core competencies, business and corporate- culture on management will be carefully appraised. (0102-740) Credit 4 level strategies, etc. The case method will be used to identify effective business and corporate-level strategies for firms and industries under dynamic competi- 0102-780 Multinational Business Operations & Environment tive conditions. The workload in this capstone course tends to be considerably This is a survey course designed to expose students to the complexities of inter- heavier than average. Credit 4 national business. Topics include trade theory; evolving political, regulatory, and economic environments; the multinational corporation; host country rela- 0102-761 Strategic & Global Factors tions; direct foreign investment; and managing across national boundaries. in the Management of Technology (0102-740) Credit 4 This course deals with the relationship of technology to the strategic positioning of a company in a global competitive environment. The technology-strategy 0102-782 Seminar in International Business relationship is examined from the perspective of the individual firm, an entire This capstone course will focus on either contemporary issues and problems in industry and the industrial policy of a nation. Also discussed are technological international business or regional studies analysis (e.g., Europe, Eastern Bloc, partnerships such as strategic alliances, the role of government in developing Pacific Basin). It will emphasize faculty-directed student research projects. technology and cross-country comparisons of the technology development (0102-780) Credit 4 process. (0102-740 for business majors; permission of instructor for students in other colleges) Credit 4 0102-890 Thesis The thesis is designed to expose the candidate to procedures of research 0102-762 Managing the High-Tech Firm methodology, data gathering and data analysis. A conceptual and theoretical The course deals with the internal organizational challenges faced by managers research project will be designed by the candidate and his or her adviser to of technology-intensive companies. Particular attention is given to management explore a salient international business-oriented issue. The candidate must techniques for successfully developing and introducing into the marketplace obtain the approval of an appropriate faculty member to guide the thesis before new products and services. Also discussed is the management of technical registering for the thesis. Credit variable 4-8 groups and project teams, cross-functional integration, organizational support of innovation and creativity and organizational alternatives such as matrix management and skunk works. (0102-740 for business majors; permission of instructor for students in other colleges) Credit 4 58 College of Business

0102-891 Graduate Project 0102-775 Business Ethics This course number is used to fulfill the graduate paper requirement under the Ethical issues involved in individual and corporate conduct will be examined. non-thesis option for the MS degree in international business. The candidate Topics include ethical hazards in modern organizations; creating an ethical cli- must obtain approval from an appropriate faculty member to supervise the mate in an organization; honesty; whistle blowing; environmental ethics; ethics paper before registering for this course. A practitioner-corporate-oriented research in advertising and sales, financial management and personnel management; project designed by the candidate and his/her adviser to explore a salient inter- and the role of character and virtues in effective leadership. Special attention is national business-related issue. Credit variable 4-8 also given to the ethical assumptions of major corporate strategic decisions. Credit 4 0104-760 International Finance This course is concerned with the monetary aspects of international economic relations. It deals with the following topics: the balance of payments, foreign Economics exchange rates and markets, plant location, capital asset allocation, flexible 0103-705 Economics for Managers exchange rates system, international capital movements, exchange, restrictions, This course focuses on the fundamental economic theories most useful for the and international monetary experience. (0101-703,0103-711,0104-721) Credit 4 management of the firm. Applications drawn from current economic events are utilized to better understand the internal and external environments of the firm 0105-766 International Marketing and to help managers formulate effective business strategies and policies. Global implications of marketing functions. Analysis of specific marketing envi- Although no prior knowledge of economics is required, this is more than just a ronments for the development of competitive advantages in marketing strate- survey or principles course. Some important intermediate-level economics tools gies. Effect of national/cultural forces on product adoption and use. Political, of analysis (both microeconomic and macroeconomic) are introduced to provide legal, technological, financial and geographic aspects of international marketing. managers with the skills necessary to apply economics in a meaningful way to (0105-761) Credit 4 business decision making. Credit 4 Human Resources Development 0103-711 Microeconomics This is an intermediate microeconomic theory course with applications. The 0102-746 Management & Career Development fundamentals of consumer behavior theory, market demand, and the theory of Study and application of current methods of developing managers, with a pri- the firm are stressed with applications. Also, resource allocation and product mary emphasis on career development of both managerial personnel in general distribution as fundamentals to management and to understanding the role of and the person taking this course. Implications of current technological devel- a firm in an economy. Credit 4 opments for training, replacement, and advancement of managerial personnel are discussed. Insight is also provided into the organizational function of man- 0103-712 Macroeconomics agement development. (0102-740) Credit 4 This is an intermediate macroeconomic theory course with applications. A basic framework of product and money market equilibrium is explored with applica- 0102-750 Human Resources Management tions in fiscal and monetary policy. An understanding of major aggregate eco- This course focuses on the importance of managing human resources with an nomic relationships is developed, as well as economic policy. (0103-711) Credit 4 awareness of the needs of the business and of the legal and regulatory environ- ment. Attention is given to the increasing organizational need to have greater 0103-716 Seminar in Economics cooperation among top management HR managers, line managers and Content will differ depending on the quarter and instructor. Topics that may be employees. Students will become familiar with the functions of staffing, covered include international finance, monetary theory, labor economics, and appraising and compensating employee performance, training and organiza- market structure. (Permission of instructor) Credit 4 tional development and establishing and maintaining effective work relation- ships. (0102-740) Credit 4 Finance 0104-721 Financial Analysis for Managers Environment of Business An examination of basic financial theories, techniques, and practices relating to 0101-730 Business Law I the valuation, pricing, and selection of capital/financial assets and the defini- An introduction to law and ethical considerations in the areas of contracts, cred- tion, evaluation, and management of corporate risk. Topics include time value itors' rights, agency, partnership, corporations, bailments, and international law of money, valuation, capital asset pricing, risk and diversification, cost of cap- in a global economy. Credit 4 ital, capital budgeting techniques. (0103-705 or 0103-711 are pre- or corequisites) Credit 4 0101-731 Business Law II Topics of business law with ethical considerations intended to help prepare stu- 0104-722 Financial Management II dents for the CPA exam. Topics from the Uniform Commercial Code include This course emphasizes the theories, techniques, and practices associated with sales, commercial paper and secured transactions, and personal and real prop- capital structure decisions, equity and debt restructuring, dividend policy, erty. Regulation of the securities market, liability of accountants, and interna- financial forecasting, working capital management, financial analysis, financial tional law also are discussed. (0101-730) Credit 4 control, and leasing. (0104-721) Credit 4

0102-745 Social & Political Environment of Business 0104-724 Problems in Corporate Finance The course illuminates the role of ethics, social ideology and government policy This course is designed to give the student greater in-depth understanding of and regulation in guiding business decisions and in providing the conditions contemporary problems in finance. The focus will be on state-of-the-art tech- for successful competitive activity. Special attention is given to the role of busi- niques of corporate financial management from both a theoretical and practical ness in assessing technological opportunity and risk, managing product liability perspective. Examples of specific topics include working capital management, and victim compensation, directing the corporation in a manner consistent with capital asset acquisition, capital structure, financial analysis, dividend policy, the public policy on the natural environment and developing policies that financial strategy and special topics. The case approach will be the primary assure fair treatment of the diverse individuals in the workplace. Credit 4 method of instruction. The emphasis will be on the analytical and decision- making techniques used to develop acceptable solutions. (0104-721,722) Credit 4 0102-763 Behavioral Skills for Managers & Professionals The course provides the opportunity to develop individual and interpersonal 0104-725 Securities & Investment Analysis skills that enhance managerial performance in today's high-performance orga- Study of securities and other investment media and their markets. Analysis of nization. Each participant is given the opportunity to perform in each of the investment values based on fundamental analytic procedures, technical analytic major skill dimensions, given evaluative feedback and given the opportunity to procedures, and the impact that modern portfolio theory has on the value of incorporate the implications of that feedback into additional performance financial assets. Topics include return, growth, risk, accounting procedures, tax opportunities. Course participants are also provided with the opportunity to considerations and the impact of various institutional arrangements on value assess their career work preferences and to compare them with the performance determination. (0104-721) Credit 4 expectations of managerial positions. The administrative styles of each partici- pant are also assessed, and the impact of the behaviors that flow from each style on the perceptions and performance of others in the organization is clarified. (0102-740) Credit 4 College of Business 59

Presentations are an essential component of many graduate classes.

0104-729 Seminar in Finance 0104-740 Futures & Options This course will take on different content depending on the instructor and This course focuses on financial derivative securities. Their role in financial quarter when offered. Topics that may be covered are financial models, financial management is becoming increasingly important, especially in portfolio man- analysis techniques, financial institutions and capital markets. Specific content agement. This course covers valuation of various options and futures as well as for a particular quarter will be announced prior to course offering. (0104-721, their use in risk management. Specific topics include option and futures pricing 722, and permission of instructor) Credit 4 models, option strategies and contemporary topics such as index arbitraging. (0104-721) Credit 4 0104-730 Financial Institutions & Markets An examination of the role of financial intermediation in the economy. The exis- 0104-795 Financial Management in the Manufacturing Environment tence of regulations and the expanding level of competition among intermedi- A broad coverage of business finance in the manufacturing environment with aries are discussed. The importance of interest rate risk and hedging such risk emphasis on the analytical techniques of resource allocation and asset manage- is extensively covered. Topics include regulatory laws, gap analysis, hedging ment. Covers risk assessment, capital structures, analysis of financial state- duration gap exposure, bank performance, pension funds, insurance companies ments, financing business operations, cost of capital, theories of leverage, cap- and mutual funds. (0104-721, 722) Credit 4 ital budgeting, and working capital management. (0101-794) Credit 4

0104-731 Problems in Investments 0104-796 Introduction to Financial Management This course is designed to give the student greater in-depth understanding of This course is an introduction to financial management for the non-MBA grad- contemporary problems in finance. Learning and problems will correspond to uate student. The objective is to present the overall financial knowledge neces- the three levels of the chartered financial analysts examination. Topics will sary to understand the financial management of a firm. Topics include inter- include fixed income securities, equity analysis, efficient markets, capital preting financial statements, financial analysis and planning, capital budgeting market theory, asset allocation, derivative securities and portfolio management. decisions, valuing securities and understanding risk and return. Credit 4 (0104-725) Credit 4

0104-732 Portfolio Theory This course extends the knowledge of risk and return in a portfolio context to active portfolio management. The measurement and evaluation of portfolio per- formance are analyzed. The importance of asset allocations, international diver- sification and pension fund management and the use of a wide range of deriv- ative securities to manage risk are explored. (0104-721) Credit 4 60 College of Business

RIT's suburban campus was designed with an eye on accessibility—its academic buildings are in a central location.

Marketing 0105-764 Channel Management This course involves a study of the elements and management of marketing 0105-758 Seminar in Marketing channels. A marketing channel is viewed as an interorganizational system This course will take on different content depending on the instructor and the involved with the task of making goods, services and concepts available for con- quarter when offered. Titles will appear in the course listing each quarter when sumption by enhancing their time, place and possession utilities. The course the seminar is offered. The course may be taken more than once as topics change. focuses on how institutions can effectively and efficiently transmit things of Database Marketing: This course provides the student with the application of value from points of conception, extraction and/or production to points of database management to the challenges of relationship marketing. Training on value consumption. (0105-761) Credit 4 ACCESS software after which students will apply the information from analysis of the database to design a relationship marketing plan. 0105-765 Sales Management World Class Customer Service: The objective is to examine and understand the A course centered around the role, activities, and tools employed by sales force marketing aspects of nonmarketing areas and to further understand the activi- managers. The importance of continuous improvement and of defining and ties involved with nontraditional marketing. meeting the requirements of both internal and external customers is presented Marketing on the Internet: Students will learn about customer communica- as the foundation of effective sales management. (0105-761) Credit 4 tions, research tools of the Internet, marketing potential of the WWW and the importance of cross media marketing. Credit 4 0105-767 Marketing Communications This course presents an in-depth view of the promotional tools of advertising, 0105-761 Marketing for Customer Satisfaction sales promotion, and public relations. Students will develop a comprehensive An introduction to the field of marketing stressing its role in providing cus- promotion plan, beginning with the marketing strategy and ending with imple- tomer satisfaction. Emphasis will be on determining customer needs and wants mentation and evaluation. (0105-761) Credit 4 and how the marketer can satisfy those through the controllable marketing vari- ables of product, price, promotion, and distribution. Credit 4 0105-770 Professional Selling A critical examination of the challenges and opportunities provided by profes- 0105-762 Advanced Marketing Management sional selling. Selling concepts, tools, strategies and tactics will be discussed, A course designed to give the student an in-depth knowledge of middle- and observed and practiced. Students are exposed to and experience some of the upper-level marketing problems and processes. Topics include the tools used by problems faced and rewards earned by those in professional sales. Credit 4 marketing managers and the role of total quality management in the develop- 0105-771 Customer Satisfaction Research Methods ment, implementation, and control of marketing plans. (0105-761) Credit 4 This course provides an overview of customer satisfaction theory and practice, with particular emphasis on how customer satisfaction is measured and used in 0105-763 Buyer Behavior organizational decision making. The student will learn about the processes of A study of the determinants of consumer and business buying behavior. (0105- conducting a customer satisfaction survey that includes the following: deter- 761) Credit 4 mining customer requirements, questionnaire design, sampling plan design and data analysis. (0105-761,0106-782) Credit 4 College of Business 61

Decision Sciences 0106-796 Information Systems Management This course involves the study of information systems (IS) management with Quantitative Methods emphasis on manufacturing. It focuses on issues and problems faced by man- agers of information technology. Topics include information systems planning, 0106-780 Management Science computer-integrated manufacturing, systems development, establishment of IS An introduction to quantitative approaches to decision making. Topics covered standards, and other management principles relevant to IS and manufacturing. include linear programming, goal programming, integer programming, simula- The course utilizes Harvard cases and research papers to illustrate important tion and decision analysis. The emphasis is not on the techniques per se, but concepts. Credit 4 rather on modeling, problem solving and showing how quantitative approaches can be used to contribute to a better decision-making process. Credit 4 Production/Operations Management 0106-782 Statistical Analysis for Decision Making 0106-743 Operations Management & Process Improvement A course in applied statistics emphasizing inference (estimation and testing). Study of production operations management. Topics include quality control Topics to be covered include sampling distribution, estimation, test of hypoth- and improvement, forecasting, resource planning, scheduling, materials and esis for single and two populations, statistical quality control methods, linear, capacity management, inventory management, project management, just-in- multiple regression and model-building methods. Credit 4 time/total quality management (JIT/TQM), international operations, strategic considerations, and current issues. (0106-782 or equivalent) Credit 4 Computers/Management Information 0106-744 Project Management Systems A study in the principles of project management. This course focuses on the 0106-750 Information Technology Hardware & Software leadership role of the project manager, roles and responsibilities of the project This course presents the issues of rapid computer system changes, increased management team members, and various tools and techniques for project plan- computer power and speed, reduced computer size, new peripherals and ning and control. Considerable emphasis is placed on statements of work and work breakdown structures. This material is presented using a combination of changes in user interaction—issues of computing systems architectures and lecture/discussion, group exercises, and case studies. (This course is for matric- operating system software—using a systems view. Credit 4 ulated and non-matriculated graduate students with approval from the grad- uate business office.) Credit 4 0106-751 Information Systems Theory & Practice This course provides an understanding of the decision process and how infor- mation is used for decision support in organizations. It covers decision theory, 0106-745 Quality Control & Improvement information theory and practice essential for providing viable information to Study of total quality management (TQM), including Deming's philosophy, the organization. Credit 4 quality planning, quality cost principles, problem-solving methods and tools, the use of statistical methods for quality control and improvement, vendor rela- 0106-752 Systems Analysis & Design I tions, reliability concepts, and recent developments in quality. The course focus This course provides students with fundamental knowledge and skills required is on the management and continuous improvement of quality and productivity for successful analysis of problems and opportunities and the design and imple- in manufacturing and service organizations. (0106-782 or equivalent) Credit 4 mentation of information systems. Provides students with knowledge and experience that will be useful in determining systems requirements and devel- 0106-749 Manufacturing Strategy & Tactics oping a logical design. Skills in project management will be learned and used This course integrates the skills learned in operations management with the throughout the course to facilitate team accomplishments. Credit 4 fundamental disciplines of accounting, financial, and marketing management. Key focuses in the course are manufacturing strategy, the creation and mainte- 0106-753 Systems Analysis & Design II nance of a culture for continuous improvement, and the management of change. This course builds on Analysis and Design 1. It discusses issues associated with Manufacturing is investigated in a global context, including the foreign and data capture, organization, storage, extraction and modeling for planned and ad domestic firms and the strategies and tactics employed by them. The viability of hoc reporting. Enables students to model data by developing conceptual and an economy without a manufacturing base is questioned. Teams develop, exe- semantic data models. (0106-752) Credit 4 cute, and report on a manufacturing strategy audit. (0106-743 or equivalent) Credit 4 0106-754 Network Technology This course is designed to give students basic knowledge of the networking strategies that are utilized within the corporate IS environment. Emphasis is on the current trends in local-area networking as they relate to business needs. Class sessions are composed of lectures and discussions. Credit 4 College of Engineering

College of Business and the College of to meet the needs of both working pro- Science. fessionals and full-time students. The master of science degree leads to Details of specific programs, including employment in engineering in an indus- courses, research activities, thesis require- Paul E. Petersen, Dean trial environment or to further graduate ments and assistantships, follow. For study at the doctoral level. The master information about the master of science of engineering degree is primarily a degree in materials science and engi- N. Richard Reeve, Associate Dean terminal master's program leading to neering, offered jointly with the College The College of Engineering offers com- industrial employment. An industrial of Science, see page 125. For details prehensive, innovative graduate pro- internship or an engineering case study about the master of science degree in grams in a range of engineering disci- replaces a traditional thesis. manufacturing management and lead- plines. Programs include the traditional Classes are flexible, with day, late ership, offered jointly with the College master of science degree and the master afternoon and evening classes designed of Business, see page 54. of engineering degree as well as two interdisciplinary degrees with the

PROGRAMS

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREES IN: Applied and Mathematical Statistics Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Manufacturing Management and Leadership (offered with the College of Business) Materials Science and Engineering (offered with the Col lege of Science) Mechanical Engineering Microelectronics Manufacturing Engineering

MASTER OF ENGINEERING DEGREES IN: Engineering Management Industrial Engineering Manufacturing Engineering Mechanical Engineering Microelectronics Manufacturing Engineering Systems Engineering

The Center for Quality and Applied Statistics, which offers a graduate degree in applied and mathematical statistics and extensive non-credit seminars, is an integral part of the College of Engineering. College of Engineering 63

Study Options An applicant is admitted as a graduate student if he or she has received a bach- Part-time study elor's degree from an approved under- The College of Engineering encourages graduate school, and if an examination practicing engineers in the greater of the required documents indicates the Rochester industrial community to qualifications to undertake a graduate pursue a program of study leading to program. the master of science or master of engi- Graduate applicants who do not fully neering degree without interrupting satisfy all admission criteria (such as their work at their place of employment. appropriate baccalaureate degree, grades Consequently, many of the courses in and other credentials) may be consid- the graduate programs in engineering ered for admission with the condition are normally scheduled in the late after- that they will be required to take addi- noons or early evenings. tional undergraduate courses to make Students employed full time in up their deficiencies. Such courses will industry are limited to a maximum of not normally count toward the graduate two courses or eight credits each quarter. credits required for the master's degree. A student who wishes to register for All applicants who are admitted prior more than eight credits while employed to the conclusion of their baccalaureate in full-time industry must obtain the program are required to submit their permission of his or her adviser and the final transcript by the end of the first approval of the department head. quarter of graduate work. It is possible for a student to obtain To be considered for admission it is the MS or ME degree in two academic necessary to file an Application for years (or six academic quarters) by Admission to Graduate Study accompa- taking courses in late afternoons or early nied by the appropriate transcripts of evenings only. previous undergraduate and graduate A student in the master of engineering study, and two letters of recommendation. degree program may earn academic credits for industrial experience that will Nonmatriculated status Advanced computing facilities support graduate be treated as internship experience while An applicant is permitted to take grad- research and projects. the student is enrolled in the program. uate courses as a nonmatriculated stu- dent if he or she has a bachelor's degree Full-time study Transfer credits from an approved undergraduate school A maximum of nine quarter credits in a 45 Even though graduate programs in engi- and the necessary background for the credit hour program or 12 quarter credits neering serve the needs of a large num- specific courses in which he or she in a 48 credit hour program can be trans- ber of practicing engineers who wish to wishes to enroll. The courses taken for ferred from graduate courses taken out- pursue a part-time program, the differ- credit can usually be applied toward the side the Institute. To be considered for ent programs may also enroll full-time master's degree when the student is for- transfer credit, the course must have been graduate students. A full-time student mally admitted to the graduate program taken within a five-year period prior to may take up to 18 credits per quarter. at a later date. However, the number of the date of the student's initial entry into A full-time student in the master of credits that will be transferred to the a graduate program in engineering at engineering degree program may choose degree program from courses taken at RIT as a nonmatriculated or regular stu- to alternate academic quarters with his RIT as a nonmatriculated student will be dent. Courses taken at another institu- or her internship. A full-time student can limited to an absolute maximum of 12 tion after the student's initial entry into normally complete the degree require- credits. a graduate engineering program at RIT ments in one calendar year. An applicant who wishes to enroll in are also eligible for transfer credit. Students in the master of engineering a graduate course as a nonmatriculated However, to ensure transferability, prior program in microelectronics manufac- student must obtain permission from approval should be obtained. The student turing engineering are expected to attend the person in charge of the graduate should contact the individual depart- full time during fall, winter and spring program in each department and the ment office about the procedure for terms. The internship is completed appropriate faculty member. during the following summer and fall. obtaining transfer credits. Graduate Record Examination In-plant graduate courses Faculty adviser The College of Engineering does not A member of the graduate faculty is In order to enable the practicing engi- require graduate applicants to take the appointed as a faculty adviser for each neer to take graduate courses with the Graduate Record Examination. minimum amount of inconvenience, a graduate student. The faculty adviser supervises the progress of the student number of courses for RIT credit are Plan of study towards the master's degree. For the offered in selected industrial locations. The programs are flexible and afford stu- master of engineering student, a second dents an opportunity to plan a course of adviser (for the internship) will be Admission requirements study suited to their own interests and assigned at the time that an internship Any student who wishes to become a directed toward their own objectives. proposal is submitted. This adviser will candidate for the master's degree must Each graduate student should submit a monitor and evaluate the student's first be formally admitted to the appro- plan of study to the department office internship experience (in cooperation priate graduate program. Formal admis- within the first year after admission as a with the student's industrial supervisor) sion to a graduate program gives matric- graduate student. To assure a coherent and recommend to the department head ulated status to a student. program and one which reflects the stu- the number of academic credits to be dent's maturing capacities and aims, the plan may be revised on request. 64 College of Engineering

awarded for the experience. Nonmatric- Courses of instruction of the student's graduate committee will ulated students should direct their ques- Information about the courses that will normally serve as the student's faculty tions to either the department head or be offered in a particular quarter will be adviser. The intent is to allow students the chairperson of the department's available from the departmental office reasonable creativity in articulating an Graduate Committee. prior to registration. The Institute reserves area of concentration. Grade requirements the right to withdraw any course for Master's degree in computer engineering which enrollment is insufficient, or to core courses: The average of the grades for all courses make any changes in the schedule of taken at the Institute and credited courses if necessary. 0306-722 Advanced Computer toward the master's degree must be at Architecture (W) least a "B" (3.0). Transfer credits from Financial aid 0306-740 Analytical Topics for other institutions and internship credits A limited number of teaching assistant- Computer Engineers (F) are not included in the computation of ships, research assistantships and tuition 0306-759 Principles of Digital the cumulative grade point average. The scholarships are available for graduate Interfacing (F) policy on probation and suspension is students. Detailed information is available 0306-756 Multiple Processor Systems (S) explained in the section "Steps Toward from the appropriate department head. 0603-709 Programming Language Degree" in this bulletin. The student Survey (F, W, S) must pay careful attention to that policy. If a student fails any required examina- The graduate curriculum will require tion, the student's adviser may recom- Computer Engineering the following courses above a BS mend to the dean that the student's per- degree in computer engineering: formance be reviewed and appropriate Department 5 courses in core (20 quarter credits) action taken. 2 courses in graduate electives Roy Czernikowski, Department Head (8 quarter credits) Thesis The College of Engineering offers a 2 courses in concentration For the MS student the thesis require- master of science degree in computer (8 quarter credits) ments vary among the different depart- engineering, intended to build upon a 9 credits in master's thesis project ments. The requirements of an individual bachelor of science degree in computer 45 quarter credits total department are stated in the sections engineering. It is expected to accommo- The area of concentration builds some describing each department's programs. date recipients of BS degrees in electrical expertise in preparation for conducting The thesis must comply with the fol- engineering or computer science after a successful graduate thesis project in an lowing regulation: some additional course work. The degree area within the discipline of computer Three copies of the thesis must be sub- requires 45 quarter credits starting at the engineering. The student may choose mitted to the departmental office before five-course core curriculum. The require- graduate electives subject to the approval the certification date of the quarter in ments also include an area of concentra- of his or her faculty adviser. The total of question. These copies are for transmittal tion, graduate electives subject to faculty all graduate courses transferred from to the Institute library, the departmental adviser's approval and nine quarter other appropriate institutions of higher office and the student's thesis adviser. credits of master's thesis. Both the area learning may not exceed nine quarter For detailed instructions about the organi- of concentration and the thesis project credits and the total of 600-level courses zation of the thesis, the student should must be approved by a student's grad- applicable to the program will not exceed consult the brochure "Thesis Format," eight quarter credits. No graduate credit available at the departmental office. uate committee consisting of at least three faculty members, the majority of will be considered for courses below the 600 level. The usual RIT graduate school Internship whom are computer engineering faculty. This allows a student to pursue an area requirements will apply, such as a grade For the ME student, an industrial intern- of specialization in the field of computer of B or better for all transfer courses as ship of duration equivalent of up to engineering by completing a cohesive well as the maintenance of a grade point two academic quarters in a full-time set of two courses apart from the back- average of 3.0 or better. engineering position is an integral part of the program. A minimum of eight and ground core requirements. The chairman a maximum of 16 credits may be earned through the student's internship experi- ence. The internship is selected to reflect For information each student's primary professional interest and is integrated with his or her For specific questions on the individual department programs contact: curriculum. Computer Engineering 475-2987 (Czernikowski) In a limited number of cases, where a Electrical Engineering 475-2165 (Unnikrishnan) regular internship is not practical due to Industrial Engineering 475-2598 (Shealy) extraordinary circumstances, case studies Mechanical Engineering 475-2153 (Budynas) may be substituted for internship. Such Microelectronic Engineering 475-6065 (Fuller) a substitution has to have the prior Applied and Mathematical Statistics 475-6990 (Baker) approval of the department head. Questions on course schedules and registration: Maximum limit on time Computer Engineering 475-2987 The required credits for the master's Electrical Engineering 475-2164 degree must be completed within seven Industrial Engineering 475-2598 years after the student's initial registra- Mechanical Engineering 475-5788 tion in graduate courses at the Institute Microelectronic Engineering 475-6065 as a regular or nonmatriculated student. Applied and Mathematical Statistics 475-2033 College of Engineering 65

Electrical Engineering Suggested Schedule for the MSEE Program*

Department Focus Area Fall '97/'98 Winter '97/'98 Spring '97/'98 Communications Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Error Correction & R. Unnikrishnan, Department Head Analytical Techniques III Stochastic Estimation & Detection Information Theory Control Admission requirements Control Systems Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Optimal Control Modern Control Theory Digital Control System Admission into graduate studies leading Analytical Techniques III Machine Vision Stochastic Estimation & Design to the MS degree in electrical engineering Control requires a BSEE degree from an accred- Signal and Image Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Digital Image Processing ited program. Processing Analytical Techniques III Modern Control Theory An applicant with a strong undergrad- Machine Vision Stochastic Estimation & uate record and a bachelor of science Control degree in another branch of engineering Integrated Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Solid State Physics Electronics Physics of Bipolar Devices Physics and Scaling of CMOS (mechanical, chemical, industrial, etc.) VLSI Design CMOS Devices Advanced Analog IC also will be considered for admission. Analog IC Design Design In this case the student must complete a Microelectronics Mfg. I certain number of undergraduate courses Optics Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Fiber Optics in order to bridge over to electrical Electro-Optics Optical Engineering I engineering. Additional information is Digital Systems Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II VLSI Design available from the department. Design for Testability Analog IC Design

Focus areas Within electrical engineering, a student Focus Area Fall '98/'99 Winter '98/'99 Spring '98/'99 can specialize in one of six separate Communications Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Error Correction & areas for the MS degree: control systems, Analytical Techniques III Detection communications, digital systems, integrated Information Theory electronics, signal and image processing and Control Systems Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Optimal Control optics. Analytical Techniques III Modem Control Theory Digital Control System The boundaries between some of the Machine Vision Nonlinear Control Design areas are not as sharp as they were in the Signal and Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Adaptive Signal Processing past, and students are urged to discuss Image Processing Analytical Techniques III Modem Control Theory Special Topics Machine Vision Pattern Recognition the significance of their choices with graduate advisers in the department. Integrated Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Solid State Physics Electronics Physics of Bipolar Devices Physics and Scaling of CMOS VLSI Design CMOS Devices Advanced Analog IC Plan of study Analog IC Design Design At the beginning of the program, every Microelectronics Mfg. I matriculated student must arrange to Optics Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Fiber Optics prepare a plan of study in consultation Electro-Optics Optical Engineering I Special Topics with his or her adviser. Digital Systems Analytical Techniques I Analytical Techniques II Special Topics Design for Testability! Analog IC Design Policies VLSI Design Adv. Microprocessor The following general rules apply to all Software students: • All students seeking the MSEE degree * Check with your adviser for complete course selections. Additional courses are offered on an occasional must satisfactorily complete the two basis. Course offerings are subject to sufficient enrollment, core courses, 0301-754, Analytical t Offered every other year Techniques I, and 0301-755, Analytical Techniques II. Students are expected to take these courses immediately • All course selections must be of six credits and a maximum of 12 after entering the program, since they approved by one of the graduate credits toward their degrees from are prerequisites for many of the other advisers. All courses must be at 700- the thesis, nine being the most graduate courses. level or above with one exception: a common number of credits earned. • Those students who have selected student is allowed to take a maximum Typically, students take nine focus areas in control systems, com- of two 600-level courses for full credit approved courses for 36 credits to munications, or signal and image pro- in the graduate program. meet the course requirements. cessing must also take 0301-756, • All students must satisfy a research Thesis work is done under the Analytical Techniques III. Students component through one of the fol- supervision of a faculty adviser who want to develop minors in the lowing activities: and presented and defended before above areas are also encouraged to 1. Graduate thesis (6-12 credit hours) a thesis committee when complete. take Analytical Techniques III. The inclusion of a thesis (0301- Thesis may be done in absentia. • Each student must take at least four 890) as a formal part of the MS 2. Graduate research paper (five courses from the EE department in degree program in electrical engi- credit hours) the chosen focus area. neering is optional but strongly A student may choose to write a • Each student may take three courses encouraged. Students who decide "graduate paper" in lieu of a thesis. from a related area. to write a thesis can earn a minimum The graduate paper is an extensive 66 College of Engineering

term paper on a topic of profes- allowable transfer credits) rather than EVERY WINTER QUARTER sional interest. The objective of the take one or two courses at random. 0301-755 Analytical Techniques II graduate paper is to enable the stu- Please consult the department for more 0301-763 Stochastic Estimation & dent to undertake an independent details. Control and in-depth literature search and Graduate student advising or write a report summarizing the 0301-762 Nonlinear Control All new students will be assigned a findings. A faculty member inter- 0301-749 Speech & Image Compression graduate adviser. The student generates ested in the paper's topic will serve or a plan of study in consultation with as the student's supervisor and 0301-770 Pattern Recognition his or her faculty adviser. That faculty direct the scope and depth of the 0301-761 Modern Control Theory member will continue to be the student's paper as well as the format of the 0301-712 Physics & Scaling of CMOS adviser until a research topic has been final written version. The student Devices chosen. From that time, the thesis/paper must first consult a faculty member 0301-775 Optical Engineering I adviser assumes the role of academic about a suitable topic for the paper 0301-788 Advanced Signal Processing adviser as well. and obtain consent. The course 0301-726 Analog IC Design 0301-800, Graduate Paper, is used Graduation requirements to register for the paper. The student EVERY SPRING QUARTER should plan to take at least five credit The master of science degree in electrical 0301-793 Error Correction & Detection hours in 0301-800. The student engineering is awarded upon the suc- 0301-765 Optimal Control choosing this option also is required to cessful completion of an approved grad- 0301-764 Digital Control Systems take a minimum of 10 courses for 40 uate program consisting of a minimum 0301-778 Fiber Optics credits. of 45 credit hours. Those who choose the 0301-779 Digital Image Processing 3. Comprehensive examination comprehensive examination option must or complete 48 credit hours of course work. In this option, a student com- 0301-768 Adaptive Signal Processing Under certain circumstances a student pletes a total of 12 courses and 0301-713 Solid State Physics chooses or is required to complete more passes a comprehensive exam 0301-730 Advanced Analog IC Design than the minimum number of credits. given once every year. * Offered every other Fall Quarter • All graduate work must be completed Schedule of graduate courses in SUMMER QUARTER within a seven-year period starting electrical engineering from the first course applied toward A selected number of 700-level courses EVERY FALL QUARTER the MSEE degree. Also, a student who and 600-level courses will be available 0301-754 Analytical Techniques I is pursuing thesis/project options during the Summer Quarter. Consult 0301-755 Analytical Techniques III may be required to register for contin- the department for details. 0301-794 Information Theory uation of thesis/project credits if he or Courses other than those listed in this 0301-741 Design for Testability* she is not enrolled for any credits in a bulletin are developed and offered peri- 0301-715 Machine Vision given quarter. For complete details, odically by the department of electrical please consult the continuation of 0301-776 Electro-Optics engineering. Information will be avail- thesis/project/dissertation policies on 0301-711 Physics of Bipolar Devices able from the departmental office about a page 9. 0306-727 VLSI Design Transfer credits A maximum of nine credit hours can be earned from courses available from other departments within RIT with the prior approval of the faculty/depart- ment adviser. For students transferring credits from other universities (limited to a maximum of nine hours), the total number of credits transferred from all sources outside the electrical engineering department may not exceed nine. Under some extraordinary circum- stances, a resident full-time student may appeal the EE department and the Graduate Council for additional transfer credits. Those electrical engineering students who have an interest in computer science as a minor area are encouraged to pay special attention to certain specific poli- cies. The bridge courses 0602-701, 702, 703, 704 and 705 will be treated as advanced undergraduate courses; there- fore, the total number of credit hours generated from these cannot exceed eight. Also, electrical engineers with interest in computer science are encour- aged to complete certain sequences of appropriate courses (within the limits of Teamwork and collaboration in engineering courses reflect workplace realities. College of Engineering 67

Systems engineering option Graduate Course Offerings Systems engineering is concerned with Department of Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering improving the decision making process by utilizing statistics, simulation, opti- Even Years (e.g., 98/99, etc.) mization and computer science. Students choosing this option are required to take FALL WINTER SPRING the following courses in addition to two 0303-715 Statistical Analysis for 0303-730 Biotechnology & 0303-729 Computer-Integrated Engineering I Human Factors I Manufacturing electives: 0303-625 Concepts in 0303-710 Systems Simulation 0303-734 Systems Safety 0303-758 Design of Experiments Manufacturing 0303-757 Reliability Engineering 0303-771 Data Structures Using C 0303-756 Decision Analysis 0303-720 Production Control 0303-702 Mathematical 0303-716 Statistical Analysis for Programming 0303-755 Multicriteria Decision 0303-725 Technological 0303-750 Management of Making Forecasting Engineers II Quality Control 0303-776 Case Studies 0303-747 Microprocessor Applications Systems 0303-731 Biotechnology & 0303-701 Operations Research I Human Factors II Odd Years (e.g., 97/98, etc.) 0303-729 Computer-Integrated Manufacturing FALL WINTER SPRING 0303-702 Mathematical Programming 0303-715 Statistical Analysis for 0303-716 Statistical Analysis for 0303-729 Computer-Integrated 0303-750 Management of Quality Engineering I Engineering II Manufacturing 0303-625 Concepts in 0303-620 Engineering Economy 0303-734 Systems Safety Control Systems Manufacturing 0303-730 Biotechnology & Engineering or 0303-758 Design of Experiments Human Factors I 0303-701 Principles of 0303-757 Reliability Engineering 0303-775 Data Structures 0303-710 Systems Simulation Operations Research I 0303-776 Case Studies Using C 0303-747 Microprocessor 0303-601 Value Analysis Applications 0303-731 Biotechnology & Admission requirements Human Factors II 0303-776 Case Studies Admission into the graduate ME pro- The following are courses that may be taught upon demand: gram within industrial engineering 0303-723 Facilities Planning 0303-741 Applied Robotics in Manufacturing Systems requires a BS degree in an engineering 0303-732 Biotechnology & Human Factors III 0303-742 Artificial Intelligence discipline and a 3.0/4.0 grade point 0303-733 Biotechnology & Human Factors IV 0303-748 Quality & Reliability average. Exceptions are made for the 0303-740 Numerical Control & Manufacturing related fields of math and physics. Students with other backgrounds are considered for admission only after month before the beginning of each aca- choosing this option may develop a pro- completing significant undergraduate demic quarter. Course offerings are sub- gram of study to suit their interests in course work in the engineering sciences. ject to minimum enrollment requirements. one or more of the following areas: oper- All applicants should have a funda- ations research, ergonomics, computer- mental knowledge of computers and aided manufacturing or production sys- probability/statistics. tems. An engineering internship, usually Industrial and Program of study eight credit hours, is also required. The student, in conjunction with his or Manufacturing Engineering management option her adviser, formulates a program of Engineering Those choosing this option may develop study based on the individual's academic a program of study to suit their interests. background, professional goals, master Department This program combines traditional of engineering degree requirements and industrial engineering course work with the schedule of course offerings. selected (maximum three) courses from Jasper E. Shealy, Department Head Internships the College of Business, such as organi- The master of engineering degree can be zational behavior, accounting or finance. The industrial engineering, engineering earned with specialization in the follow- An engineering internship, usually eight management and manufacturing engi- ing fields: industrial engineering, systems credit hours, is also required. neering options require an internship of engineering, engineering management 8 to 16 credit hours (usually eight credit and manufacturing engineering. Close Manufacturing engineering option hours). The internship may be a work- cooperation with other engineering This option is jointly administered with related project conducted under faculty departments and the College of Business the mechanical engineering department. supervision or a project completed assures the master of engineering candi- The program consists of a required course within the industrial and manufacturing date of a wide selection of courses and a in Design for Manufacture, plus at least engineering department. Students initiate unique opportunity to build a program one course in each of the following core the internship by developing a proposal, tailored to her or his professional inter- areas: computer-aided design, manufac- which is submitted to the graduate adviser, describing the nature of the ests and goals. The practice of applying turing systems, computer-aided manu- project, how it fits with their course computer methods to realistic problem facturing, probability and statistics. work, timelines and deliverables. Upon solving is employed in all the above Additional courses chosen by the student approval of the project, students work specialties. in the areas of operations research, ergo- nomics, computer-integrated manufac- closely with a faculty adviser to com- Industrial engineering option turing, production systems or statistical plete the proposed project. Industrial engineering is concerned with analysis, along with an 8 to 16-credit-hour the design, improvement and installa- internship (8 typically) complete the tion of integrated systems of people, requirements of this concentration. material, equipment and energy. Those 68 College of Engineering

Mechanical Schedule of Graduate Courses in Mechanical Engineering Engineering OFFERED EVERY YEAR OFFERED EVEN YEARS OFFERED ODD YEARS Department (e.g., 98/99, etc.) (e.g., 97/98, etc.) FALL FALL FALL Charles W. Haines, Department Head 0304-758 Engineering Vibrations 0304-810 Introduction to 0304-835 Grid Generation 0304-838 Ideal Flows Continuum 0304-842 System Identification The graduate faculty of the mechanical 0304-840 Signal Processing Mechanics 0304-865 Computer Implemen- 0304-852 Advanced tation of Finite engineering department is dynamic and 0304-870 Mathematics for Engineers I Turbomachinery Elements committed to professional growth. Some WINTER WINTER WINTER of the current research activities include 0304-801 Design for 0304-811 Theory of Elasticity 0304-833 Heat Exchanger finite elements, vibrations, robotics, Manufacture & Plasticity Design cardiovascular signal processing and 0304-821 Advanced Vibrations 0304-834 Boiling & ' 0304-844 Nonlinear Dynamical system modeling, turbomachinery flows, 0304-823 Systems Modeling Condensation Systems 0304-851 Convective SPRING SPRING laser-based flow measurement, applica- Phenomena 0304-820 Advanced Optimal 0304-827 Computer Graphics tions of computational fluid dynamics, 0304-871 Mathematics for Design in Design heat transfer, and computer-aided design Engineers II 0304-864 Production Tool 0304-831 CFD Applications and manufacturing. Research also is con- 0304-874 Numerical Analysis Design 0304-846 Modal Testing & ducted in areas such as thermal stresses, 0304-885 Advanced Mechanics 0304-872 Analytical Mechanics Signal Processing of Solids boiling heat transfer and thermal simu- 0304-875 Advanced lation of heat exchangers and electronic SPRING Aerodynamics 0304-743 Control Systems devices, non-linear dynamics, and frac- 0304-816 Finite Elements ture mechanisms in materials. Also, 0304-830 Introduction to CFD there is interest in software design and Analysis development for engineering applica- tions, experimental heat transfer, devel- oping techniques for airfoil optimiza- Master of science degree program Core courses tion, flow in time-varying boundaries, two-phase heat transfer, heat and mois- The master of science degree in mechan- All graduate students in the MS pro- ture transport in porous media, mechan- ical engineering is awarded upon suc- gram are required to complete: ical properties of nano crystalline thin cessful completion of an approved grad- 0304-870 Mathematics for Engineers I films, characterization of intermetallic uate program consisting of a minimum (F) materials, flow boiling and fluid mixing. of 45 quarter credit hours. A minimum 0304-871 Mathematics for Engineers II The department houses several laborato- of 36 credits are to be earned in course (W) ries, which support vibration and modal work, while independent capstone work analysis, robotics, industrial fluids appli- carries a minimum of three credits and a Focus area courses cations, thermal analysis, biomedical maximum of nine credits. All graduate students in the MS program systems analysis and materials science. A maximum of nine quarter credits are required to select one of the following may be transferred from graduate courses Extensive computing facilities include focus areas and complete the following taken outside the Institute provided specific courses within that area: a large network of workstations, per- such courses will complement a stu- GROUP A—MECHANICS/DESIGN sonal computers, VAX and Alpha mini- dent's proposed graduate program in computers, UNIX systems, laboratories the mechanical engineering department. 0304-758 Engineering Vibrations (F) equipped with Windows-based and Upon matriculation into the MS pro- 0304-885 Advanced Mechanics of Macintosh personal computers, and dial- gram, the student should formulate a plan Solids (W) in facilities. Students have access to a of study in consultation with the asso- 0304-816 Finite Elements (S) vast array of software packages, which ciate department head, graduate studies. include most programming languages GROUP B—SYSTEMS/CONTROLS and utilities, various word processing Admission requirements 0304-823 Systems Modeling (F) software, analytical and statistical data 1. A bachelor of science degree in engi- 0304-840 Signal Processing (W) analysis, graph generation and spread- neering or science is required. 0304-743 Control Systems (S) sheet packages. Software specifically 2. If an applicant has a BS degree, but used for mechanical engineering appli- GROUP C—THERMO/FLUIDS not in mechanical engineering, the cations includes IDEAS, ALGOR and associate department head for grad- 0304-838 Ideal Flows (F) Mechanica (finite element analysis); uate studies will recommend which 0304-851 Convective Phenomena (W) Working Model and ADAMS (mechan- undergraduate courses must be taken 0304-830 Introduction to ical modeling and analysis); ACSL in order to acquire an acceptable Computational Fluid (dynamic simulation); FLUENT, FIDAP, background. At least a 3.0 grade point Dynamic Analysis (S) FLOW3D, PMARC and TODOR (fluid/ average in the recommended under- Students may select courses outside thermal analysis); SOCRATES (heat trans- graduate courses is required before fer and structures); MATLAB/ Simulink their focus area for electives. admission is granted to the mechan- and Lab VIEW (data acquisition and con- ical engineering graduate program. Elective courses trol system analysis); OptdesX (optimi- The following elective courses are avail- zation); DFMA by Boothroyd/Dewhurst Program requirements (designing for manufacturing assembly); able to the student for graduate credit: and AUTOCAD, CADKEY and The four elements of study within the 0304-743 Control Systems (every year, McDonnell Douglas Unigraphics program include core courses, courses S) (CAD/CAE software). required within an elected focus area, 0304-758 Engineering Vibrations (every selected elective courses and a capstone year, F) thesis/project with paper option. College of Engineering 69

0304-801 Design for Manufacture Institute. Graduate students are allowed of the graduate faculty. Some of the areas (every year, W) to take a maximum of two upper-level for independent study are selected topics 0304-810 Introduction to Continuum undergraduate (0304-6XX) electives in in applied mathematics, energy methods Mechanics (even year, F) mechanical engineering specified in in mechanics, analytical mechanics, non- 0304-811 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity the course description section of the linear mechanics, fracture mechanics, (even year, W) Undergraduate Bulletin. Some examples convective and radiative heat transfer, 0304-816 Finite Elements (every year, S) are: fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, control 0304-820 Advanced Optimal Design 0304-610 Topics in Mechanical systems, optimal control, thermal stresses, (even year, S) Engineering Design (TBA) composite materials, biomechanics and 0304-821 Advanced Vibrations (every 0304-615 Robotics (F, W) viscoelasticity. year, W) 0304-618 Computer-Aided Design (S) Independent capstone options 0304-823 Systems Modeling (every 0304-620 Introduction to Optimal year, F) Design (F, W) Once a student has completed about 20 0304-827 Computer Graphics in Design 0304-635 Heat Transfer II (S) quarter credit hours of graduate work, (odd year, S) 0304-638 Design of Machine Systems he or she should consider selecting one 0304-828 Special Topics in Applied (TBA) of the two options offered by the depart- Mechanics (TBA) 0304-640 Internal Combustion ment with regard to completing the 0304-830 Introduction to Computational Machines & Air Quality (F) requirements of the master of science Fluid Dynamic Analysis 0304-641 Stationary Source Emissions degree. The options are: 1) a five- to nine- (every year, S) & Controls (W) credit-hour thesis, where thesis and 0304-831 Computational Fluid 0304-642 Air Pollution Dispersion course work total a minimum of 45 Dynamics (CFD) Applications Modeling (S) quarter credit hours or 2) a three-credit- (odd year, S) 0304-644 Introduction to Composite hour project with paper, where the paper 0304-833 Heat Exchanger Design (odd Materials (S) and course work total a minimum of 47 year, W) 0304-652 Fluid Mechanics of Turbo- quarter credit hours. A student selecting 0304-834 Boiling & Condensation (even machinery (F, W) either option is required to deliver a suc- year, W) 0304-660 Refrigeration & Air cessful written and oral presentation of 0304-835 Grid Generation (odd year, F) Conditioning (S, Su) the work. 0304-671 Aerostructures (S or Su) 0304-838 Ideal Flows (every year, F) Master of engineering degree program 0304-840 Signal Processing (every year, 0304-672 Dynamics of Machinery W) (S, Su) This is a post-baccalaureate internship 0304-842 System Identification (odd 0304-675 Aerodynamics (S or Su) program leading to the professional year, F) 0304-678 Propulsion (F or W) degree of master of engineering. The 0304-844 Nonlinear Dynamical Systems 0304-682 Flight Dynamics (F or W) objective of the program is to provide (odd year, W) 0304-694 Stress Analysis (S, Su) the engineering BS graduate the means for earning a terminal master's degree, 0304-846 Model Testing & Signal A student also may earn a limited substituting a well-organized and care- Processing (odd year, S) number of credits by doing an indepen- fully chosen industrial internship for the 0304-848 Special Topics in Thermo dent study with guidance from a member Fluid Systems (TBA) conventional thesis requirement of an 0304-851 Convective Phenomena (every MS degree. year, W) 0304-852 Advanced Turbomachinery (even year, F) 0304-864 Production Tool Design (even year, S) 0304-865 Computer Implementation of Finite Elements (odd year, F) 0304-872 Analytical Mechanics (even year, S) 0304-874 Numerical Analysis (every year, W) 0304-875 Advanced Aerodynamics (even year, S) 0304-885 Advanced Mechanics of Solids (every year, W) 1028-701 Introduction to Materials Science (F) 1028-705 Experimental Techniques (S) 1028-710 Materials Properties & Selection (TBA) 0307-712 Fundamentals of Statistics II Students deficient in computational techniques are strongly advised to take 0304-874, Numerical Analysis, as an elective. Based on the students' particular pro- gram needs, he or she may, with depart- ment approval, elect to take up to 12 credits from other departments in the Presenting the results of your research is an important aspect of the research process. 70 College of Engineering

An industrial internship of duration equivalent to two academic quarters in a specially developed engineering position is an integral part of the program. A minimum of eight and a maximum of 12 credits may be earned by the student from his or her internship experience. The internship position is selected to reflect each individual student's primary professional interest and is integrated with his or her curriculum. The program, although rooted in engi- neering, will be significantly interdisci- plinary. By design, a student's program may range over several colleges of the Institute in assembling courses that will best help him or her meet his or her pro- fessional objectives. The credits for this program are distributed as follows: Core Courses 8 credits Concentration Courses 16 credits Elective Courses 12-16 credits Internship 12-8 credits At least 20 credit hours of graduate- level course work, including the core (0304-870 and 0304-874), must be taken in the mechanical engineering depart- ment. Some possible concentration areas are in business, controls, manufacturing, materials science, statistics and design engineering. A minimum of 48 credits are required for the master of engineering degree. Admission requirements for the master of engineering degree The admission requirements, general standards and selection procedures for admission to the engineering program are similar to those for the MS degree A robotic vision laboratory is one of several specialized laboratories available for graduate research. program. The manufacturing engineering Assistantships and scholarships Microelectronic program for the master of engineering Some assistantships and scholarships degree may be available for full-time students. Engineering This program is offered jointly by the Appointment as a teaching assistant car- departments of mechanical engineering ries a 20-hour per week commitment to Department and industrial engineering. In this pro- a teaching function and usually permits gram, the student is required to take one a student to take graduate work for Lynn Fuller, Department Head course each from four different groups: eight credits per quarter. Appointment computer-aided design, manufacturing as a research assistant usually permits The College of Engineering is proud to systems, computer-aided manufacturing, taking eight credits per quarter while the offer two master's programs in the area and probability and statistics. In addition, remaining time is devoted to the research of microelectronics manufacturing. The the student is required to take a core effort, which often serves as a thesis sub- master of engineering in microelectronics course: 0304-801 Design for Manufacture. ject. Information on tuition scholarships manufacturing engineering is a full-time The balance of the course work can be may be obtained from the Office of Part- intensive classroom- and laboratory- completed by selecting appropriate time and Graduate Admissions, 475-2229. oriented program culminating with an courses from the course offerings in internship. The master of science in micro- Course calendar industrial and mechanical engineering. electronics manufacturing engineering is The core and focus area courses are a research-oriented program that includes A student seeking admission to the offered every year, which enables a stu- the master's thesis. Both programs are master of engineering degree in manufac- dent to fulfill the core requirements in one intended to prepare students for a career turing engineering is expected to have academic year. The elective courses are in the semiconductor industry. undergraduate background in C pro- generally given at least every other year. gramming, engineering materials, manu- Students in these programs have For further information on current course facturing processes, and probability and hands-on experience in the design offerings, the student should contact the statistics. and processing of integrated circuits— office of the mechanical engineering the vital component in almost every department, 475-5788 or 475-2163. advanced electronic product manufac- tured today. The undergraduate and College of Engineering 71

graduate laboratories at RIT, designed equipment and how to create a process SUMMER for the microelectronics engineering pro- and manufacture and test their own Internship 8 gram, are among the best in the nation. integrated circuits. The worldwide semiconductor industry The MS program Microlithography is expected to double—growing from The objective of the master of science $100 billion to $200 billion—over the The microlithography courses are program is to provide an opportunity next five years. RIT graduates will pro- advanced courses in the chemistry, for students to perform a master's level vide a valuable resource to the semicon- physics and processing of microlitho- research project as they prepare for entry ductor industry. The microelectronics graphic systems. Optical lithography will into the semiconductor industry or a engineering programs at RIT offer an be studied through diffraction, Fourier Ph.D. program. The program requires unparalleled opportunity for students to and image assessment techniques. Scalar strong preparation in the area of micro- prepare for professional challenge and diffraction models will be utilized to electronics, takes two years to complete success in one of the leading areas of simulate aerial image formation and and requires a thesis. engineering of our time. influences of imaging parameters. Posi- The prerequisites include a BS in engi- tive and negative resist systems, as well neering (such as electrical or microelec- The ME program as processes for IC application, will be tronics engineering), including one year The master of engineering degree in studied. Advanced topics will include of study of device physics, 1½ years of microelectronics manufacturing engi- chemically amplified resists; multiple study of semiconductor fabrication tech- neering is awarded upon the successful layer resist systems; and electron beam, nology, including lecture and laboratory, completion of an approved graduate x-ray and deep UV lithography. one course in microlithography and one program consisting of a minimum of 48 Laboratory exercises include projec- course in VLSI:SI design. Students from credit hours: one transition course, seven tion system design, resist materials char- RIT's BS in microelectronics engineering core courses, two elective courses and acterization, process optimization, elec- will meet these prerequisites. Students eight credits of internship. Under certain tron beam lithography and excimer laser with a BS in electrical engineering may circumstances, a student may be lithography. already have the VLSI Design course, the required to complete more than the min- Manufacturing device physics and the semiconductor imum number of credits. The transition fabrication technology. Students who do course is in an area other than that in The manufacturing courses include topics not have all of the prerequisites can take which the BS degree was earned. For such as scheduling, work-in-progress those courses at RIT and still complete example, a chemistry major may be tracking, costing, inventory control, cap- the master of science program in two required to take a two-course sequence ital budgeting, productivity measures years. The prerequisite courses will be in circuits and electronics; an electrical and personnel management. Concepts of completed during the first few quarters engineer may be required to take an quality and statistical process control are organic chemistry course. introduced to the student. The labora- The core courses are Microelectronics tory for this course is the student-run I, II, III; Microlithography I, II; and factory. Measurement of yield, defect Microelectronics Manufacturing I, II. density, wafer mapping, control charts Elective courses may be selected from a and other manufacturing measurement list including CMOS, Defect Reduction tools are introduced to the student in the and Yield Enhancement, Electronic lecture and laboratory. Computer inte- Properties of Materials, Statistical Design grated manufacturing is also studied in of Experiments and others. detail. Process modeling, simulation, The program also requires an intern- direct control, computer networking, ship, which is paid employment in the database systems, linking application semiconductor industry. The internship programs, facility monitoring, expert can be completed in industry or at RIT. systems applications for diagnosis and It will involve the investigation of some training and robotics are all introduced problem or process directly related to and supported by laboratory experiences microelectronics manufacturing engi- in the integrated circuit factory at RIT. neering. This is not a thesis but usually ME schedule Credits requires a report and oral presentation at the end of the project. FALL 0305-701 Microelectronics I 4 Microelectronics 0305-721 Microlithography I 4 The Microelectronics I, II, III sequence Transition 4 covers all aspects of integrated circuit Transition 4 manufacturing technology such as oxi- dation, diffusion, ion implantation, WINTER chemical vapor deposition, metalization, 0305-702 Microelectronics II 4 plasma etching, etc. These courses 0305-722 Microlithography II 4 emphasize modeling and simulation 0305-731 Microelectronics techniques as well as hands-on labora- Manufacturing I 4 tory verification of these processes. Elective 4 Students use the SUPREM software tools for these processes. SPRING In the laboratory students design and 0305-703 Microelectronics III 4 fabricate silicon MOS and Bipolar inte- 0305-732 Microelectronics Manufacturing facilities in microelectronics manu- grated circuits. They learn how to operate Manufacturing II 4 facturing engineering include a diffusion furnace. all of the semiconductor processing Elective 4 72 College of Engineering at RIT and will not count toward the WINTER Center for Quality and Applied Statistics. 36 credits worth of graduate courses 0305-731 Microelectronics Several options, including thesis and required for the MS degree. Manufacturing 4 non-thesis options, are available. The program consists of eight master's 0305-722 Microlithography II 4 The faculty and staff of the Center for level (700 or higher) courses, including 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 Quality and Applied Statistics is a distin- five from microelectronics engineering Full-time Equivalency 3 guished group that includes two mem- (0305). A variable-credit (1 or 0 credits) bers who are fellows of both the American seminar/research course will be taken SPRING Statistical Association and the American by all graduate students in this program 0305-732 Microelectronics Society for Quality Control. A third each quarter that they are at RIT. Up to Manufacturing 4 member of the faculty is a fellow of the 4 credits will be allowed to count toward 0305-XXX Elective 4 American Society for Quality Control. the required 36 hours. A nine-credit 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 The center's faculty includes a past pres- thesis will be required of all students in 0305-899 Thesis 3 ident of the American Society for Quality this program. The total number of Control as well as the only person ever SUMMER credits needed for the master of science to win the prestigious ASQC Shewhart in microelectronics manufacturing engi- Research Medal and its Brumbaugh Award four times. Extensive industrial experience neering is 45. FALL characterizes the center's faculty, and Sample MS schedule Credits 0301-723 Semiconductors 4 the graduate program prepares each stu- (For those who are not graduates of RIT's 0305-XXX Elective 4 dent for a productive career in the fields microelectronics engineering program) 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 of statistics and quality control. Full-time Equivalency 3 FALL Both teachers and students work to 0305-701 Transition IC Technology 4 WINTER put job experience and class studies together. For example, theses and papers 0305-721 Transition 0301-724 Semiconductor Devices I 4 often have job supervisor's approval Microlithography 4 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 and result in being put into effect rather 0305-560 Transition Device Physics 4 0305-899 Thesis 3 than into the library. Theory is used for 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 Full-time Equivalency 4 understanding, but is not necessarily an WINTER SPRING end in itself. Here theory means gaining 0305-702 Transition IC Technology 4 0301-725 Semiconductor Devices II 4 knowledge of the underlying mathemat- 0305-731 Microelectronics 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 ical principles and learning how to solve Manufacturing 4 0305-899 Thesis 3 problems intelligently. 0305-722 Microlithography II 4 Full-time Equivalency 4 BS/MS programs 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 Assistantships and fellowships The Center for Quality and Applied SPRING Some assistantships and fellowships Statistics has agreements with the 0305-703 Transition IC Technology 4 may be available for full-time students. departments of mathematics and indus- 0305-732 Microelectronics Appointment as a teaching assistant car- trial and manufacturing engineering to Manufacturing 4 ries a 12-hour-per-week commitment to combine the requirements for the respec- 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 a teaching function and permits a stu- tive degrees and allow students to 0305-899 Thesis 3 dent to take graduate work at the rate of receive combined BS and MS degrees in less time and fewer courses than would SUMMER 12 credits per quarter. Appointment as a research assistant also permits taking 12 be needed if both programs were pur- Research credits per quarter while the remaining sued separately. Entry into these pro- FALL time is devoted to the research effort. grams is through the undergraduate departments. 0301-723 Semiconductors 4 Appointments provide full or partial 0305-XXX Elective 4 tuition and stipend. Applicants for Advanced certificate in statistical 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 financial aid should write directly to the quality department head for details. Full-time Equivalency 3 An 18-credit advanced certificate program, WINTER consisting of a subset of six courses from the MS program, is available. The course 0301-724 Semiconductor Devices I 4 Applied and topics cover the statistical techniques 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 used for on-line and off-line quality con- 0305-899 Thesis 3 Mathematical trol in industry. These courses are avail- 0305-XXX Elective 4 Statistics Department able in a distance learning format. SPRING Admission 0301-725 Semiconductor Devices II 4 Donald D. Baker, Director Admission to the degree program will 0305-801 Seminar/Research 1 The John D. Hromi Center for Quality be granted to qualified holders of a 0305-899 Thesis 3 and Applied Statistics Full-time Equivalency 4 baccalaureate degree from an accredited Statistics today is sometimes defined as college or university who have accept- Sample MS schedule Credits the science of making decisions in the able mathematics credits including one (For RIT microelectronics engineering graduates) face of uncertainty. To aid those needing academic year of calculus. Applicants who fail to meet the latter requirement FALL the basic statistical tools to collect and analyze data, and to aid those needing may, at the discretion of the department, Research to update their present statistical skills, be required to complete two or three the master of science degree in applied undergraduate mathematics courses and mathematical statistics is offered by before being able to matriculate in the the College of Engineering through the regular graduate program. Admission to College of Engineering 73 the certificate program requires a bac- results for students enrolled in courses TWO FUNDAMENTALS COURSES: calaureate degree without the calculus offered by the center. In addition, RIT (These may be waived by the department upon evidence requirement. maintains an extensive computer center of equivalent learning, experience or competency.) Although students are encouraged to with VAX/VMS and IBM equipment 0307-711 Fundamentals of Statistics begin their graduate studies at any time, available for instruction and research. and 712 I & II only four courses may be taken toward Additional resource facilities include the the MS degree as a non matriculated stu- Wallace Library and Media Resource FIVE CORE COURSES: dent. This will ensure proper selection of Center, which provide access to all tech- 0307-801 Design of Experiments I & II courses, adequate administrative time nical references vital to the professional and 802 for transcripts, etc., and the scheduling growth in the areas of applied statistics 0307-821 Theory of Statistics I & II of the mid-program examination to indi- and quality control. and 822 cate the student's capability to attain the 0307-841 Regression Analysis I MS degree. Financial assistance A variety of financial assistance possibil- Four standard career options: The full-time program ities exist and are available on a compet- A special feature of the MS program is a Students who wish to study on a full- itive basis to qualified applicants. logical grouping of core requirements, time basis can complete the MS degree existing and new courses, which will No entrance exam required in one year if normal progress is made. allow the student to specialize within his Courses are offered on an open enroll- or her career endeavors. The four spe- The evening program ment basis that is supportive of the RIT cialized career options are: The Center for Quality and Applied commitment to recurrent education. Statistics offers courses to full-time There are no entrance exams. QUALITY CONTROL IN INDUSTRY employees of industry and other inter- 0307-721 Statistical Quality Control I Requirements ested individuals in the evenings. The 0307-731 Statistical Quality Control II master's degree can normally be com- For the advanced certificate in statis- 0307-781 Quality Management pleted in two years of evening study. tical quality the satisfactory completion 0307-782 Quality Engineering of the following courses is required. Cooperative education program INDUSTRIAL STATISTICS THREE BASIC COURSES: A unique feature of the graduate statistics 0307-856 Interpretation of Data program at RIT is the cooperative educa- (These may be waived by the department upon evidence 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I tion program. This program allows the of equivalent learning, experience or competency) 0307-875 Empirical Modeling qualified graduate student to attend 0307-711 Fundamentals of 0307-883 Quality Engineering by Design and 712 Statistics I & II school on a full-time basis one quarter STATISTICAL THEORY AND Data Analysis Using and to earn a substantial salary the next METHODS quarter as an employee in an industrial Computer Software, a two- 0307-824 Probability Models concern. This pattern can be repeated day, noncredit course in 0307-830 Multivariate Analysis I until the student completes the MS statistical computing 0307-831 Multivariate Analysis II degree. SIX CORE COURSES: 0307-842 Regression Analysis II To qualify for the cooperative educa- 0307-721 Statistical Quality tion program, the student must have and 731 Control I & II RELIABILITY completed at least one quarter of study 0307-781 Quality Management 0307-762 Reliability Management and received department approval. 0307-782 Quality Engineering 0307-824 Probability Models The Mason E. Wescott Statistics 0307-801 Design of Experiments 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I Laboratory and 802 I & II 0307-863 Reliability Statistics II The Center for Quality and Applied For the master of science in applied Each career option has four required Statistics houses the Mason E. Wescott and mathematical statistics degree, the courses. A department adviser will work Statistics Laboratory, which provides satisfactory completion of the following with each student in identifying the computer access, assistance with courses is required: appropriate career option and in problem solving, and interpretation of developing a total program structured to

Selected Graduate Theses and Internship Paper Topics

"Biomechanics of Corneal Wound "Practical Application of Modal Analysis "An Al-Based Generative Cost Estimation Healing" Techniques" System for Rotational Parts"

"Vibration Analysis of a Thin Moving "Transition through Resonance in Linear "A Field Emission Transistor Array for Web and Its Finite Element and Nonlinear Systems" Writing Applications" Implementation" "Simulation of a Morphological Image "Process Development of an "Robotized Welding Cells Planning and Progressor Using VHDL. Part I: Analog/Digital Mixed-Mode BiCMOS Implementation Model" Mathematical Components. Part II: Process at RIT" Control Mechanism" "Investigation of Cell Mapping and Off- "Fabrication of Thin Film Transistors in Line Programming with a Flexible "The Design and Implementation of an As-Deposited and Si-Implanted Assembly System" 8-bit CMOS Microprocessor" Polysilicon" 74 College of Engineering

credit for work in the past and to obtain prior approval of courses for which transfer credit is sought. While these matters would be discussed with either the candidate's adviser or the depart- ment at various times during the advise- ment process, it is essential that all agreements be documented in writing. A letter to the department will ensure proper recognition of outside work accomplished toward the degree.

Nonmatriculated students It is not necessary to be formally admitted or matriculated into the MS in statistics program in order to register for course offerings. However, for students who desire to enter the graduate program, only four courses may be taken toward the MS degree as a nonmatriculated stu- dent. Those who are not matriculated may be admitted to courses in fields of their special interest by consent of the department.

Dina Hessissert lives in exotic Casablanca but spends her days grappling with very practical issues at the Grades, exams and theses textile plant where she is the quality manager. So she searched the world for answers and found them at The certificate candidate must attain for RIT's Center for Quality and Applied Statistics. "What I wanted to do at my company was just what they graduation an overall average grade of were doing here," said the Fulbright winner. "I didn't know how to apply the theories until I came here. 3.0 (B). The MS candidate must attain for Now I am eager to go home and implement total quality management, statistical process control and graduation an overall average grade of experimental design." 3.0 (B), with no more than three grades of C or lower. Successful completion of achieve individual professional objectives. the master's degree. Nonmatriculated each course normally requires passing a This should be done before the end of students should direct their questions to final exam, submission of a written paper the student's first quarter of study after the department head. or thesis, or completion of a group pro- matriculation. ject, as determined by the instructor. Procedure Students are encouraged to develop their SIX ELECTIVES: To be' considered for admission it is nec- writing and speaking skills and to use These are taken from other courses listed essary to file an application, submit tran- the computer as ways to improve their under "Course Descriptions" in such areas scripts of all previous undergraduate knowledge. Master's degree core courses as quality control, managerial decision and graduate work, obtain two letters of are expected to be completed within the making, multivariate analysis, sample recommendation and pay a $35 applica- first 30 hours of a student's program. A surveys, reliability and probability theory. tion fee. RIT graduates do not have to written examination is required upon The total of 15 or 17 courses, each pay this fee. Forms and instructions, completion of those courses. During counting three quarter credits, comes to including quarterly offerings and regis- the last quarter of the program, an oral 45 or 51 credits depending on whether tration forms, may be obtained by examination is required to demonstrate the fundamentals courses (711-712) are writing to: subject matter and verbal proficiency as waived. As indicated above, studies are Director of Admissions well as the ability to perform as a statis- normally completed in two to four years Rochester Institute of Technology tician in a working environment. by attendance one or two nights a week. 60 Lomb Memorial Drive Rochester, NY 14623-5604 Plans of study Levels of courses Students may, with the permission of the There are 700- and 800-level courses. The Transfer and interdisciplinary credits department, secure credits toward the 700 level furnishes most of the standard Credit for courses of graduate stature in master's degree in two ways. methods currently used in industry; the statistics, mathematics, computer pro- First, a student may complete the 800 series covers theory and applications gramming, operations research and required 45 or 51 quarter credits, depend- in special areas like the design of experi- other quantitative fields related to statis- ing on whether the basic fundamentals ments. Generally, the 800 level is more tics may be accepted toward fulfillment courses are waived, by formal classroom advanced. From time to time, special of degree requirements at the discretion attendance and receipt of satisfactory courses are offered in topics of particular of the department with due regard to the grades. interest when requested by the students candidate's objectives. A maximum of Second, three, six or nine of these or as new fields of statistics open up. A nine graduate credits can be accepted credits may be obtained by submission minimum of 24 credits in the 800 series toward the MS degree, and three may be of a satisfactory research project and is required in the MS degree program. accepted toward the certificate. Transfer thesis. The project and credits must be credits for the certificate must be from a approved by the department prior to Faculty adviser course covering the same subject as the registration. A letter outlining the project A member of the graduate faculty is course being waived. To ensure credit and requesting this approval must be appointed as a faculty adviser for each toward the degree, the candidate should addressed to the department by the can- graduate student. This adviser super- write the department indicating courses didate prior to the regular registration vises the progress of the student toward for which he or she would like transfer periods. The depth of the project will College of Engineering 75

determine the number of credits received. Mark Hopkins, BS, Southern Illinois Jacqueline Reynolds Mozrall, BS, Rochester Generally, this type of credit should be University; MS, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute of Technology; MS, North Carolina sought at the end of the program after Institute—Associate Professor, Control Systems State; Ph.D., SUNY Buffalo—Assistant Guifang Li, BS, Tianjin University; MS, Ph.D., Professor, Industrial Engineering, Human sufficient knowledge of the subject is University of Wisconsin—Associate Professor, Factors available for use. The registration number Gleason Professor in Photonics, Devices and Madhu Nair, BS, Rochester Institute of used for thesis work is 0307-896. Systems, Optical Communications Technology; MS, Lehigh University— Swaminathan Madhu, MA, University of Instructor, Computer-Aided Manufacturing Faculty Madras; MS, University of Tennessee; Ph.D., Nabil Z. Nasr, BS, Helwan University, Egypt; Seven full-time and 20 adjunct faculty University of Washington—Professor, Signal MS, Rutgers University; M.Eng., Pennsylvania normally teach in the master's program Processing State University; Ph.D., Rutgers University— in applied and mathematical statistics. Athimoottil V. Mathew, BEE, Jadavpur Associate Professor, Brinkman Professor of All instructors have an industrial back- University, India; M. Tech., Indian Institute of Screw Machine Technology, Robotics, NC Programming, Manufacturing ground. This is reflected in their realistic Technology; Ph.D., Queen's University (Ontario)—Professor, Control Systems, Sudhakar R. Paidy, BS, Osmania University, approach to the subject matter. As with Robotic Vision India; MS, Ph.D., Kansas State University— many others dedicated to continuing Norman Miller, BSEE, London University— Professor, Statistics, CIM, Reliability, and education, faculty members have a com- Assistant Professor, Circuits and Electronics Operations Research mitment to give the students personal Ponnathpur R. Mukund, BS, MS, Ph.D., N. Richard Reeve, BS, MS, Ph.D., SUNY attention. This often involves career University of Tennessee—Associate Professor, Buffalo—Professor, Applied Operations counseling. VLSI Design, Electronic Devices and Circuit Research Design Paul H. Stiebitz, BS, ME, Rochester Institute James E. Palmer, BS, University of Western of Technology—Assistant Professor, Graduate Faculty Ontario; MS, University of Pennsylvania; Simulation and Operations Research College of Engineering Ph.D., Case Institute of Technology— Brian K. Thorn, BS, Rochester Institute of Professor, Control Systems, Digital Design Technology; MS, Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Paul E. Petersen, BS, MS, Ph.D., Michigan David Perlman, BS, MS, Cornell University— Technology—Associate Professor, Applied State—Dean; Professor Professor, Electronics Statistics, Behavior Science Kathryn Woodcock, BS, MASc., Ph.D., N. Richard Reeve, BS, MS, Ph.D., SUNY Paul E. Petersen, BS, MS, Ph.D., Michigan University of Waterloo, Canada—Visiting Buffalo—Associate Dean; Professor State University—Professor, Semiconductor Devices Assistant Professor, Ergonomics, Human Computer Engineering Mysore Raghuveer, BS, Mysore University, Factors, Safety, Organizational Behavior India; ME, Indian Institute of Science, Department Bangalore, India; Ph.D., University of Mechanical Engineering Roy Czemikowski, BEE, ME, Ph.D., Connecticut—Associate Professor, Image and Department Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute—Professor Signal Processing and Department Head, Real-Time Sannasi Ramanan, BS, BE, M.Tech., Ph.D., Charles W. Haines, AB, MS, Ph.D., Computation, Computer Architecture and Indian Institute of Technology—Associate Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute—Professor Distributed Systems Professor, Semiconductor Devices and Department Head, Applied Mathematics Tony Chang, BS, Jiao Tong University, V. C. V. Pratapa Reddy, BE, M.Tech., Osmania Richard G. Budynas, BME, Union College; Shanghai; Ph.D., Chinese Academy of University, India; Ph.D., Indian Institute of MS, University of Rochester; Ph.D., P.E., Science, Beijing—Professor, System Design Technology, Madras—Professor, Digital University of Massachusetts—Professor and Methodology, Communication and Systems and Microprocessors Associate Department Head, Applied Computation David Sumberg, BA, Utica College of Mechanics, Vibrations Kenneth Hsu, BS, National Taiwan Normal Syracuse University; MS, Ph.D., Michigan University; MS, Ph.D., Marquette State University—Associate Professor, Optics University—Professor, VLSI Design, Albert H. Titus, BS, MS, SUNY Buffalo; Microcomputers and Control Systems Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology— Pratapa Reddy, BE.M. Tech., Osmania Assistant Professor, Analog VLSI Design, University, India; Ph.D., Indian Institute of Electronics Technology, Madras—Professor, Digital Fung-I Tseng, BS, Taiwan University; MS, Systems Chiao-Tung University; Ph.D., Syracuse Muhammed E. Shaaban, BS, MS, University University—Professor, Electromagnetics, of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia; Optics Ph.D., University of Southern California— Renan Turkman, Diplome d'lngenieur (MS); Assistant Professor, Computer Architecture, Docteur-Ingenieur (Ph.D.), Institut Nationale Parallel Computation des Sciences Appliques, Toulouse, France— Professor, Integrated Circuits, Semiconductor Electrical Engineering Devices and Processing Jayanti Venkataraman, BS, MS, Bangalore Department University; Ph.D., Indian Institute of Science, Raman M. Unnikrishnan, BS, MSEE, Ph.D., Bangalore, India—Professor, Electromagnetics University of Missouri—Professor and Department Head, Control Systems Adjunct Faculty in Electrical Edward C. Chung, BS, MS, Ph.D., Ohio Engineering University—Assistant Professor, Digital James Moon, Ph.D., University of California, Systems, Microprocessors, Multimedia Berkeley—Electronic Devices Computer Networks, Artificial Intelligence Soheil A. Dianat, BS, Aria-Mehr University, Industrial & Manufacturing Iran; MS, Ph.D., George Washington University—Professor, Control Systems, Engineering Department Signal Processing Jasper E. Shealy, BS, MS, Ph.D., SUNY Lynn F. Fuller, BS, MS, Ph.D., SUNY Buffalo- Buffalo—Professor and Department Head, Professor, Microelectronic Engineering Human Factors Roger Heintz, BS, Michigan Technological Family fun can include a visit to RIT's ice rink for University; MS, Ph.D., Syracuse University— skating, cheering on the Tigers hockey team or Professor, Electronics, Electromagnetics, Laser shaking hands with a friendly mascot. Integrated Optics 76 College of Engineering

Santosh Kurinec, BS, MS, Ph.D., University of Delhi, India—Professor, Materials, Solid State Devices, Sensors Richard L. Lane, BS, Ph.D., SUNY Alfred- Professor, Materials, Chemical Vapor Deposition, Plasma Processing, Crystal Growth Robert E. Pearson, BS, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; Ph.D., SUNY Buffalo—Associate Professor, Digital I.C. Design, Process Modeling and Simulation, Testing, Semiconductor Manufacturing, Process Integration Bruce W. Smith, BS, MS, Ph.D., Rochester Institute of Technology—Associate Professor, Microlithography Renan Turkman, Diplome d'Ingenieur (MS); Docteur-Ingenieur (Ph.D.), Institut Nationale des Sciences Appliques, Toulouse, France— Professor, Process Modeling and Simulation, Solid State Devices, Power Semiconductor Devices, Process Integration Center for Quality and Applied Taking a break. . . Statistics Donald D. Baker, BA, Trinity College; M.Ed., Robert A. Ellson, BME, City College of New Ali Ogut, B.Ch.E., Hacettepe University, MBA, Ph.D., University of Rochester— York; MS, Ph.D., P.E., University of Rochester- Turkey; MS, Ph.D., University of Maryland— Professor, Director, Quality Standards, Professor, Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics Associate Professor, Fluid Mixing, Thermal Problem Solving, Reengineering, Auditing Jon E. Freckleton, BS, University of Fluid Sciences Quality Systems Rochester; MS, P.E., Nazareth College— Marietta R. Scanlon, BS, Tufts University; Anne M. Barker, BA, Nazareth College; MS, Associate Professor, Manufacturing MS, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Rochester Institute of Technology—Assistant Hany A. Ghoneim, BS, MS, Cairo University, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University—Assistant Professor, Statistics, Taguchi Methods, Design Egypt; Ph.D., Rutgers University—Associate Professor, Materials Science, Mechanical of Experiments, Statistical Process Control, Professor, Finite Elements, Vibrations Properties, Thin Films Regression Analysis Amitabha Ghosh, B.Tech., M.Tech., Indian Frank Sciremammano Jr., BS, MS, Ph.D., Thomas B. Barker, BS, MS, Rochester Institute of Technology, India; Ph.D., University of Rochester—Associate Professor, Institute of Technology—Associate Professor, Mississippi State University—Associate Geophysical Fluid Dynamics and Design of Experiments, Taguchi, Regression Professor, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Environmental Engineering Analysis, Management of Experiments Aerodynamics Robert L. Snyder, BS, Rochester Institute of John T. Burr, Ph.D., Purdue University— Surendra K. Gupta, B.Tech., Indian Institute Technology; Ph.D., P.E., Iowa State— Assistant Professor, Quality Engineering of Technology, India; MS, University of Notre Professor, Materials Science, Chemistry Technologies, Quality Management, Dame; Ph.D., University of Rochester— Dave Tomer, BS, ME, Pennsylvania State IS09000/ QS9000 Standards and Auditing Professor, Materials Science, Computer University—Sr. Lecturer, Materials John D. Hromi, BS, Carnegie-Mellon Software, Image Processing Processing, Mechanics University; BEE, Clemson University; M. Litt., Michael P. Hennessey, BS, University of Josef S. Torok, BS, University of Akron; MS, University of Pittsburgh; D. Engr., University Minnesota; MS, Massachusetts Institute of Ph.D., Ohio State University—Associate of Detroit—Professor Emeritus, Statistical Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota— Professor, Theoretical and Applied Quality Control, Quality Engineering, Quality Assistant Professor, Dynamics, Robotics, Mechanics, Applied Mathematics, Dynamic Management, Human Resource Development Control of Mechanical Systems Systems Daniel R. Lawrence, BA, BS, University of Akron; MA, Ball State University; MS, Richard B. Hetnarski, MS, Gdansk Technical P. Venkataraman, B.Tech., Indian Institute of Rochester Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University; MS, Warsaw University; Dr. Tech. Technology; MS, Ph.D., Rice University— University of Toronto—Assistant Professor, Sci., P.E., Polish Academy of Sciences— Assistant Professor, Optimal Control, Fluid Dual/Optimal Scaling, Analysis of Gleason Professor, Thermoelasticity, Applied Mechanics, Optimal Design Categorical (survey) Data, Statistical Theory Mechanics Wayne W. Walter, BE, State University of Edward G. Schilling, BA, MBA, MS, Ph.D., Satish G. Kandlikar, BE, Marathwada New York Maritime College; MS, Clarkson Rutgers University—Statistical Process University, India; M.Tech., Ph.D., Indian College; Ph.D., P.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Control, Acceptance Sampling, Institute of Technology—Professor, Thermal Institute—Professor, Applied Mechanics, Troubleshooting and Interpretation of Data Systems and Energy Robotics, Vibrations Joseph G. Voelkel, BS, Rensselaer Bhalchandra V. Karlekar, BE, MS, University Polytechnic Institute; MS, Northwestern of Baroda, India; MS, Ph.D., P.E., University Microelectronic Engineering University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin- of Illinois—Professor, Heat Transfer, Energy Madison—Associate Professor, Statistics, Mark Kempski, BS, Purdue University; MS, Department Quality Control, Statistical Process Control, Ph.D., SUNY Buffalo—Professor, Biomechanics Lynn F. Fuller, BS, MS, Ph.D., SUNY Design of Experiments, Regression, Statistical Kevin Kochersberger, BS, MS, Ph.D., Virginia Buffalo—Motorola Professor and Department Reliability, Nonparametrics Polytechnic Institute and State University— Head, Analog I.C. Design, Semiconductor Hubert D. Wood, BS, George Washington Visiting Assistant Professor, Signal Manufacturing, Process Integration University; MS, University of Rochester— Processing, Structural Dynamics, Design Karl Hirschman, BS, MSEE, Rochester Assistant Professor, Quality Control, Chris Nilsen, BS, Rochester Institute of Institute of Technology—Visiting Assistant Multivariate Analysis, Time Series, Surveys Technology; MS, Worcester Polytechnic Professor, Semiconductor Manufacturing, Institute; Ph.D., P.E., Michigan State- Process Integration Professor, Metallurgy and Materials Science Michael A. Jackson, BS, MS, Ph.D., SUNY Alan H. Nye, BS, MS, Clarkson College; Buffalo—Associate Professor, Surface Ph.D., University of Rochester—Professor, Analysis, Integrated Circuit Metrology, Solid Solar Physics, Lasers State Devices, Materials College of Engineering 77

Note: Prerequisites are within parentheses at the end of the course description. 0301-732 Digital Systems Design with VHDL This course deals with the practical aspects of digital system design using the Electrical Engineering IEEE-standard VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) and a modem commercial development system. The course begins with a brief summary of 0301-711 Physics of Bipolar Devices the syntax of VHDL followed by several examples of hardware modeling. An advanced-level course in electronic transport in semiconductors and the Simulation of VHDL models with test benches is discussed, and the applications operation of bipolar devices (pn junction diodes, bipolar junction transistors of VHDL to top-down design methodology are presented. Two projects will be and semiconductor-controlled rectifiers). Topics include electron drift, diffusion required. The first is primarily to attune the student to the VHDL development and carrier lattice interactions, energy band diagrams in nonuniformly doped system, while the second is a real subsystem designed and implemented on pro- semiconductors, continuity equations, impact ionization, tunneling, advanced grammable devices. The course will be supported by the Altera-VHDL software static and dynamic analysis of diodes and bipolar transistors, design of bipolar and hardware and/or by the Xilinx-VHDL hardware and software. (0301-650 or devices. Credit 4 (F) equivalent) Credit 4

0301-712 Physics & Scaling of CMOS Devices 0301-741 Design for Testability An advanced-level course on MOSFET's and submicron CMOS devices. Topics This course deals with the design systems for testability and for maintainability. include MOS capacitators, gated diodes, long channel MOSFET, subthreshold A survey of criteria for testability is given. A discussion of fault simulation and conduction and offstate leakage, short channel effects, ion-implanted channels, test pattern generation is included. Random test pattern generators and associ- buried-channel PMOS, CMOS scaling and structural design of submicron ated data compression schemes such as signature analysis are also described. CMOS, advanced well technologies and latch-up immunity, CCDs and memory Scanning techniques (both scan path and boundary scan) are discussed. The devices (EPROMs, EEPROMs including Flash EEPROMs, SRAMs, DRAMs). trade-offs between built-in testing capacity and additional silicon structures are Credit 4 (W) weighed. A small project, usually involving simulation, will be required. (0301- 650) Credit 4 0301-713 Solid State Physics An intermediate-level course on the physical properties of semiconductors for 0301-742 Advanced Microprocessor Software Design engineering students. The emphasis is on semiconductor materials and funda- An introduction to the theory and application of top-down design, structure, mental solid state physics. Topics include electronic structure of atoms, crystal abstraction, segmentation, high-level languages, and operating systems to real- structures, direct and reciprocal lattices, Bragg diffraction, Bloch electrons, time programs for microprocessors. Students will become proficient in a struc- energy band theory, effective mass theory, energy-momentum relations in direct tured high-level language. Topics include structure diagrams, separate module and indirect band gap semiconductors, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, compilation, data types, data structures, self-documenting code, procedures, statistical physics applied to carriers in semiconductors, density of states, and meaningful variable names, linkage with other languages, object code libraries, lattice vibrations. Credit 4 (S) operating system calls, multi-tasking concurrent and re-entrant programs, and symbolic debugging. (0301-365 or a high-level programming language) Credit 4 0301-715 Machine Vision The course introduces both high- and low-level digital image processing tech- 0301-749 Speech & Image Compression niques with emphasis on applications. The major topics are binary images (ori- Modem compression techniques used in efficient digital transmission and entation and center calculations, projections, run-length coding, morphological storage of speech and image waveforms are dealt with. Topics include digital filters, optimal binary filters), gray-level images (enhancement, nonlinear filters, communication channels, sampling and reconstruction of one-dimensional and segmentation, object identification, discriminators), time varying images, two-dimensional signals, coding concepts, bit rate, coder complexity, rate dis- motion analysis, 3-D information. Credit 4 (F) tortion and information-theoretic bounds, characteristics of speech and image waveforms, quantization techniques, uniform nonuniform, logarithmic, 0301-726 Analog IC Design optimum (Max), entropy coding, adaptive, pulse code modulation (PCM) of A course in the analysis and design of bipolar analog integrated circuits. Topics audio and video waveforms, DPCM, ADPCM, and delta modulation, linear pre- include device models, amplifiers, current sources and active loads, output diction, transform coding, optimum (Karhunen-Loeve) transform and its gain, stages, operational amplifiers, precision reference design and analog circuit sub-optimum transforms, DFT, DCT, DST, DHT, and DWHT, special coding design in bipolar LSI. Course will involve circuit design and computer simula- schemes, run-length coding, block truncation coding, sub-band coding, vector tion projects. Credit 4 quantization, comparative performance of various schemes. Computer assign- ments and demonstrations are involved. Credit 4 0301-727 VLSI Design A course in the design of very large scale integrated circuits at the level of Mead 0301-754 Analytical Techniques I and Conway's VLSI Design. Topics include MOS devices and circuits, n-channel Required of all graduate students, this course provides an understanding of MOS process, data and control flow in systematic structures, implementing complex variables and transform calculus. Topics include theory of complex integrated system design, system timing and examples of LSI computer sys- variables; transformations; analyticity; singularities; complex integration; tems. (0301-724,670 and a course in computer architecture) Credit 4 Cauchy's and residue theorems; series expansions. Taylor and Laurent series; conformal mapping; advanced topics in continuous-time Fourier series and 0301-730 Advanced Analog IC Design transforms; Laplace transforms (existance, inversion integral, branch points, An advanced course in analog integrated circuit design. Students will study and applications), Z-transform (ROC, inversion integral, properties and appli- bipolar and MOS realization of operational amplifiers, analog multipliers, A to cations to discrete-time systems), Fourier analysis of discrete-time signals (dis- D and D to A convertors, switched capacitor filters and more. The students will crete Fourier transform (DFT), fast Fourier transform (FFT) and applications of participate in design projects including circuit design, layout and SPICE simu- the FFT algorithm. Credit 4 lation. (0301-726) Credit 4 0301-755 Analytical Techniques II 0301-731 Design of High Performance Digital Systems This course is required of all graduate students. It deals with the elements of This course deals with the practical aspects of modern packaging techniques for linear algebra and states variables as applied to continuous and discrete-time assembly of electronic systems and the effects of these techniques on electronic systems. Topics include linear vector spaces, matrices, matrix transformations, and thermal performance characteristics. The stress is on system and subsystem Cayley-Hamilton theorem, state variables, canonical realizations of state equa- packaging rather than on component packaging and includes both surface- tions, state transition matrix, solution of state equations, stability analysis and mount and through-hole printed circuit boards as well as multichip modules. applications. Credit 4 (W) Design for assembly, design for test, design for reliability, and embedded micro- processor systems are all considered. Along with the usual examinations, a paper or project will be required. Will include presentations by experienced industrial professionals. A project similar to a term paper will be required along with an oral and a written presentation of the project results. Projects are sup- ported by Sun workstations and commercial CADENCE software. (0301-650 or equivalent) Credit 4 College of Engineering 78

RIT engineering students have successfully competed in prestigious Society of Automotive Engineers-sponsored racing events, including the Formula SAE and the GM Sunrayce USA road race.

0301-756 Analytical Techniques III 0301-764 Digital Control Systems In this course the student is introduced to random variables and stochastic An introduction to the analysis and design of control systems in which the processes. Topics covered are probability theory, conditional probability and microcontroller plays a principal role. Topics include sampled data systems, Z Bayes' theorem, discrete and continuous random variables, distribution and and W-place analysis and design, algorithm generation and the effect of com- density functions, moments and characteristic functions, functions of one and puter word length on noise and stability. The student will be expected to make several random variables, Gaussian random variables and the central limit the- use of the digital computer in the implementation of design procedures. (0301- orem, estimation of a random variable, random processes, stationarity and 755) Credit 4 ergodicity, autocorrelation, cross-correlation and power spectrum density, response of linear systems to stochastic inputs, introduction to linear prediction, 0301-765 Optimal Control Wiener filtering, elements of detection, matched filters. (Graduate standing) An introduction to the calculus of variations. Topics covered include conditions Credit 4 of optimality; optimizing transient performance by statistical and variational procedures, dynamic programming and Pontryagin's maximum principle; and 0301-761 Modern Control Theory the design of optimal linear systems with quadratic criteria. (0301-761) Credit 4 An advanced course in control theory, topics covered include review of state- space formulation of SISO systems, solution of state equations, STM and its 0301-767 Power Semiconductor Circuits properties, application of state-space concepts, state variable design, multi- The objective of this course is to provide an adequate application-oriented variage systems, preliminaries, systems of lease order, stability and control. knowledge to those interested in the areas of control, power and power elec- (0301-754, 755,513) Credit 4 tronics. Topics to be discussed: preliminaries, basic principles of static switching thyristor theory, triggering, commutations; rectifiers; principles of controlled 0301-762 Nonlinear Control Systems rectification, analysis of single- and three-phase controlled rectifiers; inverters; This course is an introduction to the physical nature and mathematical theory series and parallel SCR inverters, design of inverters, sine wave filters; forced of nonlinear control systems' behavior using phase plane techniques. Liapunov commutation inverter, McMurray inverter, DC systems, principles of AC-DC theory (including Aizerman's method, variable gradient methods and the Lure conversion, choppers, DC motor drives, dual converter; cyclo-converter, con- forms), perturbation methods, describing function techniques, and Papov's cri- trols. Modeling and simulation of thyristor circuits; thyristor models approxi- terion and analysis of switching and relays are discussed. These are applied to mations, digital simulation of choppers, inverters and cyclo-converters, areas of both piecewise-linear and analytical nonlinear systems. (0301-761) Credit 4 further research. Demonstration experiments will be set up. Also, individual projects by interested students will be encouraged. Credit 4. 0301-763 Stochastic Estimation & Control This course is concerned with the control of systems in the presence of uncer- 0301-768 Adaptive Signal Process tainties. Topics to be discussed: modeling of stochastic processes, estimation An introduction to the fundamental concepts of adaptive systems; open and theory, least squares estimation, maximum-likelihood estimation, MAP estima- closed loop adaptive systems; adaptive linear combiner; performance function tion, optimum filtering and prediction, optimum smoothing and interpolation, and minimization; decorrelation of error and input signal. Adaptation algo- the Wiener-Hopf equation, solution to casual and non-casual cases, state esti- rithms such as steepest descent, LMS and LMS/Newton algorithm. Noise and mation, Kalman filtering, discrete and continuous time filters, Riccati equation, misadjustments. Applications will include system identification, deconvolution optimum feedback control in presence of noise, LQC problem and applications. and equalization, adaptive arrays and multipath communication channels. (0301-756,761) Credit 4 (0301-756 or permission of instructor) Credit 4 College of Engineering 79

0301-770 Pattern Recognition 0301-790 Random Signals & Noise This course introduces the mathematical techniques applied to the recognition Topics covered in this course include functions of two random variables, mean of patterns in signals. It deals with classical techniques as well as treating the square estimation, orthogonality principles, sequences of random variables, more recent strategies of neural networks. Although the techniques are central limit theorem, random processes, correlation functions, spectrum of described in a general way, the course eventually applies these methods to the periodic functions and periodic random processes, spectral densities, the recognition of patterns in images. Topics include Bayes' decision theory, para- Gaussian random process, noise through linear systems. (0301-755,756) Credit 4 metric and non-parametric techniques, the use of linear discriminant functions and the use of neural networks in pattern recognition. Methods of feature selec- 0301-793 Error Detecting & Error Correction tion also will be discussed. Applications to images will include image prepro- This course covers linear block codes and convolutional codes. The major linear cessing for edge detection and edge following algorithms. Applications will also block codes to be covered are Hamming, BCH, Golay and Reed-Solomon codes. deal with the use of Fourier, Cosine and Moment image descriptors. Class 4, The fundamental structure of linear block codes will be developed and applied Credit 4 to performance calculations. The structure of cyclic codes will be developed and applied to encoders and decoders. The major error correction methods, 0301-772, 773, 774 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering including error trapping, majority logic decoding and the BCH algorithm will Topics and subject areas that are not among the courses listed are frequently be developed and the Biterbi and sequential decoding algorithms will be offered under the title of Special Topics. Such courses are offered in a normal studied. Questions of system performance, speed and complexity will be exam- format, that is, regularly scheduled class sessions with an instructor. Credit 4 ined. (0301-756) Credit 4 (No regular course schedule) 0301-794 Information Theory 0301-775 Optical Engineering I This course introduces the student to the fundamental concepts and results of An introduction to the properties of optical components and their combination information theory. This is a very important course for students who want to into systems, primarily from a geometrical optics point of view. The course specialize in signal processing, image processing, or digital communication. develops paraxial matrix method with application to zoom lens design and Topics include definition of information, mutual information, average informa- extends the matrix method to meridional rays and skew rays and develops tion or entropy, entropy as a measure of average uncertainty, information FORTRAN programs for the reduction of spherical aberration, coma, astigma- sources and source coding, Huffman codes, run-length constraints, discrete tism and curvature of field. It also covers aspherical surfaces, Schmidt system, memoryless channels, channel coding theorem, channel capacity and Shannon's photometry and the design of projection and achromatic systems. Credit 4 theorem, noisy channels, continuous sources and channels, coding in the pres- ence of noise, performance bounds for data transmission, rate distortion theory. 0301-776 Electro-optics (0301-756) Credit 4 This course deals with the principles of the laser and its operation. It covers ray tracing in an optical system, Gaussian beams, optical resonators, interaction of 0301-795 Optical Engineering II radiation and atomic systems, theory of laser oscillation, Q-switching and This course emphasizes the application of wave optics to optical systems. It mode-locking. It also covers some specific laser systems and electro-optic mod- covers various applications of wave optics to optical systems. Topics include ulation of laser beams. (0301472 or equivalent) Credit 4 Michelson interferometer, Fourier transform spectroscopy, Fabry-Perot interfer- ometer, thin films, methods of synthesis for dielectric multilayer filters, 0301-778 Fiber Optics Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction, Fourier optics, spatial filtering and holog- This course introduces the basic concepts of wave propagation in fibers. It raphy. (0301-472 or equivalent) Credit 4 reviews basic waveguide equations and applies the theory to dielectric slab waveguide, step-index and graded-index fibers. It covers the techniques of 0301-800 Graduate Paper source coupling and splicing and discusses optical sources such as semicon- This course number is used to fulfill the graduate paper requirement under the ductor lasers and LED. Applications to communication systems also will be dis- non-thesis option for the MS degree in electrical engineering. The student must cussed. (0301-472 or equivalent) Credit 4 obtain the approval of an appropriate faculty member to supervise the paper before registering for this course. Credit 5 0301-779 Digital Image Processing This is an introductory course in digital image processing which begins with a 0301-890 Thesis study of two-dimensional signal processing and transform methods with appli- An independent engineering project or research problem to demonstrate pro- cations to images. Image sampling is discussed followed by gray-level descrip- fessional maturity. A formal written thesis and an oral defense are required. The tion of images and methods of contrast manipulation including linear/non- student must obtain the approval of an appropriate faculty member to guide the linear transformation and histogram equalization and specification. Image thesis before registering for the thesis. A thesis may be used to earn a mini- smoothing methods are considered including spatial and frequency domain mum of six credits and a maximum of 12 credits. The usual is nine credits. low-pass filtering, AD-HOC methods of noise removal and median filtering. Credit variable Following this, methods of image sharpening are studied including derivative methods and high-pass filtering. Edge and line detection methods are discussed using masks and hough transforms, methods of image segmentation and degra- Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering dation and image restoration, including deblurring. Several extensive computer 0303-701 Principles of Operations Research I and DSP lab assignments are required. (0301-755, 554 or permission of Applied linear programming. Computational techniques for solving con- instructor) Credit 4 strained optimization problems. Linear programming, the Simplex method and variations, duality and sensitivity testing. Credit 4 0301-780 Independent Study This course number should be used by students who plan to study a topic on an 0303-702 Mathematical Programming independent study basis. The student must obtain the permission of the appro- An introduction to the mathematical foundations of nonlinear optimization priate faculty member before registering for the course. Credit 4 techniques. Development of programming algorithms and computer-aided solutions of nonlinear optimization problems. Credit 4 0301-788 Advanced Topics in Digital Signal Processing This course covers signal processing techniques that are widely used but not 0303-710 Systems Simulation covered in fundamental signal processing courses. Topics include review of Methods of modeling and computer simulation of stochastic and dynamic man- random processes, spectral estimation, periodgram, Blackman-Tudey spectral ufacturing systems are discussed. A high-level simulation language such as estimation, rational transfer function models, AR, MA and ARMA spectral esti- ProModel will be used to model the system and examine system performance. mators, maximum likelihood spectral estimation, two-dimensional spectral esti- Model validation, design of simulation experiments, variance reduction tech- mation, multirate DSP, sampling and signal reconstruction, decimators and niques and random number generation will be discussed as time permits. (0303- interpolators and quadrature mirror filters (QMF), homomorphic signal pro- 715,775 or equivalent) Credit 4 cessing, multiplicative homomorphic systems for convolution, homomorphic image processing and complex cepstrum, effects of finite register length in DSP, effect of number representation on quantization, quantization in sampling analog signals, finite-register-length effects in realizations of FIR and IIR filters, introduction to higher order spectra. (0301-756) Credit 4 80 College of Engineering

0303-715 Statistical Analysis for Engineering I A basic course in probability and statistics designed to give the student a foun- 0303-742 Artificial Intelligence Applications in Manufacturing dation for further study in areas such as design of experiments, stochastic sys- An introductory course in the development and application of "intelligent" tems and simulation. Credit 4 (knowledge-based) systems within the realm of manufacturing. Students will be exposed to various programming languages (e.g., LISP and/or ProLog) and 0303-716 Statistical Analysis for Engineering II expert system development shells. Topics to be explored include knowledge A first course in least squares linear regression. Topics covered include estima- representation schemes, search strategies and their implementation, computer- tion of model parameters, significance testing of model parameters, detection aided process planning, robot/AGV path planning, automated scheduling, pat- and treatment of influential observations, model adequacy checking and vari- tern recognition, knowledge-based systems and neural networks. Credit 4 able selection techniques. (0303-715) Credit 4 0303-747 Microprocessor Applications 0303-720 Production Control Automated manufacturing processes demand effective computer- A systems approach to the design of production control operations. microprocessor interfacing. This course will provide the necessary knowledge Investigation of forecasting, operations planning, inventory control and sched- of assembly language programming and digital hardware interfacing tech- uling. Case studies and the design of actual production systems are encouraged. niques. The role of macro-assemblies, high-level languages and systems soft- (0303-701,0303-715) Credit 4 ware aids to develop efficient modular programs will be discussed. One or more specific manufacturing related applications will be implemented. Micro- 0303-723 Facilities Planning processor architectures and interfacing to several hardware elements such as Principles of plant layout and material handling. Topics covered include crite- VART, PIA, A/D, D/A and other LSI chips will be covered. A greater emphasis rion selection, cost elements, the layout design process, SLP, computerized plant will be placed on software aspects such as modularity, data structure, interrupt layout and quantitative plant layout and material handling techniques relating handling, and communication protocols to design efficient hierarchical control to operations research. Credit 4 systems for computer-integrated manufacturing. Credit 4

0303-725 Technological Forecasting 0303-748 Quality & Reliability Technological forecasting is concerned with the Delphi method, SOON charts, A first course in applied statistical analysis for quality and reliability analysis. trend extrapolation, relevancy trees, cross input analysis, internally consistent Topics include control charts, sampling plans, analysis of failure data and sys- scenarios and decision matrices. The course will provide a thorough introduc- tems reliability models. For CIM majors only. (0303-715 or equivalent). Credit 4 tion to the basic concepts and techniques of technological forecasting. Credit 4 0303-750 Management of Quality Control Systems 0303-729 Computer Integrated Manufacturing This is a survey course designed to expose upper-level students to managerial This course introduces concepts and techniques needed to specify, design and aspects of quality control systems. Ideas from a number of quality consultants implement computer-integrated manufacturing systems. Students will become (Juran, Gryna, Crosby, Taguchi, etc.) will be covered to give students an familiar with real-world data acquisition problems and will work with interface overview of topics such as fitness for use, quality costs, quality planning, statis- electronics for process monitoring and control. (0303-775) Credit 4 tical quality control and experimental design for quality improvement. (Graduate standing or consent of the professor; 0303-715) Credit 4 0303-730 Ergonomics & Human Factors A survey course of human factors emphasizing a systems approach in looking 0303-755 Multicriteria Decision Making at human capacity for physical and mental work versus the demands placed Decision making is the process of selecting a possible course of action from all upon the human by the task, machine and environment. Various models of available alternatives. In most real-world problems, multiplicity of criteria for human performance are covered. Credit 4 judging the alternates is unavoidable. This course explores some of the multiple objective and attribute methods to analyze conflicting and incommensurate cri- 0303-731 Advanced Topics in Ergonomics/Human Factors teria. (0303-701,0303-702) Credit 4 Advanced topics are selected based on current ergonomic and human factors issues and interests of students. Course is taught using a seminar format. (0303- 0303-756 Decision Analysis 730 or equivalent) Credit 4 This course presents the primary concepts of decision analysis. Topics impor- tant to the practical assessment of probability and preference information 0303-732 Work Physiology & Biomechanics needed to implement decision analysis are considered. Decision models repre- Theoretical fundamentals of human body physiology and mechanics applied to sented by a sequence of interrelated decisions, stochastic processes and multiple work. Development applications of biomechanics and biomechanical models. criteria are also considered. (0303-715 or equivalent) Credit 4 Kinematics of the link system of the body and extremity joints. (0303-730 or equivalent) Credit 4 0303-757 Reliability This course deals with mathematical concepts and techniques for modeling and 0303-733 Cognitive Engineering analyzing the reliability of systems. (0303-715 or equivalent) Credit 4 Measurements of human performance. Fundamentals of human information processing and how they relate to the design of human-machine systems. (0303- 0303-758 Design of Experiments 730 or equivalent) Credit 4 This course presents the primary concepts of experimental design. Its applied approach uses theoretical tools acquired in other mathematics and statistics 0303-734 Systems Safety Engineering courses. Emphasis is placed on the role of replication and randomization in Study of the human component in occupational systems from a failure analysis. experimentation. Numerous designs and design strategies are reviewed, and Product systems safety analysis. Approaches in accident prevention. Current implications on data analysis are discussed. (0303-715 or equivalent) Credit 4 OSHA standards. Credit 4 0303-771, 772, 773, 774 Special Topics in Industrial Engineering 0303-740 Numerical Control & Manufacturing These are variable credit, variable topics courses that can be in the form of reg- Numerical control is the technique of programming a machine (such as a mill) ular courses or independent study under faculty supervision. Credit variable to manufacture a part with minimum operator interaction. Several levels of NC (maximum 4 per course number) programming will be studied: manual programming, computer-assisted pro- gramming and interactive graphics. Students will participate in extensive 0303-775 Data Structures Using C hands-on work using a mill and a lathe. In addition, the role that NC machines An introductory course in data structures and algorithms using the C program- play in the factory of the past, present and future will be discussed and ana- ming language. Topics include sorting, searching and lists. This course can be lyzed. (Permission of instructor) Credit 4 used as a foundation for many computer-based courses in engineering. Credit 4

0303-741 Applications of Robotics in Manufacturing Systems 0303-776 Case Studies This course introduces the fundamentals of robotics and robotics applications in The analysis and solution of complex systems problems for students enrolled in manufacturing systems. The course deals with analysis of robotic systems, the systems engineering option. Credit 4 robotic selection and feasibilities, integration of robots in manufacturing sys- tems, design of robot work stations, materials handling, programming, control and safety. (Permission of instructor) Credit 4 College of Engineering 81

0303-777 Engineering Internship This course number is used by students in the master of engineering degree pro- gram for earning internship credits. The actual number of credits is to be deter- mined by the student's faculty adviser and is subject to the Graduate Committee of the College of Engineering. Credit variable

0303-799 Independent Study This course number should be used by students who plan to study a topic on an independent study basis. The student must obtain the permission of the appro- priate faculty member before registering for the course. Credit 4 Mechanical Engineering 0304-743 Control Systems Introduces the student to the study of linear control systems, their behavior and their design and use in augmenting engineering system performance. Topics include control system behavior characterization in time and frequency domains, stability, error and design. This is accomplished through classical methods that employ the use of Laplace transforms, block diagrams, feedback control, root locus, Nyquist plots, and Bode diagrams. A companion laboratory will provide students with significant "hands-on" experience. (0304-543 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, S)

0304-758 Engineering Vibrations This is a course on the theory of mechanical vibrations with an emphasis on design applications and instrumentation. Fourier analysis techniques, numer- ical and experimental analysis and design methods are presented in addition to theoretical concepts. Vibrations of single-degree of freedom systems are covered including free damped and undamped motion; harmonic and transient forced motion, including support motion, machinery unbalance, and isolation. Modal analysis of multi-degree of freedom systems is introduced. In addition to labo- ratory exercises on vibration instrumentation, an independent design project is assigned. (0304-543 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, F)

0304-801 Design for Manufacture This is a required course in the manufacturing option of the master of engi- neering degree program. The course is offered jointly by the departments of industrial and manufacturing engineering and mechanical engineering and pre- sents an overview of the factors influencing product design and the manufac- turing cycle. Topics include component design and analysis, design for manu- facturability as well as function and design for manual and automated assembly. Students will gain hands-on experience with the Boothroyd/ Dewhurst system to quantify design efficiency through a term project. The var- ious manufacturing processes as they relate to modem trends in DFM are cov- ered in detail. Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, W)

0304-810 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics In a joint effort of the colleges of Business and Engineering, the manufac- A rigorous basis for the study of advanced fluid mechanics and theory of elas- turing management and leadership program prepares leaders to manage both ticity is presented. Cartesian tensors. Analysis of stress and deformation. processes and people. Motion of a continuous medium. Applications to theory of elasticity, thermo- elasticity, viscoelasticity and fluid mechanics. (0304-871) Class 4, Credit 4 (even year, F) 0304-821 Advanced Vibrations Vibration of discrete multimass systems using matrix methods. Normal mode 0304-811 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity theory and matrix eigenvalue extraction procedures. Matrix forced response. Stress-strain relationships and formulation of boundary value problems. State Practical examples using two-and-three degrees of freedom. Vibration of con- of plane strain, state of plane stress. Solutions by potentials, Airy stress function. tinuous systems. Computer simulations. (0304-758) Class 4, Credit 4 (every Torsion of bars with circular, elliptic, rectangular cross-sections. Stresses and year, W) displacements in thick cylinders, disks and spheres. Contact stress problems. Energy principles. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 (even year, W) 0304-823 Systems Modeling Designed to introduce the students to state-space system modeling techniques 0304-816 Finite Elements and response characterization. Both lumped and distributed parameter systems This is an introductory course on the modem theory of finite element analysis. will be considered. Bond-graph theory will be used extensively. System perfor- Although the necessary mathematics will be kept to a minimum, the course con- mance will be assessed through numerical solution using MATLAB/Simulink, tent has been designed to provide the skills necessary to write an F. E. program Traditional closed-form solution methods utilizing Laplace and Fourier trans- and to understand the structure and capabilities of commercially available forms. Transfer functions are also discussed. (0304-543 or equivalent) Class 4, codes. Applications to problems in structural mechanics, heat transfer and fluid Credit 4 (every year, F) mechanics. (0304-870) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, S) 0304-827 Computer Graphics in Design 0304-820 Advanced Optimal Design The course emphasizes the current role of computer graphics in computer- Topics from nonlinear programming as applied to automated optimal design. assisted design and design analysis. Subjects include components of CAD sys- Use of penalty functions for the transformation of constrained nonlinear opti- tems, methods of geometric modeling, visualization methods, techniques of mization problems. Multivariate pattern and gradient based algorithms. Linear interactive communication, and design applications utilizing available software programming, Quasi-Newton's method, Newton's method and direct methods packages for multidimensional graphic display, pre- and post-processing modelers for constrained problems. Applications to the solution of practical nonlinear for finite element analyses and three-dimensional solids modeling. (Graduate optimization problems will be required through available software on the main- standing) Class 4, Credit 4 (odd year, S) frame computer. (0304-871,874) Class 4, Credit 4 (even year, S) 82 College of Engineering

0304-828 Special Topics—Applied Mechanics 0304-851 Convective Phenomena In response to student and/or faculty interest, special courses that are of current This course introduces the student to the flow of real incompressible fluids. The interest and/or logical continuations of regular courses will be presented. These differential approach is used to develop and solve the equations governing the courses will be structured as ordinary courses with specified prerequisites, con- phenomena of mass, momentum, and heat transfer. The material in the course tact hours and examination. (Graduate standing) Credit variable up to 4 (TBA) provides the necessary background for a study of computational fluid dynamics. (0304-415,514) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, W) 0304-830 Introduction to CFD Analysis This graduate core course covers basic numerical techniques applicable to equa- 0304-852 Advanced Turbomachinery tions in fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Numerical methods required for pro- This course introduces the students to some of the advanced topics in turboma- gramming partial differential equations are introduced. Course work involves chinery. Topics include airfoil theory, two-and three-dimensional flow analysis analytical programming and design examples. Commercial software is also in radial and axial turbomachines, and turbomachinery flow stability characteris- explored (0304-838,851) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, S) tics. Students are expected to do a design project using FLUENT Computational Fluid Dynamics code. (0304-550,652) Class 4, Credit 4 (even years, F) 0304-833 Heat Exchanger Design This course presents an overview of the different heat exchangers used in 0304-864 Production Tool Design industry including shell-and-tube, plate, tube-fin, and plate-fin heat exchangers. This is a course in the core group, CAD, of the manufacturing engineering Analytical modeling of recuperators, regenerators, and transient performance is option in the master of engineering degree program. Design of production also covered. Thermal design methods for designing shell-and-tube and com- tooling, jigs and fixtures for the economical manufacture of modern parts is cov- pact heat exchangers are presented. Students are required to carry out a major ered in detail. The student must do research in current publications, and com- design project in the course. (0304-514; 0304-550 or 851) Class 4, Credit 4 (odd plete and present a project. Project selection can usually be arranged to incor- years, W) porate an assembly of parts from the student's normal work. There will be field trips to local specialty firms. (Graduate standing) Class 4, Credit 4 (even years, S) 0304-834 Boiling & Condensation This course provides a basic understanding of the phase change phenomena 0304-865 Computer Implementation associated with boiling and condensation heat transfer. This knowledge is This is a course in the core group, CAD, of the manufacturing engineering applied in the design of industrial systems such as evaporators, condensers and option in the master of engineering degree program. It emphasizes the applica- distillation columns. Students are required to undertake a major design project tion of the finite element method to problems in the area of static and dynamic in the course. (0304-514,550) Class 4, Credit 4 (even years, W) structural analysis, heat transfer, and analogous solution. A standard commer- cial software package is used for these applications where the general structure, 0304-835 Grid Generation operating characteristics and use of a complex program are presented. Topics This is a graduate elective course that introduces modern topics in the theory of include the finite element method; shape factors, element formulation, and the grid generation techniques. Although the primary focus will be on the topics of element library; program sequencing; general modeling methods (loads, con- thermal/fluid sciences, the applicability of the theory holds in other fields of straints, material factors, mesh generation, interactive graphics, model condi- interest as well. Topics include algebraic and elliptic grid generation, structured tioning); convergence, error analysis and the "patch" test, vibration and heat and unstructured grids, and boundary element methods. Some commercially transfer analysis, and analogous analysis such as acoustics, illumination, etc. available software will be introduced. (0304-830) Class 4, Credit 4 (odd years, F) (0304-816) Class 4, Credit 4 (odd years, F)

0304-838 Ideal Flows 0304-870 Mathematics for Engineers I This graduate core course covers the fundamental topics in the theory of aero- A concise introduction to the concepts of matrix and linear algebra, including dynamics and high-speed flows. The course discusses modern aerodynamic determinants, eigenvalues, systems of linear equations, vector spaces, linear applications in the areas of wing and airfoil design, wind tunnel testing and transformations, diagonalization, orthogonal subspaces and the Gram-Schmidt compressible flows. (0304-415) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, F) orthonormalizing procedures. The use of complex exponentials in differential equations is introduced. Fourier series, Laplace and Fourier Transforms are also 0304-840 Signal Processing presented. Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, F) Designed to introduce the student to discrete-time signal processing funda- mentals, analog-to-digital conversion, and computer-based data analysis. 0304-871 Mathematics for Engineers II Analytical mathematical developments are supplemented with hands-on Topics covered are orthogonal functions including Fourier Series, Fourier computer-based laboratory and homework assignments that promote practical Integrals, Bessel functions, Legendre Polynomials, Sturm-Liouville problems understanding. Topics covered include continuous-time and discrete time con- and eigenfunction expansions; an introduction to calculus of variation volution, correlation, Fourier transformation, and power spectral estimation. including problems with constraints; vector analysis including the directional Coverage includes the DFT, FFT, z-transform, autocorrelation and cross correla- derivative, the gradient, Green's Theorem, the Divergence Theorem and Stokes' tion functions, and an introduction to statistical data processing via ARMA Theorem; Laplace transform methods. Class 4 (every year, W) models for spectral estimation. (0304-870) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, W) 0304-872 Analytical Mechanics 0304-842 System Identification Advanced dynamics and vibration are emphasized. Newtonian vector Introduces the student to continuous-time and discrete-time system identifica- mechanics and energy formulations are applied to two- and three-dimensional tion from input-output data series. Practical aspects of the "synthesis" of system problems involving discrete and continuous dynamical systems. The concepts character will involve data conditioning, analog-to-digital conversion, and of Virtual Work, Hamilton's Principle, and Lagrange's equations and Eider computer-based system analysis using MATLAB. Analytical mathematical angles are covered. The course also includes an introduction to the calculus of developments are supplemented with hands-on computer-based laboratory variations. (0304-543,871) Class 4, Credit 4 (even years, S) and homework assignments that promote practical understanding. Topics cov- ered include system response functions, non-parametric and parametric model 0304-874 Numerical Analysis estimation, model definition and validation, and system response prediction. This course emphasizes the development and implementation of methods avail- Builds on topics covered in 0304-840, Signal Processing, and supplements this able to solve engineering problems numerically. Specific topics include root material as appropriate. Class 4, Credit 4 (odd years, F) finding for algebraic and transcendental equations, systems of linear and non- linear equations, ordinary differential equations and partial differential equa- 0304-848 Special Topics—Thermo Fluid Systems tions. (0304-870) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, W) In response to student and/or faculty interest, special courses that are of current interest and/or logical continuation of regular courses will be presented. These 0304-875 Advanced Aerodynamics courses will be structured as ordinary courses with specified prerequisites, con- This course covers the fundamental topics of aerodynamics and high-speed tact hours and examination. A listing of topics for special courses is found at the flows. The course discusses modern aerodynamic applications in the areas of end of this section. (Graduate standing) Credit variable (maximum of 4 credits/ wing and airfoil design, wind tunnel testing and compressible flows. (0304-550, quarter) (TBA) 675) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, S) College of Engineering 83

0304-877 Internship Microelectronic Engineering This course number is used by students in the master of engineering degree pro- gram for earning internship credits. The actual number of credits is to be deter- 0305-701 Microelectronics I mined by the student's faculty adviser and is subject to the Graduate An intermediate course in the study of integrated circuit processing. Topics Committee of the College of Engineering. Credit variable include diffusion, ion implantation, bipolar and MOS processes. Extensive use of CAE tools such as SUPREM. Laboratory work includes the fabrication of 0304-880 Independent Study MOS integrated circuits providing an introduction to all I.C. fabrication An opportunity for the advanced student to undertake an independent investi- processes and safety. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (F) gation in a special area under the guidance of a faculty member. A written pro- posal is to be forwarded to the sponsoring faculty member and approved by the 0305-702 Microelectronics II department head prior to the commencement of work. (Graduate standing) An intermediate course in the study of integrated circuit processing. Topics Credit variable (maximum of 4 credits per quarter) (every year, F, W, S) include atomic models for diffusion, oxidation and ion implantation. Process integration for bipolar and MOS device fabrication is studied in detail. Students 0304-885 Advanced Mechanics of Solids learn how to design processes to realize a variety of device structures and prop- This course extends the student's knowledge of stressed mechanical compo- erties. Extensive use of CAE tools such as SUPREM. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W) nents covered in Mechanics of Materials and lays the foundation for a follow-on course in finite elements. The basic relationships between stress, strain, and dis- 0305-703 Microelectronics III placements are covered in more depth. Stress and strain transformations, plane A selection of topics related to thin film materials and processes that are impor- elastic problems, and energy techniques are covered. Topics from Advanced tant to the manufacture of integrated circuits including chemical vapor deposi- Strength of Materials include beam bending and torsion problems not covered tion, plasma etching, physical vapor deposition (sputtering), planarization by in Mechanics of Materials. (0304-347) Class 4, Credit 4 (every year, W) chemical-mechanical polishing, and rapid thermal processing. Students design processes and model them using SUPREM and DEPICT. Students participate in 0304-888 Project with Paper the design of experiments to characterize thin films and processes utilizing tech- The student must demonstrate an acquired competence in an appropriate topic niques such as emission spectroscopy, EDAX, ellipsometry, mass spectroscopy, within mechanical engineering. The topic is chosen in conference with a faculty and interferometry. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) adviser. The work may involve an independent research and/or a design pro- ject and/or a literature search with a demonstration of acquired skill. A written 0305-710 CMOS paper, approved by the adviser and the department, and an oral presentation of A course in advanced CMOS processing. Topics include design issues such as the work are required. Credit 3 (F, W, S, Su) latch-up, advanced processes such as low doped drain or SALICIDE, BiCMOS, test structures, manufacturing. The laboratory involves the student in the man- 0304-890 Research & Thesis ufacture of CMOS integrated circuits and test structures. (0305-520,640, 650 or In conference with a faculty adviser, an independent engineering project or 701,702) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) research problem is selected. The work may be of a theoretical and/or experi- mental and/or computational nature. A state-of-the-art literature search in the 0305-713 Electronic Properties of Materials area is normally expected. A formal written thesis and an oral defense with a An in-depth study of materials emphasizing those used in the integrated circuit faculty thesis committee are required. Credit variable (5 to 9 credits total) (F, W, industry. Laboratory will focus on materials evaluation techniques and surface S, Su) analysis, including SEM and EDAX. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W)

Students find that course work relevant to current issues in industry often prompts enthusiastic discussion outside of, as well as in, class. 84 College of Engineering

0305-721 Microlithography I Selected topics from organic, polymer, physical and photographic chemistry important to the understanding of photoresists and optical lithography. 0306-720 Electronic Design Automation Photoresist processes such as negative, positive, reversal, dyed, antireflective The creation of large, complex electronic systems has grown beyond the capa- coatings, image stabilization and modeling and simulation of photographic bilities of any number of people without computer support; successful comple- processes. Laboratory course topics emphasize photolithographic process char- tion of large design projects requires that computers be used in virtually all acterization techniques and statistical design of experiments. Class 3, Lab 3, aspects of design. This course will investigate some of the basic design automa- Credit 4(F) tion tools and algorithms in order to understand their capabilities, limitations and internal operations. Topics covered will be the VHDL hardware description 0305-722 Microlithography II language, simulation techniques, design synthesis, placement and routing, and A course covering advanced resist systems for optical lithography including design verification methods. Laboratory projects in the use and creation of anti-reflective coatings, bi-layer resists, tri-layer resists, and silylation. Election design automation tools will be required. (0306-561 or equivalent; 0306-630/730 beam lithography, x-ray lithography, and deep-UV lithography will also be cov- also suggested) Class 4, Credit 4 (F, W) ered. Technologies will be studied from both chemical and physical standpoints. Process characterization will be studied through experimental design tech- 0306-722 Advanced Computer Architecture niques. (0305-721) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W) This course will emphasize the impact of VLSI and communication issues on computer architecture. Topics covered will include highly concurrent, multi- 0305-731 Microelectronics Manufacturing I processor and fault-tolerant computer systems as well as data flow architec- A manufacturing course. Topics include scheduling, work-in-progress tracking, tures. Modeling techniques for system verification will also be included. (0306- costing, inventory control, capital budgeting, productivity measures and per- 551 or 0605-720) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) sonnel management. The laboratory for this course is the student-run factory. Lot tracking, data collection, lot history, cycle time, turns, and statistical process 0306-730 VLSI Design control are introduced to the students. (0305-701) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W) An introduction to the design and implementation of Very Large Scale Integration (or VLSI) including NMOS and PMOS devices, CMOS circuits and 0305-732 Microelectronics Manufacturing II digital subsystems. The procedures for designing and implementing digital A course in computer integrated manufacturing as it applies to microelectronics integrated systems will be covered including the Mead and Conway structured manufacturing. Process modeling, simulation, direct control, computer net- design approach consisting of the use of stick diagramming, scaling of CMOS working, database systems, linking application programs, facility monitoring, design rules and techniques for estimating time delays. Emphasis will be placed expert systems applications for diagnosis and training, and robotics are all on the use of static CMOS circuits and regular structures such as programmed introduced to the student. Laboratory experiences are related to the operation of logic arrays in custom and standard cell-based designs. The use of workstations the student-run integrated circuit factory. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) with Mentor Graphics design tools for circuit simulation and physical layouts will be stressed. Graduate-level laboratory design projects will be required. 0305-770 Independent Study Class 4, Credit 4 (F, S, Su) This course number should be used by students who plan to study a topic on an independent basis. The student must obtain the permission of the appropriate 0306-731 VLSI Design Projects faculty member before registering for the course. Credit variable A second course in the design and implementation of Very Large Scale Integra- tion (VLSI) circuits and systems. Emphasis will be placed on the design and use 0305-777 Internship of dynamic precharge and precharge-evaluate CMOS circuitry including This course number is used to fulfill the internship requirement. The student Domino, NORA and Zipper CMOS logic, and subsystems. Basic requirements must obtain the approval of an appropriate faculty member to supervise the of a clocking system and a general clocking strategy for timing design in both paper before registering for this course. Credit variable static and dynamic CMOS circuits will be investigated. Topics on the design and use of a standard cell library in the implementation of large system designs will 0305-801 Seminar/Research be covered. The use of workstations with Mentor Graphics design tools and Weekly seminar series intended to present the state of the art in microelectronics Synopsys synthesis tool suite will be required in laboratory projects leading to research. Other research-related topics will be presented such as library search the design, VHDL synthesis and testing of an integrated circuit device. (0306- techniques, patent considerations, ethics, small business opportunities, auto- 630 or 730) Class 4, Credit 4 (W, S) mated data collection, thesis writing, effective presentations, etc. Required of all MS microelectronic engineering students for one credit each up to four credits. 0306-740 Analytical Topics for Computer Engineers After four credits, graduate students are required to register each quarter for This course begins by reviewing signal and system analysis techniques for ana- zero credits. (Graduate standing in MS in microelectronic engineering) Credit 0 lyzing linear systems. It includes Fourier techniques and moves on to present to 1 (F, W, S, Su) fundamental computational techniques appropriate for a number of applica- tions areas of computer engineering. A section on numerical linear algebra will 0305-890 Special Topics include techniques for analyzing discrete time signals and systems. Other major In each case, consult instructor before registering. Examples: Advanced Process course areas are symbolic logic and discrete optimization techniques, including and Device Simulation (W, odd years); Integrated Circuit Test Methodologies (F, computer representations of networks, shortest-path problems and minimum even years); Microelectromechanical Devices and Sensors (F, odd years); Smart spanning tree problems. (1016-265 or 0602-705 and preferably 0605-700) Class 4, Power Integrated Circuits and Devices (W, odd years); Compound Semicon- Credit 4 (F) ductors and Devices (W, even years); Automation in Semiconductor Manufac- turing (Su, even years); Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits (W, odd 0306-741 Design for Testability years) Class 4, Lab 0, Credit 4 This course will introduce the concepts of failure mechanisms and fault mod- eling in digital circuits. It describes various test strategies for the digital systems. 0305-899 Thesis Techniques to integrate design and test for VLSI circuits will be included. The master's thesis in microelectronic engineering requires the student to pre- Design for autonomous test, SCAN-PATH concepts and testability analysis will pare a written thesis proposal for approval by the faculty; select a thesis topic, be discussed. Built-in self-test (BIST) techniques will be detailed. Concepts of adviser and committee; present and defend thesis before a thesis committee; easily testable logic will be introduced. In addition, testability bus and the submit a bound copy of the thesis to the library and to the department; prepare boundary-scan techniques will be included for system-level testability. Class 4, a written paper in a short format suitable for submission for publication in a Credit 4 (F) journal; complete course work and thesis within a seven-year period; register for one credit of continuation of thesis each school term (except Summer Quarter) after the 45 credits required for the master's degree until the thesis is completed. (Graduate standing in MS in microelectronic engineering) Class 0, Lab 0, Credit variable 6 to 12 (typically 9) (F, W, S, Su) College of Engineering 85

0306-756 Multiple Processor Systems 0306-890 Thesis Basic concepts in parallel and high-performance computing are introduced, and An independent engineering project or research problem to demonstrate pro- current methodologies and trends involved in the design and programming of fessional maturity. A formal written thesis and an oral defense are required. The multiprocessor systems are presented. Theoretical models of parallel computing student must obtain the approval of an appropriate faculty member to guide the and performance metrics are studied and contrasted with practical parallel sys- thesis before registering. The thesis may be used to earn a minimum of five and tems architectures, programming environments and benchmarking techniques. a maximum of nine credits. Credit variable Parallel architectures are classified according to the mode and degree of paral- lelism, memory organization, and type and topology of interconnection net- works utilized in the design. In addition, the suitability of various architectures Applied and Mathematical Statistics in meeting the demands of today's computationally-intensive applications is 0307-701 Statistical Concepts studied in depth, including the detailed study of several representative exam- A service course designed for non-concentrators which emphasizes statistical ples of current commercial machines. Students are expected to complete a thinking instead of mathematical manipulations. This is an intuition-based number of programming assignments on a parallel computer, illustrating prac- introduction to the subject. Topics include exploratory data analysis, methods tical issues. A student review and analysis of a commercial parallel processor for collecting data, statistical inference, regression analysis and analysis of vari- system or an active research area are required also. This written review is pre- ance. This course does not count as credit for the MS degree in statistics. sented in class. (0306-722) Class 4, Credit 4 (S) Credit 3 or 4

0306-758 Fault Tolerant Digital Systems 0307-711 Fundamentals of Statistics I Formal models and concepts in fault diagnosis. Test generation. Design for For those taking statistics for the first time. Covers the statistical methods used testability techniques. Design techniques to achieve fault tolerance. System most in industry, business and research. Essential for all scientists, engineers evaluation techniques. The design of practical fault-tolerant systems. Fault- and administrators. Topics: organizing observed data for analysis and insight; tolerant design of VLSI circuits and systems. (0603-400 or 0301-650 or 0301-750 learning to understand probability as the science of uncertain events; concepts or 0306-561,0306-550 or 0603-720) Class 4, Credit 4 of random variables and their associated probability models; meaning and prac- tical use of the Central Limit Theorem. (Consent of department) Credit 3 or 4 0306-759 Principles of Digital Interfacing The objective of this course is to give students basic concepts of interfacing to 0307-712 Fundamentals of Statistics II microcomputer bus systems, including familiarity with various peripheral com- Continuation of 0307-711. Topics: concepts and strategies of statistical inference ponents currently available. Students will gain experience in the actual imple- for making decisions about populations on the basis of sample evidence; tests mentation of microcomputer systems. The course is hardware oriented, but for independence and for adequacy of a proposed probability model; learning some high-level software will be required to make the experimental systems how to separate total variability of a system into identifiable components operational. (0306-561 or equivalent) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (F) through analysis of variance; regression and correlation models for studying the relationship of a response variable to one or more predictor variables. (0307-711 0306-761 Engineering Design of Software or consent of department) Credit 3 or 4 An advanced course moving the student beyond computer programming to the engineering of software. Topics will include design of software from an engi- 0307-721 Statistical Quality Control I neering perspective based on software construction from reusable software A practical course designed to give depth to practicing quality control per- components; methods for predicting, measuring and controlling a software arti- sonnel. Topics: statistical measures; theory, construction and application of con- fact's time and space characteristics; mathematical models of software and their trol charts for variables and attributes; computerization procedures for control analysis including call graph models and flow graph models; software metrics charts; tolerances, specifications and process capability studies; basic concepts and their uses including size metrics and complexity metrics. Software projects of total quality control and the management of the quality control function. and a short research paper will be required. (Knowledge of software engi- (Consent of department) Credit 3 neering process models and related activities, basic familiarity with C++) Class 4, Credit 4 (F, W) 0307-731 Statistical Quality Control II Investigation of modern acceptance sampling techniques with emphasis on 0306-762 Concurrent & Embedded Software Design industrial applications. Topics: single, double, multiple, and sequential tech- Methods for designing concurrent software, which consists of many cooper- niques for attributes sampling; variables sampling; techniques for sampling ating processes, and embedded software, which senses and controls variables in continuous production. The course highlights Dodge-Romig plans, Military the external environment. Topics include alternative techniques for constructing Standard plans and recent contributions from the literature. (Consent of depart- concurrent and embedded software, employing tasks, cyclic executives and ment) Credit 3 reusable software components, mathematical models of concurrent software and their analysis, including Petri net models and rate monotonic scheduling 0307-742 Statistical Computing theory. Software projects will be required. (0306-761, graduate-level standing) Course in statistical computing using SAS and Minitab statistical software. The Class 4, Credit 4 (S) course will cover basic procedures; the creation, manipulation and analysis of data bases; graphical display techniques; and the development and writing of 0306-772 Special Topics in Computer Engineering custom numerical analysis procedures. Class sessions 1-8 will deal with SAS, Topics and subject areas that are not among the courses listed here are fre- and 9-11 with Minitab. Students may register for one credit and attend the quently offered under the title of Special Topics. Such courses are offered in a Minitab sessions; for two credits and attend the SAS sessions; or for three credits normal format, that is, regularly scheduled class sessions with an instructor. and attend all sessions. (0307-712 or consent of department) Credit 1,2 or 3 Credit variable (no regular course schedule) 0307-751 Mathematics for Statistics 0306-784 Digital Image Processing Algorithms This course will survey various mathematical techniques useful in statistical This is a graduate-level course that emphasizes the computational and algo- analyses and present illustrations of their applicability. Emphasis will be on a rithmic techniques required for processing digitized pictorial images. The variety of calculus techniques together with selected topics from linear algebra acquisition and quantization of digital images are described, followed by central to the understanding and application of various statistical methods. analysis and filtering techniques. Segmentation, projection and reconstruction Reference will be made to relevant available software. This course assumes the techniques are discussed. Finally, bi-level image processing is discussed, calculus prerequisites for the program have been met; it is not a substitute for including contour filling and thinning techniques. Programming projects will be the calculus requirements. (0307-712) Credit 3 required. (Competence in calculus, engineering math and structured program- ming is required) Class 4, Credit 4 86 College of Engineering

0307-762 Reliability Management 0307-801 Design of Experiments I An introduction to current procedures used by industry to implement reliability How to design and analyze experiments in any subject matter area; what to do engineering into the design of complex systems. Topics include reliability and why. Topics: basic statistical concepts, scientific experimentation, com- requirements; reliability modeling and prediction; design reviews; failure pletely randomized design, randomized complete block design, nested and modes, effects and criticality analysis; fault tree analysis; vendor selection and split plot design, Latin Square, incomplete block designs, general factorial surveillance; reliability testing; screening and burn-in; failure definitions; crit- designs. (0307-712) Credit 3 ical item lists; maintainability requirements and techniques. (0307-711, 712) Credit 3 0307-802 Design of Experiments II Continuation of 0307-801. Topics: factorial experiments; fractional, three-level 0307-781 Quality Management and mixed factorial designs; response surface exploration; EVOP. (0307-801) A course designed to cover concepts and methods of quality management. Credit 3 Topics include basic concepts, history of quality control, quality policy, eco- nomics of quality, quality costs, organization for quality, design for system effec- 0307-803 Design of Experiments III tiveness, manufacturing planning for quality and quality data systems. A continuation of the DOE sequence. Topics: analysis of unbalanced designs; (Consent of department) Credit 3 variance components and mixed models; split-plot designs; analysis of general unreplicated designs; optimal designs for nonstandard cases. (0307-802, 841) 0307-782 Quality Engineering Credit 3 A course designed to cover important elements of quality engineering. Topics include specifications, statistical tolerancing, measurement, vendor relations, 0307-821 Theory of Statistics I process control, motivation, customer relations, diagnostic techniques, process Provides a sound theoretical basis for continuing study and reading in statistics. improvement studies and quality planning. (Consent of department) Credit 3 Topics: constructs and applications of mathematical probability; discrete and continuous distribution functions for a single variable and for the multivariate 0307-784 Statistical Consulting case; expected value and moment generating functions; special continuous dis- A course to prepare the MS student for real-world use of the analytical and plan- tributions. (0307-712 or consent of department) Credit 3 ning tools learned in other courses. The course will rely heavily on role playing and videotaped client-consultant interviews to emphasize the interpersonal 0307-822 Theory of Statistics II communications involved in consulting. Other topics include report writing, Continuation of 0307-821. Topics: supporting theory for and derivation of sam- lecture note preparation and database search. While the course for the most part pling distribution models; applications and related material; point estimation will consider the consultant as a company employee rather than as an external theory and applications; the multivariate normal probability model, its proper- paid consultant, some attention will be given to proposal writing and other ties and applications; interval estimation theory and applications. (0307-821) aspects of outside consulting. (0307-802) Credit 3 Credit 3

0307-824 Probability Models An introduction to probability theory and stochastic processes. Topics include: random variables, conditional probability and expectation, Markov chains, renewal theory, queuing theory and reliability. (0307-821) Credit 3

The James E. Gleason Building is home to both engineering and engineering technology programs. College of Engineering 87

0307-830 Multivariate Analysis I 0307-867 Decision Making with Bayesian Methods This course deals with the summarization, representation and interpretation of Statistical decision analysis. Topics: how to make the best decision under condi- data sampled from populations where more than one characteristic is measured tions of uncertainty; utilities, risk, decision diagrams; Bayesian statistics; assess- on each sample element. Usually the several measurements made on each indi- ment of probabilities. Case studies and applications include marketing, oil vidual experimental item are correlated, and certainly one should not apply exploration, portfolio selection, medical testing, and research programs. (0307- univariate analysis to each measurement separately. This course covers the use 712) Credit 3 of the basic multivariate techniques. Computer problem solving will be empha- sized. Topics will include multivariate t-tests, ANOVA, MANOVA, regression 0307-871 Sample Theory & Applications analysis, repeated measures, quality control and profile analysis. (0307-802,841) An introduction to sample surveys in many fields of applications with emphasis Credit 3 on practical aspects. Topics: review of basic concepts, sampling problem ele- ments; random, stratified, ratio, cluster, systematic, two-stage cluster sampling; 0307-831 Multivariate Analysis II wild life populations, questionnaires, sample sizes. (0307-712) Credit 3 A continuation of 0307-830, this course covers the use of advanced multivariate techniques. Topics include principal component analysis, cluster analysis, 0307-873 Time Series Analysis multi-dimensional contingency tables, discrete discriminant analysis, multi- A methods course in modeling and forecasting of time series with emphasis on dimensional scaling and regression with errors in the independent variable. model identification, model fitting and diagnostic checking. Topics: survey of Practical applications will be emphasized. (0307-830) Credit 3 forecasting methods, regression methods moving averages, exponential smoothing, seasonality, analysis of forecast errors, Box-Jenkins models, transfer 0307-841 Regression Analysis I function models, case studies. (0307-841) Credit 3 A methods course dealing with the general relationship problem. Topics include the matrix approach to simple and multiple linear regression, analysis of resid- 0307-875 Empirical Modeling uals, dummy variables, orthogonal models, and computational techniques. A course in model building based on the application of empirical data gathered (0307-801) Credit 3 through appropriate experimental design and analyzed through regression techniques. Topics: response variable construction, experimental design 0307-842 Regression Analysis II methods and related analysis techniques. (0307-802,841) Credit 3 A continuation of 0307-841. Topics: selection of best linear models, regression applied to analysis of variance problems, non-linear estimation, and model 0307-883 Quality Engineering by Design building. (0307-841) Credit 3 The Taguchi Method of off-line quality control, including parameter design and tolerance design leading to improved products and processes at lower costs. 0307-851 Nonparametric Statistics (0307-802) Credit 3 Distribution-free testing and estimation techniques with emphasis on applica- tion. Topics: sign tests, Kolmogorov-Smirnov statistics, runs tests, Wilcoxon 0307-886 Sample Size Determination signed-rank test, Mann-Whitney test, chi square tests, rank correlation tests; The question most often asked of an industrial statistician is "What size sample quick tests. (0307-712) Credit 3 should I take?" This course answers that question for a wide variety of practical investigational projects. Techniques for the full use of the optimal sample evi- 0307-856 Interpretation of Data dence are also offered. (0307-712,801) Credit 3 Advanced topics related to use of statistics in investigational analysis, including narrow limit gauging, practical design of experiments, analysis of small sample 0307-889 Independent Study Project data, analysis of means, identifying assignable causes and other methods for One, two, three, six or nine credit hours. Credit will be assigned at the discre- troubleshooting with statistical methods. (0307-801) Credit 3 tion of the candidate's adviser and will depend on the character and involve- ment of the project. A written proposal setting forth the character and proce- 0307-862 Reliability Statistics I dures involved will be required of the candidate and may be changed or A methods course in reliability practices: what a reliability engineer must know augmented at the discretion of the candidate's adviser before approval is given about reliability predictions, estimation, analysis, demonstration and other reli- for the candidate to proceed. Credit 1,2,3,6 or 9 ability activities. Covers most methods presently being used in industry. Topics: applications of normal, binomial, exponential and Weibull graphs to reliability 0307-891 Special Topics in Applied Statistics problems; hazard plotting; reliability confidence limits and risks; strength and These courses provide for the presentation of subject matter of important spe- stress models; reliability safety margins; truncated and censored life tests; cialized value in the field of applied and mathematical statistics not offered as a sequential test plans; Bayesian test programs. (0307-822,841) Credit 3 regular part of the statistics program. Section 72, Mixture Designs; Section 78, Time Series Analysis II. (Consent of department) Credit 3 each course 0307-863 Reliability Statistics II Continuation of Reliability Statistics I. Some topics from Reliability Statistics I 0307-895 Statistics Seminar are covered in more depth. Topics useful in the analysis of failure data will be This course or sequence of courses provides for one or more quarters of inde- added, and the topic of repairable systems will be introduced. (0307-862) Credit 3 pendent study and research activity. This course may be used by other depart- ments or other colleges at RIT to provide special training in statistics for stu- 0307-864 Advanced Acceptance Sampling dents who desire an independent study program in partial fulfillment of An advanced course in acceptance control techniques including basis of accep- graduate degree requirements. (Consent of all departments involved) Credit 3 tance sampling; attributes plans; variables plans for process parameters; vari- ables plans for proportion non-conforming; sampling schemes including MIL- 0307-896 Thesis STD-105D and MIL-STD-414; plans for special applications; rectification and Thesis for students working for the MS degree in applied and mathematical sta- continuous procedures; cumulative results plans; compliance sampling; relia- tistics for three, six or nine credits. (Consent of department) Credit 3,6, or 9 bility sampling; and administration of sampling plan. (0307-731) Credit 3 0307-899 Individual Achievement Project 0307-865 Repairable Systems Research project under faculty supervision for students working for the MS in Most reliability courses and texts cover techniques applicable only to non- applied and mathematical statistics. (Consent of department) Credit variable repairable items. This course is intended to clarify some common misconcep- 1 to 9 tions about repairable systems and provide techniques appropriate for use in systems that are improving or degrading with age. Topics include review of probability concepts; stochastic processes applied to repairable systems; mis- conceptions about repairable systems; statistical analysis of repairable systems failure data; reliability growth models; tests for reliability growth or deteriora- tion; examples and case studies; Cox's proportional Hazard Model. (0307-824, 861) Credit 3 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

The College of Imaging Arts and Sciences offers the most comprehensive graduate imaging programs in the world, encompassing design, science, technology, engineering, management, crafts and fine arts. The college is a diverse, world-class collaboration of four schools: the School of Art and Design, School for American Crafts, School of Photographic Arts and Sciences and School of Printing Management and Sciences. Its scope gives students a per- spective that can be found nowhere else—a place where students create fine art using centuries-old methods and push the edges of digital creativity. At no other university can you explore so many different interests in the imaging fields to such a level of professional excellence. In addition, RIT—as a career- oriented university—offers expertise in the professional aspects of running an art or photography studio or gallery.

PROGRAMS

MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN IMAGING ARTS IN: „ Photography Concentration Computer Animation Concentration Graduate students in art, design and crafts can earn either the master of fine arts or the master MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN: of science in teaching degree. Ceramics and Ceramic Sculpture RIT's world-class faculty are noted for Computer Graphics Design their excellence, from creating award- Glass and Glass Sculpture winning sculptures and visual commu- nications to receiving international Graphic Design recognition as innovators in their fields. Industrial Design They excel in the practice of their profes- Interior Design sion, using state-of-the-art equipment Medical Illustration and studio facilities that can support Metals/Jewelry Design both course work and research. Their role as mentors is evidenced in the Painting national awards won by their students. Printmaking In 1996, for example, graduate students Weaving and Textile Design in the college received the prestigious Woodworking and Furniture Graduate Film Honorarium of the Design Princess Grace Award; an emerging film- maker was awarded the overall grand MASTER OF SCIENCE FOR prize in the Adobe Flash Point Student Seven produced by Fine Woodworking TEACHERS Design Contest for multimedia projects. magazine. Students also received a "finalist" desig- With this practical, professional expe- MASTER OF SCIENCE IN: nation in the People's Choice Awards rience, graduates' success upon employ- at the Macromedia International User ment is excellent. Their achievements Graphic Arts Systems Conference and Exhibition. Fourteen represent what our programs are about: Graphic Arts Publishing woodworking alumni and faculty are excellence through exploration and Printing Technology featured in the prestigious Design Book experimentation. College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 89

designer's creative capabilities. year's focus will be on developing a School of Art and The impact of digital systems technol- body of work based on a sustained inter- ogy has changed how society communi- est from the first year's investigation. Design and School cates and how designers integrate knowl- The final work must be supported by a edge and skills with technology. The written thesis, a high quality portfolio for American Crafts digital age has turned the computer into and an exhibition. both medium and tool. A strong under- These two schools provide a center for Graphic design standing of design principles, visualiza- advanced study in the fields of design, Graphic design is a professional major tion, semiotics and digital technology is crafts and fine arts in an environment that consists of a sequence of courses required to be successful at developing that stimulates creativity, the exploration addressing advanced visual communica- computer graphics applications. of ideas and high quality. Students who tion problems and emphasizes meaning, Extending beyond traditional graphic possess a baccalaureate degree in art, form and function. In a professional stu- design for print media, the computer crafts or design will increase their skills dio setting, students work with faculty graphics design program represents and in the field of their major interest or on the understanding and implementa- fosters a multidisciplinary approach to broaden their skill base in a related field tion of design theory, history and criti- the design of electronic communications under the guidance of accomplished pro- cism; research methods; visual aesthet- that synthesizes electronic publishing, fessional artists and craftspeople. The ics; typography; imagery; systems digital illustration, digital photocompo- master's programs also enable students design; information design; ethics and sition, computer animation, three- to broaden their practice and understand- values; and project development and dimensional modeling, digital video and ing of art in areas other than their majors. evaluation. sound, interactive media design, author- The college sponsors many guest lec- Course and thesis projects incorporate ing languages, human factors and inter- tures, seminars and exhibits to encourage both theory and application in the solu- face design. Our students focus primarily such personal and professional growth. tion of hypothetical or actual design on unique and creative approaches to problems. Courses within this major evi- the design of interactive digital multime- dence a balanced approach toward the The Master of Fine Arts dia, including interactive exhibits, train- application of electronic media and tra- ing and educational modules, and Web The MFA is a professional, terminal ditional processes. Final design out- site development. degree for practicing artists, craftsper- comes may range from two-dimensional, sons or designers who desire to leave a Glass and glass sculpture printed artifacts to electronic, time-based lasting impression on their fields by and /or interactive applications. Special This two-year program is structured on devotion to their work and high stan- lectures, guest speakers, exhibits and the basis of individual needs, interests dards of discipline and artistic ideals. workshops complement the studio work and professional preparation as they may The MFA is generally a two-year, full-time experience. Student projects also utilize be determined through individual/group program that involves the presentation other campus resources such as the discussions. A rapid series of exploratory of a thesis. The thesis includes written Center for Digital Media, the Graphic works is developed during the first year documentation and formal exhibition of Design Archive and the Cary Graphic with emphasis on broadening technical a body of work. Arts Collection. and aesthetic understanding. The second Majors Ceramics and ceramic sculpture Drawing from its Bauhaus roots, the ceramics studio embraces the contempo- rary spectra of aesthetic ideas and inno- vative techniques to educate and train professional artists/craftspeople. It strives to support students' career goals with pragmatic information and suitable facilities and equipment. Our structured courses address spe- cific issues inherent to utilitarian pottery, vessel aesthetics, ceramics sculpture and mixed media. The ceramics program also receives substantial reinforcement from the other craft studios because they, too, explore similar formats and con- cerns that face artists and craftspeople about to enter the 21st century. Computer graphics design The master of fine arts degree program in computer graphics design is at the center of a revolution in which visual communications are planned, designed, coordinated and produced by means of electronic media. This exciting, graduate- Ceramist Vesta E. Adu-Gyamfi, MFA '88, School for American Crafts, returned to campus for "Celebrating Womanhood Through Pottery," a part of RIT's Distinguished Alumni Colloquia Series. level professional program combines A native of Ghana, Adu-Gyamfi draws her work from the mystique of women in her world, in matrilineal knowledge of design methodology and societies "I try to project the great responsibilities of being female, from birth to death. How the earth, the aesthetics with skills in the application sea, everything, is related to woman." A 1995-96 ]. William Fulbright Senior Scholar, she has exhibited of recent software and hardware devel- her work around the world. opments that have vastly expanded the 90 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

Industrial design demonstrate effective research techniques Weaving and textile design The master of fine arts degree program and efficient use of time and resources The master of fine arts degree program is available for students pursuing spe- during concept and development of pro- is structured on the basis of individual cialized study in industrial design at the jects to satisfy course assignments. needs, interest and background prepara- graduate level for the purpose of career Metals/jewelry design tion as they may be determined through enhancement or redirection. The educa- faculty counseling. Techniques offered This program is structured on the basis tional experience is project-oriented, over the two-year period of study include of individual needs, interests and back- requiring research into design methods computer loom design and weaving, ground preparation as they may be and technologies. Industry collabora- computer machine knitting, quilting, determined through faculty counseling. tives provide an experiential dimension. crochet, natural basketry, rug techniques, All aspects of metalsmithing are explored. The first year of study includes major multiple layer weaving, plangi/ikat The program gives the student a broad emphasis in equipment design, consumer weaving and various surface design pro- exposure to metal working techniques, product design and furniture design, as cesses, including computer design and expands the student's knowledge of well as computer-aided design using basic garment construction. applied design, strengthens perceptual Alias software. In the second year, stu- Design concepts are addressed in the and philosophical concepts and develops dents develop a thesis project, which is selection of an appropriate process for an individual mode of expression. This presented in the graduate thesis exhibi- completion. The courses are in prepara- sequence leads to the master's thesis, tion and is documented in a written tion for the master's thesis, proposed by inaugurated by the student and over- thesis report. the student and approved by the faculty. seen by the faculty. Interior design Woodworking and furniture design Painting The master of fine arts degree program This program leads to the terminal The master of fine arts degree program is available for students pursuing spe- degree in the studio arts. Men and is a studio program with intensive study cialized study in interior design at the women come to the program from in painting and related media leading graduate level for the purpose of career diverse backgrounds such as architec- to mastery in the field on a professional enhancement or redirection. The educa- ture, interior design, industrial design, level. Faculty guidance focuses upon tional experience is project-oriented with art history, law, teaching, etc., as well as research strategies that support sequen- formal instruction in supporting areas undergraduate wood programs. In the tial studio production leading to indi- such as environmental controls, construc- first year, students identify gaps in their vidual solutions. Critical discussion is tion systems, and codes and regulations. technical and/or aesthetic background developed from both the tradition of Study includes major emphasis on the and, along with faculty, devise a program painting and contemporary directions design of hospitality, retail and office of study to develop these areas. Simul- in our culture. environments and multistory design as taneously, they discover directions in well as computer-aided design. In the Printmaking their work that are promising for further second year, students develop a thesis exploration. Based upon this experience, The MFA program in printmaking pre- project of their own selection, which is they develop a thesis proposal and, in sents contemporary and historical con- presented in the graduate thesis exhibi- the second year, create a comprehensive cepts as stimulant and provocation tion and is documented in a written body of work. This work culminates in for the development of an individual thesis report. the end-of-the-year graduate thesis exhi- approach to expression. Advanced tech- bition in the college gallery and a written niques are demonstrated in intaglio, Medical illustration thesis in support of the work. The master of fine arts program in medi- relief and lithography with resources cal illustration enables students to available in nonsilver photo processes, Requirements for admission to the exhibit thought and problem solving in paper making and combinations. A com- MFA degree programs plete understanding of the development their portfolio through accurate transla- For U.S. and Canadian students, appli- tions of medical and scientific concepts and maintenance of the print studio is cants should hold the baccalaureate into effective visual support for instruc- supportive for the professional artist. The degree in a field of the arts, sciences or tion or advertisement. Students learn to work leads toward the master's thesis. education from a regionally accredited college in the United States or Canada and demonstrate, in the quality of the MST ART undergraduate record and creative production, a genuine, professional MFA MST STUDIO EDUCATION For MFA candidates potential. (See also section regarding and nine quarter credits nonmatriculated students.) The under- (six semester hours) for graduate degree should include 75 quar- MST candidates in one ter credit hours (50 semester hours) in of the 10 areas studio courses. Major 30 credits 24 credits 22 credits Minor 15 9 International students need a mini- Humanities 10 10 20 Social Sci. mum TOEFL score of 550. Those coming Graduate Forum 3 from countries where the baccalaureate Electives 18 5 6 degree is not given for programs in the Thesis 14 practice of art may be admitted to grad- uate study if the diploma or certificate 90 credits 48 credits* 48 creditst received approximates the standards of the BFA, BA or BS degrees and if their academic records and portfolios indicate *One year or summers tSeptember start only an ability to meet graduate standards. College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 91

Master of fine arts program Canada with a major concentration in 2. MST STUDIO art, art education or industrial arts edu- The master of science for teachers The master of fine arts program includes cation. Applicants with different back- degree in the area of the student's six categories of study: grounds should refer to the section on major interest and chosen from one Credits nonmatriculated students. The under- of the 10 areas (ceramics and ceramic 1. MAJOR CONCENTRATION 30 graduate studies should include a mini- sculpture, glass and glass sculpture, Designed to give depth of experience mum of 54 quarter credit hours (36 metals/jewelry, weaving and textile in the area of the student's major semester hours) in drawing, painting, design, woodworking and furniture interest and chosen from one of the design or the crafts. If the applicant for design, graphic design, interior 12 areas: ceramics and ceramic sculp- admission holds the BA or BFA degree design, fine art [painting], fine art ture, metalcrafts and jewelry, wood- and seeks the MST degree in art educa- [printmaking] and industrial design) working and furniture design, weav- tion, the undergraduate program must is for those holding the BS degree in ing and textile design, glass, industrial have included the studio course distri- art education or industrial arts educa- design, interior design, graphic design, bution required by the New York State tion who desire permanent certifi- fine art (painting), fine art (printmak- Education Department. For those hold- cates or for the BA or BFA student ing), medical illustration and com- ing the BS degree in art education and wishing advanced study The degree puter graphics design. provisional certification, the graduate offers a major concentration of stud- 2. MINOR CONCENTRATION 15 concentration should be in one of the ies designed to meet the needs of From the previous list, to consist of studio areas, and the program must individual students and may include studio and related electives other include a minimum of 10 quarter credit appropriate or relevant courses from than major hours in liberal studies or humanities. other schools and departments of the 3. Electives 18 A student is accepted into the program Institute. 4. Graduate Forum 3 with the understanding of full-time 5. Forms of Inquiry 2 The following general pattern of status unless granted part-time status 6. Humanities, art history 8 studies covers degree requirements: at admission. 7. Thesis 14 MAJOR CONCENTRATION: Credits Total credits 90 Teacher education and certification Studio art or crafts 24 § In certain cases the minor concentration or courses The teacher of arts and crafts in college Humanities, art history 8 may be taken elsewhere in the Institute (photography, Forms of Inquiry 2 printing) when related to the objectives of the student. or high school, the teacher or adminis- Such courses must be approved in advance, normally trator of art programs in schools and Minor Concentration 9 after arrival on campus, by the adviser and the deans of community centers, the instructor in Electives 5 the colleges involved. The minor supports the spirit of occupational skills and the private Total credits 48 the MFA degree. teacher of art will find in the depth and breadth of the master's program a way General Information The Master of Science for of extending and improving the skills Teachers and content background necessary for Acceptance for graduate study effective teaching. The student who pos- Students are admitted to graduate study This one-year program may be taken in sesses a baccalaureate degree with provi- by action of the Graduate Committee. one of 10 studio areas and, in addition, sional certification for the teaching of art Enrollment in graduate courses does not art education. The MST-art education or industrial arts in the State of New York constitute admission to the graduate concentration leads toward permanent can achieve permanent certification within program and credit is not given for art N-12 certification to teach in the pub- the structuring of the master of science courses taken prior to acceptance unless lic schools of the State of New York and for teachers program (in one of the 10 the grade received in the course is a "B" features pedagogical studies and student studio areas) or the master of fine arts. or higher; in such a case the student, if teaching. Classes begin in September admitted to graduate study, may peti- and end in May. Master of science for teachers tion for a grant of credit, but not in The MST-Studio offers a concentration program excess of 12 quarter credit hours. in a studio art program with supporting The master of science for teachers A student may be admitted who needs courses, if desired, from graduate offer- program requirements include two additional undergraduate study require- ings in other schools and departments of ments. This study will be structured for categories of studies: the Institute. breadth or increased performance in The studio concentration may be 1. MST ART EDUCATION areas designated and will be determined taken in graphic design, industrial Master of science for teachers in art at the time of acceptance. design, interior design, painting, print- education for those holding the BFA Such prerequisites must be satisfied as making, ceramics and ceramic sculpture, or BA (art major) degree and seeking defined in the letter of acceptance, which glass, metals/jewelry, weaving and textile permanent certification for teaching applicants will receive prior to admission design, and woodworking and furniture in public schools. The degree offers as graduate students. Extended study design. In addition, this MST also may a concentration consisting of back- may require additional time on campus. ground courses in: lead to certification if provisional or tem- Human Gross Anatomy and biology porary certification was earned as an Credits or equivalent content is necessary for the undergraduate. This program may be Education, Psychology MFA in medical illustration. Human completed in one year and may start or and Sociology 20 Gross Anatomy is taught by the Univer- be completed in summer sessions. Art Education Concentration: 22 sity of Rochester, and a surcharge for Methods and Materials in Art tuition is required. Requirements for admission to the Education, Seminar in Art MST degree programs Upon full acceptance into any of the Education, Practice Teaching graduate programs the student is con- The applicant should have received the Studio electives _6 sidered qualified to pursue the degree. baccalaureate degree in a field of the Total credits 48 This status would be changed by evi- arts from a regionally accredited college dence of poor performance in the pro- or university in the United States or gram. A 3.0 grade point average must be 92 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences maintained. A student is accepted into • Application: Submit your graduate Portfolio guidelines for graduate the program with the understanding of application for admission accompanied applicants full-time status unless granted part-time by the application fee to the Office of Graduate students applying for admis- status at admission. Admissions in the envelope provided sion into the School of Art and Design in the application packet. When mak- and the School for American Crafts are Admission as a nonmatriculated ing your program choice, do so by student required to present a portfolio of art/ indicating the major on page two of design/craft work that is used in totally Students who have a baccalaureate the application. Applicants should assessing the performance and academic degree and who wish to take particular indicate for which degree they are capabilities of the applicant. courses may be admitted as nonmatricu- applying: the master of fine arts (MFA) 1. The portfolio should consist of at lated students to courses for which they or master of science in teaching (MST) least 20 to 40 pieces of the applicant's are qualified. They may receive graduate Some programs are sequential in best work. 35mm slides are preferred, credit, but it may not be submitted to- nature and begin in Fall Quarter only.* displayed in 8½ " x 11" vinyl slide ward degree requirements. Students Art education is a full-time program protector pages. (Additional com- deficient in admission requirements or offered only during the regular three puter files for video or interactive competence may take undergraduate quarters of the academic year. media samples should be stand-alone courses, as advised, to qualify for * Major courses for art education, computer graphics files that will preferably run on design and medical illustration are offered only dur- admission. Macintosh operating systems.) Those coming from foreign countries ing Fall, Winter and Spring quarters. Art education applicants should arrange a personal interview. Call 2. Slide portfolios will be kept by the where the baccalaureate is not given for 716-475-2666 to arrange the interview. school until the graduate application programs in the practice of art may be • Transcripts: Evidence of a baccalaure- and scholarship process is complete. admitted to graduate study if the ate degree is required, so request Slides will be returned by the school diploma or certificate received approxi- that official transcripts be sent to the only when return postage is enclosed. mates the standards of the BFA, BA or Admissions office from all colleges 3. While every precaution will be taken BS degrees, and their academic records and universities previously attended. to ensure proper care and handling, and portfolios indicate an ability to meet • Recommendations: Submit two letters the Institute assumes no responsi- graduate standards. of recommendation from individuals bility for loss or damage to slides. Studio residence program familiar with your education and /or Label your slides with your name work experience. and address. Projects/slide content The School for American Crafts offers a • Personal statement: Submit a personal should be identified. craft residence program. Residence will statement of objectives as indicated be accepted in ceramics and ceramic Please send portfolio and application on the fourth page of the admissions sculpture, glass and glass sculpture, materials to: metals/jewelry design, weaving and tex- application. This statement should Rochester Institute of Technology tile design, and woodworking and furni- indicate in what manner the Institute's Office of Admissions ture design. This is an opportunity for graduate program would assist in 60 Lomb Memorial Drive the development of craft skills and aes- attaining these goals. See the applica- Rochester, NY 14623-5604 thetic concepts. tion form for directions. 716-475-6631 • Portfolio: See guidelines below Residence positions are limited and Any correspondence concerning appli- will be awarded by portfolio, transcript GRE and TOEFL exams cations, catalogs and portfolios should references and a statement of purpose. be addressed to the Office of Admissions. The GRE exam is not needed for the An interview is required. Accepted School of Art and Design/School for candidates are required to enroll for at American Crafts. International students least six credits of audit per quarter, be must have a TOEFL score of at least 550. present in the studio during class hours and contribute up to six hours of work in the studio area. In exchange, the school will provide work space, major equipment and supportive tutorial instruction. The resident is invited to participate in visiting artists sessions, lectures and all other studio activities. Participants may be graduates contin- uing preparation for graduate study, early career professionals developing techniques and designs for production in their own future studios or teachers on leave who wish to work again in an academic environment. Inquiries should be made to Residence Program, College of Imaging Arts and Sciences, School for American Crafts, Rochester Institute of Technology, 73 Lomb Memorial Drive, Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5603.

Admission procedure To apply for admission to graduate study a student must submit the follow- Combining the traditional and the contemporary is the theme of the Web pages for RIT's art schools. ing items: (Image downloaded from Web site) College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 93

Bevier Gallery Robert M. Kahute, BID, BFA, Syracuse Graduate Faculty University; MFA, Rochester Institute of During the year, the Bevier Gallery pre- School of Art and Design Technology—Professor sents a continuing series of important Robert P. Keough, BFA, MFA, Rochester exhibitions planned to present new and School for American Institute of Technology—Professor, Computer directions in the fields of the arts, design Crafts Graphics Design, School of Art and Design and the crafts, as well as to honor the Max L. Lenderman, BS, MS, Indiana State works of the past. The gallery, architec- Deborah Beardslee, BFA, Syracuse University; MFA, University of Kansas— turally impressive and a part of the col- University; MFA, Virginia Commonwealth Professor, Weaving and Textile Design, School for American Crafts lege, serves to enrich the cultural life of University—Associate Professor, Graphic the community, the Institute at large and Design, School of Art and Design Margaret O. Lucas, BS, Hampton University; MA, Virginia Commonwealth University; to inform and inspire the college's grad- Philip W. Bornarth, BAE, MFA, MAE, School of the Art Institute of Chicago—Professor, D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University— uate body. Painting, School of Art and Design Professor, School of Art and Design The Faculty Show, Graduate Thesis Wendell Castle, BFA, MFA, University of Charles F. Lewis, B.Arch., Pratt Institute; Shows and Student Honors Show are Kansas—Artist-in-Residence, Chair; Professor, M.Arch., SUNY Buffalo—Professor annual events on the gallery calendar. School for American Crafts Thomas R. Lightfoot, BA, BFA, University of Nancy A. Chwiecko, BA, St. Lawrence Connecticut; MFA, Instituto Allende, San Transfer of credit University; MFA, Rochester Institute of Miguel de Allende, Gto.; Mexico; Ed.D., Graduate work pursued to the extent of Technology—Assistant Professor, Interior Columbia University—Associate Professor, Fine Arts, School of Art and Design; 12 quarter hours (nine semester hours; Design, School of Art and Design Nancy A. Ciolek, BFA, MFA, Indiana State Chairperson, Fine Arts refer to table below*) may be applied at University—Associate Professor, Graphic Craig J. McArt, BID, Syracuse University; the discretion of the Graduate Design; Chair, Graphic Design, School of Art MFA, Rochester Institute of Technology— Committee to specific course require- and Design Professor, Industrial Design, School of Art and Design ments, depending on the nature of the Douglas Cleminshaw, BSME, Case Institute student's program and major, if com- of Technology—Associate Professor, Edward C. Miller, BFA, SUNY at Buffalo; pleted within the five preceding years. Industrial Design, School of Art and Design MFA, University of Illinois—Professor, This evaluation will be made after one Glen R. Hintz, BA, Lafayette College; MS, Painting, School of Art and Design quarter of full-time study. The Medical College of Georgia—Assistant Robert C. Morgan, BA, University of Professor, Medical Illustration; School of Art Redlands; Ed.M., Northeastern University; Policy regarding student work and Design MFA, University of Massachusetts; Ph.D., Richard Hirsch, BS, SUNY College at New York University—Professor, School of The School of Art and Design and Art and Design School for American Crafts reserve the New Paltz; MFA, Rochester Institute of Technology—Associate Professor, Ceramics, right to retain student work for educa- School for American Crafts tional use or exhibition for a period of time not to exceed one and one-half quarters beyond the year the object has been made. Attendance regulations The programs of the college utilize the studios and shop experiences as an essential part of the educational pro- gram; therefore it is imperative that the student regularly attend all classes unless specifically excused for special projects or activities by the instructors. Failure to attend classes, and to com- plete assignments, will be taken into consideration in grading.

Graduate scholarships, assistantships and other financial aid If interested in being considered for a graduate scholarship through the School of Art and Design/School for American Crafts, fill out the graduate scholarship application form in the graduate appli- cation packet and submit with the other required materials by March 1. Applications for graduate and teach- ing assistantships are usually mailed out in early spring to applicants and current graduate students. If you have ques- tions, contact the School of Art and Design/School for American Crafts main office at 716-475-2646. Fourteen teams of seniors and graduate students worked for weeks on an intensely team-driven Need-based forms of financial aid such RIT/Kodak design collaboration to create life-size models of image kiosks for three markets. "Working with as loans and grants may be investigated Kodak on such a challenging project was a great experience in teamwork and synergy," said Bob Kahute, through the Office of Financial Aid. professor of industrial and packaging design. 94 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

Albert Paley, BFA, MFA, Tyler School of Art, Applicants are also encouraged to take quarter. During the admissions process, Temple University; Ph.D. (honorary), the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) graduate coordinators evaluate the back- University of Rochester—Artist-in-Residence, as an aid in counseling during the devel- ground of an applicant to his or her pro- Charlotte Fredericks Mowris Chair in opment of the individual's program of gram to determine whether a section of Contemporary Crafts; Professor, School for the Foundation Program might be American Crafts studies. Requirements are: waived because of prior course work or R. Roger Remington, BFA, Rochester Written RJT application Institute of Technology; MS, University of Earned baccalaureate degree work experience. Wisconsin—Professor, Graphic Design, School Official undergraduate transcript The Foundation Program involves the of Art and Design Two recommendations following course work. The seven tech- Robert Schmitz, BS, East Carolina University; An on-campus interview when possible nical courses listed below are offered in MFA, University of Wisconsin; MS, Alfred Undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher the School of Printing Management and University—Professor, Ceramics, School for Foundation course work 3.0 or higher, Sciences during the summer. Most appli- American Crafts; Chair, School for American if required cants who do not have printing back- Crafts TOEFL score of at least 525 (interna- grounds take these courses at RIT because James H. Sias, BFA, MA, Michigan State University—Professor, Industrial Design, tional students) they are usually not offered elsewhere. Accounting—Grad (Systems Only) School of Art and Design Application deadlines Douglas Sigler, BFA, MFA, Rochester Institute Science (Chemistry)—Grad of Technology—Professor, Woodworking and Candidates are encouraged to apply to Typography/Design—Grad Furniture Design, School for American Crafts the graduate program at any time dur- Composition Technology—Grad Mark Stanitz, BFA, MA, Kent State ing the year. However, those applicants Graphic Arts Imaging Techniques— University—Associate Professor, Metals/ who do not have a printing background Grad Jewelry Design, School for American Crafts should complete the admissions proce- Printing Processes—Grad Richard Tannen, BS, Cornell University; Cert, of Mastery, Boston University—Associate dures before April 10,1995, to allow suf- Planning and Finishing—Grad Professor, Woodworking and Furniture ficient time to make arrangements to Two courses—computers and techni- Design, School for American Crafts attend the Foundation Program. Appli- cal writing—in the Foundation Program Michael Taylor, BS, Middle Tennessee State cants who hold an undergraduate are not offered in the summer session, University; MA, MFA, East Tennessee State degree in printing and meet all founda- but are required. Many applicants have University—Professor, Glass, School for tion course requirements should apply taken them as part of their undergradu- American Crafts before July 24,1995. Students are permit- ate curriculums. However, if an appli- Leonard A. Urso, BFA, MFA, SUNY College ted to begin their regular graduate cant has not taken these courses, he or at New Paltz—Associate Professor, Metal- classes only in September. she should arrange to take them either at crafts and Jewelry, School for American Crafts RIT or at some other institution. James C. Ver Hague, BS, Massachusetts Foundation Program Institute of Technology; MS, Rensselaer In addition to the above Foundation Polytechnic Institute; BA, MFA, SUNY at The Foundation Program is common to Program courses, two courses—Organi- Buffalo—Professor, Computer Graphics all three graduate programs within the zational Behavior, Economics—must be Design, School of Art and Design School of Printing Management and completed by graphic arts systems stu- Robert Wabnitz, Diploma, Rochester Institute Sciences. It begins in June and provides dents. These two courses are required, of Technology—Professor, Medical students who have little or no printing but are not taught in the Foundation Illustration, School of Art and Design background with the opportunity to Program summer session. Graphic arts Norman Williams, BFA, MS, Syracuse gain the required background before University—Professor, Art Education, School systems students need to have com- of Art and Design commencing regular courses in the fall pleted these courses in their bachelor's

School of Printing Management and Sciences The School of Printing Management and Sciences offers three master of science degree programs: graphic arts publish- ing, graphic arts systems and printing technology. Admission requirements Prior to being admitted to a master of science degree program, applicants must satisfy the Graduate Admission Com- mittee of the School of Printing Management and Sciences that their pre- vious training, ability and practical experience indicate a reasonable chance of success. Applicants may be admitted who hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. The School of Printing Management and Sciences encourages applicants with undergradu- ate records at the B (3.0) level or higher. Graphic arts professionals strive to exceed customer expectations of the finished product. College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 95 degree work, or they will need to com- during 1991. This MS degree program is individuals to work as publishing sys- plete them, most appropriately before oriented toward educating individuals tems architects, font and format man- beginning the Foundation Program. of high competency for technical pro- agers, specialized programmers and cor- Students may begin their graduate duction and management positions in porate publishers. courses in the fall if they are lacking no the multifaceted publishing industry. To prepare these individuals for more than two Foundation courses. It is industry, this option is made up of Program orientation possible for them to complete these dur- course work in the theoretical aspects of ing the academic year. Most existing courses of study in pub- publishing and reproduction technolo- The seven Foundation courses are lishing taught in the United States are gies, software and hardware considera- scheduled during a 12-week period concerned with the historical/editorial/ tions and management strategies for beginning the last week in May. The advertising aspects of the industry. This electronic publishing centers. This courses are sequential—students com- program addresses publishing from the option will utilize new electronic pub- plete one course before beginning the next technological/production viewpoint lishing laboratories equipped with the one. Classes begin at 8 a.m. and end at (including its management) and consid- latest in electronic publishing systems. noon or 3 p.m., depending on the class. ers its interrelationships with the histori- Like the other graphic arts publishing If an applicant has had a particular cal, advertising, circulation and fulfill- options, a thesis, research paper or pro- subject area waived, he or she will be ex- ment functions. The program is open to ject is required for graduation. cused from that section of the Foundation students with a variety of undergradu- Thesis requirements Program. A student must complete the ate degree backgrounds. Therefore, the Foundation Program with an overall foundation program of courses has been Both options in the graphic arts publish- B average before he or she can begin made available for all applicants into the ing program require a thesis or a project required courses in the graduate program graphic arts publishing program. of thesis equivalency. The primary pur- to which he or she has been accepted. pose of the thesis is to demonstrate orig- The options inal thinking, creativity and research in Cary Library The graphic arts publishing program has areas chosen by the students with the The School of Printing Management and two options. guidance and consent of their advisors. Sciences maintains a close relationship The typography and printing design The thesis may take on different forms: with the Melbert B. Cary Jr. Library, option prepares students to make printed specimens with written sum- housed in Wallace Library. The Cary responsible management-level decisions mary of purpose and procedure, written Library is composed of more than 14,000 affecting printing design, typographic research report, or an electronic film or volumes, including many rare books and specifications, planning, scheduling, copy video presentation along with a written other materials detailing the history of and film organization and budgeting/ summary of purpose and procedure. printing and illustrating past and pre- estimating functions. Graphic arts pub- Required graduate degree courses sent fine printing, book design and lishing concerns are an integral part of illustrations, papermaking, binding the option core and elective course work. Typography and Printing Design Option content is concentrated in pre- and other aspects of the graphic arts. FALL Credits The Frederic W. Goudy-Howard W. press areas and is specifically structured to develop practical and theoretical skills 2081-702 Graphic Reproduction Coggeshall Memorial Workshop con- which will enable the graduate to func- Theory* 4 tains letters, papers and memorabilia of tion successfully as art director, type 2081-713 Applications of Digital Mr. Goudy along with cases of Goudy director, corporate printing buyer, pro- Typesetting 4 type that can be seen only at RIT because duction art director, or account executive. 2081-725 Typefaces, Their matrices for their manufacture were Development, Classifica- The unique structure of the typogra- destroyed by fire in 1939. tion & Recognition 3 phy and printing design option allows Elective 4 professional-level development at an Elective 3 Master of Science Degree accelerated pace, thereby permitting Total Credits 18 in Graphic Arts Publishing a modest investment in student time. Interrelationships among the design Marie Freckleton, Coordinator and typography disciplines with all the WINTER 716-475-5835 major reproduction processes are thor- 2081-722 Ink, Color, & Substrate* 4 oughly explored. The goal is to build 2081-723 Contemporary Publishing 3 Today's printing and publishing industry within each student a firm foundation of 2081-729 Computer-Aided Printing is the seventh largest industry in the reproduction technology on which sensi- Design & Copy country, producing more than $168 bil- tive, precise and practical aesthetic judg- Preparation 4 lion in products in 1990. Because the ment will rest. 2081-730 History of the Book 3 industry is undergoing massive techno- The electronic publishing option is Elective 4 logical change and increasing its produc- systems oriented and focuses on the var- Total Credits 18 tion by about $10 billion annually, it is in ious segments of electronic publishing need of increased numbers of employees from the most elaborate segment of the who are better educated than in the past SPRING high-volume production of prototypes and who are highly flexible and innova- 2081-727 Typographic Style of newspapers, catalogs and magazines tive in decision making. Employment in Development 3 to the single user, desktop systems for printing and publishing is projected to 2081-785 Creative Print Finishing 4 producing newsletters, office forms and grow at an annual rate of 1.5 percent 2081-890 Thesis 4 short reports. The growth potential of from now through the year 2000. Elective 3 the electronic publishing industry is Total Credits 14 One of today's key areas in the printing startling, escalating to an estimated and publishing industry is the production $50 billion by the year 2000. Both corpo- and publication of magazines and books, rate and commercial markets for elec- which produced $40 billion in products tronic publishing will need experienced 96 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

Electronic Publishing present a portfolio to demonstrate com- The curriculum petence in aesthetic applications. FALL The graphic arts systems program If the applicants have completed all 2081-702 Graphic Reproduction requires 48 credit hours of graduate admission requirements, they will be Theory* 4 work, 36 of which must be taken at RIT. conditionally accepted as graduate stu- 2081-713 Applications of Digital Twelve of the 48 hours—essentially three Typesetting 4 dents pending the successful completion courses—are electives selected by the 2081-741 Color Image Processing of the foundation program. student to develop expertise in an area System 4 of particular interest. Elective courses Elective 3 Master of Science Degree must have the coordinator's approval. Elective 3 in Graphic Arts Systems Project design (Course 840) Total Credits 18 In the Spring Quarter, the student must Len Leger, Coordinator complete a project related to graphic arts WINTER 716-475-6026 systems. The student is responsible for 2081-742 Document Processing selecting the topic and type of project, Languages 4 Today's printing industry is technology which must include a written report 2081-722 Ink, Color & Substrates* 4 driven, competitive and rapidly chang- documenting the project work. 2081-723 Contemporary Publishing 3 ing. Because of the broad range of com- Required graduate degree courses 2081-745 Management Strategies for pany size and structure, the printing Corporate & Commercial industry provides graduates with many Credits Publishing Enterprises 4 opportunities, from exercising the 2081-702 Graphic Reproduction Total Credits 15 entrepreneurial spirit of ownership to Theory 4 becoming a part of a large multinational 2080-707 Estimating & Analyzing firm. But whatever the size, to be effec- SPRING in Graphic Arts Systems 4 tive and to feel comfortable in this 2080-712 Operations Management 2081-743 Markets for Electronic changing environment, graduates must in the Graphic Arts Publishing 4 have honed managerial skills and solid or 2081-890 Thesis 4 technical knowledge. 0106-743 Operations Management 4 Elective 4 Today's graduates must be equipped 2080-717 Marketing & Economic Elective 4 with people skills and a knowledge of Applications in Graphic Total Credits 16 financial controls, cost allocation sys- *Core courses Communications tems, pricing strategies and long- and or Elective courses are selected by the short-range planning. A printing leader 0105-761 Marketing Concepts 4 student to develop additional expertise must be vitally aware of how competi- 2081-709 Trends in Printing in a particular area of interest. Elective tors are adapting to the environment: Technology 4 courses must have the program coordi- what markets are they going after; what 2081-711 Tone & Color Analysis 4 nator's approval. specializations are they developing; and 2081-713 Applications of Digital what pricing strategies are they using? Program equipment Typesetting Graduates who have a solid technical Procedures 4 The School of Printing Management and background have a distinct advantage: 2081-722 Ink, Color & Substrates 4 Sciences has state-of-the-art printing they do not have to "learn on the job." Elective 12 equipment valued at $33 million. This They are ready to assume responsibility. equipment is available to all graduate 2080-840 Project Design __4 As complex as the technology is, it must Total Credits 48 students for class work and research be applied in a specific plant, in a spe- purposes. cific locale, with specific employees. A typical schedule of courses Students in both the typography and Graduates need to be aware of technol- printing design and the electronic pub- ogy's limits and to see opportunities for FALL lishing options will work with tradi- new research, new techniques and new 2081-702 Graphic Reproduction tional reproduction methods and the lat- applications. Theory 4 est in electronic equipment, including 2081-709 Trends in Printing 4 Macintosh and DOS platforms using Program objective 2081-713 Applications of Digital Ethernet, CD ROM and Syquest drives, The MS degree program in graphic arts Typesetting 4 Agfa Selectset 5000 image setter, Agfa systems seeks to meet the challenges of Elective 4 Horizon color scanner, 3M digital color the printing industry. It provides gradu- Total Credits 16 proofer, SuperMac digital color proofer ates with the managerial and technical and numerous high-end digital image knowledge needed to be effective. WINTER processing systems. The program should be of particular 2080-712 Operations Management The equipment is not only used to interest to nonprinting undergraduates, in Graphic Arts reinforce the theoretical aspects of the such as journalism, English, business, or program, but also to give students at the history, psychology and other liberal arts 0106-743 Operations Management 4 graduate level first-hand knowledge of and technical majors. Abilities developed 2080-707 Estimating & Analyzing considerations in managing a state of- in undergraduate work, such as analyz- In Graphic Arts Systems 4 the-art publishing operation. ing and communicating, become the 2081-722 Ink, Color & Substrates 4 foundation of graduate study. This pro- Elective 4 Program requirements gram focuses students' skills on a variety Total Credits 16 In addition to general admission require- of roles within the printing industry, ments for all graduate students in the whether administration, production, School of Printing Management and or sales. It provides students with the Sciences, students selecting the typog- requisite knowledge to understand and raphy and printing design option must control the processes for which they are responsible. College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 97

SPRING 2081-711 Tone & Color Analysis 4 2080-717 Marketing & Economic Applications in Graphic Communications or 0105-761 Marketing Concepts 4 Elective 4 2080-840 Project Design _4 Total Credits 16 Master of Science Degree in Printing Technology

Joseph L. Noga, Coordinator 716-475-2849

Technology in the printing industry con- tinues to evolve rapidly with the incor- poration of innovative materials and concepts from other disciplines. This evolution covers all aspects of graphic communication as well as such noncom- municative graphics as circuit printing and textile decorating. The graduate pro- gram is designed to help the student Professor Frank Cost (center) demonstrates electronic imaging techniques in the Electronic Prepress Laboratory. remain current after leaving RIT. This graduate program is specifically arranged for students so that completion specific problem. Thesis work affords broad exposure to the printing field, but prepares them for participation in a the student the opportunity to con- to provide the student an opportunity volatile industry whether in production, tribute to the knowledge of the printing to specialize in a particular area and research or other functions, as well as for technologies. This work is done under to develop research skills useful to the the possibility of a career in teaching. In the guidance of faculty experienced in graphic arts. This objective is accom- this regard, the program rests on theory that area of printing on which the stu- plished through the program's core and the applications of basic theory dent has chosen to focus. courses, selection of electives and the along with training in the use of modern This graduate program recognizes the development of the thesis. The goal of equipment. The student must complete value of aesthetics in the graphic arts and the program is to educate students who a research thesis allowing him or her to allows opportunity for the student to will have, in addition to an understand- bring to bear acquired knowledge on a bring technology to bear on design and ing of the procedures and theoretical aesthetic forms. Those students whose concepts in printing processes, an appre- interests run heavily in this aspect of ciation of particular problems in special areas at an advanced level. The students Selected Graduate Theses Topics printing, such as in book design, are encouraged to master the technology so wishing to explore areas beyond the School of Printing Management that thesis work can apply technology to course requirements of the program are and Sciences aesthetic goals. The program remains a encouraged to take additional course work to broaden their experience in the • "SGMI-Based Publishing" technical one, however, with strongest printing field. • "FrameMaker Software Application attraction for the students primarily Handbook" interested in technology. The printing technology major is a full • "Line Reproduction in Mapping time master's degree program. The The curriculum Utilizing the Four-Color Process length of time required to earn a degree Model" The printing technology curriculum varies according to the student's under- • "Jan Tschichold—Contrast in leading to a master of science degree in graduate preparation in printing, mathe- Theory" the School of Printing Management and matics and science. All students must • "A Catalog of the Wood Type at Sciences is designed to provide graduate earn 48 credits as a graduate student, 36 Rochester Institute of Technology" education in printing for students whose of which must be taken at RIT, to earn undergraduate majors were in the arts, the master of science degree. The pro- Selected Graphic Arts Systems sciences, education, or other nonprinting gram generally requires one academic Projects areas, as well as for graduates with a year at the graduate level. Candidates major in printing. Candidates who do who wish to enter the program, but lack • "Investigation of the Adhesive not have adequate undergraduate work adequate preparation, must take the Strength of Envelope Gums on in printing must take the foundation foundation program. With foundation Recycled Paper" program prior to starting the required course work completed, the candidate • "Typeface Training Software As an core program. will start the core graduate program Example of Computer Training The printing technology major pro- sequence with the Fall Quarter. Systems" vides graduate-level study in printing • "A Study of Print Brokering in the technology and in research methods. U.S." The program is not intended to give a • "A Study on Special Accessories for Sheetfed Offset Presses" 98 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

Program objectives WINTER Samuel B. Hoff, BA, MA, California State University—Associate Professor, Screen 2081-701 Research Methods 4 The goal of the technology major is to Printing/Image Assembly graduate well-educated students in both 2081-703 Statistical Inference 4 Barry Lee, BS, Rochester Institute of the theoretical and practical aspects of Elective 4 Technology—Visiting Instructor graphic arts technology. The program 2081-722 Ink, Color & Substrates _4 Len Leger, BS, SUNY College at Potsdam; provides graduates with the necessary Total Credits 16 MS, University of Rochester—Associate education to approach solutions to print- Professor, Printing Management Joseph L. Noga, BS, Central Connecticut State ing problems by an orientation to pro- SPRING University; MS, University of Bridgeport— cesses and materials based on systematic 2081-711 Tone & Color Analysis 4 Professor, Electronic Color Imaging, Graduate analysis. 2081-890 Thesis 8 Program Coordinator of Printing Technology Preparation in the technology major Elective 4 David Pankow, MLS, Columbia University, provides entry as a professional into the Total Credits 16 New York City—Curator, Melbert B. Cary Jr. printing field in areas such as produc- Graphic Arts Collection tion management, research and develop- Archibald D. Provan, BS, Rochester Institute ment, technical sales representative, Graduate Faculty of Technology; M.Ed., University of Rochester—Professor, Typography quality assurance, administration, mar- School of Printing Emery E. Schneider, BS, Southern Illinois keting, etc. Because the printing industry Management and Sciences University; M.Ed., University of Rochester— is large and extremely varied, the stu- Professor, Electrical Composition Technology dent's overall preparation, interest and Barbara Birkett, BA, Aquinas College; MBA, Owen Smith, BS, Jackson State University; background would allow for entry-level University of Michigan; MBA, Rochester MS, Rochester Institute of Technology— positions in these and in a number of Institute of Technology; CPA, Maryland— Professor Associate Professor, Financial Controls other areas in the printing industry. Franz Sigg, MS, Rochester Institute of William H. Birkett, BS, University of Illinois; Technology—Research Associate MBA, University of Michigan, CMA— Program requirements J. A. Stephen Viggiano, MS, Rochester Professor, Printing Management Institute of Technology—Printing Technology; The master of science degree program in Robert Y. Chung, BA, Eastern Washington Sr. Imaging Scientist, RIT Research Corp. printing technology requires the comple- State University; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology—Professor, Color Management tion of 48 quarter credit hours of study, Associates of the Graduate Faculty including eight hours for the thesis. If Frank J. Cost, BS, Eisenhower College; MS, foundation courses are not required, the Rochester Institute of Technology—Professor, Herbert H. Johnson, BS, Rochester Institute of Technology—Associate Professor, Book program can be completed in one aca- Imaging Technology Management Marie Freckleton, BFA, MST, Rochester and Magazine Production demic year. The program's length is Institute of Technology—Associate Professor, Werner Rebsamen, Diploma, Academy of based on each individual's program of Printing Design; Graduate Program Fine Arts, Zurich—Professor, Planning and study and the length of time each stu- Coordinator of Graphic Arts Publishing Finishing dent chooses to complete his or her the- Robert G. Hacker, BS, Illinois State; MS, Frank J. Romano, BA, City University of sis work. Students who are qualified in South Dakota State; Ph.D., Iowa—Professor, New York—Melbert B. Cary Distinguished one or more of the required courses may Newspaper Management, Computer Professor in the Graphic Arts substitute other course work with the Applications permission of the program coordinator. Technology major REQUIRED COURSES Credits 2081-701 Research Methods 4 2081-709 Trends in Printing Technology 4 2081-702 Graphic Reproduction Theory 4 2081-703 Statistical Inference 4 2081-713 Applications of Digital Typesetting 4 2081-711 Tone & Color Analysis 4 2081-722 Ink, Color & Substrates 4 Electives 12 2081-890 Thesis __8 Total Credits 48

A typical schedule of courses FALL 2081-702 Graphic Reproduction Theory 4 2081-709 Trends in Printing Technology 4 2081-713 Applications of Digital Typesetting 4 Elective 4 Total Credits 16 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 99

School of Electives as well as artistic visual expression and Elective courses are available in anima- who demonstrate an interest in the Photographic Arts tion, video, multimedia, screen writing, exploration of new artistic ideas and printmaking, painting, sculpture, com- experiences will be favored. The gradu- munications design, museum studies, ate faculty will make recommendations and Sciences to the coordinator of the program based crafts, bookmaking, typography, color on the above interlocking criteria. The School of Photographic Arts and photography, mixed media, studio pho- Sciences offers one graduate program: tography, advertising photography, per- Students who are judged to need more the master of fine arts in imaging arts. ception, sensitometry, computer graph- study in the general areas of art, photog- ics, art history and archival preservation raphy and/or technology will be advised Master of Fine Arts Degree and conservation. There are also oppor- to take such courses either prior to tunities for independent studies and entrance or during their first year of in Imaging Arts experiential study. study. Recommendations will be made by the coordinator with advice from the Angela M. Kelly Photography appropriate faculty members. Areas of Coordinator, MFA Program This program concentration spans a wide art and photography include art history, 716-475-2711 range of imaging arts from traditional photographic history, aesthetics, criti- Maria Schweppe black-and-white photography to hand- cism and general studio work in any Coordinator, MFA Program, applied emulsions to altered multimedia form of image making. FilmMdeo Animation collage and electronic or computer-gen- To apply for admission to graduate 716-475-2780 erated imagery. Projects can be in the study, a student must submit evidence form of video, books, or installations— of his or her undergraduate degree, an The master of fine arts program in imag- the artist is not limited by the usual con- acceptable portfolio (slides, videotape, ing arts emphasizes a broad interpreta- notations of the word "photography." CD, etc.), a statement of purpose and tion of photography as an art form, with references. All correspondence concern- the intention of inspiring and nurturing Computer animation ing applications or catalogs should be the individuality of each student as a This concentration consists primarily of addressed to the Director of Admissions creative, productive person. It is rooted courses in motion picture making taught at RIT. in the belief that the study of imaging as in the Film/Video Department and com- Transfer credit a fine art can be enhanced by the study puter graphics programming courses of imaging as an applied art, as a liberal offered by the Department of Information Graduate-level course work taken prior art and as a technical art. The program Technology. Course work includes exer- to admission to the program should be provides each student an opportunity to cises and major projects in both two- submitted for approval upon entrance pursue graduate study in photography and three-dimensional computer anima- into the program. Up to 18 quarter credit and other imaging arts as a means to tion as well as support courses in motion hours (12 semester hours) of B or better personal, aesthetic, intellectual and picture technique and interactivity. graduate work is transferable toward career development. the degree with the approval of the The MFA curriculum is not based on a The faculty coordinator. fixed pattern of study, but rather on a The MFA in imaging arts program is Portfolio flexible one which is continually sensi- supported by a staff of 45 faculty mem- tive to the needs of each student and bers within the School of Photographic Selection of candidates for the graduate builds upon the strengths that he or she Arts and Sciences and adjunct faculty program is a difficult process. Along brings to the program. Flexibility extends members at the International Museum with written records of accomplishment beyond what is to be learned to where it of Photography, George Eastman House and recommendations, the portfolio can be learned and how it can be learned and the Visual Studies Workshop, as serves to inform the faculty of the appli- and validated. well as RIT's Image Permanence Institute. cant's imaging accomplishments. It is a The degree in imaging arts is offered Faculty and course work are also avail- pictorial statement of the candidate's with two areas of academic concentra- able from the School of Printing Manage- performance to date in terms of his or tion: photography and computer anima- ment and Sciences, School of Art and her skills and visual sophistication. tion. Successful completion of the pro- Design and School for American Crafts Applicants to the photography con- gram enables a student to seek careers and from the College of Liberal Arts. centration should send 20 slides repre- in education, museum or gallery work, senting a cohesive body or bodies of business, broadcasting, A/V production, Admission requirements recent work. Detailed instructions for label- advertising, or as a self-employed pro- Students with a baccalaureate degree or ing and packaging slide portfolios are given fessional. equivalent from an accredited college or on the following page. university, or equivalent, are eligible for Applicants who are interested in the Program goals admission provided they present a port- computer animation concentration are 1. Provide students the opportunity to folio of work that demonstrates their advised to send in a portfolio that con- use photography, filmmaking and skills, visual sophistication and aesthetic sists of videotape (VHS or %" format) other imaging arts as a means to pur- awareness. Acceptance depends on the images and/or evidence of computer sue a career and earn a livelihood. strength of portfolios as judged by the imagery, animation or cinematography. 2. Provide students the opportunity to graduate faculty, past academic perfor- Do not send master tapes or original use photography, filmmaking and mance, letters of recommendation and films. other imaging arts as a means to personal statements of purpose. enrich their personal lives and society There are no examination require- as a whole. ments (e.g., GRE) for admission to these 3. Provide an environment that encour- MFA programs. Personal interviews are ages a sense of community, creativity, encouraged but not required. Applicants scholarship and purpose. who are capable of good academic work 100 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

Initial selection of the fall class in the The Master of Fine Arts in Imaging Thesis hours are usually taken over imaging arts program is made in mid- Arts several quarters. Only the letter "R" is March from among all portfolios and recorded, indicating a thesis in process. The MFA degree encompasses work in completed applications received from No letter grade is assigned. Acceptance three areas of study: September of the previous year. Appli- or rejection of the thesis is made by the Credits cants should be certain that portfolios candidate's thesis board and the MFA 1. MAJOR CONCENTRATION: 40 are postmarked no later than March 15 faculty. Designed to give depth of experience to ensure review of their application. All course work, including an accepted Admission to the program occurs only in the area of the student's major thesis, must be completed within seven once a year. For further information or interest and chosen from one of three years of entrance into the program. advice contact the MFA coordinator concentrations: photography, directly. museum studies, or computer anima- Photo gallery tion. All students will complete 16 of The photo gallery is used to exhibit Portfolio instructions these hours in required courses. graduate thesis work, student work and • Submit your portfolio in the form of Other course work is selected from works of contemporary imagemakers. 35mm slides only. many flexible alternatives. Thesis • Submit no more than 20 slides in one 2. History and Aesthetics of Imaging poly page with 20 2" pockets. Arts and related art forms 15 The thesis exhibition/project should be • Place a red dot in the lower left corner 3. Electives 19 an original body of work appropriate of each slide mount. 4. Thesis Seminar and Research to the major commitment of the degree • Label each slide with your name, title & Thesis 16 candidate. A written thesis of record will of work, date, size of work. Total Credits 90 be prepared for inclusion in the library. • Do not use glass slide mounts or thick Specific directions are available in the tape to label or mask slides. Distribution of work within these MFA handbook. • Number slides 1 to 20 in the order you guidelines is subject to modification Policy regarding student work wish them projected and place in poly based upon the candidate's background, page with the top of the work in each abilities and interests. An individualized The School of Photographic Arts and slide at the top of the slide mount. course of study will be prepared with Sciences reserves the right to retain at • You may include an optional separate the help of the MFA coordinator and least one original piece of work from a page with additional information made a matter of record. Modifications student's MFA Thesis Show for inclusion about the work on your slides. in this prescribed program thereafter in the MFA Collection to be used for • Include a self-addressed, STAMPED must be approved and recorded. educational and exhibition purposes. Graduates must also leave the school envelope for the return of your slides. Grades and time limit We cannot return slides lacking suffi- one set of not less than 20 slides or a The average of all grades for graduate cient postage or adequate packaging. videotape or CD of thesis work com- credit taken at the Institute must be at pleted for the master's degree. Send your portfolio postmarked by least a "B" (3.0) to qualify for the MFA March 15 to: imaging arts degree. Chairperson Fine Art Photography Dept. School of Photographic Arts and Sciences Rochester Institute of Technology 70 Lomb Memorial Drive Rochester, N.Y. 14623-5604. Degree requirements The MFA degree in imaging arts nor- mally requires a minimum of two years of full-time resident graduate study. A minimum of 90 quarter credit hours of graduate work is outlined below. These minimums may be exceeded through the intent of the candidate or as a result of necessity to cover certain areas of study. The 90 hours do not include under- graduate work required by action of the MFA admission committee in accepting a particular applicant, or undergraduate course prerequisites for graduate courses.

The animation laboratory has been the birthplace of many award-winning student projects. College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 101

Cultural influences Rochester is a unique place for anyone seriously interested in a broad pursuit of STUDENT PROFILE photographic studies. Fine-art imaging at RIT is keeping pace with some of the newer visual imaging methods through courses in computer graphics, computer animation and video discography. The Rochester area is enhanced with out- standing physical and human resources. In addition to those located in the College of Imaging Arts and Sciences at RIT, there are resources to be found in two major additional institutions heavily involved in photographic education and innovation: the International Museum of Photography at the George Eastman House and the Visual Studies Workshop. The MFA program in imaging arts at RIT is unique in that it is the only such program housed in a School of Photo- graphic Arts and Sciences with a sup- port faculty of 45 highly specialized and diverse instructors. The program is designed to reflect this diversity. Graduate Faculty School of Photographic Arts and Sciences Patti Ambrogi, MFA, Visual Studies Workshop—Associate Professor, Fine Art Photography Angela M. Kelly, MA, Columbia College— Associate Professor Elaine O'Neil, BFA, Philadelphia College of Art; MS, Illinois Institute of Technology— Professor Elliott Rubenstein, MFA, SUNY Buffalo; MA, St. John's University—Professor, Fine Art Photography Maria Schweppe, MA, Ohio State University—Associate Professor Erik Timmerman, MFA, USC—Associate "Three Stages of the Machine" © Gregory R. North Professor, Film/Video Department Jeff Weiss, BS, University of Michigan— Associate Professor, Fine Art Photography "Technology is only a tool—it can't be allowed to dictate the cre- Ken White, BA, Princeton University; MA, MFA, University of New Mexico—Associate ative process," says Greg North. His image, "Three Stages of the Professor, Chair, Fine Art Photography Machine," is part of a series called "Horsepower," which explores Associates of Graduate Faculty how the stages of mechanical development have directly affected Carl Battaglia—Associate Professor society's behavior. Howard Lester—Associate Professor "The rapid advancement of digital technology in the arts and Michael Starenko, BA, Kalamazoo College; MA, University of Chicago—Lecturer, Fine publishing is creating a new era of speed and creative flexibility Art Photography for an increasingly large user base. This technology has had a pro- found effect in merging several conventional disciplines and is beginning to mold a more singular definition of what we are used to calling fine, applied and graphic arts. This new era promises empowerment of the individual as artist and publisher, creating new opportunities for mass communication of ideas and images, limited only by imagination."

Greg North BFA, Photography; MFA, Printing: Electronic Prepress 102 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

Note: Prerequisites are within parentheses at the end of the course description. 2010-724 Graduate Graphic Design Topics This course is tailored to the specific needs of the students enrolled. Potential topics may include: design planning, human factors, interface design, writing School of Art and Design and design, design for electronic media, and application of new technologies. The course involves research and design applications relevant to the selected Art History/Graduate Studies course topic. Studio/Lab 6, Credit 3

These courses are taken by all School of Art and Design/School for American 2010-726 Ethics & Values—Design Crafts MFA students. This course stresses the impact of the designer's role in society and emphasizes the need for social awareness and critical thinking. Projects are centered around 2037-785 Forms of Inquiry controversial issues, design for non-profit, and topics related to accessibility. The exploration and organization of forms of inquiry in the fields of art, craft Classroom discussions support and enhance studio involvements related to and design. Class 2, Credit 2 (offered every year) these topics. Lab/Studio 6, Credit 3

2037-790 Graduate Forum 2010-761 Graphic Design Elective The presentation and discussion of issues in aesthetics, criticism, creativity and Please refer to description for Graphic Design (MFA Major) below. Lab 6, Credit 3 perception as they relate to art, design and craft will be undertaken. Points of (offered every quarter) view to be clarified through critical writing. Required for MFA; to be taken prior to Thesis. Class 2, Credit 3 2010-890 Thesis—Graphic Design Graphic Design The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a 2010-711 Theory & Methods Seminar faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include This seminar is a core experience for all graduate graphic design majors. The a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Lab 9-42, Credit course is composed of a series of guest presenters on topics related to pertinent 3-14 (offered every quarter) theory (i.e. sign theory, communication theory, whole systems theory, informa- tion theory, visual rhetoric, perception, human factors/ergonomics, etc.) and Art Education methodology (i.e. brainstorming approaches, research and evaluation methods, 2011-701 Art Education Methods/Materials implementation considerations, cross-disciplinary methods, etc.). The course is Intensive study of curriculum in terms of teaching materials for both studio and multi-disciplinary in nature. Ongoing assignments and a final course project are appreciation aspects of elementary, early secondary, and high school art educa- required. Studio 6, Credit 3 tion. Includes studio and elementary school teaching experience. Class 2, Lab 9, Credit 5 (F, W) (offered on sufficient demand) 2010-712 Graduate Typographic Design This course is centered on learning about typographic variables organization 2011-820 Seminar in Art Education methods. Focused decision making related to visui hierarchy, readability and Evaluation and study of the practice teaching experience. Discussion of the pro- communication is stressed. Projects involve the process of creating a thematic, fessional role of the art teacher in terms of professional associations, supervi- sequential typographic design application. Studio 6, Credit 3 sion, teacher training and research. A final project on some intensively studied aspect of art education is required. Lab 25, Credit 3 (S) (offered on sufficient 2010-713 Design History Studies demand) This course involves ongoing lectures about graphic design history and a studio application which centers upon relevant content from these lectures. Discussion 2011-860 Practice Teaching of appropriate theory and criticism is included. The archives and special collec- A seven-week, full-time practice teaching experience in secondary school, tions at Wallace Library are used for research and analysis purposes. Studio 6, including professional duties of the art teacher in humanities courses, publication Credit 3 advising, audiovisual work and supervision. Supplements the studio-theoretical education. Meets the state education requirements. Credit 9 (S) (offered on suf- 2010-716 Image Forms ficient demand) This introductory course investigates formal visual aesthetics related to graphic design. Emphasis is on the process of image analysis, ideation and synthesis. Applied use of imagery focuses upon clear message-making and audience Computer Graphics Design understanding. Image-generation tools range from traditional to electronic 2014-780 Introduction to Computer Graphics media as appropriate for specific projects. An extended studio project in form An introduction to computer graphics hardware and software. Basic familiarity analysis and articulation is the primary activity. Lab 6, Credit 3 with using the keyboard, mouse, disk drive, printer, scanner and video digitizer to create imagery. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) 2010-717 Graduate Systems Design This course investigates various approaches toward visually and conceptually 2014-781 2D Computer Graphics Design organized components of graphic design problems (i.e. words, photographs, Exposure to computer graphic algorithms, design heuristics, design methodol- illustrations, diagrams, abstract shapes, textures, lines, colors, etc.) for the pur- ogy and program structures of two-dimensional imagery for multimedia pose of clear, unified communication. Projects may include the creation of mul- design. Projects involve programming in an authoring language. Lab 6, Credit 3 tiple components within a common framework. Lab/Studio 6, Credit 3 (offered every year)

2010-718 Graduate Information Design 2014-782 3D Computer Graphics Design This course stresses the importance of reader and user responses to written and Extension of previous experience to include three-dimensional objects with hid- visually presented information. Projects stress clarity and accessibility while den lines and surfaces, rotations, solid modeling, perspective, texture mapping investigating a variety of formats (i.e. charts, diagrams, business forms, tables, and ray tracing. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) maps, instructional materials, wayfinding systems, graphic user interfaces, etc.) 2014-783 Visual Semiotics 2010-721 Project Development & Evaluation The application of semantic, syntactic and pragmatic levels of visual design This course involves the application of theory and methods to the planning of a activities. These concepts will be applied to creative projects, using the com- design project. Each student is responsible for formulating a comprehensive puter as the primary tool. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) project development plan, including the use of evaluation method(s) during appropriate stages of the project. Lab/Studio 6, Credit 3 2014-784 Digital Typography A study of today's digital typography. Hands-on experiences in production type- 2010-722 Graduate Graphic Design Applications setting, prepress planning for accurate typographic reproduction, as well as This is an advanced course in which the students apply formal aesthetic princi- type used as a visual image. This course also deals with typography for anima- ples in systematically solving applied problems on thematic, content-intensive tion and multimedia environments. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) topics. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between form and communica- tion. Projects are defined, structured and implemented by the student. Lab/Studio 6, Credit 3 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 103

2014-785 Instructional Multimedia (MFA Major) 2020-785 Surgical Procedures I Interactive and other software packages will be used to create instructional pro- The application of creating instructional aids designed to increase learner grams for different age groups. Course work will include subject matter understanding of surgical procedures and concepts. Sketches are to be drawn research; developing objectives; creating graphics, sound and interactivity; and while observing the surgery, consulting with the surgeon for accuracy of detail program evaluation. Each student will produce an instructional multimedia and development. The final preparation of the art work will match its intended program. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) use (e.g., publication, slide graphic, computer graphic, etc.) Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) 2014-786 Computer-Generated Animation (MFA Major) Keyframe, film loop, real-time recording and other digital techniques to auto- 2020-786 Surgical Procedures II matically create computer animation applications for film, video, interactive or A continuation of the concepts begun in 2020-785; specifically, combining multimedia presentations. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) anatomical knowledge with surgical observation to construct a concise and accurate surgical series. Students will concentrate on communicating essential 2014-787 Advanced Computer Graphics Design (MFA Major) surgical concepts to a specific audience, as well as ensuring that their art work Advanced exploration of computer graphics applications. Projects could will meet the demands of reproduction. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) include such topics as interactive multimedia presentations, internet applica- tions, computer-generated layout, digital type development, computer-aided 2020-890 Thesis—Medical Illustration instruction lessons, TV and electronic mail promotions and virtual reality ani- The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a mation. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Lab 9-42, Credit 2014-890 Thesis—Computer Graphics Design 3-14 (offered every quarter) The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include Painting a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Lab 9-42, Credit 2021-761 Painting (Elective, Minor) 3-14 (offered every quarter) Study of present techniques and concepts in painting and the relation to the tra- dition of painting. Development of painting skills in a chosen medium. Lab 6, Interior Design Credit 3 (offered every quarter) 2015-780 Interior Design Applications—Graduate Selected projects in interior design that allow individual application of design 2021-761 Painting (Graduate Elective) methodology and technical skills toward professional goals. Selection of the Individual drawing projects related to graduate students' major area of study. projects is directed at providing an adequate background for development of Opportunity to refine drawing skills at the graduate level. Lab 6, Credit 3 the master's thesis. Lab 9-27, Credit 3-9 (offered every quarter for graduate (offered every year) majors only) 2021-780 Painting (Graduate) Sculpture Development of a variety of mixed media, including painting medium and related preparatory study. Examination of ideas and relationships in the field 2019-761 Illustration Elective—Graduate with emphasis upon intelligent and knowledgeable creative solutions. Lab Traditional sculptural concepts will evolve through a variety of processes and 9-27, Credit 3-9 (offered every quarter) materials—predominately clay, plaster, cement, stone, paper and metal. The human figure is presented as a subject for study and for use as a springboard to 2021-890 Thesis—Painting invention. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include Medical Illustration a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Lab 9-42, Credit 2020-781 Medical Illustration Topics I 3-14 (offered every quarter) This is an introductory course, designed to acquaint the illustration student with art techniques commonly used in medical illustration and with the medi- Printmaking cal library and audio-visual television supporting milieu in which the medical 2022-761,762, 763,764 Printmaking (Graduate Elective) illustrator works. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) Advanced techniques in etching, lithography and woodcutting, as well as in many experimental areas including color processes, photo transfer process and 2020-782 Medical Illustration Graphics expression, and combination printing. Students are expected to develop along A course emphasizing the use of computer software and hardware as a resource independent lines, and direction is offered in contemporary thought and con- for generating titles, charts and graphs, schematics and illustrations as vehicles cept, with emphasis upon developing a complete respect for the printmaking to meeting instructional and communicative needs. Students will learn the var- craft and profession. Lab fee required. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every quarter) ious techniques available and will apply those techniques while designing pamphlets, in-house publications and poster exhibits. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) 2022-780 Printmaking (Graduate) Contemporary and historical printmaking concepts are presented as stimulant and provocation for the development of an individual approach to expression. 2020-783 Anatomical Studies Advanced techniques are demonstrated in intaglio, relief and lithography, with Sketches drawn from human dissection are translated into instructional illus- resources available in photo transfer processes and combinations. A complete trations using watercolor wash and pen and ink. Emphasis will be on rapid, but understanding of the development and maintenance of the print studio is sup- accurate sketching and observation in the laboratory, with a representation of portive for the professional artist. The work leads toward the master's thesis. form and structure in living tissue for publication. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered Lab 9-27, Credit 3-9 (offered every quarter) every year)

2022-890 Thesis—Printmaking 2020-784 Medical Illustration Topics II The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a A continuation of Anatomical Studies I with students translating sketches faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include drawn from human dissection into full-color instructional illustrations. a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Lab 9-42, Credit Techniques studied include watercolor, color pencil, airbrush and mixed media. 3-14 (offered every quarter) Emphasis will be on rapid, but accurate sketches leading to the description of living tissue for the preparation of surgical illustration. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) Industrial Design 2035-761, 762,763,764 Industrial Design (Graduate Elective) The reasoned application of theoretical and practical background to advanced projects in industrial and interior design. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every quarter) 104 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

STUDENT PROFILE

Graduate theses can take many forms. For Kristine Hye Jung Hwang and Daniela Jorge, their joint CD-ROM thesis project is now being used to teach children about art and the collec- tions at Rochester's Memorial Art Gallery. "Yes, it was very demanding, more than we thought," Hwang says. "I would do it again with Daniela though; as a team, we enjoyed the challenge and the real-world application." Susan Dodge Peters, gallery education direc- tor, asked them to create the interactive CD- ROM . "The most difficult part overall was designing for the wide age range—kindergarten through sixth grade," relates Hwang. But actual design of screen and navigation—with 50 movies in nearly 200 megabytes—proved the hardest conceptual part, believes Jorge. "We really ivanted to avoid cartooning to keep the sense of fine art." The duo designed Destination Imagination in seven sections, including animals in art, pictures of children and puzzling pairs.

2035-780 Industrial Design Graduate Applications 2040-780 Ceramics (Graduate Studio) Selected projects in industrial design that allow individual application of design A program structured on the basis of individual needs, interests and back- methodology and technical skills toward professional goals. Selection of the ground preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. projects is directed at providing an adequate background for development of There will be a strengthening of ceramic techniques, design fundamentals and the master's thesis. Lab 9-27, Credit 3-9 (offered every quarter for graduate encouragement of personal ceramic expression. The student will be encouraged majors only) to evaluate new techniques, materials and concepts. This sequence leads to the master's thesis, suggested by the student and approved by the faculty. Lab fee 2035-890 Thesis—Industrial Design required. Lab 9-27, Credit 3-9 (offered every quarter) The development of a thesis project initiated by the student and approved by a faculty committee. Primarily a creative production, the thesis must also include Glass and Glass Sculpture a written report and participation in a graduate thesis show. Lab 9-42, Credit 2041-701 Corning Glass: Graduate Glassform 3-14 (offered every quarter) This survey art course introduces students to the properties, history, and tech- niques of glass. Casting, fusing, stained glass, glass-blowing and sandblasting 2037-785 Forms of Inquiry techniques are taught at the Corning Museum of Glass studio. Students will The exploration and organization of forms of inquiry in the fields of art, craft, become familiar with the permanent collection and the Rakow Library. and design. Class 2, Credit 2 (offered every year) (Graduate glass elective 761 or permission of the instructor) Lab 6, Credit 3

School for American Crafts 2041-711 Corning Glass: Graduate Studio I Students will work at the glass furnace and study from the permanent collection Thesis of the Corning Museum of Glass and Rakow Library to create a body of per- sonalized work. This work will employ the aesthetic, style and technique of the 2040/41/42/43/44-890 Thesis—School for American Crafts Venetian master glass artisans. The working properties of colored borosilicate Research and presentation of an acceptable thesis with a focus on technique, glasses will be fully explored in this study of flameworking techniques. The design and/or production. The thesis subject will be chosen by the candidate focus of the body of work will be guided by the conceptual concerns of the the- with the approval of the faculty adviser. The thesis will include a written report sis. (Graduate glass major status) Lab 6, Credit 3 of the research and participation in the graduate thesis show. Lab 9-42, Credit 3-14 (offered every quarter) 2041-761, 762, 763, 764 Glass (Graduate Elective) Collaborative work in the student's major area of study and glass fabrication is Ceramics and Ceramic Sculpture encouraged. Various techniques, both hot and cold, will be considered in differ- 2040-761, 762, 763, 764 Ceramic (Graduate Elective) ent quarters: casting, slumping, fusing, blowing, neon, engraving, sand carving, Basic instruction and experience in ceramic design, fabrication and production cutting, electroplating, lamp working and sculptural construction. Course of ceramic forms is undertaken. This study provides ceramic technology and emphasis on personal, independent development encouraging contemporary terminology and gives experience with clays along with fundamental forming thought and concept. Lab fee required. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every quarter) techniques. The development of design awareness is encouraged through lec- tures and critiques. Lab fee required. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every quarter) College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 105

2041-780 Glass (Graduate) 2065-721 Animation & Graphic Film Production I A program structured on the basis of individual needs, interests and back- An introduction to the techniques and practice of graphic and animated film ground preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. All production. This course provides training and practical experience in a wide technical processes and techniques are to be considered relevant. The course is variety of approaches to single-frame motion picture production. Students pro- structured to provide a foundation for professional creativity and to encourage duce a number of short film exercises utilizing both existing and original art- exploration of personal concepts relating to the presentation of a body of visual work. Some techniques covered in the course are direct modification of the film work. This sequence leads to the master's thesis, suggested by the student and surface; eel, ink and paint animation; and kinestasis. Screenings of profession- approved by the faculty. Materials fee required. Lab 9-27, Credit 3-9 (offered ally made films will illustrate each technique. Proficiency in drawing is not every quarter) required. No prerequisites. Class 2, Discussion 1, Lab 2, Credit 4 (F, W)

Metals/Jewelry Design 2065-722 Animation & Graphic Film Production II A continued introduction to the techniques and practice of graphic and ani- 2042-761,762,763, 764,771,772, 773,774 Metals (Elective/Minor) mated film production. This course provides training and practical experience This is the study and manipulation of metals for hollowware/jewelry. Design in a number of approaches to single-frame film making in addition to those cov- sensitivity and concepts are approached through the raising, forming and plan- ered in 2065-721. Some techniques covered in the course are three-dimensional ishing, or casting, forging and fabricating techniques. Materials fee required. animation; optical printing; computer animation; and hand-drawn sound. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every quarter) Screenings of professionally made films will illustrate each technique. Proficiency in drawing is not required. (2065-721) Class 2, Discussion 1, Lab 2, 2042-780 Metals (Graduate) Credit 4 (W, S) A program structured on the basis of individual needs, interests and back- ground preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. Both hollowware and jewelry areas will be explored. It is designed to give the 2065-723 Animation & Graphic Film Production III student a broad exposure to metalworking techniques, expand the student's This course provides practice in all phases of single-frame film production. knowledge of applied design, strengthen perceptual and philosophical concepts Students produce a 16mm, 90-second graphic film with sound, utilizing one or and develop an individual mode of expression. This sequence leads to the mas- more techniques learned in the preceding two quarters. (2065-722) Class 2, ter's thesis, suggested by the student and approved by the faculty. Materials fee Discussion 2, Lab 2, Credit 4 (S, F) required. Lab 9-27, Credit 3-9 (offered every quarter) 2065-727 Scriptwriting for Animation Weaving and Textile Design This course explores the principles of dramatic structure and storytelling in both fiction and nonfiction animated film and video. Students prepare short scripts 2043-761, 762, 763, 764, 773 Textiles (Graduate Elective) suitable for production and prepare finished storyboards from those scripts. This is the study and appreciation of weaving and textile techniques, soft sculp- Credit 4 ture, off-loom weaving and printing. Design approaches are stressed. Materials fee required. Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every quarter) 2065-731 Film/Video Tools & Technology An intensive tools and technology course that will allow the student to work in 2043-780 Textiles (Graduate) the 3/4" video format. The course will examine the technical concerns of single- A program structured on the basis of individual needs, interests and background system portable video production and off-line editing. Production skills in cam- preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. Techniques era work, editing and sound recording will be covered. (2065-203) Credit 5 (F) offered are combination weaves and pattern design, double weave, embroidery and stitchery, finnweave, Ikat, multiple layer, dyeing, nonloom, pile rug, surface 2065-737 2D Computer Animation I design, silk screen printing, computer design, silkscreen, tapestry and soft Students in this course create animated sequences and projects using a com- sculpture. Design concepts are complements to the techniques. This sequence mercial animation software package for a popular microcomputer. In addition leads to the master's thesis, suggested by the student and approved by the fac- to mastering specific software, students learn the principles of digital computer ulty. Materials fee required. Lab 9-27, Credit 3-9 (offered every quarter) operation and how those principles apply to the problems of animation with computers. Credit 4 (W) Woodworking and Furniture Design 2044-761,762,763,764 Wood Elective (Graduate Elective) 2065-738 2D Computer Animation II This is a course in woodworking techniques and procedures. It enables the stu- This course focuses on the integration of computer animation into film and dent to gain design competency through wood and an individual solution to video. Students produce a finished animated project on film or videotape with wood projects based on suggested needs. Materials fee required. Lab 6, Credit sound, which can be used as a portfolio piece. Emphasis is placed upon various 3 (offered every quarter) postproduction strategies which involve such techniques as combining com- puter animation with live action, the addition of film and video special effects 2044-780 Wood (Graduate) and combining computer animation with existing film or video imagery. (2065- A program structured on the basis of individual needs, interests and back- 713) Credit 4 (S) ground preparation as they may be determined through faculty counseling. This provides an opportunity for technical, aesthetic and design competency to 2065-747 3D Computer Animation I grow through the exploration of hand and machine tools; solid wood theory, Students begin work in modeling three-dimensional space and manipulating joinery and practice; veneer theory and practice; production theory; chair, table objects within that space with particular attention to the role of color and color and cabinet design and construction. This sequence leads to the master's thesis, effects in animation. Emphasis is on color as a vehicle of expression and the suggested by the student and approved by the faculty. Lab 9-27, Credit 3-9 techniques used to model, shade, display and record three-dimensional objects. (offered every quarter) Credit 4

2065-750 Special Topics—Graduate School of Photographic Arts and Sciences Advanced topics of current or special interest designed to broaden and intensify the student's ability to use photography or film/video as a means of communi- Master of Fine Arts in Imaging Arts cation and expression. Credit 3-9 2065-701 Film History An extended comparative survey of the history and aesthetics of film that will 2065-756 Photographic Workshop explore the four basic forms of the medium: fiction, documentary, animated and Each faculty member offers a different opportunity for students to explore the experimental. Emphasis is on determining the unique characteristics of the multiplicity of ways that photography or filmmaking can be used as a vehicle medium and how those characteristics are used as a means of interpretation and for expression and communication. Visual research, group critiques, field trips, expression. Credit 4 studio and laboratory practice are used. Credit 4

2065-711 Photography Core 2065-757 Photographic Workshop Major emphasis is placed on the individual's learning to generate and intensify Each faculty member offers a different opportunity for students to explore the his or her personal statement through creative projects. Some of the projects are multiplicity of ways that photography or filmmaking can be used as a vehicle assigned, while others are selected by the candidate. Work is critiqued weekly for expression and communication. Visual research, group critiques, field trips, by the instructor. Credit 4 studio and laboratory practice are used. Credit 4 106 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

2065-788 Contemporary Issues A study of current issues relevant to fine art photography and filmmaking, how they relate to broader historical/cultural issues and how they might suggest future directions. Credit 2

2065-799 Independent Study Learning experiences not provided by formal course structure may be obtained through the use of an independent study contract. Credit 1-9

2065-841 Research Seminar The seminar serves as a planning stage for preparing a research thesis proposal and for an ongoing critique and discussion of the research in progress. Issues related to exhibitions, publications, copyright and gallery also are covered. Credit 2

2065-842 Research Seminar The seminar serves as a planning stage for preparing a research thesis proposal and for an ongoing critique and discussion of the research in progress. Issues related to exhibitions, publications, copyright and gallery also are covered. Credit 2

2065-843 Research Seminar Graduate printing students have access to the Melbert B. Gary Jr. Graphic The seminar serves as a planning stage for preparing a research thesis proposal Arts Collection, one of the finest collections in the world on the history of and for an ongoing critique and discussion of the research in progress. Issues printing. related to exhibitions, publications, copyright and gallery also are covered. Credit 2 2065-758 Photographic Workshop Each faculty member offers a different opportunity for students to explore the 2065-890 Research Thesis Film/Video multiplicity of ways that photography or filmmaking can be used as a vehicle The thesis is designed and proposed by the candidate. It is considered his or her for expression and communication. Visual research, critiques, field trips, studio culminating experience in the program, involving research, a creative body of and laboratory practice are used. Credit 4 work, an exhibition or suitable presentation and a written illustrated report. Credit 1-12 2065-771 Graduate Seminar The seminar provides an opportunity for all MFA students to develop a sense of 2066-701 History & Aesthetics of Photography community and to openly discuss matters of concern, to discuss each other's The course will survey the major issues throughout the development of the photographs or films, to meet with visiting artists on campus and to participate medium: prehistory up to the 19th century; fin de siecle to present. Credit 3 in a thesis sharing from time to time. Credit 2 2066-702 History & Aesthetics of Photography 2065-781 Alternative Processes The course will survey the major issues throughout the development of the An advanced course in the production and presentation of still or moving medium: prehistory up to the 19th century; fin de siecle to present. Credit 3 images using historical and contemporary visual imaging processes. Emphasis is on extending the students' experience in image making by incorporating 2066-703 History & Aesthetics of Photography alternatives to conventional photography or filmmaking into their work. The course will survey the major issues throughout the development of the Processes to be covered include various light-sensitive emulsions, the produc- medium: prehistory up to the 19th century; fine de siecle to present. Credit 3 tion of visual books and generative systems such as electrostatics and offset lithography. Credit 4 2066-711 Photography Core Major emphasis is placed on the individual's learning to generate and intensify 2065-782 Alternative Processes his or her personal statement through creative projects. Some of the projects are An advanced course in the production and presentation of still or moving assigned, while others are selected by the candidate. Work is critiqued weekly images using historical and contemporary visual imaging processes. Emphasis by the instructor. Credit 4 is on extending the student's experience in image making by incorporating alternatives to conventional photography or filmmaking into their work. 2066-712 Photography Core Processes to be covered include various light-sensitive emulsions, the produc- Major emphasis is placed on the individual's learning to generate and intensify tion of visual books and generative systems such as electrostatics and offset his or her personal statement through creative projects. Work is self-assigned in lithography. Credit 4 consultation with the core faculty and is critiqued weekly by the instructor. Credit 4 2065-783 Alternative Processes An advanced course in the production and presentation of still or moving 2066-713 Photography Core images using historical and contemporary visual imaging processes. Emphasis Major emphasis is placed on the individual's learning to generate and intensify is on extending the student's experience in image making by incorporating his or her personal statement through creative projects. Work is self-assigned in alternatives to conventional photography or filmmaking into their work. consultation with the core faculty and is critiqued weekly by the instructor. Processes to be covered include various light-sensitive emulsions, the produc- Credit 4 tion of visual books and generative systems such as electostatics and offset lithography. Credit 4 2066-750 Special Topics Workshop Advanced topics of current or special interest designed to broaden and intensify 2065-786 Contemporary Issues the student's ability to use photography or film/video as a means of communi- A study of current issues relevant to fine art photography and filmmaking, how cation and expression. Credit 3-9 they relate to broader historical/cultural issues and how they might suggest future directions. Credit 2 2066-754 Museum Studies Museum internship workshop, still or motion picture; research; assigned pro- 2065-787 Contemporary Issues jects; seminars in history, function and administration of museums, with A study of current issues relevant to fine art photography and filmmaking, how emphasis on photographic curatorial duties; practice in exhibition planning and they relate to broader historical/cultural issues and how they might suggest development; field trips. This cannot be selected as a minor concentration. future directions. Credit 2 (Graduate status as museum major) Credit 4 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 107

2066-756 Photographic Workshop 2066-774 Landscape as Photographs Each faculty member offers a different opportunity for students to explore the A first-year graduate course in the major artistic, mythological, political and multiplicity of ways that photography or filmmaking can be used as a vehicle economic issues influencing the development and use of landscape photogra- for expression and communication. Visual research, group critiques, field trips, phy in America from the 1840s to the 1980s. The student will be introduced to a studio and laboratory practice and critical readings are used. Credit 4 diverse group of historical and contemporary image makers. (No prerequisite; open as an elective pending enrollment by majors) Credit 3 2066-757 Photographic Workshop Each faculty member offers a different opportunity for students to explore the 2066-775 Early Photographic Processes multiplicity of ways that photography or filmmaking can be used as a vehicle This is a non-laboratory technical course that surveys the structure and deterio- for expression and communication. Visual research, group critiques, field trips, ration mechanisms of major historical photographic processes. It examines the studio and laboratory practice and critical readings are used. Credit 4 technical basis of preservation strategies within a museum archive, and presents an approach to preservation that is integral with collection management and 2066-758 Photographic Workshop curatorial function. Prerequisites: none Class 3, Credit 3 Each faculty member offers a different opportunity for students to explore the multiplicity of ways that photography or filmmaking can be used as a vehicle 2066-778 Modernism: Photographic Art & Culture expression and communication. Visual research, group critiques, field trips, stu- Modernism is a term used to describe how life in Europe and America from the dio and laboratory practice and critical readings are used. Credit 4 1880s to the 1960s was transformed by 20th century science, technology, and principles and practices of art and culture through the past century. Students 2066-760 Photographic Workshop for Teachers will study how pioneers Picasso and Duchamp abandoned the conventions of A graduate course in the principles and practices of photography designed their perspective and construction of the figure then replaced these traditions especially for the high school or community college teacher, counselor, or with new methods of representation. Prerequisites: none Credit 3, Class 3 adviser, who may be involved in instruction or career guidance in photography or film/video. Both black-and-white and color photography are presented and 2066-781 Alternative Processes applied in actual picture-making experiences. Both the aesthetic and the techni- An advanced course in the production and presentation of still or moving cal aspects of photography are stressed. Teaching methods, course development images using historical and contemporary visual imaging processes. Emphasis and ideas in visual communications are examined. Teaching technique relevant is on extending the students' experience in image making by incorporating alter- to the instruction of photography will be stressed. Career opportunities in pho- natives to conventional photography or filmmaking into their work. Processes tography will be explored. Credit 6 (not offered every year) to be covered include various light-sensitive emulsions, the production of visual books and generative systems such as electrostatics and offset lithography. 2066-762 Dadaism, Surrealism & Photography Credit 4 A first-year course that examines the work of a group of artists, know as the Dadaists, who rejected the social order and values that produced World War I. 2066-782 Alternative Processes The student will, in turn, explore surrealism, the art movement that moved An advanced course in the production and presentation of still or moving beyond the "destructive program of Dada" and replaced it with a more creative images using historical and contemporary visual imaging processes. Emphasis approach to human values and life. Credit 3 is on extending the students' experience in image making by incorporating alternatives to conventional photography or filmmaking into their work. 2066-764 Minor White Seminar Processes to be covered include various light-sensitive emulsions, the produc- A study of the photography and philosophy of Minor White and his contribu- tion of visual book and generative systems such as electrostatics and offset tion to photographic publications, photographic education and photography as lithography. Credit 4 an art form. Credit 3 (not offered every year) 2066-783 Alternative Processes 2066-765 Photography Extensions An advanced course in the production and presentation of still or moving Strip photography, slit/scan photography and stroboscopy are used to probe images using historical and contemporary visual imaging processes. Emphasis and artistically manipulate spatial and temporal dimensions in order to create is on extending the students' experience in image making by incorporating alter- unseen poetic expressions of a space/time continuum. Perceptual principles natives to conventional photography or filmmaking into their work. Processes and technical problems associated with the production and exhibition of such to be covered include various light-sensitive emulsions, the production of visual images are studied. Credit 4 books and generative systems such as electrostatics and offset lithography. Credit 4 2066-768 Conservation Procedures The principles of photographic conservation and archival practice in a museum 2066-786 Contemporary Issues context will be presented through lecture, practical demonstration and field vis- A study of current issues relevant to fine art photography and filmmaking, how its to local museums. Included are the methods for examining photographs, sta- they relate to broader historical/cultural issues and how they might suggest bilizing them and restoring them. Special emphasis will be given to proper tech- future directions. Emphasis is placed on the critical discourse that forms prac- niques for display and storage of photographs, together with instruction on tice. Credit 2 how to gain access to information and materials pertinent to those activities. Credit 4 2066-787 Contemporary Issues A study of current issues relevant to fine art photography and filmmaking, how 2066-770 Photography in the Desert Southwest they relate to broader historical/cultural issues and how they might suggest An unusual extended workshop for students to photograph and travel in the future directions. Emphasis is placed on the critical discourse that forms prac- Four Corners region of the American Southwest with an instructor leading a tice. Credit 3 camping tour through New Mexico, Utah, Colorado and Arizona. Federal and state campgrounds are used exclusively. Students participate in day trips and hikes or make their own daily itinerary. No darkroom facilities are available during the trip. Maps and reading assignments introduce students to the geol- ogy, climate, history and cultures of the Southwest. (Basic photography experi- Recent Shows in RIT's Gallery of the School of ence) Credit 3-9 Photographic Arts and Sciences

2066-771 Graduate Seminar • Graduate Student Exhibit, School of Photographic Arts The seminar provides an opportunity for all MFA students to develop a sense of and Sciences and the Visual Studies Workshop community and to openly discuss matters of concern, to discuss each other's photographs or films, to meet with visiting artists on campus and to participate • "Photographic Assemblages, Prints and Drawings," in a thesis sharing from time to time. Credit 2 artist/ photographer Gary Graves and printmaker/painter Jamie Gruzska 2066-772 Teaching Photography A graduate course concerned with the art and craft of teaching photography in • "Double Focus," David Teplica, M.D., MFA formal and informal settings and in accordance with accepted learning princi- • "The White Oak Dance Project," Annie Leibovitz ples. Credit 4 (not offered every year) 108 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

2066-788 Contemporary Issues School of Printing Management and A study of current issues relevant to fine art photography and filmmaking, how they relate to broader historical/cultural issues and how they might suggest Sciences future directions. Emphasis is placed on the critical discourse that forms prac- tice. Credit 2 2080-705 Accounting Systems—Graduate Consideration of financial and managerial accounting systems and related top- ics as they pertain to the needs of the printing firm. Lectures on selected 2066-799 Independent Study accounting topics; class discussions of assignments from textbooks and other Learning experiences not provided by formal course structure may be obtained assigned readings. Class 4, Credit 2 through the use of an independent study contract. Credit 1-9

2066-841 Research Seminar 2080-707 Estimating & Analyzing in Graphic Arts Systems The seminar serves as a planning stage for preparing a research thesis proposal Course content covers the application of information from other management and technical courses to comprehensive situations in estimating. Its aim is to and for an ongoing critique and discussion of the research in progress. Issues provide the student with an understanding of the relationships between esti- related to exhibitions, publications, copyright and gallery also are covered. mation, pricing and the supply and demand forces which occur in the market- Credit 2 place and to expose students to several printing specialties so they may appre- ciate the various cost advantages and disadvantages involved in the use of 2066-842 Research Seminar particular technologies. Class sessions include lectures, discussions, labs and The seminar serves as a planning stage for preparing a research thesis proposal project presentations by students. In addition to normal reading assignments, and for ongoing critique and discussion of the research in progress. Issues the student will be required to prepare and deliver an oral report or a written related to exhibitions, publications, copyright and gallery also are covered. term paper on a topic related to an estimating, pricing, time study, or some other Credit 2. cost-related problem of special interest to the student. Class 4, Credit 4 2066-843 Research Seminar The seminar serves as a planning stage for preparing a research thesis proposal 2080-712 Operations Management in Graphic Arts and for an ongoing critique and discussion of the research in progress. Issues Designed to give the student a broad perspective of the many topics related to related to exhibitions, publications, copyright and gallery also are covered. managing a printing facility. Topics include an examination of the systems Credit 2. approach to production management, the use of statistics and other quantitative techniques in methods and decision analysis, the cost-volume-price relationship in printing production and the effect of organizational structure on decision 2066-890 Research & Thesis making, line-staff relationships and management personnel. Class 4, Credit 4 The thesis is designed and proposed by the candidate. It is considered his or her culminating experience in the program, involving research, a creative body of work, an exhibition or suitable presentation and a written illustrated report. 2080-717 Marketing & Economic Applications Credit 1-12 in Graphic Communications The role, importance and principles of marketing are combined with selected topics from microeconomics that relate to a printing company's plans for the future. Extensive outside reading is required to facilitate the use of class time for practice and discussion of the materials. Class 4, Credit 4

Entrance to the Gannett Building. Most of the college's facilities are contained in this and the adjoining Booth Building. College of Imaging Arts and Sciences 109

2080-840 Project Design 2081-725 Typefaces: Their Development, Classification & Recognition The student selects, plans, organizes and investigates a topic in the field of This in-depth course deals with the historical development of typeface to the graphic arts systems and produces a suitably documented, tangible report of present time. Proposed classification systems are discussed. Students will be thesis quality. The student is responsible not only for originating and doing the encouraged to develop a system to suit their own needs. A system for substitu- project, but also for obtaining a faculty sponsor for the project. Class 4, Credit 4 tion typefaces also will be a major consideration of this course. Factors that aid in the identifying of typefaces are shown through the extensive use of slides. 2081-700 Science & Math—Graduate Students will be expected to write two papers. (2081-713) Class 3, Credit 3 A study of the fundamentals of science and math with an emphasis on relation- ship of printing science and technology. The basics of chemistry and physics are 2081-727 Typographic Style Development selected for study in depth needed to appreciate the roles played in the past and A course created with the idea that students will develop a corporate style man- expected in the future. Emphasis is on materials in relation to the printing pro- ual. At the end of the course students will make a presentation of their style cess and quality. Topics in math are selected to support the chemistry and math manuals and show examples of their implementation. Categories will include, to be studied. Class 2, Credit 2 but need not be limited to "looks," editorial style, terminology, typefaces, illus- trations and document structures. Extensive library research will be expected. 2081-701 Research Methods in the Graphic Arts Examples of style manual implementation will be produced during the lab time. The theory and applications of the principles of scientific research in the graphic (2081-713,2081-729) Class 2, Lab 4, Credit 3 arts will be covered, including a systematic study of the scientific method, hypothesis generation, the nature of theory, types of research, research design 2081-729 Computer-Aided Printing Design & Copy Preparation and measurement. The study of problems in the graphic arts including ink and A prerequisite to 2081-727, this course introduces the student to the aspects of paper, reproduction methods and quality control. Class 4, Credit 4 developing a corporate identity for internal and external publications. Design and produce a corporate-style manual that identifies and specifies all typo- 2081-702 Graphic Reproduction Theory graphic considerations for the publications. Produce samples that demonstrate Analysis of the basic theories of graphic reproduction and study of the principles the application of the corporate style specifications. Extensive use of the desk- underlying prevalent and proposed printing processes; special topics include top computer and appropriate software (i.e., "draw" and "page makeup" pro- present and proposed systems of printing based on electrostatics; lasers; study grams) is included. Reproduction and transmission concerns are also of hybrid systems and the significance and application of interdisciplinary addressed. The second part of the class continues the development of the man- methods. The case study approach is used. Class 4, Credit 4 ual to its completion. (2081-713) Class 2, Lab 3, Credit 3

2081-703 Statistical Inference 2081-730 History of the Book The purpose of this course is to provide graduate students in the School of The "book" or 'codex, in manuscript and printed form, has served for over a Printing Management and Sciences with an introduction to the field of statistics thousand years as the principal record of human imagination and achievement. and its application to graduate research projects. In addition, current uses of This course will begin with a discussion of early methods of preservation of statistics in the printing industry are examined. Class 4, Credit 4 information, but will concentrate on post-15th century developments in the techniques and technology of printing and illustrating books. An important 2081-708 Introduction to Systems Analysis printer will be selected from each century (beginning with the 15th and con- Problems of system analysis in printing operations for the highest quality prod- cluding with the 20th) and thoroughly discussed, including an analysis of the uct at the minimal cost, including optimal floor designs and methods of study. cultural and technological influences which shaped the products of his press, as (2080-301 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 well as those of his contemporaries. Class 3, Credit 3

2081-709 Trends in Printing Technology 2081-733 The History & Technology of 20th Century Fine Printing An examination of the environmental and social forces that have affected the A follow-up course to History of the Book (2081-730) in which students will development of printing technology to the present time, as well as those forces, explore the growth of the private press movement in Europe and America and present and predicted, that will affect the state of printing technology in the its influence on commercial printing. The course will begin with a survey of the future. Class 4, Credit 4 seminal English private presses of the late 19th century and conclude with an examination of the England Collection of modern American private presses. 2081-711 Tone & Color Analysis Particular emphasis will be given to the technological and philosophical aspects A study of the methods and instrumentation necessary for the evaluation of of private press printing, including a comparison of the perceived aesthetics of printed materials for product quality assurance. The ultimate objective: the opti- the hand press vs. the machine press. (2081-730) Class 3, Credit 3 mization and control of the production processes. Class 4, Credit 4 2081-737 Book Production 2081-713 Applications of Digital Typesetting The many-faceted role of production is explored in the examination of the pub- An introductory graduate course designed to acquaint the student with the lishing cycle from manuscript to bound books. Emphasis is placed on an under- mechanics of typography. The course builds upon skills to develop an aware- standing of the production and editorial systems and the interaction between ness of the presentation of the printed word. The ability to solve problems is them. Production and cost requirements for composition, printing, binding and developed by utilizing exercises ranging from simplified ads and PostScript distribution for trade books, textbooks, journals and special editions are thor- coding to complex publications. The skills developed in individual projects are oughly discussed. Class 3, Credit 3 incorporated into the production of a group project. The lectures include aes- thetic and technical information pertaining to present day prepress technology. 2081-741 Color Image Processing Systems Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 This course will introduce the student to the concepts underlying the digital representation and manipulation of images. Students will be evaluated based 2081-722 Ink, Color & Substrates on examinations and a term project. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 A study of the physics of light and color, basic color theory, color measurements and color systems. Included are applications of color theory to the graphic arts. 2081-742 Document Processing Languages The chemistry and physics of ink and substrates and their interaction, are cov- This course will introduce the student to the concepts underlying modem doc- ered. Emphasis is given to the problem of ink, color and substrates in each print- ument processing systems. Students will be evaluated by examination and will ing process. Class 4, Credit 4 be required to complete a term research project. Class 4, Credit 4

2081-723 Contemporary Publishing 2081-743 Markets for Electronic Publishing An overview of contemporary book, magazine and newspaper publishing with An examination of the various product and market segments of the electronic emphasis on comparative editorial, production, circulation and marketing publishing industry from corporate, commercial and vendor viewpoints, along strategies. Advantages and disadvantages of the various kinds of publishing are with the effects of market forces upon the various segments. Course conducted discussed relevant to meeting the needs of society. Cost structures of the vari- by lecture and discussion. Class 4, Credit 4 ous publishing industries are explored as are strategies of new acquisitions. Class 3, Credit 3 110 College of Imaging Arts and Sciences

2081-745 Management Strategies for 2081-773 Graphic Arts Imaging Techniques—Graduate Corporate & Commercial Publishing Enterprises This required professional course is designed to give students a basic under- An examination of the strategies in the operation and management of both cor- standing of the various printing processes, the application of photography to porate and commercial publishing enterprises, including organization and each with an emphasis on materials and equipment currently used in industry administration, employee considerations, work flow, marketing and sales and for the reproduction of monochromatic images. Class 3, Credit 3 financial matters including chargeback systems. Course conducted by lecture and discussion. Class 4, Credit 4 2081-785 Creative Print Finishing The first part of the course gives the student an unusual opportunity to gain a 2081-761 Introduction to Multimedia Publishing better understanding of the structures, methods, materials and tools available to This foundation course introduces students to the various concepts, tools, and create attention-getting printed pieces. The second part of the course covers techniques of multimedia publishing. It includes an overview of applications, electronic publishing and printing, including an introduction to on-demand plus an introduction to various programs for creating and producing presenta- printing and custom book technologies. On-demand items must be processed tions. A basic introduction to scripting and program development will be pre- into an attractive, marketable form, whether it is a single volume or small edi- sented. Projects will be assigned regularly, and will be presented in the form of tion. Creative binding capabilities combined with electronic printing offer a problems to be solved by the student using tools and instructions provided by competitive advantage that conventionally printed books cannot provide. the instructor. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (2081-775) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4

2081-771 Typography/Design—Graduate 2081-840 Research Projects The study of typographic and design terminology and guidelines for combining Individual research projects in which independent data are collected by the stu- typographic variables and other copy elements to communicate visually a mes- dent, followed by analysis and evaluation. A comprehensive written report is sage within a given context. Also the study of the basic use of color and repro- required. Consent of adviser is required. Credit variable 1-4 duction technology and its implications and interaction with the printed page. Methods of idea building for varying client needs and format variations are 2081-890 Thesis included. Class 2, Lab 3, Credit 3 An experimental survey of a problem area in the graphic arts. Credit 8

2081-772 Composition Technology—Graduate A graduate foundation course designed to give a broad overview of the under- lying concepts of composition/typesetting technology. Class 2, Lab 3, Credit 2

Tojo Gardens, adjacent to the College of Imaging Arts and Sciences, offers a peaceful respite at the heart of campus. College of Liberal Arts

The college provides a number of graduate courses that serve as electives Master of Science for some of the master's degree pro- grams offered by other colleges at RIT. Degree in School William J. Daniels, Dean These elective graduate courses comple- Psychology ment the professional emphasis of the degree programs by exploring the The (specialist level) master of science V. K. Costenbader, Director, broader human knowledge and social degree in school psychology is designed School Psychology 716-475-6701 implications embodied in these areas of for graduate students who desire a study. By providing this humanistic per- career focusing on the psychological The College of Liberal Arts offers a spective, these courses play an integral evaluation of, and intervention for, chil- nationally accredited graduate program role in the professional education, mak- dren in school settings. Students who leading to the master of science degree ing a direct and distinctive contribution complete the two-year academic pro- in school psychology. The program pre- to the student's preparation for a spe- gram and the 1,200-hour full year intern- pares students for provisional certifica- cialized career. ship have excellent placement opportu- tion as school psychologists in New York nities as psychologists who evaluate and counsel children in school and agency settings. In addition, a joint program offered with RIT's National Technical Institute for the Deaf allows students to complete the specialist degree in school psychol- ogy and an advanced graduate certifi- cate in school psychology in deafness in a three-year period, including two sum- mer sessions. That program is described on page 140.

PROGRAMS

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY Specialist Level

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY WITH ADVANCED GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY IN DEAFNESS Specialist Level

Early intervention through testing, evaluation and counseling is the philosophy of treatment programs administered by school psychologists. 112 College of Liberal Arts

State. It is designed to provide students • Minimum Graduate Record Required Statistics and Research with a strong background in psychologi- Examination (GRE) scores: Methodology 11 cal foundations and to develop their pro- Verbal—550 0514-728 Statistics 4 fessional skills and competencies in Quantitative—500 0514-759 Experimental Design 4 counseling, evaluation and consultation. Analytic Reasoning—500 0514-890 Master's Thesis OR School psychologists work with young Foreign students—minimum TOEFL 0514-891 Master's Project 3 children (birth-age five); elementary, score of 580 (1 per quarter for 3 quarters) junior high and high school students; • Evidence of professional commitment Required Specialized Courses 44 teachers and administrators; parents; and potential for developing effective 0514-724 Interpersonal Intervention and professionals. They offer services relationships with children, youth and Skills 4 that lead to the amelioration of existing adults: 0514-726 Psychoeducational student difficulties and they attempt to Letters of reference Assessment I 4 prevent school problems. Through diag- Student essay about goals, related 0514-730 Seminar—Professional & nostic testing, counseling, consultation experience and future plans Legal Issues 4 and intervention, school psychologists • An individual interview 0514-731 Psychoeducational help students deal with learning and All credentials must be submitted Assessment II 4 behavioral difficulties and help improve and reviewed by the staff before the 0514-732 Psychoeducational students' adjustment to school and student completes 16 quarter credit Assessment III 4 community. hours of graduate work in the program. 0514-733 Applied Behavioral Applications are due by March 1. Later Admission requirements Analysis 4 applications will be reviewed on a 0514-734 Linking Assessment to Admission to the program is based on space-available basis. Intervention 4 the following criteria: Course numbers and titles Credits 0514-742 Biological Basis of Behavior 4 • Successful completion of the baccalau- 0514-743 Foundations of Education/ reate degree at an accredited college Required Psychological Foundation Curriculum 4 or university and Professional Courses 20 0514-744 Advanced Counseling 4 • Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 0514-701 Advanced Developmental 0514-745 Alternative Assessment or above Psychology 4 Techniques 4 • Completion of at least 18 semester 0514-702 Psychology of Teaching/ 0514-749 Advanced Consultation 4 hours in behavioral sciences with a Learning 4 grade of B or above 0514-723 Developmental Required Field Experience 21 • Prerequisite courses: Psychopathology 4 0514-712- Practicum I, II, III, IV, General Psychology 0514-739 Ecological Psychology 4 717 V, & VI 12 Elementary Statistics 0515-701 Cultural Diversity in 0514-777 Internship I, II, & III _9 Child or Developmental Psychology Education 4 Total Credits 96 *Indicates elective Abnormal Psychology

Graduate students wishing to work with the deaf community find RIT a unique place, with specialized programs that include an advanced graduate certificate in school psychology in deafness. College of Liberal Arts 113

Proposed plan of study FIRST WINTER First year Advanced Certificate 0514-441 ASL III FALL QUARTER in School Psychology (College of Liberal Arts course) Psychoeducational Assessment I ASL criterion—Intermediate Plus by completion of course work (pre- Interpersonal Intervention Skills and Deafness internship), as determined by SCPI. Applied Behavioral Analysis Following ASL III, students are expected Practicum I The College of Liberal Arts, in collabora- tion with the National Technical Institute to satisfy ASL criterion through indepen- WINTER QUARTER for the Deaf (NTID), offers an advanced dent study using campus resources. Psychoeducational Assessment II certificate in school psychology and Program curriculum Advanced Consultation deafness. In addition to course work First Year Advanced Development Psychology offered by the school psychology pro- Practicum II gram, students in this advanced certifi- FIRST SPRING cate program take two courses offered (Following the program's Developmental SPRING QUARTER by NTID's teacher preparation program, Psychology course) Psychoeducational Assessment III the master of science in secondary edu- 0514-764 Developmental Issues Advanced Counseling cation of students who are deaf or hard with Deaf & Hard-of- Developmental Psychopathology of hearing (MSSE). They also participate Hearing Learners* 4 Practicum III in a six-week sign language training program offered by the Department of SECOND SUMMER (Following the program's assessment Second year American Sign Language and Interpreting Education. and counseling courses) FALL QUARTER 0514-766 Psycho-Ed. Assessment & This program is designed for school Statistics Educational Planning with psychologists who will work with deaf Deaf & Hard-of-Hearing Alternative Assessment Techniques and hard-of-hearing children and youth. Learners* 6 Psychology of Teaching/Learning It is one of only two programs nation- Practicum IV wide that merges the school psychology (6 weeks; 3 hrs./day, 5 days/week) 0514-769 Counseling & Consultation WINTER QUARTER and deafness specialization for practic- ing school psychologists. Process with Deaf & Biological Basis of Behavior Hard-of-Hearing Experimental Design The curriculum is designed to prepare school psychologists to work effectively Learners* 6 Ecological Psychology (6 weeks; 3 hrs./day, 5 days/week) Practicum V with deaf and hard-of-hearing students. Courses emphasize the cultural context These two courses are concurrent SPRING QUARTER of the development of these children Cultural Diversity in Education and youth and the interactions occurring Second Year Linking Assessment to Intervention among the child and the family, the FALL QUARTER Seminar—Professional & Legal Issues school, the hearing and the deaf commu- 0835-702 Educational Implications of Practicum VI nities, and the legal system. The course Cultural Anthropology & Master's Project/Master's Thesis work focuses on an interdisciplinary, Deafness 4 (1 credit hour continuation) ecological perspective of deafness. (MSSE course) Admission requirements 0514-715 Practicum IV** Third year (No additional tuition charge) Admission decisions are made at the FALL QUARTER time of matriculation into the specialist WINTER QUARTER Internship I level school psychology program. 0514-716 Practicum V** Master's Project/Master's Thesis Preference will be given to students with (no additional charge) (1 credit hour registration experience and /or expressed interest in continuation) working with deaf and hearing-impaired SPRING QUARTER WINTER QUARTER learners. 0514-788 Application of ASL to Workplace* 2 Internship II Program prerequisites 0835-820 Perspectives on Teaching Master's Project/Master's Thesis Course numbers and titles Deaf & Hard-of-Hearing (1 credit hour registration Students 2 PREREQUISITE continuation) (MSSE course) 0514-XXX Pre-AAS Sign Language SPRING QUARTER Note: Students could elect to drop Training Program Internship III Linking Assessment to (6 weeks for 6 hrs./day, 5 days/week; Intervention in the larger school Degree requirements Dept. of American Sign Language and psychology program without Interpreting Education) A minimum of 96 quarter credit hours is penalty if so desired. Offered one required for completion of the program. FIRST FALL week, May, 6 hrs./day, 5 days/week Before registering for the internship, stu- 0514-440 ASLII dents must pass a comprehensive exami- (College of Liberal Arts course) nation. A cumulative grade point aver- age of 3.0 or above is required. 114 College of Liberal Arts

Assessment and management, counseling techniques, and educational and developmental psychology are among the topics explored in the school psychology program.

Third year • Demonstrated proficiency in sign Humanities language communication at the 0514-777 One quarter of internship in Frank Annunziata, AB, Manhattan College; Intermediate Plus skill level (as setting serving deaf and hard- MA, City College of the City University of of-hearing learners. assessed by the Sign Communication New York; Ph.D., Ohio State University- Supervision where possible by program Proficiency Index, classroom perfor- Professor, History faculty (assessment or counseling/ mance and observations in applied Bruce A. Austin, BA, Rider College; MS, consultation instructor); on-site supervi- setting) Illinois State University; Ph.D., Temple sion by psychologists trained in University—Professor, Communications Douglas R. Coffey, Diploma, Cleveland deafness** Graduate Faculty Institute of Arts; BFA, University of Denver; Master's project/thesis on topic related College of Liberal Arts MA, Case Western Reserve University— to school psychology and deafness*** Professor, Fine Arts Charles D. Collins, AB, Rutgers University; Total quarter credit hours 24 School Psychology MA, Ph.D., University of Iowa—Professor, Brian Barry, BA, St. John Fisher College; Fine Arts * Denotes courses offered in currently state-registered MSSc, Ph.D., Syracuse University—Associate Dane R. Gordon, BA, MA, University of advanced certificate program. Cambridge; BD, University of London; MA, " Two quarters ofpracticum and one quarter of intern- Professor, Psychology University of Rochester—Professor, ship will be in setting serving deaf and hard-of- Kathleen Chen, BA, Rangoon University, hearing students (credit to be awarded through Burma; MA, Bryn Mawr College; Ph.D., Philosophy master's program in school psychology). Pennsylvania State University—Professor, Tina Lent, BA, MA, University of California *** Thesis supervisor will be instructor from either Psychology at Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of psycho-educational assessment or counseling/ Virginia K. Costenbader, BA, Dickinson Rochester—Associate Professor, Fine Arts consultation course (credit to be awarded through College; MS, Ph. D., Syracuse University— David B. Suits, BA, Purdue University; MA, master's program in psychology). Associate Professor, Psychology Ph.D., University of Waterloo—Assistant Professor, Philosophy Advanced certificate requirements Nicholas DiFonzo, MA, Rider College; MA, Ph.D., Temple University—Assistant Charles W. Warren, AB, State University of • Successful completion of the specialist Professor, Psychology Iowa; MA, Ph.D., Ohio State University— degree in school psychology Gerald T. Guild, BA, SUNY College at Professor, Fine Arts • Successful completion of 30 quarter Geneseo; MS, St. Boneventure University; Houghton Wetherald, BA, Brown University; units above the specialist degree M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati— MA, Oberlin College—Professor, Fine Arts • Completion of course work with a Assistant Professor, Psychology cumulative average of B or better and Murli M. Sinha, AB, Bihar University, India; MA, Patna University, India; MA, City a B or better in both assessment/ College of City University of New York; educational planning courses Ph.D., Cornell University—Professor, Sociology College of Liberal Arts 115

Note: Prerequisites are within parentheses at the end of the course description. 0514-726 Psychoeducational Assessment I This introductory course, in a series of assessment courses, discusses basic School Psychology assessment and measurement processes, types of tests and their uses, strengths and weaknesses, principles of reliability, validity, scales and norms. Students 0514-701 Advanced Developmental Psychology will acquire an understanding of quantitative and qualitative principles of mea- This course will cover the major theoretical approaches to the understanding of surement. There will be extensive laboratory experiences on a variety of instru- human development. Areas of study will include, but not be limited to, cogni- ments, the clinical method and the uses of tests in schools and other settings. tive development, language development, development of personality, social Assessment from a cross-cultural perspective is emphasized. (Matriculation in development and moral development. (See admission requirements for prereq- the school psychology program or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 uisites or receive permission of instructor.) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered annually)

0514-728 Statistics: Inferential 0514-702 Psychology of Teaching/Learning The different research methods available to school psychologists will be criti- This course is designed to furnish students with an understanding of the basic cally examined and utilized in analyzing each method's advantages and disad- psychological processes underlying the educational process and to apply them vantages. The actual procedure of producing a completed research study will be to concrete situations that may arise for persons who teach. Instructional and presented. Statistics will be reviewed and amplified in the course. (See require- remedial techniques are reviewed. (See requirements for admission for prereq- ments for course admission for prerequisites or receive permission of instructor.) uisites or receive permission of professor.) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered annually) Class 4, Credit 4 0514-712, 713, 714, 715, 716, 717 Practicum I, II, III, IV, V, VI 0514-730 Seminar—Professional & Legal Issues The practica serve as a bridge from theory and research to the professional prac- Historic foundations and current critical professional issues, roles and functions tice of school psychology. They allow the student to become familiar with the of the school psychologist are emphasized in the course. Legal and ethical issues organization and operation of schools. A weekly classroom seminar will be pro- that bear on the role of the psychologist in the school are considered. vided in addition to a placement in a school setting. The practica experiences are (Matriculation in the school psychology program plus 32 quarter credit hours a major part of the preparation for the field placement/internship. (Matricula- successfully completed in the program or permission of instructor) Class 4, tion in the school psychology program) Class 2, Credit 2/qtr. Credit 4 0514-723 Developmental Psychopathology 0514-731 Psychoeducational Assessment II This course focuses on maladaptive behavior of children and youth. Models of This course concentrates on development of intellectual assessment skills. deviant behavior are presented, with attention to physiological, learned and Students learn to select and administer individual intelligence tests, to interpret environmental bases of behavior. Assessment and treatment approaches are dis- results and to provide written and oral reports. Assessment of culturally differ- cussed. (See requirements for admission for prerequisites or receive permission ent and handicapped populations is discussed. Laboratory tests including the of instructor.) Class 4, Credit 4 Stanford-Binet-IV, Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children III (WISC-III), Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (WAIS-R), Wechsler Pre-school and 0514-724 Interpersonal Intervention Skills Primary Scale of Intelligence-Revised (WPPSI-R), Kaufman Assessment Battery This course provides opportunities for graduate students to interview individ- for Children (K-ABC), McCarthy Scales of Children's Abilities. (0514-726 and ual clients, applying effective, cognitive, and behavioral approaches to the matriculation in the school psychology program or permission of instructor) counseling situation. Under supervision, graduate students develop their coun- Class 4, Credit 4 seling skills in relation to special populations, client concerns, and problem sit- uations. (See requirements for admission for prerequisites or receive permission of professor.) Class 4, Credit 4

A 1,200-hour supervised internship in an educational setting is the capstone of our school psychology program. 116 College of Liberal Arts

0514-732 Psychoeducational Assessment III 0514-749 Advanced Consultation This course uses interview, behavioral observation, rating scales and projective This course will concentrate on the development of consultation skills for the measures for assessment of child and adolescent personality and adaptive psychologist in the schools. Students will acquire an understanding of the basic behavior. Students gain experience administering, interpreting and reporting models of consultation and the stages in the consultation process. Extensive lab- results of measures currently used in the practice of psychology in the schools. oratory work will involve observations of trained consultants, role play and (Matriculation in the school psychology program plus 0514-726 and 0514-731 or experiences in client- and consultee-centered case consultation. Readings will permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 focus on pertinent research in school-based consultation. (Matriculation in the school psychology program plus 16 quarter credit hours successfully completed 0514-733 Applied Behavior Analysis in the program or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 This course offers training in the behavioral assessment of students in educa- tional settings. Students apply various techniques for recording and analyzing 0514-764 Developmental Issues & Deaf Learners behavior and programs for behavior management. (Matriculation in the school This course examines the development of language, cognitive and psychosocial psychology program or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 skills in deaf and hard-of-hearing children. Current research in these areas will be critically reviewed and analyzed. Careful attention will be given to under- 0514-734 Linking Assessment to Intervention standing the social-cultural contexts of the child and the implications for psy- This is the fourth course in the psychoeducational assessment sequence. An chosocial, language and cognitive development and educational planning. The applied course in the diagnostic evaluation of exceptional individuals in order cultural, deficit, compensation and ecological perspectives on deaf and hard-of- to provide psycho-educational information to multidisciplinary evaluation hearing children's development will be compared and contrasted. The role of teams. Students select, administer and integrate test data, and report results and the school psychologist as a consultant on psychosocial, language, and cogni- recommendations for treatment. An overview of relevant information on theo- tive developmental issues will be discussed. (Matriculation in the school psy- ries of exceptionality and current status of diagnosis and treatment of excep- chology and deafness program or permission of the instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 tional children and adolescents is provided. (Matriculation in the school psy- chology program plus 0514-726, 0514-731, 0514-732 or permission of the 0514-766 Psychoeducational Assessment & Educational Planning instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 With Deaf & Hard-of-Hearing Learners This course will examine the assessment of the following areas of functioning 0514-739 Ecological Psychology for deaf and hard-of-hearing children and adolescents: communication, acade- With special emphasis on schools, this course examines the relationship mic, cognitive, personality, and interpersonal. Assessment and educational between the behavior of individuals and the social and physical environment in planning for a student will be viewed from an ecological perspective including which they act. By examining social psychological research as well as systems the family, the school, the community, the support services and the legal sys- and social learning theories it will illuminate the interactive relationship tems. Attention will be given to preparing and communicating psychological between individuals and the systems within which they move. The course will report data and developing individual educational plans. Class 3 hrs/day, 5 pay particular attention to the ways in which such variables as school and class days/wk for 6 weeks, Credit 6 size, gender and racial composition, spatial design and organizational structure affect academic and social behavior. (See requirements for admission for pre- 0514-769 Counseling & Consultation Processes requisites or receive permission of professor.) Class 4, Credit 4 With Deaf & Hard-of-Hearing Learners This course will concentrate on the development of counseling and consultation 0514-742 Biological Basis of Behavior skills for the psychologist working with deaf and hard-of-hearing children and This course provides the student with an overview of the issues and research on youth in the schools. Students will learn and practice basic skills, methods and learning disabilities. Because the topic of learning disabilities is diverse, the techniques for providing remedial and preventive counseling with deaf and course emphasizes criteria and content that have an established empirical base. hard-of-hearing individuals. Counseling and consultation will be experienced Attention is directed to the issues of definition with a focus on identification within the context of the family, school, community, support services, legal and (definition and diagnosis) and intervention (instruction and service delivery). mental health systems. Special attention will be given to ethical and legal issues Issues related to etiology and theoretical constructs of learning disabilities are surrounding the provision of counseling and consultation services to meet the presented in readings and by lecture content. A neuropsychological approach is needs of deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. Class 3 hrs/day, 5 days/wk for 6 emphasized. (See requirements for admission for prerequisites or receive per- weeks, Credit 6 mission of professor.) Class 4, Credit 4 0514-777 Internship School Psychology I 0514-743 Foundations of Education/Curriculum Through direct, supervised 1,200-hour internship experience, the student will This course will develop an understanding of the changing nature of the schools practice the various professional roles of a school psychologist in an educational and the continuing need for the school psychologist to become involved as a setting. Competency in carrying out these tasks in an ethical and professional change agent and participant in the educational process. Legal and ethical con- manner will be developed as preparation for employment. (Matriculation in the siderations will be addressed. Issues surrounding curriculum, classroom man- school psychology program plus satisfactory completion of 84 hours in gradu- agement, and methods of instruction will be discussed. (See requirements for ate program and qualifying examination) Class 3, Credit 3/qtr admission for prerequisites or receive permission of instructor.) Class 4, Credit 4 0514-778 Applications of American Sign Language 0514-744 Advanced Counseling In the Workplace This practicum focuses on group counseling and crisis intervention in the pub- This course includes linguistic features, cultural protocols and relevant vocabu- lic schools. It provides students with the opportunity to lead groups under lary for students to function in a variety of settings where school psychologists supervision and to integrate theory, method, and process with their experience. may use American Sign Language such as testing, counseling and/or teaching. (0514-724) Class 4, Credit 4 (ASL I, II, III) Credit 2

0514-745 Alternative Assessment Techniques 0514-799 Independent Study The prime focus of this course is on the assessment of academic problems in the A student may register for a graduate independent study project subject to the classroom with special emphasis on the collection of data that allow the plan- approval of the director of the student's graduate program, the faculty sponsor, ning of interventions. Students will learn alternative direct methods of acade- the school psychology graduate committee and the dean of the College of mic or behavioral assessment for both performance and skill deficits. Liberal Arts. Because of the length of the approval process, students who desire Alternative assessment techniques include Curriculum Based Assessment, to take independent study should make arrangements several weeks before the Curriculum Based Measurement, and Analogue Assessment. Emphasis will be quarter begins. An independent study project enables the interested student on the integration of these assessment techniques, collaborative problem solv- and his or her faculty sponsor to coordinate their efforts on subjects and topics ing, systematic observation, the principles of applied behavior analysis and the that range beyond the normal sequence of the graduate course selection. Credit psychology of learning for the purposes of intervention development. variable (Prerequisites for this course include 0514-733, 0514-749, 0514-726, 0514-731, 0514-732. Class 4, Credit 4 College of Liberal Arts 117

0514-890 Master's Thesis Liberal Arts Graduate Elective Courses Students will register for this course under the thesis option for the MS degree in school psychology. The thesis option will be available to students only with 0504-702 Film & Society the prior written approval of program faculty. Students must make clear their An inquiry concerning the relationship between motion pictures and society intent to enroll in the thesis option during the quarter prior to registration. that will use historical, humanistic and social science research to achieve an Students will submit a proposal to a faculty member who agrees to serve as the understanding of movies as a social force, industry and art form. Class 4, Credit 4 student's committee chair. The proposal will describe the basic research ques- (offered occasionally) tion to be investigated and how the student will gain access to subjects. Proposals will be reviewed by the program faculty who will give permission to 0505-702 Film History & Criticism register for thesis credit. (1 Credit hour each for 3 quarters) This course examines the historical development of film as an art and the dif- fering interpretations of its meaning, traced through major films by important 0514-891 Master's Project directors. Emphasis will be placed on the varying critical methodologies by This course is used to fulfill the master's project requirements under the non- which films can be analyzed. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) thesis option for the MS degree in school psychology. The project may take the form of an original program designed to meet the needs of a specific school 0505-703 American Architecture related population or a paper on some important or controversial topic. The An examination of American architecture from the 17th century to the present candidate must obtain prior approval before registering for this course. A for- designed for the graduate level of study. Emphasis will be placed on American mal written paper and an oral presentation of the project are required. (1 Credit building art in the late 19th and 20th centuries. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered hour each for 3 quarters) occasionally)

0515-701 Cultural Diversity in Education 0505-705 Theories of Aesthetics & Art Criticism The aim of the course is to understand the historical and structural origins of the A course for the art-oriented graduate student centering on the student's search present schooling system in the United States. The functions of schools, from an for a supportable and reliable basis for making value judgments about works of ideological as well as technical viewpoint, will be analyzed. In addition, differ- art as well as introducing the student to major concepts in aesthetics. Class 4, ent forms of school organizations will be compared, as in the public vs. private Credit 4 (offered occasionally) dimensions. The functionalist theoretical approach will be presented as well as the conflict perspective to frame the discussion and analysis of opposing socio- 0505-707 Cubism to the Present logical system of thought. The role of education in promoting or inhibiting Cubism as a way of seeing and as an expression of 20th century thinking. socio-economic mobility will also be analyzed. The course attempts to under- Differences and similarities with art forms of earlier eras and other cultures will stand how role expectations are actually carried within the school system and be discussed. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered on sufficient demand) how its different actors react to technical as well as value constraints. (See requirements for admission for prerequisites or receive permission of professor.) 0505-711 20th Century American Art Class 4, Credit 4 An investigation of American art from the Civil War to the present. Emphasis will be placed on the visual arts, but many references will be made to music and architecture. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally)

The College of Liberal Arts 118 College of Liberal Arts

0505-712 Arts & Crafts in Tribal Societies 0505-723 Art & Politics A study of the function of primitive art and the techniques of its production, The purpose of the course is to familiarize the student with the relationships including the use of clay, stone, fibers, bark, wood, bronze, gold, etc. Hair that can exist between the art world and society. Fundamental questions con- styling, body painting and scarification also will be discussed. Class 4, Credit 4 cerning the social/political role of the artist (questions that are often overlooked (offered occasionally) in most curriculums) will be investigated. Questions dealing with public fund- ing of the arts, the ideologic/political nature of art education, the function of art 0505-713 Contemporary Issues in Art as a catalyst for political change, and other questions will be examined. Class 4, This course offers the graduate art student the opportunity to investigate those Credit 4 (offered occasionally) aspects of 20th century art that question the very nature of art and the role of the artist in today's and tomorrow's society. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) 0507-701 History of American Educational Thought & Practice A historical analysis of change and continuity in American educational history 0505-714 Art: Vision & Concept from colonial through contemporary America. Special emphasis on the leading Though the course will develop chronologically from the Medieval period to historiographical aspects of American educational history and on enabling the the present, emphasis will be placed on a close analysis of (1) selected works of student to acquire mastery of the relevant bibliography. Lectures, seminars and art, including paintings, sculpture and architecture, and (2) the development of readings offer comprehensive coverage of the salient intellectual themes and a the unique oeuvre of selected artists. Topics chosen for study will be limited in chronological structure to mark the significant educational developments in number but treated in depth. Topical choices will be based on richness and particular periods—e.g., the progressive era, the 1920s and 30s, and post-World import of the formal and/or conceptual content embodied therein. Some back- War II changes. Course structure: lectures, seminars, readings from multiple ground in the history of art is helpful but not necessary. Class 4, Credit 4 paperbacks and class handouts, essay exams and critique. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) (offered annually)

0505-715 Picasso 0509-705 Seminar in Aesthetics The impact of Picasso and his circle on 20th century art. Their affinities with The four-hour meetings of this course are not lectures but discussions, and par- modem scientific and philosophical attitudes also will be discussed. Class 4, ticipation is required of all students. Since the examples discussed are mostly Credit 4 (offered occasionally) from Western art, students should be familiar with the history of Western art, particularly the last 50 years. The questions discussed are philosophical ques- 0505-716 Rembrandt tions about art and aesthetic experience: Can art be defined? Can ugliness be A detailed analysis of the art and times of the Baroque master. Emphasis will be part of aesthetic experience? In appreciating an artwork, do we have to take into placed on the development of his style and technique, on his and other artists' account the artist's intentions? What makes an interpretation of an artwork relationship to their society and to the character of the baroque outlook. Class 4, valid or invalid? How is aesthetic value related to ethical values? Class 4, Credit 4 Credit 4 (offered occasionally) (offered annually)

0505-717 Topics in Music History 0509-706 Philosophy of Mind This course is a study of various aspects of music in different historical envi- An investigation into concepts concerning mental experience. The basic ques- ronments with emphasis on analogies between music and the other fine arts. tion is "What is consciousness?" The question hides some presuppositions and Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) raises many further questions. Can we be conscious of consciousness? What does it mean to be conscious? Is there a mind-brain identity? Can we describe 0505-721 Oriental Art: China & Japan mental experiences in non-mentalistic terms? Can computers think? It will be A seminar exploring the philosophical and cultural perspectives underlying tra- the business of this course to explore these and other related questions and to ditional Asian art as a prelude to examining selected topics in Chinese and see what progress has been made in attempting to answer them. Class 4, Credit 4 Japanese art. Emphasis will be placed on the application of research techniques (offered occasionally) and critical methods of an individual selected area of interest that may serve as a foundation for continuing study. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally)

0505-722 Oriental Art: India & Southeast Asia A seminar exploring the philisophical and cultural perspectives underlying tra- ditional Asian art as a prelude to examining selected topics in Indian and Southeast Asian art. Emphasis will be placed on the application of research tech- niques and critical methods of an individually selected area of interest that may serve as a foundation for continuing study. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered occasionally) College of Science

Master of Science in designed to fill the needs of both the practicing chemist in the greater Chemistry Rochester industrial community and the full-time graduate student. Robert A. Clark, Dean Gerald A. Takacs, Department Head, Chemistry 716-475-2497 Objectives Terence Morrill, Chair, Chemistry The objectives of the program are, through The College of Science offers a unique Graduate Committee 716-475-2047 course work and research experience, to complement of graduate programs with increase both the breadth and depth of curricula designed with sufficient flexi- The master of science degree in chem- the graduate student's background and bility to prepare the graduate for direct istry is offered on either a part-time or to provide an opportunity for the stu- entry into a career in the profession or full-time basis. The program options are dent to attack scientific problems on his for further study toward a more advanced graduate degree in a chosen discipline. The scheduling of courses allows the student to complete all requirements for each degree program on a full-time or part-time evening basis. Whether the focus is on the founda- tions of matter, on applications of math- ematics, on the role of the chemist in the health care environment, on the special- ized properties of advanced materials or on the science and technology of advanced imaging systems, the College of Science graduate faculty join an out- standing group of students to furnish a valuable and integrated understanding of today's clinical, industrial and research problems.

PROGRAMS

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREES IN: Chemistry Clinical Chemistry Color Science Imaging Science Industrial and Applied Mathematics Materials Science and Engineering (offered jointly with the College of Engineering) DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN: Imaging Science Graduate science programs seek to encourage the breadth and depth of students' educations while encouraging creative thinking. 120 College of Science or her own initiative with a minimum of credits that will be transferred to the research level. The research can result in supervision. degree program from courses taken at either a thesis or a project report. Various program options are available RIT as a nonmatriculated student will be Students enrolled in the program full to cover the diverse needs of graduate limited to a maximum of nine credits. time are expected to complete 45 credit chemists. Program concentrations in Any applicant who wishes to register hours of course work, including up to 16 such important areas as polymer chem- for a graduate course as a nonmatricu- credit hours of research leading to the istry, microelectronics, materials science, lated student must obtain permission submission of an independent research biochemistry, etc., are possible. from the chair of the graduate program thesis. A full-time student normally takes plus the course instructor. six to nine graduate credits per quarter, Admission including thesis work. Typically, all Admission to the program will be English language requirement requirements are met within two years. granted to qualified graduates who are All students who do not speak English No more than eight credit hours of holders of a bachelor's degree in chem- as their primary language are required research are allowed for students istry from an accredited college or uni- to submit TOEFL scores. All foreign stu- working on a project report. versity. An applicant with a bachelor's dents must take the Michigan Test, given degree in another scientific discipline by the RIT English Language Center. If a Part-time study and the equivalent of a full year's course student's score is below standard, he or The department of chemistry encourages in each of analytical chemistry, organic she must follow the recommendations practicing chemists in the greater chemistry, physical chemistry, physics of the center for additional course work. Rochester industrial community to and calculus will be considered for Successful completion of this work is a pursue a program toward the master admission. program requirement for the master of of science degree in chemistry without The admission decision will be based science degree in chemistry. This may interrupting their employment. Conse- on: 1) college transcripts; 2) GRE scores mean that the student will need addi- quently, most of the courses in the grad- (chemistry exam is recommended); and tional time and financial resources to uate program in chemistry are scheduled 3) letters of reference. It is strongly rec- complete the degree program. in the late afternoon or early evening. ommended that students visit RIT as a Students employed full time normally Full-time graduate work supplement to the normal application take one course each quarter. Part-time process. A number of teaching assistantships and students in the program are not required An applicant with a bachelor's degree tuition-remission scholarships are avail- to complete a research thesis; the course from an approved undergraduate school able to qualified students to undertake work can be completed within four to and the background necessary for spe- full-time graduate work that includes five years. cific courses is permitted to take grad- research experience. The department of Five-year combined BS/MS chemistry uate courses as a nonmatriculated chemistry has a vigorous research ori- program student. Courses taken for credit can ented faculty and excellent equipment usually be applied toward the master's and facilities to enable full-time grad- The BS/MS program combines the BS degree if the student is formally uate students to carry on a program of chemistry programs and the MS chem- admitted to the graduate program at a independent study that will develop istry program and allows undergraduate later date. However, the number of ability to attack scientific problems at the chemistry majors to acquire an MS degree with only one extra year of study. Undergraduate chemistry majors are considered for entrance into the BS/MS combined program as early as their third Schedule of Graduate Chemistry Courses year. Students in the combined program Some of the courses, designated Y1 or Y2, are offered every other year. The will be advised by the Chemistry Gradu- 1997-98 academic year is Yl. ate Committee to take graduate-level See pages 133 to 141 for course descriptions. electives so that they will receive both the BS and MS degrees after five years of FaU Winter Spring Summer full-time study. 1008-711 1008-711 1009-704 1010-870 1008-720 1008-720 1009-705 1010-879 External research credit 1009-702 1009-702 1010-870 The department of chemistry recognizes 1009-703 1010-879 1009-703 that the in-plant experience of a number 1010-870 1010-870 1012-764 of chemists employed in local industry 1010-879 1010-879 1013-739 (Yl) includes independent, creative research. 1013-737 1012-765 1014-730 This experience may be applied, to a 1014-740 1013-730 (Yl) 1014-744 (Y2) maximum of 16 hours of research credit, 1029-701 1014-736 1015-720 (Y2) towards the completion of the master of 1029-703 1014-741 (Yl) 1015-721 (Y2) science degree in chemistry on either a 1029-705 (Y2) 1014-742 (Y2) 1029-702 (Y2) full- or part-time basis. 1014-743 (Y2) 1029-704 (Y2) 1014-747 (Yl) College of Science 121

Cooperative education option 1. A minimum of 45 quarter credits Admission The cooperative education option beyond the bachelor's degree. Courses Individuals holding a bachelor's degree accommodates students at the master's in chemistry will be chosen from 700- in chemistry, biology, medical tech- level who have or are able to obtain and 800-level numbers and should nology, nuclear medicine technology, or industrial employment. Quarters of include one or more representing each a related field from an accredited college work can be interspersed with quarters of the three fields: analytical, organic or university are invited to apply. of full-time academic work. If industrial and physical. In addition a course in English language requirement employment permits research, up to inorganic or biochemistry is required. 16 of the 45 required credits may be A maximum of nine quarter credits All students who do not speak English obtained through the external research may be taken in undergraduate-level as their primary language are required, credit option. If industrial employment courses. upon arrival at RIT, to take the Michigan does not permit research, research Each student must select courses (sub- Test, given by the RIT English Language credits may be obtained within the ject to approval by the student's adviser Center. If a student's score is below stan- department of chemistry. and the graduate committee) that dard, he or she must follow the recom- include the following core: 1008-711 and mendations of the center for additional Program 1008-720; either 1013-737 or 1013-739; course work. Successful completion of Each student, together with an adviser, one of 1014-741; 1014-743 or 1014-744. this work is a program requirement for will arrange a program best suited to the The inorganic core course is 1012-764. the master of science degree in clinical student's interests and needs. This pro- For biochemistry it is 1009-702. The chemistry. This may mean that the stu- gram will be subject to the approval of core requirement is one course each in dent will need additional time and the department head and the chair of the organic, physical and analytical chem- financial resources to complete the Graduate Committee. istry and one course in either biochem- degree program. A deliberate effort will be made to istry or inorganic chemistry. As part of Financial support strengthen any areas of weakness indi- the required credits, each student must cated by the student's undergraduate have one or two quarter credit hours in A limited number of teaching assistant- records and the placement examinations. seminar 1010-870 and three to four ships, research assistantships, and To qualify for the MS degree, a candidate quarter credit hours from outside of the tuition scholarships are available for must satisfy the following requirements: department of chemistry. graduate students. Detailed information 2. The thesis option requires a minimum is available from the office of the of nine quarter credit hours in research director. and submission of a satisfactory thesis. 3. Pass an oral thesis defense or compre- Program hensive examination. The master's program includes a core curriculum and electives which are Additional information chosen to reflect the student's back- More information may be obtained from ground and career goals. A minimum of the chair of the Graduate Committee, 50 quarter credits beyond the bachelor's 716-475-2047, or the department of degree is required. Required courses chemistry, 716-475-2497. include Biochemistry, 1009-702; Biochemistry-Metabolism, 1009-703; Master of Science in Advanced Clinical Chemistry, 1023-820, 821, 822, 823; Organizational Behavior, Clinical Chemistry 0102-740; Statistics and Quality Control, 1023-712; Survey of Physical Chemistry, John M. Waud, Director, 1014-742; Clinical Laboratory Computer Clinical Chemistry Program Applications, 1023-722; Clinical 716-475-2182 Chemistry Research, 1023-877 or 879; Mechanisms of Disease, 1023-705. The clinical chemistry program is designed for either full-time or part-time All students are required to carry out graduate study. Required courses are and defend original research as part of offered during the late afternoon or the program requirements. Research evening on a regular basis in order to is carried out under the direction of a accommodate the work schedules of faculty member and is reviewed and part-time students. defended before a graduate committee appointed by the program director. Objectives Students in the clinical chemistry pro- The program is designed to provide a gram come from diverse educational focused educational experience for indi- backgrounds and have a variety of pro- viduals preparing for careers in clinical fessional goals. The program focuses on chemistry. The design of the program the activities of the diagnostic clinical provides technical and managerial profi- laboratory, developmental research in The expansion of Wallace Library increased study ciencies in either the diagnostic labora- pathology and diagnostic testing as well space available to students. tory or a related industry. as industrial activities related to clinical laboratory products and instruments. 122 College of Science

Master of Science in Industrial and Applied Mathematics Rebecca E. Hill, Department Head 716-475-2498 Theodore W. Wilcox, Graduate Coordinator 716-475-5125

The ideas of applied mathematics per- vade several areas of applications in a variety of businesses and industries and in government. Sophisticated mathemat- ical tools are increasingly used to develop new models, modify existing ones, and analyze system performance. This includes applications of mathematics to problems in management science, biology, portfolio planning, facilities planning, control of dynamic systems, and design of composite materials. The goal is to find computable solutions to real-world problems arising from these types of situations. The department of mathematics and statistics offers an interdisciplinary master of science degree program in industrial and applied mathematics. The program addresses the need for the edu- cation and training of people in the areas of mathematics that can effectively be Students chat in front of the College of Science building. used to solve problems encountered in business and industry. courses, as prescribed by the student's Student's advisory committee Objective adviser. Until the student completes Upon admission to the program, the stu- these requirements, he or she is consid- The objective of the program is to pro- dent chooses an adviser and forms an ered a nonmatriculated student. The Advisory Committee whose responsibili- vide the student with the capability to graduate coordinator evaluates the stu- apply mathematical models and methods ties are to help the student formulate a dent to determine eligibility for condi- concentration and select appropriate to study various problems that arise in tional and provisional admission. industry and business. With the emphasis courses and to oversee the academic on computable, implementable solutions, English language requirement aspects of the student's program. the student uses mathematics to solve a To indicate proficiency in the language The program variety of industrial and business- needed to handle university-level work, related problems. Since this is an inter- The master's degree program in indus- every applicant for whom English is not disciplinary program, students have trial and applied mathematics consists of the opportunity to choose from a wide the native language is required to take 48 quarter credit hours of study. There variety of courses across campus. the TOEFL and achieve a minimum are four "core courses" for a total of six- score of 550. Those who cannot take the teen quarter credit hours. These courses Admission requirements TOEFL will be required to take the are usually taken by the student in the Michigan Test of English Proficiency at The applicant should have a baccalau- first two quarters of the program and RIT and obtain a score of 80 or higher. reate degree with a cumulative grade- provide the student with a focus on Although GRE scores are not required, point average of 3.0 or above out of 4.0 some of the ideas of applied mathe- submitting them enhances the chances (or its equivalent) from an accredited matics. Core courses are offered every of acceptance into the program. institution. The degree could be in math- year. The following are the core courses ematics or any related field. The prereq- Part-time study along with the quarters in which they uisite courses are: Multivariable Calculus, are offered: 1016-725: Stochastic Processes The program is ideal for practicing pro- Differential Equations, Matrix Theory, (W); 1016-801: Numerical Linear Algebra fessionals who are interested in applying Probability, and Statistics. Knowledge of (F); 1016-802: Methods of Applied mathematical methods in their work and a programming language is also required. Mathematics I (F); a fourth course, 0304- in enhancing their career options. All A student may also be granted condi- 874: Numerical Analysis, is offered by courses are scheduled in the late after- the mechanical engineering department tional admission and be required to noon or early evening hours. The grad- complete "bridge" courses selected from every winter. uate program may normally be com- among RIT's existing undergraduate pleted in two years (six quarters) of part-time study. College of Science 123

The concentration and the corre- Irene Evans, AB, University of Rochester; MS, Terence C. Morrill, BS, Syracuse University; sponding course of study are formulated Wesleyan University; Ph.D., University of MS, San Jose State College; Ph.D., University by the student in consultation with his Rochester—Associate Professor, Biology of Colorado—Chair, Graduate Committee, Paul A. Haefner, BS, Franklin and Marshall and Professor, Organic Chemistry: stereo- or her Advisory Committee. The student College; MS, Ph.D., University of Delaware— chemistry and mechanism of organic reac- completes a total of 24 quarter credit Professor, Biology tions, lanthanides, NMR spectrometry, hours by taking a set of six specialized David A. Lawlor, BA, University of Texas; organometallics courses offered in the department of MS, Ph.D., University of Texas Health Science John P. Neenan, BS, Wayne State University; mathematics and statistics and other Center at San Antonio—Assistant Professor, Ph.D., University of California, Santa departments. Some of the possible con- Biology Barbara—Professor, Biochemistry and Bio- centrations are: operations research, Jeffrey S. Lodge, BA, University of Delaware; organic Chemistry: design of active site- communications networks, dynamical Ph.D., University of Mississippi—Associate directed irreversible enzyme inhibitors systems, and applied mathematics. Professor, Biology Christian G. Reinhardt, BS, Lafayette College; Ph.D., University of Rochester- The program of study culminates in Douglas Merrill, BS, Ph.D., SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry, Syracuse Professor, Biophysical Chemistry: biological thesis or project work. The thesis option University—Professor, Biology drug receptor recognition, binding and stere- requires that the student present original Robert H. Rothman, BA, Ph.D., University of ochemistry, quantitative structure-activity ideas and solutions to a specific mathe- California, Berkeley—Professor, Biology studies and biomolecular design matical problem. The project option Franz K. Seischab, BS, Cornell University; Gerald A. Takacs, BS, University of Alberta; involves applying or adapting existing MS, SUNY College at Geneseo; Ph.D., SUNY Ph.D., University of Wisconsin—Professor methodologies to solve a problem, or an College of Environmental Science and and Department Head, Physical Chemistry: chemical kinetics, atmospheric chemistry, expository paper on the methodology in Forestry, Syracuse University—Professor, Biology plasma chemistry, and photochemistry a particular area. Both a proposal for the Laura Ellen Tubbs, BS, Hood College; Ph.D., Martin A. Vaughan, BS, MS, Ohio University; thesis or project work and the results University of Rochester—Professor, Physical Ph.D., Indiana State University—Associate Chemistry: accelerator-based ultrasensitive must be presented and defended before Professor, Biology mass spectroscopy, natural radioisotope the Advisory Committee. Nancy Wanek, BS, University of Wisconsin; dating, neutron activation analysis Ph.D., University of California—Associate Cooperative education option Kay G. Turner, BS, Bucknell University; Professor, Biology The optional cooperative education Ph.D., Ohio State University—Professor, Synthetic Organic Chemistry: synthesis of (co-op) program enables the student to Department of Chemistry natural products including fluorescent estra- alternate periods in school with full-time, B. Edward Cain, BA, Harpur College, SUNY diol analogs; study of estrogen receptor paid professional employment. Students Binghamton; Ph.D., Syracuse University— mechanisms may sign up for the co-op program after Professor, Inorganic Chemistry: chemical edu- James J. Worman, BS, Moravian College; MS, their first quarter. cation, methodologies and adaptation for the New Mexico Highlands University; Ph.D., handicapped student University of Wyoming—Visiting Professor, Nonmatriculated students Robert A. Clark, BS, Massachusetts Institute Physical Organic Chemistry: environmental of Technology; Ph.D., University of A student with a bachelor's degree from spectroscopy of small ring systems, naturally Maryland—Professor and Director of the an approved undergraduate school and occurring biocumulative organics with the background necessary for spe- Center for Materials Science and Engineering: imaging science, physical organic chemistry, cific courses may take graduate courses polymers Department of Allied Health as a nonmatriculated student with the Paul A. Craig, BS, Oral Roberts University; Sciences permission of the graduate coordinator Ph.D., University of Michigan—Assistant James C. Aumer, BS, MS, Michigan and the instructor. Courses taken for Professor, Analytical Biochemistry Technological University—Program Director, Thomas Gennett, BA, SUNY College at credit may usually be applied toward Medical Technology; Professor Potsdam; Ph.D., University of Vermont— the master's degree if the student is for- John M. Waud, BS, Lehigh University; MS, Associate Professor, Analytical Chemistry: mally admitted to the graduate program University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Lehigh electrochemistry, HPLC, ion implantation of at a later date. However, the number of University— Program Director, Clinical electrode surfaces credits that will be transferred to the Chemistry; Professor Joseph P. Hornak, BS, Utica College of degree program from courses taken at Syracuse University; MS, Purdue University; Adjunct Faculty RIT as a nonmatriculated student will Ph.D., University of Notre Dame—Professor, Richard M. Bayer, BA, MS, Ph.D., Rutgers be limited to a maximum of 12 quarter Joint Appointment with Imaging Science, University—Rochester General Hospital, credits. Physical Chemistry: magnetic resonance spec- Adjunct Clinical Professor troscopies and imaging Michael R. Bogovich, MS, Rochester Institute Marvin L. Illingsworth, BS, Lafayette of Technology—Calibration Engineer, Clinical Graduate Faculty College; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts— Products Division, Eastman Kodak Company Professor, Inorganic Chemistry: atomic College of Science David R. Brown IV, BS, Rochester Institute of oxygen resistant polymers, synthesis of eight- Technology—Lead Systems Analyst/ Robert A. Clark—Professor and Dean coordinate complexes and mixed ligand Programmer, Eastman Kodak Company complexes Department of Biological Howard Harrison, Ph.D., Cornell Andreas Langner, BS, Ph.D., SUNY at University—Rochester General Hospital, Sciences Buffalo—Associate Professor, Physical Adjunct Clinical Associate Professor Chemistry: polymer science, electro-optical Richard L. Doolittle, BA, University of Fred D. Lasky, Ph.D., SUNY at Buffalo- properties of macromolecules, polymer char- Senior Clinical Chemist, Clinical Products Bridgeport; MS, Ph.D., University of acterization techniques Rochester—Professor, Biology Division, Eastman Kodak Company Massoud J. Miri, BS, MS, Ph.D., University of Daniel Montondo, BS, MS, Rochester Jean A. Douthwright, BA, Skidmore College; Hamburg—Assistant Professor, Polymer MS, Pennsylvania State University; MS, Institute of Technology—Administrative Chemistry: polymerization mechanisms, Coordinator, Data Management, Department Ph.D., University of Rochester—Associate polymer properties, catalysis Professor, Biology of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Rochester General Hospital 124 College of Science

Department of Mathematics and Statistics Maurino Bautista, BS, Ateneo de Manila University; MS, Ph.D., Purdue University— Associate Professor, Numerical Analysis, Applied Mathematics Patricia Clark, SB, SM, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Rochester—Professor, Fluid Dynamics Alejandro Engel, BS, Universidad de Chile; Ph.D., SUNY at Buffalo—Professor, Bio- Mathematics David Farnsworth, BS, Union College; MA, Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin— Professor, Nonparametric Statistics George Georgantas, AB, University of Rochester; AM, Washington University; Ph.D., SUNY at Buffalo—Professor, Abstract Algebra Marvin Gruber, BS, Brooklyn College; MA, Johns Hopkins University; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; MA, Ph.D., University of Rochester—Professor, Linear Models, Bayes Estimation, Reliability Laxmi Gupta, BS, MS, Agra University, India; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; Ph.D., SUNY at Buffalo—Professor, Algebraic Geometry David Hart, BS, Syracuse University; MA, University of Rochester—Associate Professor, Algebra, Number Theory Rebecca Hill, BS, Frostburg State College; MA, West Virginia University; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology—Professor, Analysis, Computer Science Seshavadhani Kumar, BS, MS, University of Madras; Ph.D., University of Delaware— Associate Professor, Operations Research, Simulation Sophia Maggelakis, BS, MS, Ph.D., Old Dominion University—Associate Professor, Bio-Mathematics James Marengo, BA, MS, California State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University—Associate Professor, Statistics Douglas Meadows, BS, Stanford University; MS, New York University; Ph.D., Stanford University—Professor, Topology, Computer Science Edward Newburg, BS, Stanford University; MS, New York University; Ph.D., University of Illinois—Professor, Mathematical Modeling Materials science and engineering incorporates classical sciences such as chemistry and physics with Richard Orr, BS, John Carroll University; MS, electrical and mechanical engineering. Case Institute of Technology; MS, SUNY at Buffalo— Professor, Logic, Computability John Paliouras, BS, Alfred University; MA, Paul Wilson, BA, MA, University of Peter A. Cardegna, BS, Loyola College; Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Illinois—Professor, Cincinnati; Ph.D., University of Illinois— Clemson University—Professor, Physics Topological Dynamics Professor, Algebra Tracy A. Davis, BA, BS, Wofford College; Harry Schey, BS, Northwestern University; Elmer Young, BA, Amherst College; MS, Ph.D., Clemson University—Associate AM, Harvard University; Ph.D., University of Ph.D., Ohio State University—Associate Professor, Physics Illinois—Professor, Statistics Professor, Topology F. Kingsley Elder Jr., Ph.D., Yale University— Wanda Szpunar-Lojasiewicz, MS, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, Physics University of Cracow—Associate Professor, Department of Physics Alan B. Entenberg, AB, Washington University; Ph.D., University of Rochester— Differential Equations, Function Analysis John D. Andersen, BS, SUNY at Buffalo; MA, Professor, Physics Jack Weiss, BS, MS, AM, University of Ph.D., University of Rochester—Associate Michigan; Ph.D., North Carolina State Professor, Physics Charles A. Hewett, Ph.D., University of University—Assistant Professor, Missouri—Professor Emeritus, Physics Hrishikesh Banerjee, BS, Presidency College; Mathematical Biology, Dynamical Systems Ronald E. Jodoin, BS, Worcester Polytechnic MS, University College of Science; Ph.D., Theodore Wilcox, BS, University of Michigan; Institute; Ph.D., University of Rochester— Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics, University MS, Ph.D., University of Washington— Professor, Physics of Calcutta—Professor, Physics Professor, Analysis, Simulation College of Science 125

James R. Kern, BS, Indiana University of Special features of the program Finally, a large number of highly qual- Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Clemson University— A special feature of the program is the ified scientists and engineers in the Professor, Physics Rochester area are engaged in the re- Michael Kotlarchyk, BS, MS, Ph.D., offering of five required core courses. The core courses are specially designed search and development of materials. Massachusetts Institute of Technology— This reservoir of talent is utilized to Professor, Physics to establish a common base of materials- ensure the breadth and quality of the Arthur Z. Kovacs, AB, Wabash College; oriented knowledge for students with program. Ph.D., Duke University—Professor, Physics baccalaureate degrees in chemistry, chem- Vein Lindberg, BS, University of Alberta; MS, ical engineering, electrical engineering, The overall thrust of the program is Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University— mechanical engineering, physics, and to establish a positive relationship Associate Professor, Physics related disciplines; and consequently, to between academia and industry by Linda S. Meichle, BS, Massachusetts Institute provide a new intellectual identity to building a sound academic base in the of Technology; MS, Ph.D., University of field of materials. Illinois—Assistant Professor, Physics those involved in the study of materials. Varadaraja V. Raman, BS, St. Xavier College; Second, there is an emphasis on exper- Thesis option and the external research MS, Calcutta University; Ph.D., University of imental techniques in the program, with option Paris—Professor, Physics one required experimental course and Earl H. Sexton, BS, Tufts University; MS, additional optional experimental courses The inclusion of a research thesis as a Massachusetts Institute of Technology; MST, available. These are organized into formal part of the master of science Cornell University; Ph.D., SUNY at Albany- degree program in materials science and Professor, Physics appropriate units covering many aspects of analysis of materials. This aspect of engineering is optional. The research John S. Shaw, BS, MS, Indiana University; the program should enhance student thesis option carries a minimum of eight Ph.D., SUNY at Albany—Professor, Physics and a maximum of 16 quarter credit Jerome Wagner, BS, Case Institute of confidence when dealing with materials- related problems. hours, subject to review and approval of Technology; MS, Ph.D., University of the project. Wisconsin—Professor, Physics Anne G. Young, BA, Bryn Mawr; MS, Ph.D., Cornell University—Professor, Physics

Materials Science and STUDENT PROFILE Engineering Her undergraduate degree Robert A. Clark, Director of the Center for Materials Science and Engineering is in chemistry, but when Peter A. Cardegna, Program Director, Linda Slapelis decided Materials Science and Engineering to get her master's, she 716-475-2944 chose a program with a The program, under the joint auspices of more focused approach: the colleges of Science and Engineering, materials science and offers graduate studies leading to the engineering. master of science degree in materials sci- ence and engineering with a variety of "This field opens up options designed to satisfy individual more opportunities and and industry needs in the rapidly allows me to focus my growing field of materials. The objectives of the program are education on research and threefold: development in polymers," • With the advent of whole new classes she said. "Polymeric of materials and instruments in recent materials are progres- times, the traditional practice of empiricism in the search for and sively replacing other selection of materials is rapidly materials since they are becoming obsolete. The program much lighter, economical offers, therefore, a serious interdisci- plinary learning experience in mate- and can, in some cases, be rials studies, crossing over the tradi- recycled." As a result, tional boundaries of such classical there is a lot of research disciplines as chemistry, physics, elec- trical and mechanical engineering. in the modification and • The program provides extensive development of polymers to suit specific needs. experimental courses in diverse areas Linda also appreciates RIT's close ties to industry and its appli- of materials-related studies. cations approach. "A lot of industries support RIT, so I thought • The program explores avenues for introducing greater harmony between those ties would help when I enter the job market," she said. industrial expansion and academic training. 126 College of Science

The external research option allows Part-time study The remaining 24 quarter credit hours participants to continue their studies in Practicing scientists and engineers are are completed either as a combination of their work environment, thus enhancing encouraged to pursue the program on the research thesis and elective courses, job satisfaction. In-plant work experi- a part-time basis; therefore, all of the or as a combination of external research ence in materials-related areas may courses are offered in the late afternoon and elective courses, or as elective include independent study and creative or early evening hours. (This may not courses. The elective courses may be research. This external research option apply to courses offered off campus at selected from advanced courses offered may be applied, for a minimum of four selected industrial sites.) by the Center for Materials Science and and a maximum of eight quarter credit Students employed full time in Engineering or, upon approval, from hours, toward the completion of the industry are normally limited to a max- courses offered by other RIT graduate master of science degree. imum of two courses, or eight credit programs. Transfer credit may be awarded based on academic background Admission hours, each quarter. A student who wishes to register for more than eight beyond the bachelor's degree or credit The program is open to individuals with credit hours while employed full time by examination based on experience. a bachelor's degree in chemistry, physics, must obtain the permission of his or her Curriculum chemical engineering, electrical engi- adviser. neering, mechanical engineering, or a The core courses will be offered every related field from an accredited college Financial aid year and the elective courses will be or university. Any student who wishes A limited number of teaching assistant- scheduled on a periodic basis. to study at the graduate level must first ships, research assistantships, and Maximum limit on time be admitted to the program. An appli- tuition scholarships are available for cant may be permitted to take graduate graduate students. Detailed information The required credits for the master's courses as a non-matriculated student, is available from the office of the pro- degree must be completed within seven however, if he or she meets the general gram director. years of the start of the oldest credits requirements mentioned above. applied toward the degree. A person not meeting the general Degree requirements requirements may petition for admission A minimum of 45 quarter credit hours, to the program. In such cases, the neces- which includes five core courses (1028- sary background courses will be taken at 701 through 1028-705) and the seminar the undergraduate level. However, course, 1028-890, are required for the undergraduate credits that make up completion of the program. deficiencies may not be counted toward the master's degree. To be considered for admission, it is necessary to file an application for admis- sion to graduate study, accompanied by the appropriate transcripts of previous study and two letters of recommendation. English language requirement All applicants who do not speak English as their primary language are required to take both the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) and the TWE (Test of Written English) examinations. Minimum scores of 575 on the TOEFL and 4.0 on the TWE are required. In addition, all such students, upon arrival at RIT, are required to take the Michigan Test of English Language Proficiency, administered by the RIT English Language Center. Individuals scoring below an established minimum will be referred to the center for further evalua- tion and assistance. These students are required to follow the center's recom- mendations regarding language course work; this may require additional time and financial resources to complete the degree requirements. Successful comple- Imaging science research has included aerial photographs of specially prepared panels to test film's color tion of this course work is a requirement reproduction qualities. for the master of science degree in mate- rials science and engineering. College of Science 127

Graduate Faculty Michael A. Jackson, BS, MS, Ph.D., SUNY at David A. Sumberg, BA, Utica College of Buffalo—Associate Professor, Microelectronic Syracuse University; MS, Ph.D., Michigan Materials Science and Engineering: microelectronic device design, State University—Associate Professor, fabrication, and test; material characterization Electrical Engineering: fiber optics and appli- Engineering techniques, surface analytical instrumenta- cations of fiber optics (polarization properties, tion; vacuum processing, including CVD, microwave transmission on optical fiber, sen- College of Engineering and plasma, and ion beam techniques, microma- sors, couplers); integrated optics (couplers, chining, ferroelectric thin films, amorphous materials for integrated optics) College of Science silicon and polysilicon film deposition and Gerald A. Takacs, BS, University of Alberta; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin—Professor, John Andersen, BS, SUNY at Buffalo; MA, characterization Chemistry, and Head of Chemistry Ph.D., University of Rochester—Associate Ronald Jodoin, BS, Worcester Polytechnic Department: physical chemistry, chemical Professor, Physics: theoretical solid-state Institute; Ph.D., University of Rochester— kinetics, photochemistry, atmospheric chem- physics, transport phenomena, electron- Professor, Physics: optical properties of pho- istry, plasma etching and modification of phonon interactions, nonlinear phenomena, toreceptor materials, experimental physics, materials electronic properties of molecular crystals, electronics, microcomputer interfacing experimental low-temperature physics, large Michael Kotlarchyk, BS, MS, Ph.D., I. R. Turkman, MS, Ph.D., Institut National scale computations, parallel processing Massachusetts Institute of Technology— des Sciences Appliquees—Associate Hrishikesh Banerjee, BS, Presidency College; Professor, Physics: characterization of struc- Professor, Electrical and Microelectronic MS, University College of Science; Ph.D., ture and phase transitions in surfactant sys- Engineering: susceptibility of microelectronic Saha Institute of Nuclear Physics, University tems (micelles, microemulsions, and liquid devices to damage from electrostatic dis- of Calcutta—Professor, Physics: theoretical crystals) using scattering techniques; mass charges, CVD, sputtering, plasma-assisted solid-state physics, band theory, band transi- and surface fractals in condensed matter sys- etching processes tions, dislocations, models for junction and tems, theories of liquids; chaos in simple non- Jerome Wagner, BS, Case Institute of transport phenomena linear physical systems Technology; MS, Ph.D., University of Peter Cardegna, BS, Loyola College; Ph.D., Santosh Kurinec, BS, MS, Ph.D., University Wisconsin—Professor, Physics: solid state Clemson University—Professor, Physics: of Delhi—Professor, Microelectronic physics, nuclear physics, medical physics, superconductivity, low temperature physics, Engineering: electronic materials, amorphous diagnostic nuclear medicine, defect properties photographic materials and semicrystalline materials, solid-state in insulating materials, radiation-induced Robert A. Clark, BS, Massachusetts Institute devices defects, color centers of Technology; Ph.D., University of Richard Lane, BS, Ph.D., Alfred University- Maryland—Professor, Chemistry: plasma Professor, Microelectronic Engineering: micro- Adjunct Faculty modification of organic polymers, polymer machining of silicon, chemical vapor deposi- John E. Carson, MS, Massachusetts Institute science, chemistry of microlithographic tion, crystal growth, plasma etching of thin of Technology—Eastman Kodak Company, imaging systems, kinetics and thermody- films, stress measurement in CVD films Rochester, N.Y. namics of thermal and photochemical trans- Andreas Langner, BS, Ph.D., SUNY at Dennis H. Feduke, MS, P.E., Syracuse formations of small hydrocarbon molecules Buffalo—Associate Professor, Chemistry: University—IBM, Endicott, N.Y. Tracy Davis, BA, BS, Wofford College; Ph.D., physical chemistry, polymer chemistry, theo- George J. S. Gau, Ph.D., University of Clemson University—Associate Professor, retical chemistry and chemical engineering, California, Berkeley—Eastman Kodak Physics: experimental solid-state physics, transient spectroscopy, charge and energy Company, Rochester, N.Y. optics, low temperature physics, computer transfer, diffusion and flow in polymeric gels Mool C. Gupta, Ph.D., Washington State models of chaotic systems and blends University—Eastman Kodak Company, Alan B. Entenberg, AB, Washington Vern Lindberg, BS, University of Alberta; MS, Rochester, N.Y. University; Ph.D., University of Rochester— Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University— Professor, Physics: stress and adhesion in thin Henry J. Gysling, Ph.D., University of Associate Professor, Physics: deposition of films; surface modification by glow discharge Delaware—Eastman Kodak Company, metals onto polymeric substrates, effects of plasma and/or ion bombardment Rochester, N.Y. surface modification of polymer substrates on Thomas Gennett, BA, SUNY College at J. Raymond Hensler, Ph.D., Pennsylvania growth of PVD (physical vapor deposited) Potsdam; Ph.D., University of Vermont— State University—Director of Manufacturing films, glow discharge and ion bombardment, Associate Professor, Chemistry: electroanalyt- Technology, Bausch and Lomb, Inc., stress in sputtered thin films, adhesion of ical chemistry, HPLC detectors, biosensors, Rochester, N.Y. PVD thin films, multilayer optical filters ion-exchange partition coefficient Merle N. Hirsh, Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Chris F. Nilsen, BS, Rochester Institute of Surendra K. Gupta, B.Tech., India Institute of University—Plasma Resources Technology; MS, Worcester Polytechnic Insti- Technology; MS, University of Notre Dame; Robert Lord, MS, Syracuse University— tute; P.E., Ph.D., Michigan State University— Ph.D., University of Rochester—Professor, Manager, IBM-Endicott, Endicott, N.Y. Professor, Mechanical Engineering: metal- Mechanical Engineering: dislocation theory, Gerald F. Meyers, BS, University of lurgy, materials science, structure-property x-ray diffraction, sintering, numerical mod- Pittsburgh—Plant Metallurgist, Delco relationships in metal alloys eling, digital image analysis, computer- Products, General Motors Corporation, Ali Ogut, B.Ch.E., Hacettepe University, integrated manufacturing, micromechanics Rochester, N.Y. Turkey; MS, Ph.D., University of Maryland— of heteroepitaxial structures, morphological J. William Sexton, BS, University of Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering: filters in image processing of microstructures Rochester—Coordinator of Optics Contracts polymer processing, heat and mass transfer, Joseph P. Hornak, BS, Utica College of and New Opportunities Development, rheology, transport phenomena Syracuse University; MS, Purdue University; Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y. Sannasi Ramanan, BS, BE, M.Tech., Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame—Professor, Hen-Kuei Su, Ph.D., University of Indian Institute of Technology—Associate Chemistry: physical chemistry, magnetic reso- Massachusetts—Supervisor, Mobil Chemical Professor, Electrical Engineering: semicon- nance spectroscopy and imaging Corporation, Macedon, N.Y. ductor materials, IC processing, epitaxial Marvin L. Illingsworth, BS, Lafayette E. Wayne Turnblom, Ph.D., Columbia growth of semiconductors, quantum-well het- College; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts— University—Manager, Materials Development erostructures, simulation and design of solid Professor, Chemistry: inorganic polymers, and Manufacturing, Technical Operations, state devices synthesis and characterization of coordination Graphics Imaging Systems Div., Eastman polymers, ferroelectric thin films, specialty Robert Snyder, BS, Rochester Institute of Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y. materials Technology; P.E., Ph.D., Iowa State Edward G. Williams, MS, University of University—Professor, Mechanical Rochester—Manager of Plastics Technology, Engineering: consulting work for attorneys— Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y. product liabilities, property damage, etc.; metallic alloys and materials, crystal struc- ture, mechanical properties, materials testing 128 College of Science

The color science major provides 1050-703 Color Appearance 3 Chester F. graduate-level study in both theory and 1050-722 Color Measurement practical application. The program gives Laboratory II 2 students a broad exposure to the field 1050-813 Color Modeling 4 Carlson of color and affords them the unique 1050-801 Color Science Sem 3 opportunity of specializing in an area Elective courses Center for appropriate for their background and interest. This objective will be accom- Appropriate electives should be selected plished through the program's core to bring course work to 36 credit hours Imaging Science courses, selection of electives and com- for the research thesis option or 41 pletion of a thesis or graduate project. credit hours for the graduate project The degree program in color science option. Approval by the color science revolves around the activities of the coordinator is required. (Some courses Munsell Color Science Laboratory might require special permission for within the Center for Imaging Science. enrollment.) The Munsell Laboratory is the preemi- The following is a partial list: nent academic laboratory in the country Credits devoted to color science. Research is cur- 0307-801 Design of Experiments rently under way in color appearance 802 I, II 3 and discrimination psychophysics, 0307-830 Multivariate Analysis imaging device-independent calibration, 831 I, II 3 color reproduction, high-accuracy spec- 0307-841 Regression Analysis trophotometry, spectroradiometry and 842 I, II 3 Harvey E. Rhody, Interim Director multi-spectral image analysis. Since the 0605-761 Fundamentals of inauguration of the program in 1984, Computer Graphics 4 three industrial conferences have been 1051-726 Programming for Scientists The Chester F. Carlson Center for held drawing participants from around & Engineers 4 Imaging Science was established in 1985 the world. Industrial seminars devoted 1051-736 Geometrical Optics 4 for the interdisciplinary study of all to the quantitative specification of 1051-737 Physical Optics 4 aspects of imaging. The center offers BS, color are offered on a continuing basis. 1051-738 Optical Image Formation 4 MS and Ph.D. degrees in imaging sci- Students have received co-op and full- 1051-749 Color Reproduction 4 ence and an MS degree in color science. time positions through contacts made 1051-771 Silver Halide It is located in the Chester F. Carlson with the assistance of the Munsell 772,773 Science I, II, III 3 building, which contains extensive labo- Laboratory. 1051-782 Introduction to Digital ratories supporting the center's teaching Image Processing 4 and research mission. The program 1051-816 Color Systems 4 All students must earn 45 credits as a Master of Science in Color graduate student, 36 of which must be Research thesis option Science taken at RIT, to earn the master of sci- Students without research experience are ence degree. For full-time students, the encouraged to select the research thesis Roy S. Berns, Coordinator program requires four to six quarters of option (nine credits). The thesis is per- 716-475-2230 study at the graduate level. Part-time formed during the second year of study. [email protected] students generally require two to four Topics are chosen that complement the years of study at the graduate level. The candidate's undergraduate education Color science is broadly interdiscipli- curriculum is a combination of required and career interests. The technical advi- nary, encompassing physics, chemistry, courses in color science, elective courses sory board of the Munsell Color Science physiology, statistics, computer science appropriate for the candidate's back- Laboratory, as well as the program coor- and psychology. The curriculum leading ground and either a research thesis or dinator, can aid in the selection of a to a master of science degree in color sci- graduate project. Students must enroll in thesis topic. Full-time students receiving ence educates students using a broad either the research-thesis or graduate full-time assistantships are required to interdisciplinary approach. This is the project option at least one year before perform a research thesis. only graduate program in the country completion of required course work. devoted to this discipline, and it is Candidates who wish to enter the pro- Graduate project option designed for students whose undergrad- gram but lack adequate preparation may Students with research experience may uate majors are in physics, chemistry, have to take as many as 36 credits of select the graduate project option (four imaging science, computer science, elec- foundation courses in mathematics, sta- credits). The project has the same intel- trical engineering, experimental psy- tistics, computer science and general sci- lectual level as a research thesis but is chology, physiology or any discipline ence before matriculating with graduate less lengthy. It might take the form of an pertaining to the quantitative descrip- status. Foundation courses can be com- experiment, demonstration, research tion of color. pleted in three quarters. project or critical review. The graduate Graduates are in high demand and project is normally performed during have accepted industrial positions in Core courses the last quarter of study. Part-time stu- electronic imaging, color instrumenta- All graduate students in the MS program dents often select this option. tion, colorant formulation and basic and are required to complete the following applied research. Companies include core courses: Hewlett Packard, Canon, Apple, Credits Eastman Kodak, Xerox, International 1050-701 Vision & Psychophysics 4 Paper and the Gemological Institute of 1050-702 Applied Colorimetry 4 America. 1050-721 Color Measurement Laboratory I 2 College of Science 129

A Typical Full-Time Schedule of Courses FALL Credits 1050-701 Vision & Psychophysics 4 1050-702 Applied Colorimetry 4 1050-721 Color Measurement Laboratory I 2 Graduate Elective WINTER 1050-703 Color Appearance 3 1050-722 Color Measurement Laboratory II 2 Graduate Electives SPRING 1050-813 Color Modeling 4 Graduate Electives FALL 1050-801 Color Science 3 Seminar 1050-890 Thesis 3 or 1050-840 Color Science MS Project 4 Graduate imaging science students use an infrared video system to do thermal imaging of the sky. Note: 12 credit hours per quarter is considered a full-time load. Students receiving fully funded assist- The foundation courses listed below" Remaining credits are given as antships tend to have undergraduate are representative of those often required. equivalency credits for teaching cumulative grade point averages of 3.5 1016-251 Calculus I, II, III and research assistantship and higher, GRE "quantitative" and 252, 253 activities. "analytical" scores above 700 and 1017-211 College Physics I, II, III "verbal" above 600. Applicants whose 212, 213 Admission requirements native language is not English have 1017-271, College Physics Lab I, II, III Prior to being admitted to the master of TOEFL scores above 600 and TSE-A 272, 273 science degree program, applicants must scores above 250. Partial assistantships 0601-309 C Programming satisfy the coordinator of the program are also awarded. Applicants seeking 1016-309 Elementary Statistics that their previous education, ability and financial assistance from the center must 0514-445 Psychology of Perception practical experience indicate a reason- have all application documents sub- able chance of success. Scientific rea- mitted to the Admissions Office by Munsell Advisory Board soning, technical writing and oral February 15 for the next academic year. The Munsell Color Science Laboratory communication skills are particularly Advisory Board ensures that the important. The foundation program research activities surrounding the • Graduate application The color science major is designed for degree program are relevant to current • Earned baccalaureate degree the candidate with an undergraduate industrial needs. The board's members • Graduate record examination (GRE) degree in a scientific or nonscientific have expertise in color vision, color mea- • Official undergraduate transcript discipline. Candidates with adequate suring instrumentation, psychophysics, • Two professional recommendations undergraduate work in related sciences computer colorant formulation, lighting, • An on-campus interview when will start the program as matriculated art and applied color technology. The possible graduate students. Advisory Board is an excellent resource • GPA of 3.0 or higher Candidates without adequate under- for students in the selection of both a • Foundation course work of 3.0 or graduate work in related sciences must thesis topic and future placement. higher (if required) take foundation courses prior to matric- • TOEFL score of at least 575 (interna- ulation into the graduate program. Such Master of Science in tional students) students may be required to take as • TSE-A score of at least 250 (interna- many as 36 credits in these subjects. A Imaging Science tional students) written agreement between the candi- date and the program coordinator will Harvey E. Rhody, Coordinator Assistantships and scholarships identify the required foundation courses. 716-475-6215 [email protected] Scholarships and assistantships are Foundation courses must be completed available for qualified applicants. These with an overall B average before a student include the Macbeth-Engel Fellowship, The objective of this program is to pre- can matriculate into the graduate pro- pare men and women holding a bach- Grum Memorial Scholarship, Munsell gram. A maximum of nine graduate Color Science Laboratory Assistantship elor's degree in science or engineering level credit hours may be taken prior to for positions in research in the imaging and research assistantships associated matriculation into the graduate program. with ongoing grants and contracts. Most industry or in the application of various of these require 20 hours of work per imaging modalities to problems in engi- week. Funding can consist of up to full neering and science. Formal course work tuition remission and a 12-month stipend. includes consideration of the physics and chemistry of radiation-sensitive materials and processes, the applications 130 College of Science

of physical and geometrical optics to Research thesis option undergraduate academic record, letters electro-optical systems, the mathematical Full-time students who elect this option of evaluation from individuals familiar evaluation of image forming systems begin their thesis work during the first with the applicant's capabilities, and any and the statistics of experimental design year of study. Part-time students may other pertinent data furnished by the and quality control. Technical electives defer the beginning of their thesis work applicant. While previous high academic at the graduate level may be selected until their second or subsequent years. achievement does not guarantee admis- from the courses offered in imaging sci- Full-time students receiving funding sion, such achievement or other unusu- ence, color science, engineering, science assistance are required to choose the ally persuasive evidence of professional and mathematics. Both thesis and project research thesis option. Students who promise is expected. options are available. In general, full- elect this option will take 36 credit hours Applicants seeking financial assistance time supported students are required to of course work (including the core) and from the center must have all applica- pursue the thesis option with the project nine credit hours of thesis/research, three tion documents submitted to the option targeted at part-time students of which are associated with the grad- Admissions Office by February 15 for who can demonstrate that they have suf- uate seminar course (1051-706, 707, 708). the next academic year. Those seeking ficient practical experience through their The thesis is to be based on experi- funding from the center are also required professional activities. mental evidence obtained by the candi- to take the GRE. Students whose native Faculty within the Center for Imaging date in an appropriate field as arranged language is not English must demon- Science supervise thesis research in areas between the candidate and his or her strate proficiency in English, as evi- of chemistry and physics of radiation- adviser. The minimum number of thesis denced, for example, by a TOEFL score sensitive materials and processes, digital credits required is nine. The thesis of 600 or higher. Students whose native image processing, remote sensing, elec- requirement may be fulfilled by experi- language is not English are advised to trophotography, electro-optical instru- ments in Institute laboratories. In some obtain as high a TOEFL score as possible mentation, medical diagnostic imaging, cases, the requirement may be fulfilled if they wish to apply for a teaching or chemical imaging, color imaging sys- by work done in other laboratories. An research assistantship. These candidates tems and astronomy. Interdisciplinary example might be the candidate's place are also required to take the TSE-A test efforts are possible with the colleges of of employment, under the following of spoken English, in order to be consid- Engineering and Science. conditions: ered for financial assistantship. The degree requirements can be com- 1. The results must be fully publishable. Grades pleted either on a full- or a part-time 2. The candidate's adviser must be basis. approved by the graduate coordinator. The average of the grades for all courses taken at the Institute and credited The program 3. TTie thesis must be based on the can- didate's independent, original work, toward a master's degree must be at Imaging science studies are available as as it would be if the work were done least a "B" (3.0) grade point average. a full- or part-time master's degree pro- in Institute laboratories. Research and thesis does not carry a gram. All students must earn 45 credits letter grade and is not included in the as a graduate student, 37 of which must Graduate paper/project option average. be taken at RIT to earn the master of sci- Students with demonstrated practical or ence degree. research experience approved by the Doctor of Philosophy in The curriculum is a combination of graduate coordinator may choose the required core courses in imaging science graduate project option (five credit hours) Imaging Science and elective courses appropriate for the in addition to 40 hours of core and elec- candidate's background and interests. Harvey E. Rhody, Coordinator tive courses. This option takes the form 716-475-6215 Six tracks (concentrations) have been of a systems course (a different course established: Digital Imaging Processing, [email protected] for each track) and an associated project/ Medical Imaging, Electro-Optical paper. The graduate paper is normally Imaging Systems, Remote Sensing, Color The doctor of philosophy degree in performed during the final quarter of Imaging and Hard Copy Materials and imaging science signifies high achieve- study. Both part- and full-time students Processes. Additional tracks may be cre- ment in scholarship and independent may choose this option subject to the ated for interested students. Students investigation in the diverse aspects of approval of the graduate coordinator. must enroll in either the research-thesis imaging science. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree must demonstrate profi- or graduate paper/project option at the Admission beginning of their studies. ciency by: Admission will be granted to graduates 1. successfully completing course work, Candidates who wish to enter the pro- of accredited degree-granting institu- including a core curriculum, as gram but lack adequate preparation may tions whose undergraduate studies have defined by the student's plan of study; have to take bridge courses in mathe- included at least the following courses in 2. passing a series of examinations; matics, chemistry or physics before the major areas of study: mathematics 3. completing an acceptable dissertation matriculating with graduate status. through calculus, including differential under supervision of the student's All graduate students in the program equations; a full-year calculus-based research adviser and Dissertation are required to complete the following physics course; a full-year college-level Committee. core courses: course, with laboratory, in chemistry. The core curriculum includes courses 1051-711, Basic Principles of Imaging It is assumed that students can write a that span and integrate a common body common computer program. 712 Science I, II of knowledge essential to an under- 1051-716, Linear Image Applicants must demonstrate to the standing of imaging processes and 717 Mathematics I, II Graduate Admissions Committee of the applications. The core courses are: All non-imaging science courses must Center for Imaging Science that they Credits be approved by the CIS master of science have the capability to pursue graduate 1051-706, Imaging Science coordinator as acceptable for CIS credit. work successfully. Normally this will 707, 708 Seminar 1 include an interview, the submission of 1051-711, Basic Principles a statement of purpose, presentation of 712 of Imaging Science 4 College of Science 131

Imaging science students have conducted research in areas from medical diagnostic imaging to remote sensing.

1051-713 Noise & Random Processes 4 of academic achievement from their Comprehensive examination 1051-714 Information Theory undergraduate institutions, as indicated All students must pass a written com- for Imaging Systems 4 by official transcripts, must demonstrate prehensive examination. The examina- 1051-716, Linear Image proficiency on the Graduate Record tion is given each year prior to the Fall 717 Mathematics I, II 4 Examination (GRE) and must request Quarter and is ordinarily taken after 1051-721, Imaging Lab I, II, III letters of recommendation from two completing the core course of study (30 722,723 1 people well qualified to judge their abili- quarter credits); i.e., after the first year of 1051-726 Programming for Scientists ties for graduate study. Students for study. The examination consists of sec- and Engineers 4 whom English is not the native language tions that cover the core disciplines of must also submit the results of the Test imaging as well as concentration areas Admission of English as a Foreign Language and is prepared and administered by the Because imaging science encompasses a (TOEFL). Industrial and research experi- graduate faculty. The student must suc- wide variety of scientific disciplines, ence are also considered in the decision cessfully pass the comprehensive exami- students with diverse backgrounds are to admit. Applicants seeking financial nation to advance to candidacy (two accepted into the program. Undergradu- assistance from the center must have all attempts are permitted). ate preparation leading to a bachelor of application documents to the Admissions By the time they take the comprehen- science degree in engineering, computer Office by February 15 for the next acad- sive examination, all students must science, applied mathematics or one of emic year. select a research adviser from the grad- the natural sciences is usually required, Due to the variety of backgrounds of uate faculty of the Center for Imaging but exceptional students from other incoming students, it is recognized that Science. fields may be accepted. All students some will not have the requisite prepa- admitted to the Ph.D. program in ration in all areas and will have to com- Dissertation committee imaging science must have completed plete some undergraduate requirements After the student passes the comprehen- courses in the following areas: during the course of their graduate study. sive examination and upon recommen- • Calculus and differential equations Students with a master of science dation of the director of the Center for • Probability and statistics degree in a related field (e.g., physics, Imaging Science, a Dissertation Commit- • Chemistry (one year) chemistry or electrical and computer tee of four members is appointed for • University physics (one year) engineering) may be granted up to 36 the duration of the student's tenure in • Modern physics quarter credits toward the Ph.D. degree the program. One is appointed by the • Computer language in imaging science based on their earlier Provost's Office from the faculty within Admissions decisions are made by a studies and after successful completion the Institute but outside the center and committee of the graduate faculty of of the comprehensive examination. The acts as the chair of the final dissertation the Center for Imaging Science. To be required research credits may not be defense. The committee must also include admitted, students must have a record waived by experience or examination. the student's research adviser and at least one other member of the imaging 132 College of Science

science graduate faculty. The fourth Course requirements Graduate Faculty member may be affiliated with industry All students must complete a minimum or another institution. Persons who are of 72 credit hours of course work. The Center for Imaging Science not members of the graduate faculty courses are defined by the student and Jonathan S. Arney, BS, Wake Forest must be approved by the coordinator of the Dissertation Committee in the study University; Ph.D., University of North the doctoral program. plan and must include completion of the Carolina—Associate Professor Roy S. Berns, BS, MS, University of The duties of the Dissertation core sequences plus at least two three- Committee include: California; Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic quarter sequences in topical areas. These University—Richard S. Hunter Professor. 1. reviewing the study plan and disserta- topical areas include: silver halide sci- Roger L. Easton, BS, Haverford College; MS, tion proposal; ence, remote sensing, digital image pro- University of Maryland; MS, Ph.D., 2. preparing and administering the cessing, digital graphics, electrophotog- University of Arizona—Associate Professor examination for admission to raphy, electro-optical imaging systems, Mark D. Fairchild, BS, MS, Rochester candidacy; medical imaging and microlithographic Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of 3. assisting in planning and coordinating imaging technologies. Rochester—Director of the Munsell Color Science Laboratory; Associate Professor the research; Students may take a maximum of 16 4. supervising the writing of the Richard Hailstone, BS, Northern Illinois credits in other departments and must University; MS, Indiana University— dissertation; also complete 27 credits of research, with Associate Professor 5. conducting the final examination of a maximum of nine credits per quarter. the dissertation. Joseph P. Hornak, BS, Utica College, MS, Residency Purdue University; Ph.D., University of Notre Study plan Dame—Professor All students in the program must spend Pantazis Mouroulis, BS, University of The student and the research adviser at least three consecutive quarters Athens; Ph.D., University of Reading— develop a study plan that defines the (Summer Quarter excluded) as resident Associate Professor course work to be completed, including full-time students to be eligible to Zoran Ninkov, BS, University of Western the technical electives most relevant to receive the Ph.D. A full-time academic Australia; MS, Monash University; Ph.D., University of British Columbia—Associate the student's field of interest. The study load is defined as a minimum of nine Professor plan must be filed with the doctoral academic credits per quarter or an Navalgund Rao, MS, Banaras Hindu coordinator of the Center for Imaging equivalent amount of research as certi- Science and must be approved by three University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota— fied by the graduate coordinator. Associate Professor members of the graduate faculty. The Harvey E. Rhody, BSEE, University of plan may be amended if the changes Time limitations Wisconsin; MSEE, University of Cincinnati; are approved by the student's advising All candidates for the Ph.D. must main- Ph.D., Syracuse University—Professor committee. tain continuous enrollment during the John Schott, BS, Canisius College; MS, Ph.D., Syracuse University—Professor Research proposal research phase of the program. Such enrollment is not limited by the max- The student and the research adviser imum number of research credits that Extended Graduate Faculty select a research topic for the disserta- apply to the degree. Normally, full-time Peter G. Anderson, BS, Ph.D., Massachusetts tion. The proposed research must be students complete the course of study Institute of Technology—Professor, School of original and publishable. Although the for the doctorate in approximately three Computer Science topic may deal with any aspect of to four years. A total of seven years is Lynn F. Fuller, BS, MS, Ph.D., SUNY Buffalo imaging, the research is usually concen- (Electrical Engineering)—Professor, allowed to complete the requirements trated in an area of current interest Microelectronic Engineering after first attempting the comprehensive within the center. These areas include: Guifang Li, BS, Tianjin University; MS, Ph.D., exam. silver halide imaging, remote sensing, University of Wisconsin (Electrical digital image processing, color and Engineering)—Assistant Professor, Electrical Final examination of the dissertation Engineering visual perception, digital microlithog- The Dissertation Committee must Mysore Raghuveer, BS, Mysore University, raphy, astronomy, medical imaging, submit a letter to the graduate coordi- India; ME, Indian Institute of Science, electro-optics and machine vision. nator requesting permission to admin- Bangalore, India; Ph.D. University of The student must make a formal pro- ister the final examination of the disser- Connecticut (Electrical Engineering)— posal of the dissertation topic to the tation. The letter must indicate that each Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering Bruce Smith, BS, MS, Ph.D., Rochester Dissertation Committee for approval. member has received the dissertation Institute of Technology—Assistant Professor, and concurs with the request. The exam- Admission to candidacy Microelectronic Engineering ination is scheduled by the graduate As soon as possible after acceptance of coordinator but may not be held sooner the research proposal, but not later than than two weeks after permission has six months prior to defending the disser- been granted. tation, the student must pass an exami- The final examination of the disserta- nation to be admitted to candidacy for tion is open to the public and is primarily the doctoral degree. The examination a defense of the dissertation research. is prepared and administered by the The examination consists of an oral Dissertation Committee and may have presentation by the student, followed oral and/or written sections at the com- by questions from the audience. The mittee's option. A typical examination Dissertation Committee may also elect may consist of oral responses to previ- to privately question the candidate fol- ously assigned written questions. lowing the presentation. The Disserta- tion Committee will immediately notify the candidate and the graduate coordi- nator of the result of the examination. College of Science 133

Note: Prerequisites are within parentheses at the end of the course description. 1010-999 Graduate Chemistry Co-op Cooperative education experience for graduate students. Credit 0 (Offered Chemistry every quarter) 1008-711 Instrumental Analysis 1012-764 Inorganic Chemistry III: Physical Methods & Applications Theory, applications and limitations of selected instrumental methods in quali- Introduces the more sophisticated tools with which an inorganic chemist inves- tative, quantitative and structural analysis. Topics include nuclear magnetic res- tigates inorganic materials. These physical methods, with the bond theories onance, electrochemistry, surface methods and other modem instrumental from 1012-563, are applied to inorganic reactions that exemplify the similarities methods. (1014-340,1013-432,436) Class 3, Credit 3 (F, W-X*) and differences for the elements in each family of the periodic table. (1012-563) Class 4, Credit 4 (S-X*) 1008-720 Instrumental Analysis Lab Problem solving and experimental design are emphasized. Experiments include 1012-765 Preparative Inorganic Chemistry AA, FT-IR, HPLC, ICP, GC/MS, electrochemistry, polymer characterization and The complexity of many inorganic "building blocks" requires a detailed under- thermal analysis. (1014-441,445) Lab 6, Credit 2 (F-X*, W) standing of inorganic theory, special handling precautions and special methods to investigate inorganic products. Different areas of the periodic table, new syn- 1009-702 Biochemistry: Biomolecular Conformation & Dynamics thetic methods and new characterization techniques are examined. (1012-563 or The first course in our graduate sequence in biochemistry. Molecular transport permission of instructor) Lab 8, Credit 2 (W) and enzymatic catalysis are related to the three-dimensional structures of bio- molecules and the laws of thermodynamics. Also provides an introduction to 1013-730 Chemical Toxicology membrane structure as preparation for the next course in the sequence (1009-703; Clinical and forensic aspects of abused drugs, including history, structure, clas- Biochemistry: Metabolism). (Baccalaureate degree or permission of instructor) sification, drug levels, metabolism and effects. Drug analysis methods: history, Class 3, Credit 3 (F-X*, W-X*) theory and practical applications of GLC, HPLC, GC/MS, UV spectrometry, TLC, IR, EIA, FPIA and stat tests. You are the drug chemist and the toxicologist 1009-703 Biochemistry: Metabolism in this multimedia experience. (College biology and chemistry, some biochem- Metabolic processes involved in energy consumption and production as well as istry helpful or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate the synthesis and degradation of biomolecules are discussed. Metabolic path- years; offered 1997-98) (W-X*) ways are described in terms of thermodynamic principles, cellular localization and regulation mechanisms. Finally, the metabolic basis of several diseases is 1013-736 Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds presented. (Baccalaureate degree or permission of instructor) Class 3, Credit 3 Theory and application of proton carbon and 2-D nuclear magnetic resonance, (F, W-X*) infrared, mass spectrometry and ultraviolet spectra as applied to organic struc- ture determination. (1013-433) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) 1009-704 Biochemistry: Nucleic Acids & Molecular Genetics Nucleic acid structures, including the classical Watson-Crick model for DNA, 1013-737 Advanced Organic Chemistry are introduced. The flow of genetic information by replication (DNA to DNA), Several of the following advanced topics in organic chemistry are covered: poly- transcription (DNA to RNA) and translation (RNA to protein) as well as gene functional compounds, modern synthetic methods, anion chemistry, stereospe- expression and regulation in prokaryotes are discussed. The methodology of cific syntheses, protecting group chemistry, total synthesis, with strong emphasis new techniques, such as DNA sequencing and recombinant DNA, and their role on recent chemical literature. (1013-433) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) in medicine and forensics are presented. The genetic aspects of viruses and oncogenes are also reviewed. (Baccalaureate degree or permission of instructor) 1013-739 Advanced Organic Chemistry Class 3, Credit 3 (S-X*) Selected topics in physical organic chemistry including: techniques for elucida- tion of mechanism (kinetic, linear free, energy relationships, isotope effects), 1009-705 Biochemistry: Experimental Techniques molecular orbital theory, electrocyclic reactions. (1013-433, 1014-443) Class 4, An introduction to the theory and practice of modem experimental biochemical Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1997-98) (S) laboratory techniques and concepts. The weekly one-hour lecture provides a theoretical framework for the various experimental techniques including a dis- 1013-832 Stereochemistry cussion of the properties of biomolecules, and how those properties are Advanced treatment of steric relationships, conformational analysis an stereo- exploited in the separation and characterization of the molecules. Practical lab- isomerism in organic compounds. (1013-433,1014-433) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered oratory techniques include the preparation of buffers, centrifugation, gel exclu- upon sufficient request) sion chromatography, electrophoretic methods, and UV/visible and fluorescence spectrophotometry as applied to the isolation and characterization of proteins 1013-833 Heterocyclic Chemistry and nucleic acids. The manipulation of genetic material in E. coli will also be A general treatment of heterocyclic chemistry. Syntheses and relative reactivities examined. (Baccalaureate degree) Class 1, Lab 6, Credit 3 (offered every year) of heterocyclic compounds as demonstrated by their chemical reactions. (1013- (S) 433) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered upon sufficient request) (F)

1010-772 Special Topics 1014-730 Magnetic Resonance Imaging Advanced courses which are of current interest and/or logical continuations of Introduction to the principles of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) at level the course already being offered. These courses are structured as ordinary understandable by both the scientist and nonscientist. The course begins with courses and have specified prerequisites, contact hours and examination proce- the basics of nuclear magnetic resonance, the foundation of MRI. Magnetic res- dures. Recent courses taught as special topics include Nuclear Chemistry, onance imaging techniques and instrumentation are explained. Emphasis is on Polymer Morphology, Advanced Chromatographic Methods, Applications of understanding the imaging process. A discussion of information available for Computer Interfacing and Environment Chemistry. Class variable, Credit water proton content images of body parts and tissue types is presented. Future variable directions of MRI are presented. (1017-311,312,313 or 1017-211,212,213) Class 4, Credit 4 (S-X*) 1010-870 Chemistry Seminar Matriculated students are required to attend the weekly chemistry seminar 1014-740 Basics of Pulsed NMR series and to present a one-hour seminar on a topic in chemistry. Credit 1 An introduction to the principles of pulsed nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. Lectures on instrumentation, pulse sequences, Fourier transforms 1010-877 External Research and artifacts are presented. (1008-311) Class 1, Credit 1 (F) Industrial internship research. Credit 1-16 1014-741 Advanced Chemical Thermodynamics 1010-879 Research & Thesis Guidance A study of the basic fundamentals of thermodynamics, including an introduc- Hours and Credits to be arranged. Chemical research in a field chosen by the tion to statistical mechanics and their use in deriving the interrelationships of candidate, subject to approval of the department head and adviser. Credit thermodynamic functions. Thermodynamic properties of gases are calculated variable based on spectroscopic data. Theory of solutions and phase equilibria are dis- cussed. (1014-443,1016-306) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1010-899 Independent Study: Chemistry 1997-98) (W-X*) Credit variable X*: course is offered at extended day hours (after 5 p.m.) 134 College of Science

1014-742 Survey of Physical Chemistry 1029-704 Polymer Characterization Lab A study of the fundamental principles of physical chemistry for clinical chem- Many students in the Chemistry and Materials Science and Engineering grad- istry and biotechnology students. Kinetic-molecular theory, quantum mechanics, uate programs are involved in polymer research. This course gives these students spectroscopy, thermodynamics and kinetics are presented in application to the an opportunity to acquire proficiency in using the tools of polymer characteri- life sciences. Not acceptable for BS in chemistry. Class 3, Credit 3 (offered alter- zation. Techniques for studying 1) molecular weight distributions, 2) spectro- nate years; offered 1998-99) (W-X*) scopic analysis of chemical structure, 3) thermal stability, 4) morphology and phase transitions, and 5) mechanical properties will be introduced and mas- 1014-743 Advanced Chemical Kinetics tered. Students have the option to cover all the techniques taught to the under- Methods of investigating the kinetics of chemical reactions and the theories graduates in 1029-504 or they can concentrate on the techniques useful to their used to interpret their results. Focus on homogeneous reactions in gas and particular research topic. (Baccalaureate degree in a science or engineering dis- liquid phases. Discussions of references from recent chemical literature. (1014- cipline, or permission of instructor) Lab 6, Credit 2 (offered alternate years; 443) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1998-99) (W-X*) offered 1998-99) (S)

1014-744 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 1029-705 Preparative Polymer Chemistry Review of basic quantum theory and models. Variation and perturbation Students will carry out eight experiments. They will conduct in about half of methods, atomic and molecular orbital theory, emphasis on relationship of spec- those experiments step-growth polymerizations, and in the other half chain- troscopy and quantum chemistry. (1014-442) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate addition polymerizations. Among the polymers produced will be polyvinyl years; offered 1998-99) (S-X*) alcohol gel, Nylon 6-10, Nylon 11, polystyrene, high-density polyethylene, linear low-density polyethylene, copolymer of styrene and methyl methacrylate 1014-747 Principles of Magnetic Resonance and polyurethane. The more specific types of polymerizations and reactions A series of lectures designed to introduce the principles of magnetic resonance introduced will be: crosslinking of polymer, interfacial and bulk step-growth spectroscopies with emphasis on pulsed nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) polymerizations, cyclopolymerization, radical, ionic, and coordinative chain spectroscopy. Topics covered include classical and quantum mechanical theory, polymerizations. Instructors may add and/or delete polymer-related experi- Fourier transform techniques, pulse sequences, instrumentation, instrumental ments of their choice. The students in this course will also be primarily respon- techniques and modem applications such as 2-D NMR and solid-state NMR. sible to analyze the produced polymers and use literature data to identify them. (1014-443; 1014-648) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1997-98) (1013-437 or permission of instructor) Lab 6, Credit 2 (offered alternate years; (W-X*) offered 1998-99) (F)

1015-720 Environmental Chemistry Environmental sources, reactions, transport, effects and fate of chemical species in air, soil, water and living systems are studied. (Physical Chemistry or permis- Industrial and Applied Mathematics sion of instructor) Class 3, Credit 3 (offered alternate years; offered 1998-99) 1016-725 Stochastic Processes (S-X*) An introduction to stochastic processes. Important random processes that appear in various applications are studied. It covers basic properties and appli- 1015-721 Atmospheric Chemistry cations of Poisson processes and Markov processes as well as applications in The chemical composition of the Earth's atmosphere with emphasis on the role renewal theory, queueing models, and optimal stopping. (Advanced Calculus, of the biosphere and the changes induced by human activity will be studied. Probability, Matrix Algebra) Class 4, Credit 4 Special emphasis will be placed on urban pollution, acid rain, stratospheric ozone depletion and climate change. (1014-443) Class 3, Credit 3 (offered alter- 1016-801 Numerical Linear Algebra nate years; offered 1998-99) (S-X*) An introduction to the theoretical concepts and computational issues in linear algebra. Topics include: vector spaces; linear transformations; linear functionals; 1029-701 Organic Chemistry of Polymers polynomials; canonical forms; eigenvalues; diagonalization; decompositions; Polymerization reactions that are used to prepare high molecular weight poly- rational and Jordan forms; iterative techniques; factorization algorithms; special mers and industrially important polymer chains, copolymerization, graft polymer matrices. Computing projects, involving user-written programs and/or soft- preparation and polymer degradation reactions are also considered. (1013-433) ware packages, will be part of the course work. (Advanced Calculus, Matrix Class 4, Credit 4 (F-X*) Algebra, knowledge of a programming language) Class 4, Credit 4

1029-702 Polymer Chemistry: Chains & Solutions 1016-802 Methods of Applied Mathematics I Although most polymeric materials find utility as solids, polymer fabrication An introduction to some classical topics in mathematical analysis. Models and characterization techniques are generally liquid-phase processes. This course arising in physics and engineering are introduced. Topics include: dimensional is concerned with the fundamental physical chemistry of polymers in liquid analysis and scaling; partial differential equations, classical techniques; Fourier solutions. Topics to be addressed include: polymerization kinetics and chain series; integral transforms; orthogonal functions; wave phenomena in contin- structure, molecular weight distributions and determination, polymer solution uous systems. (Advanced Calculus, Differential Equations) Class 4, Credit 4 thermodynamics and transport phenomena, and solution phase transitions. The study of polymeric solids is the focus of 1029-703. (Baccalaureate degree in sci- 1016-803 Methods of Applied Mathematics II ence or engineering, or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (S-X*) This is a continuation of 1016-802 and deals with further applications of differ- ential equations. Topics include: classification of partial differential equations; 1029-703 Polymer Chemistry: Properties of Bulk Materials Laplace's equation; diffusion equations and their applications in physics and This course is designed to give the student with a chemistry or materials science engineering. (1016-802) Class 4, Credit 4 background a thorough grounding in the main concepts that describe bulk polymer structure, behavior and properties and to give the student practical 1016-804 Numerical Methods for Stochastic Models tools to predict them. Basic to the understanding of polymer behavior is the fact This course covers the algorithmic and numerical aspects of analyzing sto- that it is time-dependent. To emphasize this idea, the course is designed to build chastic processes. Emphasis here is on computing the solutions to the systems up to a study of thermo-mechanical behavior of viscoelastic materials. (Bacca- represented by stochastic processes and identifying their probabilistic interpre- laureate degree in science or engineering, or permission of instructor) Class 4, tations. Topics include: queueing models; examples from communications net- Credit 4 (F-X*) works and manufacturing systems; reliability models; simulation; approxima- tion methods. (1016-725,1016-801) Class 4, Credit 4

1016-859 Topics in Applied Mathematics This course covers some topics that are not covered in the regular courses and are not offered in other departments. This course may be used to study other areas of applications in the student's concentration. A wide variety of topics may be offered. Some examples are: reliability models; biological models; cal- culus of variations; computational probability; and dynamical systems. (Consent of the adviser and the instructor) Class 4, Credit 4

X*: course is offered at extended day hours (after 5 p.m.) College of Science 135

1016-879 Thesis or Project Work 1023-820 Advanced Clinical Chemistry I This is the capstone of the program in which the student works on a problem in Electrolytes, acid-base physiology, renal function, trace metals, lipids, carbohy- applied mathematics under the guidance of the Advisory Committee. A formal drate metabolism, enzymes, and various standard methods are covered, (per- written proposal of the problem to be studied must be presented before mission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) embarking on the project. A written report and an oral defense of the project/ thesis are required at the completion of the work. This course may be repeated 1023-821 Advanced Clinical Chemistry II for a maximum of 12 quarter credit hours. (Consent of the adviser) A study of the concepts and applications of therapeutic drug monitoring, phar- macokinetics, toxicology, inherited disorders of metabolism, liver function tests, 1016-899 Independent Study protein measurement, hepatitis, porphyrias, vitamins, pediatric clinical chem- A topic of special interest to the student and related to the student's area of con- istry, geriatric clinical chemistry and gene probes. (Permission of instructor) centration may be taken for independent study with the approval of the adviser Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) and the instructor who will offer the course. The student submits a proposal for independent study to the Advisory Committee for consideration and approval. 1023-822 Advanced Clinical Chemistry III (Consent of the adviser and the instructor) Credit variable (maximum of 4 A survey of endocrinology and of the immunoassay methods used in per- credits/quarter) forming endocrine assays. The endocrine systems covered include the thyroid, the adrenals, calcium metabolism, growth hormone, the human reproductive Clinical Chemistry system and the fetal-placental unit. Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) 1023-705 Mechanisms of Disease 1023-823 Advanced Clinical Chemistry IV Mechanisms of cellular injury, the healing process, atherosclerotic heart disease, Introduces the student to the types of instrumentation and analytical methods hypertension, infectious disease, and many other disease states are presented. commonly found in the clinical laboratory. Instrumentation and methods cov- Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) (W) ered include UV-visible spectroscopy, immunoassay, GC-MS, HPLC, TLC, ion selective electrodes, atomic absorption spectroscopy, electrophoresis, osmom- 1023-712 Statistics & Quality Control etry, nephelometry and multi-analyzers. The laboratory component serves to The principles of statistics as applied to biomedical research, manufacturing of provide hands-on experience in these types of procedures and measurements. reagents for the clinical laboratory, and as applied to the clinical laboratory Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (offered alternate years) analysis are studied. Using a problem-oriented approach to probability; normal values; analysis of variance; and quality control as well as the relationship of 1023-870 Clinical Chemistry Seminar these procedures to patient care are studied. Class 3, Credit 3 (offered alternate Credit 1 (W) years) (S) 1023-872 Special Topics in Clinical Chemistry 1023-722 Clinical Laboratory Computer Applications In response to student and/or faculty interest, special courses that are of current Computerized office management and administrative techniques are discussed interest and/or logical continuations of regular courses are presented. These with emphasis on PCs. The basic concepts of data processing and spread sheets; courses are structured as ordinary courses with specified prerequisites, contact design, evaluation, and the utilization of computer systems in both hospital and hours and examinations. Class variable, Credit variable (offered upon suffi- clinical laboratories; and the legal aspects of biomedical data processing are cient request) studied. Class 3, Credit 3 (offered alternate years)

Graduate students may serve as assistants in the laboratories. 136 College of Science

1023-877 External Clinical Chemistry Research 1028-710 Material Properties & Selection Research carried out in a laboratory outside of the College of Science. Prior to Study of the principles of material behavior as applied to design. Application of the initiation of external research, a proposal from the student as well as a com- materials according to these principles is stressed. Ferrous, nonferrous and mitment of support and direction from the laboratory are evaluated. Credit nonmetallic materials are considered. (1028-701 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 variable 1028-714 Glass Science 1023-879 Clinical Chemistry Research Topics include the structure and properties of glass, applied areas such as glass Research carried out in the College of Science laboratories under the direction melting and processing, and various technological applications of glass. (1028- of RIT faculty members. The amount of credit awarded for such projects is 701 or equivalent; 1028-704) Class 4, Credit 4 determined after evaluation of a research proposal. Credit variable 1-16 1028-717 Materials Degradation: Corrosion 1023-899 Clinical Chemistry Independent Study This course introduces the basic electrochemical nature of corrosion and con- Individual projects or studies carried out under the direction of a faculty siders the various factors that influence the rate of corrosion in a variety of envi- member. Study objectives and design are developed through faculty-student ronments. Various means of controlling corrosion are considered. (1028-701 or interaction with evaluation and credit to be awarded determined after review of equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 a study proposal. Credit variable 1028-720 Organic Polymers This course is designed to meet the needs of students in the area of organic Materials Science and Engineering chemistry related to synthesis, polymerization mechanism, structures, stereo- 1028-701 Introduction to Materials Science chemistry and reactions of organic polymers and their industrial usage. (1028- The course provides an understanding of the relationship between structure 702 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 and properties for development of new materials. Topics include atomic and crystal structure, crystalline defects, diffusion theories, strengthening mecha- 1028-721 Physical Chemistry of Polymers nisms, ferrous alloys, cast irons. Structure of ceramic and polymeric materials A study of the theoretical and experimental methods available for designing and corrosion principles. (Graduate standing or permission of instructor) Class 4, plastics products and selecting appropriate materials, with special emphasis on Credit 4 (F) the interrelationships between materials, product design, tooling construction and manufacturing producibility. (1028-702 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 1028-702 Introduction to Polymer Science A study of the chemical nature of plastics detailing the relationships between 1028-722 Polymer Processing polymerization conditions, structure and properties in both the solid and fluid A study of the basic principles and methods involved in the technology of pro- states. (1028-701 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) cessing polymeric materials, including treatments of heat transfer, mass transfer, mixing and shaping or molding of these materials. (1028-702 or equiv- 1028-703 Solid State Science alent) Class 4, Credit 4 Survey of topics in the physics of solids. Included are crystal symmetry, struc- ture and binding; mechanical, thermal and electrical properties of insulators, 1028-730 Optical Properties of Materials semiconductors and conductors, including band theory. (1028-704 or equiva- Fundamentals of geometrical and physical optics, interaction of radiation with lent) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) matter, dielectrics and thin films, introduction to electro-optic and acousto-optic effects. (1028-704 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 1028-704 Introductory Theoretical Methods Treatment of waves and fields; selected topics of interest in electrodynamics and 1028-733 Magnetic Properties of Materials fluid mechanics; statistical mechanics; Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose Einstein and Magnetostatics, creation and measurement of magnetic fields, galvanomagnetic Fermi-Dirac distributions and their applications. (Graduate standing and per- and magneto-optic effects, magnetic materials, applications. (1028-701 and 704 mission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4

1028-705 Introductory Experimental Techniques 1028-734 Advanced Optics Introduction to laboratory equipment for hardness testing, impact testing, ten- Lasers: theory, types and construction; optics of metals; multilayer dielectrics; sile testing, x-ray diffraction and thermal treatment of metallic materials. electro- and acousto-optic modulators and deflectors; optical detectors. (1028- Experiments illustrating the characterization of high molecular weight organic 730 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 polymers are conducted. (1028-701 and 702 or equivalents) Class variable, Lab variable, Credit 4 (S) 1028-736 Amorphous & Semicrystalline Materials Electrical, thermal and optical properties of amorphous materials; model of con- 1028-706 Experimental Techniques: Thin Films duction. (1028-701,703,704 or equivalents) Class 4, Credit 4 Production of thin films of metals and dielectrics by physical vapor deposition. Lectures cover vacuum systems, evaporation, sputtering, nucleation and 1028-740 Nuclear Science & Engineering growth of thin films, analysis and characterization of thin films, and application Systemics of the atomic nuclei, radioactivity, nuclear reactions, fission, nuclear of thin films. Laboratories cover use of vacuum systems in evaporation and reactor principles, designs, materials and safety. (1028-701 and 704 or permis- sputtering and some methods of characterizing the thin films thus produced. sion of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (Permission of instructor) Class variable, Lab variable, Credit 4 1028-760 Plasma Science 1028-707 Experimental Techniques: Electron Microscopy & Spectroscopy An introduction to plasma science; a study of the basic phenomena and appli- An in-depth look at various techniques used to characterize thin film materials. cation of plasma to etching, deposition, polymerization, plasma production of Lectures will cover resistivity measurements, ellipsometry, reflectance tech- materials, analytical emission spectroscopy and atmospheric science. (1028-701 niques, optical microscopy, electron microscopy, and scanning probe or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 microscopy. The lab provides hands-on training in these techniques and is con- ducted in the cleanroom housed in the Center for Microelectronic Engineering. 1028-770 Physics & Chemistry of IC Processing Students will be required to perform an in-depth study on a material of their Study of the various processing steps used in integrated circuit fabrication tech- choice using these techniques or to research an associated technique not covered nology with special emphasis on diffusion, thermal oxidation, ion implantation in lecture. (Permission of instructor) Class variable, Lab variable, Credit 4 and plasma-assisted deposition and etching processes. Process modelling using SUPREM. (1028-703 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 1028-708 Experimental Techniques Provides an in-depth integrated approach to the analysis, investigation and 1028-800 Special Topics development of materials, concentrating on specific types or classes. (1028-701 In addition to in-depth study of any of the courses listed under Elective Courses, or equivalent) Class variable, Lab variable, Credit 4 special topics may be selected from such areas as elastomers, organometallics, radiation damage, processing of materials, superconductivity, etc. (Permission of instructor) Class variable, Credit 4 College of Science 137

1028-877 External Research 1050-752 Special Topics Research using equipment and facilities at a site other than RIT. Prior to enroll- Advanced topics of current interest, varying from quarter to quarter, selected ment in the course, a proposal from the student that includes a letter of support from the field of color science. Specific topics announced in advance. (Not offered from the host facility is evaluated for determination of credit to be awarded every quarter. Consult the color science graduate program coordinator.) Credit upon successful completion of the project. A total of eight quarter credit hours, variable with a maximum of four quarter credit hours per quarter, can be applied toward the MS degree. For matriculated MSE students employed full time by local com- 1050-753 Special Topics panies. (Permission of program director) Credit variable Advanced topics of current interest, varying from quarter to quarter, selected from the field of color science. Specific topics announced in advance. (Not 1028-879 Research & Thesis Guidance offered every quarter. Consult the color science graduate program coordinator.) A project involving research on a topic in materials science and engineering. An Credit variable oral examination and written thesis are required. Credit variable 1050-799 Independent Study 1028-879-99 Continuation of Thesis An independent project in an area of color science not covered in the available Course section available to satisfy Institute's Continuation of Thesis policy. courses. This project can be experimental research, literature review, or other Credit 0 appropriate work. This course requires a formal proposal and a faculty sponsor. Credit variable 1028-890 Seminar Required for completion of the program and involves a one-hour presentation 1050-801 Color Science Seminar on some topic in materials science in engineering. Class variable, Credit 1 (F, S) A seminar course in which students will study the literature in particular areas of color science and present that material to the class. Topics will be based on 1028-899 Independent Study student interest and current issues in the field. Available to color science MS stu- This course number should be used by students wishing to study a topic on an dents or by permission of the instructor. May be taken more than once for credit independent study basis. (Permission of instructor) Credit variable with permission of coordinator. (1050-703,813) Class 3, Credit 3 Color Science 1050-701 Vision & Psychophysics This course provides an overview of the human visual system and psycho- physical techniques used to investigate it. The optical, sensory, and neural aspects of vision and image quality are treated. Topics include color vision, adaptation, sensor response functions, neural networks, and an introduction to electro-optical and computational analogs. (Graduate status) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4

1050-702 Applied Colorimetry An introduction to the measurement and specification of color. The CIE system of colorimetry is presented with an emphasis on its practical application to common problems in quality control, reproduction and imaging. Topics include color perception, photometry, trichromatic theory, color matching mathematics, obtaining colorimetric data through measurement, color quality spaces, deriving industrial tolerances, and an introduction to device independent color. Class 4, Credit 4

1050-703 Color Appearance This course is for students who have an understanding of the applications of colorimetry. It presents the transition from the measurement of color patches and differences to the description and measurement of color appearance. This seminar course is based mainly on review and discussion of primary references. Topics include, appearance terminology, appearance phenomena, viewing conditions, chromatic adaption and color appearance modeling. (1050-702) Class 3, Credit 3

1050-721 Color Measurement Lab I An in-depth treatment of the instrumentation and standardization required for accurate, precise measurements of optical radiation. The optical properties of objects and radiation sources will be covered. Optical and electronic design of spectroradiometric and spectrophotometric instrumentation is discussed in detail. The use of standard reference materials for calibration and evaluation of instrumentation is explored. The laboratory is heavily stressed, with students fully analyzing the design and performance of various instruments. (1050-701 corequisite) Class 1, Lab 3, Credit 2

1050-722 Color Measurement Lab II Course stresses technical writing and scientific reasoning applied in a laboratory environment. Laboratories include precision and accuracy analysis of color mea- suring instrumentation, measuring observer metamerism, color tolerance psycho- physics and building a colorimeter. (1050-701,711). Class 1, Lab 3, Credit 2

1050-751 Special Topics Advanced topics of current interest, varying from quarter to quarter, selected from the field of color science. Specific topics announced in advance. (Not offered every quarter. Consult the color science graduate program coordinator.) Credit variable Robert Loce, an imaging scientist at Xerox Corporation, has the distinction of earning the nation's first Ph.D. in imaging science. The program attracts scholars from across the globe. 138 College of Science

1050-813 Color Modeling 1051-713 Noise & Random Processes This course explores mathematical techniques for predicting the coloring of The purpose of this course is to develop an understanding and ability in mod- absorptive systems including polymers, textiles, paper (impact and non- eling noise and random processes within the context of imaging systems. The impact), and coatings, and the modeling of additive systems such as self-lumi- focus will be on stationary random processes in both one dimension (time) and nous displays. Emphasis is placed on Kubelka-Munk turbid media theory for two dimensions (spatial). Power spectrum estimation will be developed and opaque and translucent systems and on Grassmann's laws for additive systems. applied to signal characterization in the frequency domain. The effect of linear Accompanying laboratory stresses the use of commercial computer colorant for- filtering will be modeled and applied to signal detection and maximization of mulation systems and the use of multivariate statistics to model colorant SNR. The matched filter and the Wiener filter will be developed. Signal detec- behavior. (1050-702) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 tion and amplification will be modeled, using noise figure and SNR as measures of system quality. At completion of the course, the student should have the 1050-840 Color Science MS Project ability to model signals and noise within an imaging system. (1051-711,712,716, An independent project in an area of color science that serves as the major cul- 717; Probability or consent of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate minating experience for students in the Graduate Project Option of the color sci- years; offered 1997-98) (S) ence MS program. This project can be an experiment, critical literature review, demonstration or other appropriate work. This course requires a formal pro- 1051-714 Information Theory for Imaging Systems posal and faculty sponsor; a written technical report and oral presentation of the This course develops a basic understanding of the efficient representation of results. (1050-801 and faculty sponsor) Credit 4 information for storage and transmission. Classical concepts of information theory are developed and applied to image compression, storage and transmis- 1050-890 Research & Thesis sion. The intent is to develop a foundation for the efficient handling of image- Thesis based on experimental evidence obtained by the candidate in an appro- based information in imaging systems. (1051-711, 712, 716, 717; Probability or priate topic as arranged between the candidate and the coordinator of the pro- consent of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1998-99) gram. Credit 9 (minimum for MS) (S)

Imaging Science 1051-716 Linear Image Mathematics I This course develops the mathematical methods required to describe contin- 1051-706 Introduction to Imaging Science uous and discrete linear systems, with special emphasis on tasks required in the The course introduces the student to the historical context from which the field analysis or synthesis of imaging systems. The classification of systems as of Imaging Science has evolved. It proceeds to define the fundamental scientific linear/nonlinear and shift variant/ invariant is discussed first, followed by principles on which the science is based and to expose the student to the tech- development and use of the convolution integral. This is followed by a discus- nologies and directions that encompass the field. This course is intended to set sion of Fourier methods as applied to the analysis of linear systems, including the framework for graduate study in Imaging Science and to provide the non- the Fourier series and Fourier transform. Emphasis is placed on the physical image scientist with a non-quantitative survey of the field. Credit 1 (F) meaning and interpretation of these transform methods. Image sampling and quantization is introduced and discrete convolution and Fourier transform is 1051-707 Introduction to Imaging Science considered. Within the context of image analysis, imaging systems as a linear The course introduces the student to the historical context from which the field filter, image enhancement and information extraction and several basic image of Imaging Science has evolved. It proceeds to define the fundamental scientific processing techniques are also introduced. (Calculus, Differential Equations, principles on which the science is based and to expose the student to the tech- Linear Algebra and Complex Variables or permission of instructor) Class 4, nologies and directions that encompass the field. This course is intended to set Credit 4 (F) the framework for graduate study in Imaging Science and to provide the non- image scientist with a non-quantitative survey of the field. Credit 1 (W) 1051-717 Linear Image Mathematics II This course continues the development of mathematical methods required to 1051-708 Imaging Science Seminar describe continuous and discrete linear systems that was begun in 1051-716, The course introduces the student to the historical context from which the field with emphasis placed on the use of discrete models of imaging systems. The of Imaging Science has evolved. It proceeds to define the fundamental scientific various types and effects of quantization are considered first, followed by dis- principles on which the science is based and to expose the student to the tech- cussions of common means to process sampled and quantized images. The use nologies and directions that encompass the field. This course is intended to set of linear models of imaging systems is considered, including he discussion of the framework for graduate study in Imaging Science and to provide the non- the valid limiting cases of optical imaging in coherent and incoherent light. The image scientist with a non-quantitative survey of the field. Credit 1 (S) course concludes with discussions of various applications of the mathematical models. (1051-716) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) 1051-711 Basic Principles of Imaging Science I This course provides the student with a basic understanding of the scientific principles associated with electromagnetic radiation propagation, image cap- 1051-721 Imaging Laboratory I ture and formation, and image processing used to reproduce or display images. This three quarter laboratory is designed to parallel the Basic Principles of An end-to-end treatment of an imaging system shall be employed to illustrate Imaging Science I, II, and Noise and Random Processes core requirements. It the interrelationships among the concepts introduced throughout the course. provides hands-on experience with imaging materials and devices, digital System analyses include the use of modeling concepts and image quality met- imaging techniques, electro-optical devices, and other imaging modalities. It is rics to demonstrate how the concepts developed in Linear Image Mathematics intended to reinforce course work and provide the student exposure to, and can be used in concert with concepts in this course to describe and assess a facility with, a broad variety of instrumentation and analytical methods. In simple imaging system. (Calculus, Differential Equations, University Physics, addition, statistical methods of data analysis will be introduced and utilized. concurrent registration in 1051-716) Class 4, Credit 4 (F) (SIMD Graduate status, 1051-711 corequisite) Lab 3, Credit 1 (F)

1051-722 Imaging Laboratory II 1051-712 Basic Principles of Imaging Science II This three quarter laboratory sequence is designed to parallel the Basic This course continues the development of basic understanding of scientific prin- Principles of Imaging Science I, II, and Noise and Random Processes core ciples associated with image capture, formation, and image processing used to requirements. It provides hands-on experience with imaging materials and reproduce or display images. An end-to-end treatment of an imaging system devices, digital imaging techniques, electro-optical devices, and other imaging shall be employed to illustrate the interrelationships among the concepts intro- modalities. It is intended to reinforce course work and provide the student duced throughout the course. System analyses include the use of modeling con- exposure to, and facility with, a broad variety of instrumentation and analytical cepts and image quality metrics to demonstrate how the concepts developed in methods. In addition, statistical methods of data analysis will be introduced and Linear Image Mathematics can be used in concert with concepts in this course utilized. (SIMD Graduate status, 1051-712 corequisite) Lab 3, Credit 1 (W) to describe and assess a simple imaging system. (1015-711, 716 and concurrent registration in 1051-717) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) College of Science 139

1051-723 Imaging Laboratory III 1051-732 Principles of Chemical Imaging II This three quarter laboratory sequence is designed to parallel the Basic A continuation of 1051-731 providing the student with a basic understanding of Principles of Imaging Science I, II, and Noise and Random Processes core the principles of chemical imaging. Emphasis is on relating the underlying prin- requirements. It provides hands-on experience with imaging materials and ciples of physics and chemistry to the metrics of system performance. Chemical devices, digital imaging techniques, electro-optical devices, and other imaging imaging technologies to be covered include electrophotographic, silver halide, modalities. It is intended to reinforce course work and provide the student and polymer. Spatial properties of chemical images are related to their under- exposure to, and facility with, a broad variety of instrumentation and analytical lying physics and chemistry. (1051-731) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) methods. In addition, statistical methods of data analysis will be introduced and utilized. (SIMD Graduate status, 1051-713 corequisite) Lab 3, Credit 1 (S) 1051-736 Geometrical Optics & First Order Design This course leads to a thorough understanding of the geometrical properties of 1051-726 Programming for Scientists & Engineers optical imaging systems. A method is developed of performing a first-order A course to prepare graduate students in science and engineering to use com- design of an optical system, applicable to uniform and gaussian beams. The fol- puters as required by their disciplines. Covers: the organization and program- lowing topics are included: paraxial optics of axisymmetric systems, gaussian ming of computers at various levels of abstraction (e.g. assembly, macros, high- optics (cardinal points, pupils and stops, optical invariant), propagation of level languages, libraries), advanced programming techniques, the design, energy through lens systems, basic optical instruments and components, gra- implementation, and validation of large computer programs, modern program- dient index optics, finite raytracing, introduction to aberrations, geometrical ming practices, introduction to a programming environment and to a variety of optics of gaussian beams. (Graduate status) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (F) programming languages. Programming projects will be required. (0602-700 or equivalent) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) 1051-737 Physical Optics The wave properties of light and their application to imaging systems and 1051-728 Design & Fabrication of Solid State Cameras metrology. Polarization, birefringence, interference and interferometers, spatial The purpose of this course is to provide the student with hands-on experience and temporal coherence, scalar diffraction theory are covered. (1051-717) Class 4, in building a CCD camera. The course provides the basics of CCD operation Credit 4 (W) including an overview, CCD clocking, analog output circuitry, cooling, and evaluation criteria. (Graduate status) Class 1.5, Lab 7.5, Credit 4 (offered 1051-738 Optical Image Formation 1998-99) (W) This course presents a unified view of the formation of images and image quality of an optical system from an applications viewpoint, but with a strict 1051-731 Principles of Chemical Imaging I mathematical development. Topics covered are: geometrical and diffraction This course provides the student with a basic understanding of the principles of theory of aberrations, image quality criteria and MTF, MTF tolerance theory, chemical imaging. The physical and chemical principles required for studying image formation with coherent light. Throughout the course, the problem of chemical imaging are reviewed. The phenomenon and mechanism of reci- image formation is treated also in its inverse form of designing an optical procity law failure are illustrated. Emphasis is on relating the underlying prin- imaging system that satisfies a given set of specifications. (1051-711, 712, 716, ciples of physics and chemistry to the metrics of system performance. 717,736,737) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) Technologies to be covered include ink jet and thermal printing. (College Chemistry, Calculus, 1051-711 corequisite) Class 4, Credit 4 (F)

The Carlson Center for Imaging Science, one of the newest buildings on campus 140 College of Science

1051-739 Principles of Solid State Imaging Arrays 1051-761 Principles of Remote Sensing & Image Analysis I This course covers the basics of solid state physics, electrical engineering, linear An introduction to radiometric concepts as they relate to remote sensing. The systems and imaging needed to understand modern focal plane array design emphasis is on aerial and satellite imaging systems operating from 0.4-20 um. and use. The course emphasizes knowledge of the working of infrared arrays. After a brief review of the field, the basic radiometry concepts needed for (Graduate status, Optics, Linear Systems) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered 1998-99) (F) remote sensing are introduced and a governing equation for radiance reaching the sensor is carefully derived. (Graduate Status or permission of instructor) 1051-746 Probability & Statistics for Imaging Science I Class 4, Credit 4(F) This course concentrates on probability theory, with emphasis on probability measures, univariate and multivariate distributions, and modeling using 1051-762 Remote Sensing & Image Analysis II important distributions such as Poisson, normal and gamma distributions. The problem of inverting recorded image data to surface reflectance on temper- Estimation theory is also introduced. (Graduate status) Class 4, Credit 4 ature values is treated using a variety of techniques, including the use of ground truth, "in scene" methods, and radiation propagation models. Multispectral 1051-749 Color Reproduction digital image processing methods are introduced and their utility in various This course presents the concepts required for an understanding of the rela- remote sensing applications considered. The potential for including multiple tionships between mean-level input and output in various color imaging sys- sources of data in image analysis is treated through consideration of multispec- tems. Analog, digital, and hybrid color imaging systems will be covered. Special tral image data fusion and the use of geographic information systems. (1051- emphasis will be given to mean-level reproduction in photography, printing, 761) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (W) and television. (1051-711, 712, 716, 717 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) 1051-763 Remote Sensing & Image Analysis III Analysis of digital remotely sensed images is treated with emphasis on multi- 1051-750 Hyperspectral Imaging & Synthetic Image Generation spectral analysis techniques. This includes consideration of multivariate dis- This course is divided into two parts. The first half focuses on hyperspectral criminate analysis and principal components for material identification and imaging, starting with the physical and chemical phenomena that cause spectral analysis. Special topics such as radar, Fraunhofer line discriminator, hierarchial signatures and tracing spectral imaging through sensing by image spectrome- classifiers will also be treated. (Graduate Status or permission of instructor) ters and analysis with specialized algorithms for handling spectrally rich data. Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) The other half of the course is similar to a seminar and focuses on synthetic image generation (SIG). Several SIG models will be reviewed by the class and com- 1051-765 Remote Sensing Systems pared to the DIRSIG model, which will be treated in detail as a point of refer- This course is designed to draw on the student's knowledge of linear system ence for the other models. There is particular emphasis on the potential for using theory, digital image processing, and noise concepts and apply it to an end-to- SIG to model the hyperspectral phenomena. (Permission of instructor) Class 4, end system in an area associated with remote sensing. Generalized concepts Credit 4 from these fields will be focused to show how they can be applied to solve remote sensing image analysis and systems design and evaluation problems. 1051-751 Special Topics in Imaging Science An overriding objective is on the application of theory to practice. (1051-711, Advanced topics of current interest, varying from quarter to quarter, selected 712, 716, 717, 761, 762,1051-713 corequisite or permission of instructor) Class 4, from the field of imaging science. Specific topics announced in advance. (Not Credit 4 (S) offered every quarter. Consult the imaging science graduate program coordi- nator.) Credit variable 1051-771 Silver Halide Science I A comprehensive study of the science of imaging with silver halide materials. 1051-752 Special Topics in Imaging Science Includes materials preparation and their physical and chemical properties, Advanced topics of current interest, varying from quarter to quarter, selected mechanisms and efficiency of image recording, and reciprocity law failure mea- from the field of imaging science. Specific topics announced in advance. (Not surement and mechanisms. The course will focus on correlations between events offered every quarter. Consult the imaging science graduate program coordi- at the atomic and molecular level and their manifestation at the macroscopic nator.) Credit variable level. (College Chemistry and Physics) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1997-98) (F) 1051-753 Special Topics in Imaging Science Advanced topics of current interest, varying from quarter to quarter, selected 1051-772 Silver Halide Science II from the field of imaging science. Specific topics announced in advance. (Not A continuation of the comprehensive study of the science of imaging with silver offered every quarter. Consult the imaging science graduate program coordi- halide materials. Includes mechanisms and procedures of chemical sensitiza- nator.) Credit variable tion, dopants, and spectral sensitization, and image detection and enhancement. This course will focus on correlations between events at the atomic and molec- 1051-756 Introduction to Electrophotography ular level and their manifestation at the macroscopic level. (1051-771) Class 4, Materials & Processses Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1997-98) (W) An introduction to materials and processes in electrophotography. Topics include an historical development of electrostatic and electrophotographic imaging, surface deformation imaging, and current topics in electrophoto- 1051-773 Silver Halide Science III graphic and related processes. (1051-711,712,716,717) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered A comprehensive study of the application of silver halides in imaging systems. alternate years; offered 1998-99) (F) The emphasis is on how the material properties of silver halides influence the properties of the imaging system such as sensitivity, reciprocity failure, curve 1051-757 Fundamentals of Electrophotography shape, color and tone reproduction, granularity, sharpness, resolution, and This course describes the physical basis for field variation electrophotography, processability. (1051-711, 712, 772) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; and the fundamentals of xerographic system design and analysis. Topics cov- offered 1997-98) (S) ered include calculation of development fields, the mathematical and physical basis for viscosity-controlled and adhesion-controlled development, the phys- ical basis for charging and discharging photoconductors, and system optimiza- 1051-774 Vision & Psychophysics tion of the xerographic process. (1051-756) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate This course provides an overview of the human visual system and psy- years; offered 1998-99) (W) chophysical techniques used to investigate it. The optical, sensory, and neural aspects of vision and image quality are treated. Topics include color vision, 1051-758 Electrophotographic Systems adaptation, sensor response functions, neural networks, and an introduction to Basic principles and techniques in engineering design and analysis of elec- electro-optical and computational analogs. (Graduate status) Class 3, Lab 3, trophotographic copiers, input scanners, raster output scanners, and other solid Credit 4 (F) state electronic printing devices. Emphasis will be given to such topics as relia- bility, systems optimization, quality control, and print and copy quality. (1051-756,757) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1998-99) (S) College of Science 141

1051-775 Applied Colorimetry 1051-802 Advanced Optics Seminar II An introduction to the measurement and specification of color. The CIE system This course covers several advanced aspects of optics and imaging that are not of colorimetry is presented with an emphasis on its practical application to included in other regular course offerings. Topics vary every year. This course common problems in quality control, reproduction, and imaging. Topics: color may be taken more than once. Student participation includes presentations to perception, photometry, trichromatic theory, color matching mathematics, the class on agreed upon topics. (1051-736, 737 or permission of instructor) obtaining colorimetric data through measurement, color quality spaces, Class 1, Credit 1 (W) deriving industrial tolerances, and an introduction to device independent color. Class 4, Credit 4 (F) 1051-803 Advanced Optics Seminar III This course covers several advanced aspects of optics and imaging that are not 1051-776 Color Modeling included in regular course offerings. Topics vary every year. The course may be This course explores mathematical techniques for predicting the coloring of taken more than once. Student participation includes presentations to the class absorptive systems including polymers, textiles, paper (impact and non- on agreed upon topics. (1051-736, 737 or permission of instructor) Class 1, impact), and coatings, and the modeling of additive systems such as self-lumi- Credit 1 (S) nous displays. Emphasis is placed on Kubelka-Munk turbid media theory for opaque and transluscent systems and on Grassmann's laws for additive sys- 1051-807 Hard Copy Systems tems. Accompanying laboratory stresses the use of commercial computer col- The focus is on concepts of "Imaging Systems" and system's image quality. orant formulation systems and the use of multivariate statistics to model col- Metrics of image qualify (IQ) will be explored. These will include IQ metrics of orant behavior. (1051-775) Class 3, Lab 3, Credit 4 (S) concern in systems which are not discussed elsewhere in the curriculum. These will include concepts such as costs, reliability, and permanence. Two particular 1051-779 Astronomical Instrumentation & Techniques types of imaging systems will be covered in detail. The first, designated the This course provides an in-depth look at various pieces of instrumentation used "Internal Imaging System", focuses on strategies for the design and quality opti- in many low light imaging applications with emphasis on astronomical require- mization of components internal to individual technologies. The second type of ments. Aspects of hardware, systems analysis, and performance calculation will imaging system, designated the "External Imaging System", focuses on strate- be covered. (Graduate status, Optics, Linear Systems) Class 4, Credit 4 gies for the design and quality optimization of components of an imaging chain. (1051-711, 712, 716, 717) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1051-782 Introduction to Digital Image Processing 1998-99)(S) After a brief review of 2-dimensional signal processing, the course discusses the processing of images on a computer. It includes methods of contrast manipula- 1051-812 Medical Imaging Systems tion, image smoothing, and image sharpening using a variety of linear and non- This is an advanced graduate level course that describes existing medical linear methods. Also discussed are methods of edge and line enhancement and imaging systems in terms familiar to imaging scientists and electrical engineers. detection, followed by techniques of image segmentation. The course concludes These include impulse response, the transfer functions, and the signal to noise with a discussion of image degradation models and image restoration. (1051- ratio. The course considers in detail, three different imaging modalities: 716,717 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 (W) Conventional projection X-ray, X-ray radiography and X-ray CT, ultrasonic imaging, and magnetic resonance imaging. A complete system is examined 1051-784 Digital Image Processing: Spatial Pattern Recognition piece by piece in terms of subsystems. (1051-711, 712, 716, 717 and 1051-797 or This course develops a fundamental understanding of adaptive pattern recog- 1010-730) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate years; offered 1997-98) (S) nition and a basic working knowledge of techniques that can be used in a broad range of applications. Inherent in adaptive pattern recognition is the ability of 1051-816 Color Systems the system to leam by supervised or unsupervised training, or by competition This course builds on the theory and concepts presented in the Color within a changing environment. The effectiveness of the system depends upon Reproduction and Color Modeling courses to cover the key techniques utilized its structure, adaptive properties and specifics of the application. Particular in device-independent color imaging systems. Topics covered include: device structures that are developed and analyzed include statistical PR, clustering sys- calibration and characterization (input, output, display), device profiles, multi- tems, fuzzy clustering systems, multi-layered perceptrons (with a variety of dimensional look-up table construction, inversion, and interpolation, gamut weight training algorithms), and associative memory systems. The goal is to mapping, appearance matching, and color-management systems. (1051-711, gain both a fundamental and working knowledge of each kind of system and 712, 716, 717, 749, 1051-776 corequisite) Class 4, Credit 4 (offered alternate the ability to make a good system selection when faced with a real application years; offered 1997-98) (S) design. Class 4, Credit 4 (W) 1051-840 MS Project Paper 1051-797 Principles of Computerized Tomographic Imaging The analysis and solution of Imaging Science Systems problems for students Image reconstruction from projections is introduced as a mathematical problem. enrolled in Systems Capstone option. (Coregistration in approved systems Technique for reconstruction via Fourier domain is explained using Fourier slice course) Credit 1 theorem. Simple and filtered backprojection and iterative methods are analyzed. Algorithms for various techniques are developed and artifacts and noise in dis- 1051-890 Research & Thesis crete case are considered. Applications to several medical imaging modalities Thesis (MS) or dissertation (Ph.D) based on experimental data obtained by the are outlined, with brief consideration of the physics of imaging involved in each candidate for an appropriate topic as arranged between the candidate and the case. (1051-716,717 or 1051-782 or permission of instructor) Class 4, Credit 4 research advisor. Credit 1-9 (MS); Credit 1-24 (Ph.D.)

1051-799 Independent Study An independent project in an area of imaging science not covered in the avail- able courses. This project can be experimental research, literature review, or other appropriate work. This course requires a formal proposal and a faculty sponsor. Credit variable

1051-801 Advanced Optics Seminar I This course covers several advanced aspects of optics and imaging that are not included in other regular course offerings. Topics vary every year. The course may be taken more than once. Student participation includes presentations to the class on agreed upon topics. (1051-736, 737 or permission of instructor) Class 1, Credit 1 (F) National Technical Institute for the Deaf

faculty advisement is a prominent • Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 feature of this program. On-campus or above facilities, state-of-the-art technology and • Either a score of 550 of better on the a well-established system of educational Test of English as a Foreign Language James J. DeCaro, Dean access services combine to make this a (TOEFL) or a score of 80 or better on vital program for both deaf and hearing the Michigan Test of English Proficiency students who desire careers as profes- (if English is not the applicant's first The National Technical Institute for the sional educators of deaf students. language) Deaf is the world's largest technological • Prerequisite course work: a 36- college for deaf students. Among RIT's Admission guidelines semester-hour concentration of more than 12,000 full- and part-time Admission to the program is based on college-level credit in a secondary students are more than 1,000 deaf the following criteria: academic subject recognized for certi- students from the United States and • Successful completion of the baccalau- fication by New York State. Secondary other countries. Within the college of reate degree at an accredited college academic subjects include English, NTID, students can choose from more or university mathematics, social studies or science. than 30 fields of study to earn certifi- cates, diplomas and associate degrees. Hearing students may pursue an asso- ciate degree in educational interpreting from NTID. Or students may choose from more than 200 technical and professional courses of study to pursue bachelor's or master's degrees through RIT's other seven colleges.

Master of Science Degree in Secondary Education of Students Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing

Gerald C. Bateman, Director, 716-475-6480 (voice/TTY)

The National Technical Institute for the Deaf offers a graduate program leading to the master of science degree in secondary education of students who are deaf or hard of hearing. The unique program prepares professionals to meet the national need for excellent teachers of secondary students who are deaf or hard of hearing. The program's purpose includes not only the preparation of teachers as effective practitioners but also as leaders in the profession. NTID is a logical home for this innov- ative program. Faculty members are international leaders in research and the art of teaching in the education of deaf people. A carefully designed system of More than 1,000 deaf and hard-of-hearing students are enrolled at NTID. National Technical Institute for the Deaf 143

0835-711 Contemporary Issues in Education 4 0835-712 Curriculum Content & Methods of Instruction 4 0507-701 History of American Educational Thought & Practice 4 0835-790 Foundations of Educational Research 4 0515-701 Cultural Diversity in Education 4 The Lyndon B. Johnson Building houses many NTID classrooms, faculty offices and administrative services. 0870-110 American Sign Language I 3 0870-120 American Sign Language II 3 0835-721 Structure of American Sign Proposed plan of study Second Year Language 4 First Year FALL QUARTER 0835-724 English Language FALL QUARTER Assessment Development 4 Foundations of Educational Research 0835-701 Psychology & Sociology Contemporary Issues in Education American Sign Language I English Language Development of Adolescence 4 Educational Implications of Cultural 0835-722 Audiology & Speech in Structure of American Sign Language Psychology & Sociology of Adolescence Anthropology & Deafness Secondary Education 4 Professional Development Seminars 0835-723 Psycholinguistics & Professional Development Seminars Sociolinguistics of WINTER QUARTER Deafness 4 WINTER QUARTER Curriculum Content & Methods of Master's Thesis/Project Seminar 0835-820 Perspectives on Teaching Student Teaching II Deaf & Hard-of-Hearing Instruction American Sign Language II Students 4 SPRING QUARTER 0835-702 Educational Implications of Audiology & Speech in Secondary Education Master's Thesis/Master's Project Cultural Anthropology & Political/Legal Environment Deafness 4 History of American Educational Thought & Practice Cultural Diversity in Education 0835-705 Political/Legal Environment 4 Special Topics Electives Psycholinguistics & Sociolinguistics of 0835-713 Assessment 4 Professional Development Seminars 0835-860 Student Teaching I 10 Deafness 0835-861 Student Teaching II 10 Professional Development Seminars Degree requirements 0835-880 Master's Thesis/Project Course work will require a minimum of SPRING QUARTER Seminar 2 seven quarters. Students must take a Student Teaching I 0835-890 Master's Thesis/Master's minimum of 84 quarter credits in areas Perspectives on Teaching Deaf & Project 8 related to deaf studies and education, Hard-of-Hearing Students 0835-898 Special Topics Electives including 20 credit hours of student Variable teaching. A cumulative GPA of at least Professional Development 3.0 must be maintained. Before gradua- Seminars 0 tion, students must demonstrate profi- ciency in sign language at the Inter- mediate Plus level rating of the Sign Communication Proficiency Interview (SCPI). 144 National Technical Institute for the Deaf

Graduate Faculty Christine Monikowski, MS, Shippensburg Marvin C. Sachs, BS, MA, Ed.D., University State College; MS, Gallaudet University; MA, of Rochester—Associate Professor National Technical Institute Ph.D., University of New Mexico—Assistant Donald G. Sims, BA, University of Colorado; Professor MS, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh— for the Deaf Jeffrey E. Porter, B.Ed., M.Ed., University of Associate Professor John A. Albertini, BA, Drew University; MS, Virginia; Ph.D., Washington University— Michael S. Stinson, BA, University of Ph.D., Georgetown University—Professor Associate Professor California at Berkeley; MA, Ph.D., University Victoria Armour, BA, M.Ed., Western Larry K. Quinsland, BA, University of of Michigan—Professor Maryland College—Assistant Professor Wisconsin at Madison; MA, MS, University of Tovah M. Wax, BA, SUNY Albany; MA, Gerald C. Bateman, BA, MS, SUNY College Wisconsin at Milwaukee; Ph.D., Waldon University of Delaware; MSW, University of at Geneseo; Ed.D., University of Rochester— University—Associate Professor Maryland at Baltimore; Ph.D., University of Associate Professor; Director MSSE Marilu Raman, BS, University of Puerto Rico; Delaware—Associate Professor Gerald P. Berent, BS, University of Virginia; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; Ed.D., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel University of Rochester—Associate Professor Hill—Associate Professor Joseph Bochner, BA, CUNY Queens College; MA, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin— Associate Professor Paula Brown, BA, University of Missouri, Columbia; MA, Kent State University; MS, Ph.D., University of Rochester—Associate Professor Karen Christie, BS, M.Ed., Lewis and Clark College; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh— Assistant Professor Kathleen E. Crandall, BA, MA, California State University at Fresno; Ph.D., Northwestern University—Associate Professor Vincent A. Daniele, BS, MS, SUNY College at Cortland; Ph.D., Syracuse University— Associate Professor Patricia A. DeCaro, BA, Earlham College; MS Ed., SUNY College at Brockport Judy C. Egelston-Dodd, BS, MS, SUNY Albany; Ed.D., SUNY Buffalo—Professor Susan Fischer, AB, Radcliffe College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology— Professor Susan Foster, BA, Northwestern University; BS, University of Maine; M.Ed., Bridgewater State College; Ph.D., Syracuse University— Associate Professor T. Alan Hurwitz, BS, Washington University; MS, St. Louis University; Ed.D., University of Rochester—Professor Ronald Kelly, BS, M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Nebraska at Lincoln—Associate Professor Patricia Lago-Avery, BS, Central Michigan University; MS, University of Arizona; NCC certification—Assistant Professor Peter A. Lalley, BS, Sienna College; MS, Catholic University of America; Ph.D., SUNY Buffalo—Professor; Director, Center for Baccalaureate and Graduate Studies Harry G. Lang, BS, Bethany College; MS, Rochester Institute of Technology; Ed.D., University of Rochester—Professor Robert S. Menchel, AAS, Hudson Valley Community College; BS, Clarkson College; MBA, Rochester Institute of Technology; Ed.D., Harvard University—Assistant Professor NTID's master of science degree in education of students who are deaf or hard of hearing prepares graduates to teach in both schools for the deaf and public high schools.

Robert R. Davila (center), the first deaf vice president in the history of NTID, offers a new perspective to the RIT administration. National Technical Institute for the Deaf 145

Note: Prerequisites are within parentheses at the end of the course description. Section 04 Social Studies This course examines issues and methods related to teaching social studies at Secondary Education of Students Who Are the secondary level to students who are deaf or hard of hearing. Through semi- nars, readings, special projects, and work with content area specialists/teachers, Deaf or Hard of Hearing current instructional methods, curriculum and professional resources in social studies are examined. Students will be required to observe teachers of secondary level social studies courses at public schools, residential schools for 0835-701 Psychology & Sociology of Adolescence deaf students or in mainstream programs. (Contemporary Issues in Education) The purpose of this course is to examine the psychological and social develop- Credit 4 ment of adolescents. The ways that family, school and community affect the adolescent's development, including effects on cognitive processes, identity 0835-713 Assessment formation and peer relationships, are considered. Psychological and sociolog- This course addresses assessment as a process involving the choice and inter- ical perspectives on the adolescent experience in general are used to provide a pretation of assessment measures to diagnose the need for and aid in planning framework for understanding the development of deaf adolescents. for services, referrals and placement of secondary students who are deaf and Educational implications of the theories and research presented are discussed. hard of hearing, including students with other secondary disabilities. The Credit 4 respective roles of the classroom teacher, school psychologist, parents and support service providers are addressed. Assessment and educational planning 0835-702 Educational Implications of for a student are viewed from an ecological perspective, including the family, Cultural Anthropology & Deafness the school, the community, the support services and the legal systems. This This course introduces the concepts underlying cultural anthropology and uses course also addresses the development and interpretation of assessment a cross-cultural approach to examine issues that include transmission and measures of learning through teacher-made, criterion-referenced, curriculum- preservation of culture, cultural change and transformation, concepts of based and norm-referenced methods. Credit 4 marginality, and majority and minority cultures. Deaf culture is examined and compared with other cultures, using comparative studies and cultural 0835-721 Structure of American Sign Language constructs such as norms, values and beliefs. The relationship between educa- This course concentrates on the linguistic structures of American Sign Language tion and culture is discussed, and the nature of this relationship with respect to (ASL). Students examine all levels of structure from phonology (sublexical) Deaf culture is studied. Credit 4 through morphology and syntax to semantics and discourse. ASL structures will be elucidated through comparison and contrast with English and other 0835-705 Political/Legal Environment spoken languages or dialects, as well as with other sign languages. ASL literacy, The relationship of the goals and processes of deaf education to those of special language variation and code switching in the deaf population are also exam- education and education in general is explored. The course provides a detailed ined. Credit 4 examination of historical and current demographic, economic, political, legal and social trends that affect the education of deaf and hard-of-hearing students. 0835-722 Audiology & Speech in Secondary Education Current federal and state legislation affecting students with disabilities is This course focuses on the ways individuals comprehend and produce spoken analyzed and critiqued. Credit 4 English. It provides a functional understanding of auditory physiology, speech perception and deafness, hearing aids and other assistive listening devices. 0835-711 Contemporary Issues in Education Procedures for audiological and speech/language assessment are examined The purpose of this course is to introduce and discuss the issues and problems with their implications for auditory training, speechreading and speech/ related to education in general. The approach is survey in nature as certain language instruction. Models of collaboration among teachers, speech/language topics are covered in more depth in subsequent courses. The topics may include pathologists and audiologists to enhance students' communication using (but are not limited to) the following: the impact of society on education, current spoken English are discussed and observed. (Prerequisite or taken concurrently: trends and issues in education (such as bilingual/bicultural education), inclu- Psycholinguistics and Sociolinguistics of Deafness) Credit 4 sion, the purposes of education, empowerment of students, learning theories, governance and curriculum, and history of the education of deaf students. 0835-723 Psycholinguistics & Sociolinguistics of Deafness Classroom observations in schools serving deaf and hard-of-hearing students are required. Credit 4 This course is designed to familiarize students with the processes involved in learning English with a focus on reading and writing. The course concentrates on those aspects of English language development that pertain to teaching deaf 0835-712 Curriculum Content & Methods of Instruction and hard-of-hearing students in grades 7 to 12. Students investigate deaf Note: There are actually four discipline-specific courses here, designated by learners' attainments in reading and writing, patterns of English language section: 01 (English), 02 (Mathematics), 03 (Science) and 04 (Social Studies). performance observed in deaf learners, relationships between spoken and Students will take only the section focusing on the content area in which they written English performance, bilingual/bicultural issues related to English will be certified. Descriptions of all four sections follow. learning and use, second language teaching strategies, and reading and literacy questions. (0835-721, Structure of ASL) Credit 4 Section 01 English This course examines issues and methods related to teaching English at the 0835-724 English Language Development secondary level to students who are deaf or hard of hearing. Students investi- This course is designed to familiarize students with the processes involved in gate and analyze current approaches to curriculum, instruction and materials in learning English with a focus on reading and writing. The course concentrates the area of English instruction through readings, observations and seminars. on those aspects of English language development that pertain to teaching deaf Students design content area projects to demonstrate a variety of methodolog- and hard-of-hearing students in grades 7 to 12. Students investigate deaf ical philosophies. (Contemporary Issues in Education) Credit 4 learners' attainments in reading and writing, patterns of English language performance observed in deaf learners, relationships between spoken and Section 02 Mathematics written English performance, bilingual/bicultural issues related to English This course examines issues and methods related to teaching mathematics at the learning and use, second language teaching strategies, and reading and literacy secondary level to students who are deaf or hard of hearing. Current instruc- questions. (Psycholinguistics and Sociolinguistics of Deafness) Credit 4 tional methods, curriculum and professional resources in mathematics are studied through seminars, readings, special projects, observations and work 0835-790 Foundations of Educational Research with content-area specialists and teachers in secondary-level mathematics This course is an introduction to research and inquiry in education. Perspectives courses. (Contemporary Issues in Education) Credit 4 on and issues related to research in the education of people who are deaf and hard of hearing are examined. Students are introduced to the research process, Section 03 Science including design, theoretical perspectives, methods of data collection, This course examines issues and methods in teaching secondary level science to validity/reliability, data analysis and interpretation. Students leave this course deaf and hard-of-hearing students, including the selection, modification, and with a preliminary proposal for the master's thesis or project. Credit 4 use of curriculum materials in science. Discussions will be concerned with instructional strategies, classroom management, cognitive development, testing and evaluation, lab report writing and theories of science teaching. Students will be required to observe teachers in secondary level science courses. (Contemporary Issues in Education) Credit 4 National Technical Institute for the Deaf 146

0835-820 Perspectives on Teaching 0870-110 American Sign Language I Deaf & Hard-of-Hearing Students This course focuses on the development of conversational fluency in ASL. This course reviews fundamental principles of teaching and learning in light of Students learn to recognize and produce accurate ASL with appropriate the recently completed student teaching assignment. Students analyze exam- nonmanual behaviors and grammatical features. (Pre-AAS sign language ples of theoretical applications in teaching this class and from viewing video- program) Credit 3 tapes of their actual lessons used during the student teaching experience. Students propose a plan for change and skill development. (Student Teaching I) 0870-120 American Sign Language II Credit 2 This course focuses on continued development of conversational fluency in ASL. Students learn to accurately recognize and produce ASL with appropriate 0835-860 Student Teaching I nonmanual behaviors and grammatical features. (American Sign Language I) This first practicum consists of 10 weeks (250 hours) of teaching and observa- Credit 3 tion. Student teachers are placed with cooperating teachers in residential schools for the deaf. Students develop lesson and unit plans and teach in the 0507-701 History of American Educational Thought & Practice content area in which they plan to receive New York State certification. A historical analysis of change and continuity in American educational history (Contemporary Issues in Education, Curriculum Content and Methods of from colonial through contemporary America. Special emphasis on the leading Instruction, Psychology and Sociology of Adolescence, Structure of ASL, historiographical aspects of American educational history and on enabling the Psycholinguistics and Sociolinguistics of Deafness, and Audiology and Speech student to acquire mastery of the relevant bibliography. Lectures, seminars and in Secondary Education) Credit 10 readings offer comprehensive coverage of the salient intellectual themes and a chronological structure to mark the significant educational developments in 0835-861 Student Teaching II particular periods—e.g., the Progressive Era, the 1920s and '30s and post-World This is an eight-week practicum done in conjunction with an itinerant or War II changes. Course structure: lectures, seminars, readings from multiple resource room cooperating teacher at the middle or secondary level in a main- paperbacks and class handouts, essay exams and critique. Credit 4 stream setting with students who are deaf or hard of hearing. Students develop and deliver support for instruction, participate in student assessment, and, 0515-701 Cultural Diversity in Education where appropriate, prepare lesson plans and teach to specific IEP objectives. This course is designed to lay the foundation for the introduction of a broad (Student Teaching I, Assessment, Perspectives on Teaching Deaf and Hard of multicultural perspective in education. Such perspective will include the exam- Hearing Students) Credit 10 ination of cultural differences of various ethnic groups and the role schools play in addressing the questions of interpretation, ability groupings, home environ- 0835-880 Master's Thesis/Project Seminar (December) ments, equality of opportunity and equality of outcome. Also analyzed are ways Students finalize their thesis/project proposal and begin research and develop- in which the school may act as a cultural transmitter and the teacher as cultural ment. Students also finalize the selection of their thesis/project adviser. Format mediator. Different forms of school organizations will be compared, as in the for the seminar is full group meetings in the early part of December followed by public vs. private dimension. The functionalist theoretical approach will be individual or small group consultation with thesis/project advisers. presented, as well as the conflict perspective, to frame the discussion and analysis (Foundations of Educational Research) Credit 2 of opposing sociological systems of thought. The course attempts to understand how role expectations are actually carried within the school system and how its 0835-890 Master's Project different actors react to technical as well as value constraints. Credit 4 This is the capstone experience of the master's degree program. Students must submit an acceptable project proposal in order to enroll. Project development, Professional Development Seminars presentation, and/or reporting or research and the preparation of the written Variety of topics: second-year students present research topics and ideas to all thesis are completed in this course. Credit 8 program faculty and students; child abuse and substance abuse; the code of ethics for interpreters; using educational support personnel effectively; identi- 0835-898 Special Topics Electives fying and using community resources. No credit Special topics courses will be developed based on student interest and demand as well as faculty interest and availability. They may include electives in speech, audiology and comparative linguistics, among others. Credit variable 147

Officers Mrs. David L. Brooke Alfred M. Hallenbeck; Vice Mrs. Edward T. Mulligan William A. Buckingham; BUB '64, Chairman, Board of Trustees, Albert Pimentel, Ph.D., Chairman, Albert J. Simone, BA, MA, Ph.D., Vice Chairman, Board of Trustees, Rochester Institute of Technology; NTID National Advisory Group, President Rochester Institute of Technology; Partner, Hallenbeck, Lascell, Rochester Institute of Technology; Stanley D. McKenzie, BA, MA, Retired Executive Vice President, Norris & Zorn LLP Headmaster, New York School for Ph.D., Provost and Vice President, M&T Bank "John E. Heselden; Retired the Deaf Academic Affairs Ann L. Burr; President, Time Deputy Chairman, Gannett Co., Mrs. Donald W. Pulver Robert R. Davila, Vice President, Warner Communications Inc. Jorge A. G. Rivas; PR '67, NTID *Colby H. Chandler; Chairman Jay T. Holmes; Retired Executive President and Chief Executive William M. Dempsey, BS, MBA, Emeritus, Board of Trustees, Vice President and Chief Officer, Fleming Packaging de Vice President, Finance and Rochester Institute of Technology; Administrative Officer, Bausch & Mexico Administration Retired Chairman of the Board Lomb, Inc. June Scobee Rodgers, Ph.D.; Linda Kuk, BA, M.Ed., Ph.D., and Chief Executive Officer, "John D. Hostutler; Retired Founding Chairman, Challenger Vice President, Student Affairs Eastman Kodak Company President, Industrial Management Center for Space Science James G. Miller, BS, MS, Vice Thomas Curley; MBA '77, Vice Council Education President, Enrollment Manage- Chairman, Board of Trustees, Samuel T. Hubbard Jr.; President Harris H. Rusitzky; MS '91, BS '56, ment and Career Services Rochester Institute of Technology; and Chief Executive Officer, President, The Greening Group Nathan J. Robfogel, Vice President and Publisher, USA Ailing and Cory Janet F. Sansone; Vice President, President, University Relations Today "Frank M. Hutchins; Chairman Human Resources, Frontier Fred W. Smith, BA, MA, Ph.D., "E. Kent Damon; Honorary Emeritus, Board of Trustees, Corporation Secretary of the Institute and Chairman, Board of Trustees, Rochester Institute of Technology; "John E. Schubert; Former Assistant to the President Rochester Institute of Technology; Retired Chairman of the Board, President, Chairman and Chief Retired Vice President and Hutchins/Young and Rubicam Executive Officer, The Community Deans Secretary, Xerox Corporation Bruce R. James, PPR '64, Retired Savings Bank Chairman and Chief Executive Robert Clark, BS, Ph.D., College 'Robert H. Downie; President, "James E. Shapiro; Director of Officer, Barclays Law Publishers of Science Novon International, Inc. Executive MBA Program, "Herbert W. Jarvis; Former William J. Daniels, BA, MA, Mrs. James C. Duffus; Former University of New Haven, Conn. President and Chief Executive Ph.D., College of Liberal Arts President, Rochester Institute of Albert J. Simone, Ph.D.; Officer, Sybron Corporation James J. DeCaro, BS, MS, Ph.D., Technology Women's Council President, Rochester Institute of "Byron Johnson; Senior Partner, National Technical Institute for "•Richard H. Eisenhart; Chairman Technology Johnson, Mullan & Brundage PC. the Deaf Emeritus, Board of Trustees, "Robert J. Strasenburgh II; Rochester Institute of Technology; Jeffrey W. Jones; Chairman, Chief Wiley R. McKinzie, BA, MS, Former Chairman and President, Retired Chairman, R. H. Executive Officer and President, College of Applied Science and Strasenburgh Laboratories Eisenhart, Inc. Jones Chemicals, Inc. Technology John M. Sturge; PPH '61, "Walter A. Fallon; Retired "Thomas F. Judson Sr. Lyn D. Pankoff, BS, MS, MBA, President, Rochester Institute of Chairman of the Board and Chief Thomas F. Judson Jr.; Ph.D., College of Business Technology Alumni Network; Executive Officer, Eastman Kodak President/Owner, The Pike Paul E. Petersen, BS, MS, Ph.D., President, Marketech Associates Company Company College of Engineering John M. Summers; Chief Joan B. Stone, BS, MS, Ed.D., "Mrs. Julian M. Fitch; Former Roger W. Kober; ME '84, Executive Officer, Jasco Tools, Inc. College of Imaging Arts and President, Women's Council of Chairman, President and Chief "Robert L. Tarnow; Retired Sciences (Interim) Rochester Institute of Technology Executive Officer, Rochester Gas Chairman of the Board, Goulds James S. Gleason; Chairman and & Electric Corporation Pumps, Inc. Trustees President, the Gleason Works Robert J. Kohler Jr.; PHS '59, Frederick T. Tucker; EL '63, B. Thomas Golisano; Chairman Retired Executive Vice President Executive Vice President, Richard T. Aab; Director, and Chief Executive Officer, and General Manager, TRW President and General Manager, ACC Corp. Paychex, Inc. Avionics & Surveillance Group Automotive Energy and Scott E. Alexander; Executive "Fred H. Gordon Jr.; Retired Gary J. Lindsay; BUB '64, Gary J. Components Sector, Motorola, Inc. Director, Retirement Management Chairman, Executive Committee, Lindsay, CPA Walter F. Ware; Senior Vice Services, Barnett Banks, Inc. Mixing Equipment Co., Inc. (a John A. Lopiano; Senior Vice President, Detroit Diesel •Theodore J. Altier; Retired unit of General Signal President, Xerox Corporation Corporation Chairman and Treasurer, Altier Corporation) Mrs. Lawrence J. Matteson; Herbert L. Washington; President, and Sons Shoes, Inc. "Lucius R. Gordon; Honorary President, Women's Council of H.L.W. Fast Track, Inc. •Burton S. August; LHD '95, Vice Chairman, Board of Trustees, Rochester Institute of Technology "Ronald A. White; Retired Retired Vice President and Present Rochester Institute of Technology; Lawrence J. Matteson; Retired President, Rockwell Graphic Director, Monro Muffler Brake, Retired Chairman of the Board, Vice President, Imaging and Systems Division, Rockwell Inc. Mixing Equipment Co., Inc. (a Information Systems, Eastman International Corporation Daniel J. Bader; BBUB '87, unit of General Signal Kodak Company William A. Wfhiteside Jr.; ICSS '85, President, Helen Bader Corporation) "J. Warren McClure; President, Chairman, Board of Trustees, Foundation, Inc. "Thomas H. Gosnell; LHD '96, McClure Media Marketing Rochester Institute of Technology; Bruce B. Bates; Chairman Chairman Emeritus, Board of Motivation Co. Partner, Fox, Rothschild, O'Brien Emeritus, Board of Trustees, Trustees, Rochester Institute of "C. Peter McColough; Retired & Frankel Rochester Institute of Technology; Technology; Retired Chairman of Chairman of the Board, Xerox "Frederick Wiedman Jr.; Partner, Senior Vice President, Smith the Board and Chief Executive Corporation Wiedman, Vazzana & Corcoran, Barney, Inc. Officer, Lawyers Cooperative Thomas C. McDermott; P.C. Richard T. Bourns; Senior Vice Publishing Company Chairman, Chief Executive Officer Thomas C. Wilmot; President, President, Eastman Kodak Klaus Gueldenpfennig; MBA '77, and President, Goulds Pumps Wilmorite, Inc. Company MSEE '74, President and Chair- Elizabeth D. Moore; Nixon, "Wallace E. Wilson; Retired Joseph C. Briggs; Former Vice man of the Board, Redcom Hargrave, Devans and Doyle, LLP Group Vice President, General President, Marketing, Lawyers Laboratories, Inc. Michael P. Morley; BBUB '69, Motors Corporation Cooperative Publishing Company ""William B. Hale; Retired Vice Senior Vice President and "Paul W. Briggs; Retired President, Lawyers Cooperative Corporate Director, Human * Emeritus Board Member Chairman of the Board and Chief Publishing Company Resources, Eastman Kodak *" Honorary Board Member Executive Officer, Rochester Gas Company & Electric Corporation 148

RIT Terminology

Academic probation—A formal warning Distance learning—A means of earning a cer- Lower-division course—An undergraduate from your college dean that you are in danger tificate or degree off campus through course typically taken during the first or of being suspended or dismissed from RIT methods such as cable TV broadcasts and second years of study (100- to 300-level). because your grade point average (GPA) has videotapes of lectures; teleconferences; com- fallen below 3.00 (B average). (See page 312 puter conferences; and on-line computer ser- Matriculated—A student who has been for- for a more complete description.) vices such as electronic blackboards, picture mally accepted into an academic program phones and electronic mail. These technolo- and begun a course of study. You must be Accredited—An academic program, school or gies enable RIT's distance-learning students matriculated in order to receive degrees or university that has been reviewed by an to follow the same quarter system of study as other formal awards from RIT. appropriate educational association and on-campus students. meets its standards of quality in academics New York State Immunization Certification— and services is accredited. RIT is accredited Drop/add—Formally changing the set of New York State Public Law 2165 (June 1989) by the Middle States Association of Colleges courses in which you are enrolled in any requires RIT to either verify that students and Schools, and several of its academic quarter by adding or removing yourself from have been immunized according to state departments and programs have achieved an official class list for a course. You may add health law (see page 332 for specifics) or deny additional accreditation by national associa- or drop a course until the end of the sixth them access to RIT facilities. For more infor- tions within their discipline. class day of a quarter, as specified on the aca- mation, contact the RIT Student Health demic calendar. If you do not officially submit Center. Audit—Attending a course without receiving a drop/add form for a course, you may an evaluation grade (such as A, B, etc.) or receive a failing grade for a course you have Part-time student—A student registered for receiving credit. To audit a course, you must stopped attending or not receive credit for a at least one course during a quarter, excluding formally register for it and have the permis- course you have begun attending. audits and credits by exam/experience. sion of the department. Audited courses may not be used to fulfill degree requirements, Dual degree program—A program com- Residency—Term for the minimum number although the course and an audit grade of Z bining the course curricula from a bachelor's of credit hours a student must earn at RIT to will appear on your official transcript. degree program and a master's degree pro- be eligible for academic certification and com- gram. This produces a streamlined cur- pletion of degree requirements. The residency Cooperative education (co-op)—The oppor- riculum that allows selected students to earn requirement ensures that RIT faculty have tunity to work in a full-time, paid position both a bachelor's and master's degree at the sufficient opportunity to evaluate your acad- related to your field of study. Co-op is a same time. emic abilities. formal component of many RIT programs. Co-op experiences are divided into "blocks" Full-time student—A student registered for Suspension—Dismissal from RIT for either of one quarter each and do not carry credit. at least 12 quarter credit hours of course work academic or disciplinary reasons, which bars They should be carefully coordinated with per quarter (excluding audits and credits by a student from enrolling in any RIT courses the help of your adviser, the Office of exam or experience) or registered for a coop- while the suspension is in effect. If you are Cooperative Education and Career Services erative education work block during the suspended for academic reasons, you must and your employer. Registration is required. quarter. usually wait for at least a year before applying for readmission (see page 312). If Credit by exam or experience—Academic Good standing—A student eligible to enroll you are suspended as a result of action by the credit awarded based on evaluation of a com- in courses (not suspended) as verified by judicial and appeals processes, you may not prehensive examination, interview or record the Office of the Registrar. Certain financial be readmitted until the dismissal is formally review. aid programs have specific "standards of waived by the assistant to the vice president progress" by which students are determined for Student Affairs/Judicial Affairs. Credit hour—The numerical value assigned to be in "good standing" and therefore eli- to courses, internships and other educational gible for aid. Upper-division course—An undergraduate experiences. RIT follows a quarterly academic course usually taken during the last two to calendar, so its base measure is the quarter Graduate-level course—a course designed for three years of study (400- to 600-level courses). credit hour, which generally equals two- postbaccalaureate students and in support of thirds of a semester hour. one of RIT's many master's or doctorate Withdrawal from a course—Removal of a degree programs (700-level and higher). student from the official enrollment list of a Curriculum—The set of courses that, when class for a given quarter after the six-day finished successfully, can qualify a student for Half-time student—A student registered for drop/add deadline. You may withdraw from an academic degree. The curricula for all of six to 11 credit hours during a quarter. a course at any time through the eighth week RIT's degree programs have been registered of the quarter (time frames are adjusted for with the New York State Education Internships/field instruction—An experien- sessions of fewer than 10 weeks). After the Department. tial learning program in which students are end of the eighth week, you may withdraw placed into a public or private agency to only with written approval of the course Discipline—A distinct academic area of work with professionals in their field of instructor and chairperson of your depart- study. At RIT, most programs are interdisci- study. The student is eligible for academic ment of study. In either case, the course plinary, or include course work from a variety credit for the work and is supervised and remains on your record with a grade of "W," of areas of study. supported by a mentor while in the position. and you are still financially responsible for the course tuition. 149

Index

A College of Applied Science and E graphic design 89 Academic calendar iii Technology 18 Economics courses 58 industrial design 90 Academic probation and faculty 33 Educational philosophy 1,3 interior design 90 suspension 11 College of Business 47 Educational Technology medical illustration 90 Accounting courses 56 faculty 55 Center 12 metals/jewelry design 90 Accreditation 1 College of Engineering 62 Electrical engineering painting 90 Admission 3 faculty 75 (MS degree) 65 photography 99 Advanced Certificate in Health College of Imaging Arts and courses 77 printmaking 90 Administration Sciences 88 Emergency number 15 weaving and textile (integrated health systems, School of Art and Design Engineering, College of 62 design 90 health systems, finance)... 32 and School for American English Language woodworking and furniture design 90 Interactive multimedia Crafts 89 Center 16 Food, hotel and travel development 23 School of Photographic Arts English language management 24 School psychology in and Sciences 99 testing 15 courses 41 deafness 113 School of Printing Environmental, health Management and Statistical quality 72 and safety management G Ambulance, RIT 14 Sciences 94 (MS degree) 30 Glass courses 104 American Crafts, School College of Liberal Arts Ill Environment of business Grade point average 11 for 89 faculty 114 courses 58 Grades, definition of 11 courses 104 College of Science 119 Escort service 15 Graduate degree Appeals process faculty 123 Executive leader programs programs list 2 (refund policy) 8 Color science (MS degree).... 128 (MS degree) Graduate registration 9 Applied and mathematical courses 137 career and human resource Graphic arts publishing statistics (MS degree) 72 Computer animation development 27 (MS degree) 95 courses 85 concentration hospitality-tourism Graphic arts systems Applied Science and Technology, (MFA degree) 99 management (See (MS degree) 96 College of 18 Computer engineering accelerated program) 25 Graphic design courses 102 Art and Design, School of 89 (MS degree) 64 instructional technology.... 28 courses 84 Art education courses 102 packaging science 29 H Authority, institutional Computer facilities, service management 25 Hale-Andrews Student Life and civil 17 Computer science and Executive MBA 52 Center 15 Automobile registration 15 information technology 19 Computing services 12 F Health administration, B Computer graphics design Faculty advanced certificates 32 Health records 14 Bevier Gallery 93 courses 102 Center for Imaging Health services 13 Bookstore (Campus stores)... 17 Computer integrated Science 132 Health systems administration Business administration manufacturing College of Applied Science (MS degree) 31 (MS degree) 47 (MS degree) 23 and Technology 33 courses 45 Business, College of 47 Computer science College of Business 55 (MS degree) 19 College of Engineering 75 Higher Education General c courses 37 College of Liberal Arts 114 Information Survey (HEGIS) codes 2 Calendar, academic iii Computers / management College of Science 123 Hospitality-tourism information systems Materials science and Campus stores 17 management Career and human resource courses 61 engineering 127 (MS degree) 24 development Cooperative Education and National Technical School courses 41 (MS degree) 27 Career Services, Office of... 13 for the Deaf 144 Housing 14 courses 43 Costs 6 School of Art and Design Housing Connection, The 14 Cary Library 95 Counseling Center 13 and School for American Human resources Center for Course number index 151 Crafts 93 development courses 58 Imaging Science 128 CPA requirements 50 School of Photographic Arts Credit by examination 11 courses 137 and Sciences 101 I faculty 132 Credit requirements 9 School of Printing Identification cards 15 Center for Multidisciplinary Cross-disciplinary Management and Imaging arts Studies 31 professional studies Sciences 98 (MFA degree) 99 Ceramics and ceramic sculpture (MS degree) 32 Finance (MS degree) 53 courses 105 (MS degree) 89 courses 58 D Imaging Arts and Sciences, courses 104 Financial aid 5 Day care College of 88 Changing grades 11 Financial standing 10 (Margaret's House) 16 Imaging Science, Chemistry (MS degree) 119 Fine Arts (MFA degree) Deans 147 Center for 128 courses 133 concentrations: Decision sciences/quantitative courses 137 Child care ceramics and ceramic MS degree 129 (Margaret's House) 16 methods courses 61 sculpture 89 Deferred payment plan 7 Ph.D. degree 130 Clinical chemistry computer animation 99 Definition of grades 11 Immunization (MS degree) 121 computer graphics Doctor of philosophy in requirement 4,14 courses 135 design 89 imaging science 130 glass and glass sculpture... 89 150

Industrial and applied microelectronic Medical illustration s mathematics engineering 71 courses 103 School for American Crafts... 89 (MS degree) 122 Master of fine arts (MFA Metals/jewelry courses 105 courses 103 courses 134 degree) in Michigan Test of English School of Industrial and manufacturing studio arts 89 Language Proficiency Art and Design 89 engineering imaging arts 99 (see English language courses 102 (ME degree) 67 Master of science for testing) 15 Photographic Arts courses 79 teachers (MST degree) 91 Microelectronic engineering and Sciences 99 Industrial design Master of science in (ME, MS degrees) 71 courses 105 courses 103 applied and mathematical courses 83 Printing Management Information Systems and statistics 72 MST (master of science and Sciences 94 Computing (ISC, see career and human resource for teachers degree) 91 courses 108 computing services) 12 development 27 Monthly payment plan 7 School psychology Information technology chemistry 119 Multidisciplinary Studies, (MS degree) Ill (MS degree) 22 clinical chemistry 121 Center for 31 courses 115 courses 35 color science 128 courses 45 Science, College of 119 Institutional and civil computer integrated N Sculpture courses 103 authority 17 manufacturing 23 Secondary education of Instructional technology computer science 19 National Technical Institute for students who are deaf or (MS degree) 28 cross-disciplinary the Deaf (NTID) 142 hard of hearing courses 45 professional studies 32 o (MS degree) 142 Interactive multimedia electrical engineering 65 courses 145 development environmental, health and Office of Cooperative Education Service management (advanced certificate) 23 safety management 30 and Career Services 13 (MS degree) 25 Interior design courses 103 finance 53 Officers 147 Courses 43 International business graphic arts publishing 95 Overlapping credit for second Software development and (MS degree) 53 graphic arts systems 96 degree 10 management courses 57 health systems (MS degree) 21 P International student administration 31 Statistics courses 85 services 15 hospitality-tourism Packaging science Student Health Center 13 management 24 (MS degree) 29 Student Life Center, J imaging science 129 courses 40 Hale-Andrews 15 industrial and applied Painting courses 103 Student services 12 K mathematics 122 Partial refund 7 Summary experience 10 information technology 22 Payment options 7 L instructional technology ... 28 Philosophy of graduate T Learning Development international business 53 education at RIT 3 Terminology 148 Center 13 manufacturing manage- Photographic Arts and Sciences, Thesis requirements 9 Liberal Arts, College of Ill ment and leadership 54 School of 99 Transfer credit 9 Liberal arts graduate materials science and courses 105 Trustees 147 elective courses 117 engineering 125 Portfolio instructions Tuition (see costs) 6 Library, Cary 95 mechanical engineering 68 School of Art and Tuition Assistance Library, Wallace 13 microelectronic Design, School for Program 5 Life off campus 14 engineering 71 American Crafts 92 packaging science 29 School of Photographic Arts u M printing technology 97 and Sciences 99 Management courses 56 school psychology Ill Printing Management and V Manufacturing and mechanical secondary education of Sciences, School of 94 Veteran payment option 8 engineering technology students who are deaf courses 108 Veteran services 17 department 23 or hard of hearing 142 Printing technology Vehicle registration 15 courses 41 service management 25 (MS degree) 97 Manufacturing management software development Printmaking courses 103 W and leadership and management 21 Production / opera tions Wallace Library 13 (MS degree) 54 Master's degree requirements management courses 61 Weaving and textile design Margaret's House (summary) 10 courses 105 (child care) 16 Materials science and Q Woodworking and furniture Marketing courses 60 engineering Quality points 11 design courses 105 Mason E. Wescott Statistics (MS degree) 125 Laboratory 73 courses 136 R X,Y,Z Master of business faculty 127 RIT philosophy and administration 47 MBA 47 mission 1 curriculum 50 executive 52 Readmission 4 executive 52 traditional 47 Refund policies 7 traditional 47 Mechanical engineering Registration procedures 8 Master of Engineering (ME degree) 69 Requirements for master's (ME degree) in industrial (MS degree) 68 degree (summary) 10 and manufacturing courses 81 Room and board engineering 67 Media Resource Center (see (see costs) 6 mechanical Educational Technology engineering 69 Center) 12 151

Course Number Index

RTT course numbering: Throughout this bulletin and in registration materials that are published quarterly, courses are generally referred to by their seven-digit registration number. The first two digits refer to the college offering the course. The third and fourth digits identify the discipline within the college. The final three digits are unique to each course and identify whether the course is noncredit (less than 099); lower division (100-399); upper division (400-699); or graduate-level (700 and above).

College of Business 062 2 Hotel & Resort Management * 1014 Physical Chemistry 062 3 Travel Management *1016 Mathematics *0101 Accounting *0624 Hospitality/Tourism 101 7 Physics *0102 Management *0625 Service Quality Management 101 8 General Science •0104 Finance *0626 Career & Human Resource 101 9 Technology Mathematics •0105 Marketing Development * 1023 Clinical Chemistry *0106 Decision Sciences/Info. Systems *0627 Instructional Technology 102 4 Medical Technology 0630 Environmental Management 102 5 Nuclear Medicine Technology College of Engineering *0635 Health Systems Administration 102 6 Clinical Science—General "0301 Electrical Engineering 0640 Reserve Officer Training—Army 102 7 Biomedical Computing 0302 General Engineering 068 0 Business & Management *1028 Materials Science & Engineering *0303 Industrial Engineering 0681 Business & Management 1030 Diagnostic Medical Sonography *0304 Mechanical Engineering 068 2 Business & Management 1032 Physician Assistant *0305 Microelectronic Engineering 0684 Quality Management * 1050 Color Science *0306 Computer Engineering 0686 Humanities & Social Science * 1051 Imaging Science 3010 Software Engineering 0688 Communications 0690 Deaf Studies English Language Center 0692 Math & Science College of Liberal Arts 1701 English Language Center 0694 Emergency Management 0501 Criminal Justice 0699 Multidisciplinary Professional 050 2 Language Studies Learning Development Center 050 3 Foreign Languages 1710 Learning Dev. Ctr.—Technical 050 4 Literature National Technical Institute for the *0505 Fine Arts 0507 History Deaf College of Imaging Arts and Sciences * 0508 Science, Technology & Society 0801 Applied Accounting 2001 Interdisciplinary Imaging Arts 050 9 Philosophy 080 2 Applied Computer Technology •2010 Graphic Design 051 0 Anthropology 0804 Business Occupations •2011 Art Education 051 1 Economics 080 8 Architectural Technology 2013 Foundation Courses 0513 Political Science 080 9 Civil Technology *2014 Computer Graphic Design *0514 Psychology 081 0 Industrial Drafting * 2015 Interior Design 051 5 Sociology t 081 1 Electromechanical Technology *2019 Illustration 051 6 Social Work 0813 Manufacturing Processes *2020 Medical Illustration 0518 Lang./Lit. Basic Communications 081 7 Technical Math * 2021 Painting 0520 Interdisciplinary—Liberal Arts 081 8 Technical Physics *2022 Printmaking 0535 Professional & Technical 0822 Elec. Publishing Technology *2035 Industrial Design Communication 0827 Optical Finishing Technology *2037 Graduate Studies *0835 Graduate Secondary Education 2039 Art History College of Applied Science and 084 7 General Education *2040 Ceramics & Ceramic Sculpture Technology 0848 General Education/Theater •2041 Glass 0601 Computer Programming 084 9 Applied Art *2042 Metalcrafts & Jewelry *0602 Information Technology—Software 086 0 Speech •2043 Textiles *0603 Computer Science 0861 Audiology * 2044 Woodworking & Furniture Design *0604 Information Technology—IT/IMD 086 2 English 206 0 Fine Art Photo *0605 Graduate Computer Science 086 3 Sign Communication 2061 Biomedical Photo 0606 Engineering Technology 0870 Educational Interpreting •2065 Film/Video Photo *0607 Packaging Science 0872 Photo/Media Technology *2066 Graduate Photography 060 8 Civil Engineering Technology 206 7 Applied Photo 060 9 Electrical Engineering Technology College of Science 206 8 Imaging Systems Management 2076 Imaging & Photo Technology 061 0 Mechanical Engineering 1001 Biology 208 0 Printing Management Technology 100 4 General Biology 2081 Printing Technology 0614 Telecommunications Engineering 100 5 Field Biology Technology * 1008 Analytical Chemistry *0617 Manufacturing Engineering •1009 Biochemistry Interdisciplinary Technology *1010 Chemistry 3010 Software Engineering 0618 Computer Engineering Technology 101 1 General Chemistry 062 0 Nutrition Management (Program offered jointly by computer science and 101 2 Inorganic Chemistry computer engineering departments.) 0621 Food Management *1013 Organic Chemistry

* Graduate-level courses offered